TT Indiana State Fair Commission Investigation Report

Indiana State Fair Commission
August 13, 2011 Collapse Incident

Investigative Report
Indiana State Fair Commission

1202 East 38th Street
Indianapolis, IN 46205-2869
Thornton Tomasetti Inc.

330 North Wabash Avenue
Suite 1500
Chicago, IL 60611-7622
Phone: 312.596.2000
Fax: 312.596.2001
Scott G. Nacheman, MSc.Eng., AIA

Vice President
April 3, 2012
Gary A. Storm, P.E.

Principal
[This page left blank intentionally]
CONTENTS
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 5
Assignment and Role of Thornton Tomasetti .......................................................................................... 5
Limitations ................................................................................................................................................... 6
Executive Summary .................................................................................................................................... 7
Summary of Key Findings .......................................................................................................................... 9
Summary of Key Recommendations ...................................................................................................... 10
1.0
Incident Description .................................................................................................................. 15
1.1
Location, Date and Timeline ................................................................................................... 15
1.2
Meteorological Information ...................................................................................................... 15
1.3
Relevant Parties ...................................................................................................................... 16
2.0
Information Sources ................................................................................................................. 19
2.1
Document Requests ................................................................................................................ 19
2.2
Sugarland Plot (Epic) .............................................................................................................. 19
2.3
Black and White Grid Layout................................................................................................... 19
2.4
Data in Band Contracts ........................................................................................................... 20
2.5
James Thomas Engineering Catalog ...................................................................................... 20
2.6
James Thomas Engineering Calculations by Jesse Mise ....................................................... 20
2.7
Indiana Department of Labor Interview Notes ........................................................................ 20
2.8
Imagery ................................................................................................................................... 20
3.0
Data acquisition and Protocols ............................................................................................... 23
3.1
Documentation ........................................................................................................................ 23
3.2
Site Protocols and Procedures................................................................................................ 27
4.0
Site and Structure Description ................................................................................................ 31
4.1
Site Description ....................................................................................................................... 31
4.2
Description of the ISF Structure .............................................................................................. 33
5.0
Codes and Standards ............................................................................................................... 49
5.1
Relevant Codes and Standards .............................................................................................. 49
5.2
Governing Codes and Standards ............................................................................................ 53
6.0
6.1
Analysis...................................................................................................................................... 57
Wind Analysis .......................................................................................................................... 58
INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

Report on August 13, 2011 Collapse Incident
Page 1 of 110
April 3, 2012
TT Project No. C11137.00
6.2
Guy Line Tensioning Forces ................................................................................................... 59
6.3
SAP Finite Element Model ...................................................................................................... 60
6.4
Linear Elastic Analysis ............................................................................................................ 86
6.5
Simplified Analysis (Reasonable Engineer) Study ............................................................... 88
7.0
Summary & Conclusions.......................................................................................................... 97
7.1
ISF Structure Component Deficiencies and Commentary ...................................................... 97
7.2
Roles of Relevant Parties........................................................................................................ 98
8.0
Recommendations .................................................................................................................. 107
8.1
Permit and Enforcement Process ......................................................................................... 107
8.2
Codes and Standards Requirements .................................................................................... 107
8.3
Lateral Systems..................................................................................................................... 109
8.4
Operations ............................................................................................................................. 109

Page 2 of 110
April 3, 2012
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A: INCIDENT DESCRIPTION
A.1 Sugarland Schedule
APPENDIX B: INFORMATION SOURCES
B.1 IOSHA Log of Redactions & Documents Withheld
B.2 Black and White Grid Layout
B.3 Sugarland Rigging Plot 2011
B.4 2011 Contract and Related Documents
APPENDIX C: METHODOLOGY
C.1 Tagging Nomenclature
C.2 Laser Scan Locations
C.3 Site Access Protocol
C.4 Safety Plans and Procedures
C.5 Storage Facility Protocol
C.6 Chain of Custody Protocol
C.7 Damage Observation Summary
APPENDIX D: ANALYSIS
D.1 RWDI Report
D.2 Dead Weight Calculations
D.3 Jersey Barrier Capacity Calculations
D.4 TT Column Splice Capacity Calculations
D.5 TT Fin Plate Capacity Calculations
D.6 Wind Loading Analysis
D.7 Distributed Component Weights
D.8 Wire Rope Stiffness Calculations
D.9 Simplified Analysis Calculations
D.10 TT Review of James Thomas Engineering Calculations

Page 3 of 110
April 3, 2012
APPENDIX E: TESTING
E.1 Jersey barrier Friction Testing Protocol
E.2 Jersey barrier Friction Testing Results
E.3 Metallurgical Testing Protocol
E.4 Metallurgical Testing Extracted Sample Locations
E.5 Metallurgical Testing Summary
E.6 Lucius Pitkin, Inc. (LPI) Metallurgical Testing Results
APPENDIX F: PHOTOGRAPHS AND MISCELLANEOUS DATA SOURCES
F.1 Select Recent Entertainment Rigging Collapses
F.2 2003 2011 Structure Configuration
F.3 James Thomas Engineering Catalog - 2006
F.4 Chain Hoist Specifications
F.5 Suspended Lighting Specifications
F.6 Applied Truss Triangular Truss Specifications
F.7 Tyler Truss Specifications
F.8 TomCat Truss Specifications
F.9 Electrical Cable Information
F.10 LED Screen/Scrim Specifications
F.11 Speaker and Speaker Components Specifications
F.12 FARO Laser Scanner Specifications
F.13 ETCP Certification and Local Records
F.14 Photos Wolf Technical Services
F.15 Photos Site Description
F.16 Photos Site Representative Components
F.17 Photos Site Component Weighing
F.18 Photos Extracted Metallurgical Samples
F.19 Photos Database Report Output
F.20 Photos Post - Collapse FIM - All Components

Page 4 of 110
April 3, 2012
INTRODUCTION
On the evening of August 13, 2011, the Temporary Ground-Supported Structure Used to Cover the Stage
Area and Support Equipment in the Production of Outdoor Entertainment Events (hereinafter referred to
as the ISF Structure) that was erected over the Grandstand Stage at the Indiana State Fairgrounds
collapsed prior to the commencement of the evenings headline music event. This failure resulted in
seven (7) fatalities and many injuries.
Figure 1. Post-collapse image from video

Image Source: Wolf Technical Services Image capture on 8/13/2011
ASSIGNMENT AND ROLE OF THORNTON TOMASETTI

Thornton Tomasetti (TT) was retained by the Indiana State Fair Commission (ISFC) for the purposes of
rendering an independent Cause and Origin opinion regarding the failure of the ISF Structure. TT was
initially contacted on Sunday, August 14, 2011 regarding its availability and expertise in relation to
undertaking such an investigation. On Monday, August 15, 2011, TT was requested to be present at the
incident site in order to commence an investigation. TT performed initial reconnaissance and attended a
briefing on the afternoon of August 15, and began a formal investigation on Tuesday, August 16, 2011.
Through the month of November 2011, TT deployed an on-site investigative staff of two to seven forensic
engineers and/or architects. This on-site staff was supported by office-based professionals who provided
additional subject matter expertise, as well as post-processing and analysis of the data collected at the
site.

Page 5 of 110
April 3, 2012
TTs role consisted of defining the engineering-based causation of the failure, in addition to documenting
and archiving the collapse scene including structural and non-structural components in a highly detailed
manner (refer to Section 3.0). This investigation required TT to perform a code analysis and an
evaluation of relevant best practices of the engineering and entertainment industries. TT was responsible
for coordination of on-site activities and personnel involved with the investigation of the ISF Structure.
This role included collaboration with Indiana Department of Homeland Security and Indiana State Police
personnel to establish a credentialing and site access control system (refer to Site Access Protocol in
Appendix C.3), interaction with other agencies and personnel involved with investigative work and
coordination of third-party contractors for the stabilization and subsequent relocation of the debris. A
chain of custody system for components from the ISF Structure was established and maintained for
evidence that was transported off-site. TT was also asked to provide recommendations for improvements
in the practices surrounding the design, erection and use of similar structures at the Indiana State Fair
and other venues in the State of Indiana.
Based on TTs lack of access to both Interested Parties for interviews and documents from formal
discovery proceedings, the investigation did not include an evaluation of decision-making associated with
the collapse incident.
A second professional services firm, Witt Associates, is preparing an assessment focusing on the state of
preparedness and plans in place before the incident and how actions taken on August 13, 2011 compare
to those plans, standards and best practices.
However, notwithstanding the aforementioned, the reader should note that TT has investigated and is
presenting here a discussion of deviations from Building Code, Industry Standards and Best Practices in
this document.
LIMITATIONS
TTs professional services have been performed in accordance with the standards of skill and care
generally exercised by other professional consultants acting under similar circumstances and conditions
at the time the services were performed.
TTs findings, conclusions and opinions are based on TTs visual observations, professional experience,
interviews with those knowledgeable about the conditions pertinent to the subject of the investigation,
evaluation of reviewed documentation, and sound investigation practices.
While TTs findings are summarized as of the date of issuance, should new information or additional
documentation become available, TT may amend or revise its opinions and recommendations
accordingly.
No warranty, expressed or implied, is made as to the findings presented in this report.

Page 6 of 110
April 3, 2012
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Thornton Tomasettis investigation of the August 13, 2011 Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident has
resulted in findings that identify deficiencies in the design, erection and use of the ISF Structure. These
findings are summarized below and are presented in greater detail within the sections of this report.
Structure Description
The ISF Structure is the property of Mid America Sound Corporation (MAS), and is erected on the Indiana
State Fairgrounds on an annual basis to serve as the roof and rigging support for concerts and other
entertainment events associated with the State Fair that are located on the Grandstand Stage. MAS
personnel coordinate the erection of the structure utilizing labor from the International Alliance of
Theatrical Stage Employees, Moving Picture Technicians, Artists and Allied Crafts of the United States,
Its Territories and Canada (IATSE) Local #30. The ISFC contracts directly with both MAS and IATSE for
the delivery of these services.
The ISF Structure is a modular aluminum lattice superstructure comprising multiple pre-fabricated truss
components manufactured by James Thomas Engineering, a company based in the United Kingdom with
United States operations and manufacturing. The roof portion of the system is supported by truss
columns bearing on the top surface of the reinforced concrete slab that forms the roof of the below-grade
back of the house spaces (dressing rooms, offices, etc.) for the Grandstand Stage, which is situated
alongside the southern straightaway of the racetrack north of the main grandstands. This overhead
structure is utilized to support suspended entertainment technology equipment for the various
performances at the Grandstand Stage. The overall plan dimensions of the ISF Structure are
approximately 107 feet by 57 feet, and the top elevation of the ridge of the structure is 56 feet above the
ground/track elevation.
As noted above, the roof superstructure portion is supported on columns that resist gravity loads;
however, the primary lateral force resisting system employed at the ISF Structure is a guy line system.
This system consists of guy lines connected to Jersey barriers that provide lateral resistance through
self-weight and friction. The Jersey barriers utilized in the ISF Structure are located on various ground
surface conditions consisting of gravel, grass, sand and asphalt.
The guy line system at the ISF Structure comprises several different components including 3/8 diameter
wire rope, steel rigging shackles and synthetic webbing ratchet straps. The ratchet straps are used to
reduce slack in the guying system. A total of fourteen (14) guy lines connect to ten (10) Jersey barriers
within the system.
Investigation Methodology
TT conducted a detailed close-hand evaluation and documentation of debris from the ISF Structure.
Components of the structure and suspended equipment were identified using a unique nomenclature that
enabled investigators to locate the physical position from which a specific component originated. This
tagging system was used to develop an inventory and to identify components for TTs analytical studies.
Since design/engineering drawings of the ISF Structure were not available to Thornton Tomasetti, the
tagging system was utilized to generate a model of the as-built conditions of the structure. To aid in the
investigation, a database was established of the items tagged. Failures observed at each of the

Page 7 of 110
April 3, 2012
components were recorded and photographed. The database was utilized to manage field-recorded data
while correlating related photographs and other field-recorded imagery. A laser scan of the post-collapse
site was also utilized to capture the collapse scene with millions of survey points in the form of threedimensional point cloud image of the collapsed structure. This point cloud was also utilized to establish
specific three-dimensional orthogonal locations for the evidence at the site.
Codes and Standards Review
TT evaluated both the governing codes and standards applicable to the ISF Structure in addition to the
available documents related to the design, erection and use of such structures. Evaluation of the
International Building Code (IBC) provisions for Use and Occupancy, Structural Loading, Temporary
Structures and Permitting was performed. In addition, the reference standards ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum
Design Loads for Building and Other Structures and ASCE 37: Design Loads on Structures during
Construction were utilized in TTs analysis.
Industry standards from the Entertainment Services and Technology Association (ESTA) and the
Professional Lighting and Sound Association (PLASA) were also reviewed and compared to international
standards of a similar nature.
The Indiana Building Code amendments to the International Building Code 2006 edition were evaluated,
in particular the variations between the boilerplate language and the modifications made within the State
of Indiana with regard to Use and Occupancy, Structural Loading and Temporary Structures, as well as
Permitting and Enforcement.
Analysis
TT performed several different types of analysis to evaluate the performance and capacities of the ISF
Structure utilizing detailed wind and weather analysis provided by RWDI. These studies included a
physical wind tunnel evaluation of a scale model of the ISF Structure to determine loads on the structure.
A finite element method (FEM) analysis was performed utilizing the detailed data that was collected
during the on-site investigation. Member sizes, configuration and geometry were replicated in the
analysis model. Two different types of FEM analysis were performed. The first, an incremental failure
analysis, determined the collapse mechanism and sequence. The second analysis applied the full wind
load case to determine whether the structure would have maintained stability if the guy line and ballast
had been sufficient.
As a check of the analysis results, a very simplified linear elastic hand calculation check was done of the
ISF Structure lateral resistance system. The capacity of the structure was analyzed by calculating the
stiffness of each component in the north and west direction and determining the distribution of lateral
forces based on stiffness.
A third study, the Simplified Analysis or Reasonable Engineer study was conducted to identify the types
of assumptions that would be appropriate in evaluating the stability of a structure of this type. Further, it
was intended to demonstrate the impact of those assumptions and highlight critical information essential
to reasonably carrying out an analysis of this type of structure.

Page 8 of 110
April 3, 2012
SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS

1. The failure of the ISF Structure, as defined on Page 5 of this report, was due to the inadequate
capacity of the lateral load resisting system, which was comprised of guy lines connected to
concrete Jersey barrier ballast.
2. The ISF Structure was shown to fail at wind speeds lower than those specified under even the
most liberal provisions of applicable building codes and reference standards.
3. Based on testing and calculation, it was determined the lateral load resisting system of the ISF
Structure as rigged on August 13, 2011 was capable of resisting winds speeds ranging from 25
miles per hour to 43 miles per hour (depending on wind direction).
4. Calculations and in-situ physical testing determined the Jersey barrier ballast system had grossly
inadequate capacity to resist both the minimum code-specified wind speed (68 miles per hour)
and the actual wind speed that was present at the time of the failure (approximately 59 miles per
hour).
5. Even if the ballast system had provided sufficient resistance, the synthetic webbing ratchet straps
and wire rope guy lines used did not have sufficient strength to resist forces resulting from the
North wind case under the wind loads of August 13, 2011 that were of a smaller magnitude than
the code-specified requirements.
6. Even if the ballast system and guy line system had provided sufficient strength to resist the wind
loads, the fin plate connections to the structure did not have sufficient strength to resist forces
resulting from the North, West and Northwest wind cases under the wind loads of August 13,
2011 that were of a smaller magnitude than the code-specified requirements.
7. The ISF Structure was shown to fail at the August 13, 2011 wind speed without the addition of
loading caused by the roof tarp displacement.
8. Timing of the roof tarp ridge panel release would not have had an effect on maintaining stability of
the ISF Structure.
9. The technical information presented in the James Thomas Engineering catalog is insufficient to
adequately design a structure such as the ISF Structure, yet there is no explicit direction to
engage the services of a licensed design professional to analyze complex loading configurations
or conditions.
10. Structural analysis performed by James Thomas Engineerings structural engineer falls short of
adequately addressing the actual loading conditions of the Sugarland set and suspended
entertainment technology equipment for the 2010 show (for which the structure was analyzed) or
the code-defined environmental loading conditions to which the ISF Structure could be subjected.
11. There is no evidence of an engineering review of the 2011 Sugarland Rigging Plot by a licensed
design professional prior to August 13, 2011.
12. Regardless of the inadequacy of the directions of James Thomas Engineerings structural
engineer, Mid America Sound Corporations installation of the ISF Structure deviated from the
Page 9 of 110
April 3, 2012
directions provided in the calculations performed by that structural engineer with regard to the
lateral load resisting system.
13. Mid America Sound Corporations configuration and erection of the ISF Structure did not include
a review by a licensed design professional to determine the capacities or limitations of the ISF
Structure.
14. The current interpretation of governing code language in the State of Indiana waives
requirements for the appropriate design, review, permitting or inspection of structures such as the
ISF Structure, despite the fact that these are highly complex constructions erected in the vicinity
of high population densities.
15. The Indiana State Fair Commission staff has no records, documentation, plans, engineering
reports or related technical data regarding the ISF Structure that is erected at the Fairgrounds on
an annual basis.
16. The Indiana State Fair Commission staff does not have knowledge regarding the wind limitations
of the ISF Structure sufficient to establish an appropriate risk mitigation plan for the Grandstand
Stage site.
SUMMARY OF KEY RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Entertainment structures should be designed by a licensed design professional with experience in
the design and evaluation of temporary entertainment structures with complex loading
configurations. Analysis should be performed for the engineered structure and for the
establishment of highly specific rigging rules and limitations for its use. For productions that do
not conform to the resulting pre-approved rigging configurations, a separate engineering
analysis should be performed.
2. The design referenced above should be subject to all code and permitting requirements of Class
1 structures, in addition to a third-party peer review if the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) does
not have adequate capability to perform the plan review. This review should be performed for the
engineered structure and for the established rigging rules and limitations for its use. For
productions that do not conform to the pre-approved rigging configurations, a separate review
should be performed.
3. A Special Inspection of the completed structure should be completed by an independent licensed
design professional with experience in the design and/or evaluation of temporary structures.
4. Operational controls implemented or considered in the design and use of entertainment
structures should reflect the complexity of modern productions, including the limited ability to
rapidly reduce loads by removing the suspended entertainment technology used in these
productions. Systems should be designed for the appropriate code-prescribed wind speeds, and
operational contingency plans should also be developed to address extreme events such as high
winds.

Page 10 of 110
April 3, 2012
5. Environmental and site-specific loading conditions should be analyzed for the specific structure to
be erected and the suspended entertainment technology equipment to be suspended.
6. Structure Class and Occupancy classifications of entertainment structures should be based on
both the risk and hazards associated with their failure and on their cumulative exposure to risk
from wind loads and varying rigging loads, rather than their exposure in an individual season of
use.
7. Modifications to model codes and reference standards should not alter the intent of the original
code language with regard to life-safety, nor should local amendments partially delete model
provisions that are not properly addressed elsewhere in those local amendments.
8. Guy line anchor systems for entertainment structures should utilize fixed, mechanical anchors
whenever possible.
9. The entertainment industry would benefit from the development of comprehensive engineeringbased documents related to the design, construction and use of entertainment structures.

Page 11 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 12 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 1.0
Incident Description

Page 13 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 14 of 110
April 3, 2012
1.0
1.1
INCIDENT DESCRIPTION
Location, Date and Timeline
According to timecard records obtained from the Indiana State Fair Commission, the ISF
Structure was erected on the permanent stage located north of the Hoosier Lottery Grandstand
between the dates of August 2 and August 4, 2011. The ISF Structure was to be used as the
overhead rigging grid for headliner concerts that were organized as part of the Indiana State Fair,
which took place between August 5 and August 21, 2011. Note: All dates and times mentioned
hereafter in this document are with reference to Eastern Daylight Saving Time (EDT).
According to tour information obtained during the investigation (see Appendix A.1), the timeline
for August 13, 2011 was scheduled as follows:
8:00 am
Load-in begins
3:00 pm
Sound checks begin
6:30 pm
Doors open for patrons
7:30 pm
Sara Bareilles opening act
8:45 pm
Sugarland performance
10:00 pm
Crew call back
As per the schedule, the live performance by Sara Bareilles was to commence at 7:30 pm and
end at 8:15 pm. After the Sara Bareilles performance, Sugarland was scheduled to perform on
the stage at 8:45 pm. At approximately 8:49 pm, the ISF Structure collapsed.
1.2
Meteorological Information
Thunderstorms developed in Indiana ahead of a cold front during the afternoon and into the early
evening of August 13, 2011. At 6:00 pm, the National Weather Services Storm Prediction Center
in Norman, Oklahoma issued Severe Thunderstorm Watch number 777 for central Indiana. At the
time, the Emergency Alert System bulletin noted that this particular thunderstorm line was
capable of producing wind gusts of up to 70 miles per hour. The severe weather reports started
after 7:00 pm. As these storms moved across central Indiana, they brought damaging winds and
large hail to the area. At 8:39 pm, the National Weather Service in Indianapolis issued a Severe
Thunderstorm Warning for all of Marion County effective until 9:45 pm. As per the warning
bulletin, this specific severe thunderstorm cell was capable of producing winds in excess of 60
miles per hour and was heading eastward at approximately 25 miles per hour.
According to the bulletin, at approximately 8:50 pm, the storms would be near Danville, Indiana, a
city that is approximately 20 miles west of the Indiana State Fairgrounds. The storms continued to
move eastward across the Indianapolis metropolitan area through 9:30 p.m., producing additional
wind and hail.

Page 15 of 110
April 3, 2012
1.3
Relevant Parties
Many organizations and agencies are involved with the concert productions at the Grandstand
Stage of the Indiana State Fair. Thornton Tomasettis investigation focused on those entities that
have an involvement with the ISF Structure. Refer to the chart below for a list of parties. Roles
and responsibilities of parties directly involved with the design and erection of the structure are
described in later sections of this report.
Figure 2. Organization of relevant parties

Page 16 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 2.0
Information Sources

Page 17 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 18 of 110
April 3, 2012
2.0
2.1
INFORMATION SOURCES
Document Requests
Throughout the course of the investigation, documentation provided to Thornton Tomasetti from
involved parties was extremely limited in nature. Despite multiple requests to representatives of
Mid America Sound and James Thomas Engineering, counsel for these firms denied the requests
for information made by both TT and counsel for the Indiana State Fair Commission. As a result,
TT was forced to rely heavily on field documentation and survey work to determine the geometry
and construction details of the ISF Structure. Components were field-surveyed, measured and
documented in a highly detailed manner so that a reverse engineering of the ISF Structure
could be completed.
The documents listed below represent the extent of technical
documentation received /obtained by TT.
It should be noted that, based on a review of the Indiana State Fair Stage Collapse Investigation
Occupational Safety and Health Administration Log of Redactions & Documents Withheld dated
February 2012, TT determined that many of the specific types of documents requested by TT
were produced for the Indiana Occupational Health and Safety Administration (IOSHA) as part of
the Department of Labor investigation, yet declared a Trade Secret by Mid America Sound
and/or James Thomas Engineering, thereby preventing release of said documents for review by
TT. Refer to Appendix B.1 for the IOSHA log.
2.2
Sugarland Plot (Epic)

The rigging plot dated May 16, 2011 for the production design of the 2011 Sugarland tour was
generated by Epic Production Technologies. TT was forwarded an electronic copy of this file on
August 15, 2011 from Margaret Davidson of the Indiana State Fair Commission who received it
on August 14, 2011 from Eric Milby, contractor for Dave Lucas Entertainment.
This plot was used to provide the geometry and weights of the suspended entertainment
technology equipment to the parties responsible for erecting and rigging the ISF Structure. It
provides details of the rigging chain hoists in terms of their quantity, approximate location on the
ISF Structure, capacities and the height at which the lighting trusses were to be supported or
suspended (trim height). Also, the rigging plot provides details of the chain hoists that were to be
suspended below the lighting trusses to support additional equipment, although a description of
these secondary suspended loads is not provided.
2.3
Black and White Grid Layout

This drawing was received from Indiana State Fair Commission staff and provides overall
geometry of the plan and elevation of the ISF Structure, as it was intended to be configured in
2010. It depicts a grid of trusses supported on columns. The structures dimensions are noted as
76-6 x 58-0 in plan and 35 in height from the stage surface to the bottom of the super truss
grid. The interior bays of the truss grid are depicted as 16 x 16. The allowable weight per span
was noted to be 10,000 lbs and the total weight of the structure was not to exceed 54,000 lbs
(including any loads to be suspended from the system).

Page 19 of 110
April 3, 2012
2.4
Data in Band Contracts

The Sugarland 2011 Tour Contract Rider dated January 18, 2010 contains a paragraph (G) titled
Outdoor Performance on page 14. This section states that For outdoor performances, the stage
MUST have a 60 x 48 self-supporting, load-bearing stage roofThis load bearing roof should
span the performance stage by its fullest dimensions and be able to support a rigging weight
capacity minimum of 40,000 lbs.
2.5
James Thomas Engineering Catalog

The James Thomas Engineering (JTE) 2006 catalog (2006 Product Range) was downloaded by
TT on August 16, 2011 from http://www.jthomaseng.com. The document provides information
about the products and accessories offered by JTE for the entertainment industry. Information
with regard to the weight, available lengths and maximum allowable distributed and point loads
are specified for the trusses and the tower systems utilized in structures such as the ISF
Structure.
Information regarding operating instructions, procedures for assembly, erection and disassembly
of the various tower systems and inspection of the trusses to ensure safety and proper use of the
components is provided in the catalog.
The JTE 2006 catalog does not contain any information with regard to several of the key
structural components of the ISF Structure or the tarpaulin/membrane that was used to cover the
top of the ISF Structure.
2.6
James Thomas Engineering Calculations by Jesse Mise

Thornton Tomasetti reviewed a calculation package from Jesse Mise, P.E. titled Indiana State
Fair by Mid America Sound dated 7/22/10, 7/23/10 and 7/24/10. Refer to Appendix D.10 for a
discussion of this document.
2.7
Indiana Department of Labor Interview Notes

Thornton Tomasetti has reviewed the interview notes contained within the files of the Indiana
Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration related to the Indiana State
Fair Collapse Incident Investigation. These documents were obtained by TT through a State of
Indiana Access to Public Records Act request made on January 12, 2012 and files were released
subsequent to the February 8, 2012 IOSHA citations.
2.8
Imagery
Thornton Tomasetti made a request for pre-collapse and post-collapse imagery to State of
Indiana agencies as well as the public through the use of the State Fair Commission Collapse
Incident web portal at http://www.in.gov/sfc/.
In response to these requests, TT received
numerous images from the Indiana State Fair Commission staff, the Indiana State Police, as well
as from many residents and non-residents of the State of Indiana.

Page 20 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 3.0
Data Acquisition and Protocols

Page 21 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 22 of 110
April 3, 2012
3.0
DATA ACQUISITION AND PROTOCOLS

The investigation proceeded in accordance with ASTM E 1459-92 Standard Guide for Physical
Labeling and Related Documentation. Due to the catastrophic failure of the ISF Structure, all major
structural and load-imposing components of the structure were labeled to aid in searching for and/or
ruling out possible failure mechanisms. The labeling of the major components of the ISF Structure
required the implementation of a tagging nomenclature that would allow other parties having
various levels of familiarity with the site or the structure to clearly reconstruct the pre-collapse
scene. Nomenclature was developed to maintain a logical numerical inventory of the different types
of components in the structure and the failures observed, and to facilitate the diagrammatic
reconstruction of the pre-collapse scene utilizing post-collapse scene observations. Since drawings
of the collapsed structure were not available at the time of the investigation, the tagging
nomenclature was utilized to generate a model of the as-built conditions of the structure. To aid in
the investigation, a database was established of the items tagged. Failures observed at each of the
components were recorded and photographed. The database was utilized to manage field-recorded
data while correlating related photographs and other field-recorded imagery. A laser scan of the
post-collapse site was also utilized to capture the collapse scene with millions of survey points in the
form of a three dimensional point cloud image of the collapsed structure. This point cloud was
utilized to establish specific three-dimensional orthogonal locations for evidence at the site.
3.1
Documentation
3.1.1 Tagging System

A unique identifier code or tag was assigned to each major component in the ISF Structure
to generate a universal identification of the component as it pertained to its intended use
and/or location on the structure. See Appendix C.1 for a detailed diagrammatic description of
this tagging nomenclature system.
The unique identifier for each of the elements tagged was generated with the intent of having
the alpha-numeric tag indicate the specific location within the structure at which the
component was located relative to a pre-designated grid. The pre-designated grid was
established using the southwest corner of the structure as the datum from which other points
were located. Component identification was based on using the southwest corner as the
origin and numbering sequentially to the east, north and skyward as appropriate. Moreover,
the identification tags specifically indicate the points of connection of the various components
within the ISF Structure. To record specific failures in columns, main trusses and nodes, a
localized nomenclature was implemented to identify locations at which failures were
observed. The localized labeling of elements was only implemented if damage was observed.
This secondary system indicates which plane the element being labeled was in, the element
number on the face of the component counting from the bottom up for columns or from the
most western or most southern point for elements such as main trusses, purlins or gable roof
trusses. The failures recorded consisted of: Base Metal Failure; Weld Failure; Buckling;
Rupture; Yielding; Tearing; Impact; and Weld Delamination. The recording of localized
failures was of particular importance for the columns as it was imperative to identify failure
types on the column end-plate splices.
Page 23 of 110
April 3, 2012
Other unique identifiers were utilized in documenting the guy line system. The wire rope and
ratchet strap lengths were measured so the pre-collapse location and connection points of
the Jersey barriers could be determined.
In addition to the components of the ISF Structure, the suspended entertainment technology
equipment components and hardware were also cataloged and tagged. Recorded information
consisted of location, geometry, size and mass of the suspended components. Moreover,
the points at which the suspended components connected to the main structure and purlins
were also recorded. Sling locations were noted and physically marked on the overhead
structure. Chain and sling lengths were also measured to determine the trim height of the
suspended components. This information was entered into the database and was utilized in
the calculation of weight distribution in TTs subsequent analysis (see Appendix F.20).
Figure 3. Annotated photo depicting representative tagging nomenclature

Background Image Source: Indiana State Police (ISP) Image capture on 8/14/2011
3.1.2 Database
Product code labels and years of manufacture were recorded and photographed when they
were located on the components. Photographs taken of the tagged evidence were entered
into the database, along with relevant information regarding the type of failure, location of the
failures, location of the component, manufacturer, year of manufacturing, place of
manufacturing for the truss elements or rigged component and rated capacities where
applicable (see Appendix F.20 for database report output.). The implementation of the
database permitted the information recorded in the field to be easily sorted and queried to
identify patterns that would aid the investigation process. The system also permitted field
verification and quality assurance/quality control checks of the data when anomalies were
identified.
Page 24 of 110
April 3, 2012
3.1.3 Photographs
All components identified, tagged and entered in the database were also photographed
during the on-site investigation. This information was utilized to facilitate both the modeling
and the analysis of the ISF Structure. Post-collapse photographs were also annotated with
the tagging nomenclature to aid in the investigation and to correlate close-hand images with
the overall geometry of the post-collapse scene.
3.1.4 Laser Scan
In order to accurately document the post-collapse geometry and configuration of the site, TT
employed laser scanning technology to generate a detailed electronic three-dimensional
model of the ISF Structure and surrounding elements. Laser scanning was conducted by
professionals from True Design Services, Inc.
3D
A FARO Laser Scanner Focus was utilized in this process. The unit is a three-dimensional
laser scanner capable of capturing highly detailed measurement data through the use of laser
technology.
The resulting image is an assembly of millions of three-dimensional
measurement points that provide a digital reproduction of existing conditions.
The scanner emits a laser beam from a rotating mirror out towards the area being scanned.
Then the unit distributes the laser beam at a maximum vertical range of 305 and a maximum
horizontal range of 360. The laser beam is reflected back to the scanner by objects in its
path. The distance to the objects is calculated as well as their relative vertical and horizontal
positions.
The scanner generates points with an x, y and z measurement assigned to each point.
Several scans from multiple locations are combined to generate a three-dimensional image of
an object (the point cloud). Before starting the data acquisition, spherical targets are placed
around the site in various locations. These are used as reference points by the scanner to
correlate images from the multiple scans into one contiguous image/model. A total of 37
scans were performed at the ISF Structure site (see Appendix C.2 for scan locations).
The scanner also has an integrated camera that allows photographs to be superimposed on
the point cloud. This imagery is used by the system to associate color with the scanned
points.
After the scans are completed and the data is processed, proprietary software can be used to
navigate through the three-dimensional electronic model and measure elements contained
within it.

Page 25 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 4a. Image capture from laser scan location #1
3.1.5 Testing
Various types of specialized tests were performed in conjunction with the ISF Structure
Collapse Incident investigation. Some of this work was conducted by Thornton Tomasetti
and some by independent firms with specific areas of expertise. As noted in subsequent
sections of this report, RWDI performed meteorological and wind analysis studies in
cooperation with TT and Lucius Pitkin, Inc. performed metallurgical and mechanical
evaluation and testing of specimens from the ISF Structure.
Figure 4b. Wind tunnel testing of ISF Structure scale model at RWDI

Page 26 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 4c. Mechanical testing of column splice at Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
3.2
Site Protocols and Procedures

Thornton Tomasetti was responsible for coordination of on-site activities and personnel involved
with the investigation of the ISF Structure. This included coordinating site access control systems
and site protocols (see Appendix C.3 C.6 for copies of investigation Protocols).
3.2.1 ISFC Collapse Incident Investigation Protocol

The Indiana State Fair Commission Collapse Incident Failure Investigation Site Access
Protocol (see Appendix C.3) was developed and implemented to control and monitor the
access of parties who required access to the incident location. In addition, it also defines
control of the evidence and other materials within the collapse area. The following information
is contained in the protocol:
Definition of Authorized Individuals who are eligible for site access.
Description of security and control perimeters preventing access to the site by

unauthorized personnel.
Identification of access points that control entry for personnel and vehicles.
Location and number of uniformed security personnel on the site.
Definition of requirements for preservation of evidence.
Preliminary requirements for Personal Protective Equipment. A more detailed Safety

Plans and Procedures document was authored by Safety Management personnel
from Wilhelm Construction when the construction manager was mobilized to assist
with on-site stabilization and site safety management duties (see Appendix C.4).

Page 27 of 110
April 3, 2012
3.2.2 Failure Investigation Evidence Storage Facility Protocol

The Failure Investigation Evidence Storage Facility Protocol (see Appendix C.5) was
developed and implemented to control and track the access of personnel who required
access to the evidence storage facility in addition to controlling the materials within the
evidence storage facility. The storage facility is used to store the various components from
the ISF Structure. The following information is contained in the protocol:
Definition of Authorized Individuals whom are eligible for storage facility access.
Description of security measures in place at the storage facility.
Location of control points and definition of the procedures in place at the control
points to limit access to the storage facility.
Identification of the components of the ISF Structure that will undergo evaluation and
testing.
Procedures regarding handling of the preserved evidentiary materials in the storage

facility by Authorized Individuals.
Procedures regarding disposal of ISF Structure components at the conclusion of TTs

investigation.
3.2.3 Failure Investigation Chain of Custody Protocol

The Failure Investigation Chain of Custody Protocol (see Appendix C.6) was developed and
implemented to appropriately track and control the materials collected from various locations
on the project site. This procedure applies to personal property that was located on-site as
well as components of the ISF Structure. Due to the evidentiary nature of the ISF Structure
components and samples collected, the chain of custody is established so the components
are traceable from the time the samples are collected until the time they are introduced as
evidence in legal proceedings. Evidence control procedures defined within the protocol are
utilized in the chain of custody. The following information is contained in the protocol:
Identification and labeling of materials removed from the site.
Specific information required to be provided on a sample tag/label.
Definition of conditions under which a sample is considered to be in custody.
Procedure for releasing and receiving materials in the Chain of Custody log.
Guidelines for material/sample handling, preservation and storage.

Page 28 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 4.0
Site and Structure Description

Page 29 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 30 of 110
April 3, 2012
4.0
4.1
SITE AND STRUCTURE DESCRIPTION

Site Description
The ISF Structure was erected at the Indiana State Fairgrounds located at 1202 East 38th Street,
in Indianapolis, Marion County, Indiana (see Figure 5). It was erected on a reinforced concrete
stage structure located alongside the southern straightaway of the racetrack, north of the
grandstands of the Indiana State Fairgrounds (see Figure 6 and Figure 7). To the south, an
approximately 85- foot-wide racetrack separated the ISF Structure from a steel-framed
grandstand structure. The ISF Structure was surrounded to the west, north and east by open
unobstructed terrain. At the time of the collapse there were numerous semi-trailers, box-trucks,
motor coaches, office trailers and other smaller vehicles in the direct vicinity of the ISF Structure.
Additionally, during the concert event, seats for concert viewers were located directly south of the
ISF Structure on the racetrack (see Figure 8. Note several vehicles and seating were removed
subsequent to the collapse and before this image was captured).
Figure 5. Image showing location and extent of the Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Indianapolis (looking north)
Source: Pictometry. Image capture on 4/10/2010

Page 31 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 6. View of the grandstands, racetrack and stage at the Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Indianapolis (looking south)
Figure 7. Location of the grandstands (Yellow) and stage (Red) at the Indiana State Fairgrounds,

Page 32 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 8. View of collapsed structure, grandstand and stage, Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Source: Indiana State Police (ISP) Image capture on 8/14/2011
4.2
Description of the ISF Structure

The ISF Structure is a modular aluminum lattice superstructure comprising multiple prefabricated
truss sections manufactured by James Thomas Engineering. The roof portion of the structure is
supported by truss columns bearing (without mechanical connection) on the top surface of the
reinforced concrete slab that forms the roof of the below-grade back of the house spaces
(dressing rooms, offices, etc.) for the Grandstand Stage. This concrete surface is located
approximately 3-6 above the surrounding ground/track elevation. The overall plan dimensions of
the ISF Structure are approximately 107 feet by 57 feet, and the top elevation of the ridge of the
structure is 56 feet above the ground/track elevation.
Based on the field survey of component labels and placards, the ISF Structures components
were manufactured between 1995 and 2010. Some components were manufactured
domestically, while others were produced in the United Kingdom. Details are provided in the
Photo Database (see Appendix F.20).
The weight of the structure and suspended entertainment technology equipment was established
by weighing representative components in the field. The total self-weight of the structure is
approximately 25,300 lbs and total weight of suspended entertainment technology equipment
supported by the ISF Structure is approximately 44,300 lbs.
For the purposes of this report, the components of the ISF Structure have been grouped into four
(4) sub-groups: superstructure, column truss towers, suspended entertainment technology

Page 33 of 110
April 3, 2012
equipment and lateral load resisting elements. Figures 10 and 11 depict exploded views of the
ISF Structure. Note that for clarity, the suspended entertainment technology equipment and
lateral load resisting elements are not shown, and the blue roof tarp (membrane) is depicted as a
single one-piece component.
The lateral load resisting system consists of fourteen (14) guy lines that are connected to ten (10)
reinforced concrete Jersey barriers. The guy lines are 3/8" diameter steel wire ropes and are
tightened with the use of ratchet straps. The guy lines are connected by steel hooks to embedded
steel loops in the ends of the Jersey barriers to provide resistance to lateral loads and uplift via
friction and gravity only. There is no positive connection between the Jersey barriers and the
ground surface.
Jersey barrier similar to those used at the ISF Structure
4.2.1 Components and Configuration Terminology
Figure 9. Pre-collapse photograph of ISF Structure

Image Source: Meredith Gradle Image capture on 8/13/2011
4.2.1.1 Superstructure Components

Main trusses are located at the bottom chord of the gable roof lattice superstructure.
These trusses are composed of multiple 2-6 wide by 2-2 deep and 8-0 long trusses

Page 34 of 110
April 3, 2012
pinned together with node components to span from both the west to east and north to
south. These trusses are referred to in the James Thomas Engineering 2006 catalog as
Super Pre-rigged trusses and are fabricated from 2 diameter tube chords and 1
diameter tube web members. These members are indicated in green in Figures 10 and
11 below.
Rafter trusses (rafters) are the sloped top chord of the superstructure that forms the
gable roof. These east-west spanning trusses are compression elements of the gable
roof lattice superstructure and support the roof tarp. The rafters are 1-0 wide by 1-0
deep truss elements of varying lengths and are fabricated from 2 diameter tube chords
and 1 diameter tube web members. Each of the tubular chords is connected at both
ends and interconnects to form one sloped face of the 35-0 gable roof span. Note the
rafter trusses do not have direct connections to the roof tarp. Rafter truss members are
indicated in orange in Figures 10 and 11 below.
Gable web trusses are located between the rafters and the main trusses. These
vertical members are 1-0 wide by 1-0 deep truss elements of varying lengths and are
fabricated from 2 diameter tube chords and 1 diameter tube web members that
connect the bottom chord of the main trusses of the gable roof truss to the rafters at
column lines C, D and E. Wire rope members also serve to provide tension capacity in
this plane. These members are indicated in light purple in Figures 10 and 11 below.
Ridge trusses span north-south and interconnect the rafters at each bay. These
members are indicated in blue and span between the rafters along column line D in the
Figures below. The blue tarp membrane is directly connected to the ridge via straps.
Purlin trusses bear on the top chords of the main trusses and support the majority of
the loads imposed by the suspended entertainment technology equipment such as the
lighting, rigged trusses, LED screen and the LED scrim curtain. The purlins vary in size
between 15 wide by 15 deep and 20.5 wide by 20.5 deep, comprising two 10-0 long
sections and fabricated from 2 diameter tube chords and 1 diameter tube web
members. The purlin trusses are secured to the main trusses with knotted web slings
and shackles. These slings are referred to as purlin tie slings in this report. The purlin
members in the ISF Structure are indicated in red in Figures 10 and 11 below.
Strut trusses are located at the extreme western and eastern wings of the ISF
Structure and are diagonal in plan orientation. The struts are composed of two 20.5
wide by 20.5 deep sections with a length of 8-0 and 10-0. The truss sections are
connected to the main trusses through other articulating components. These trusses
are used to stabilize the Public Address (PA) wings from which the speaker arrays are
suspended. These members are indicated in light green in Figures 10 and 11 below.
Chain hoists are 1-ton-rated chain hoists manufactured by Columbus McKinnon. The
hoists are connected to the exterior nodes and use a chain to transfer vertical loads
from the main trusses to the columns (see Figure 12). The chain hoists allow raising
and lowering of the superstructure along the columns. Note that once the
superstructure is raised to its proper height, the roof truss load, including the weight of

Page 35 of 110
April 3, 2012
suspended entertainment technology equipment, is carried by ratchet straps extending

over the columns, perpendicular to the hoist chains.
Figure 10. Exploded View: All components
Figure 11. Exploded View: Superstructure, columns and tarp

Page 36 of 110
April 3, 2012
Nodes / Sleeve blocks as referenced in the James Thomas Engineering 2006 catalog
are divided into five types of nodes: interior main truss to main truss node, exterior
main truss to main truss node, column to exterior main truss node, column to interior
main truss clamped node and strut to column and main truss node. For detailed
photographs of the specific nodes, please refer to Appendix F.20.
The main truss to main truss nodes are composed of a thick aluminum plate
at the bottom face used to connect the bottom chords of four (4) intersecting main
trusses and the vertical gable web trusses. The top face of the nodes is framed by a
thick aluminum plate with a large opening to permit the gable web truss
members to pass through and to be connected to the bottom face plate of the node
described above. The top plate of the node connects the top chord of four (4)
intersecting main trusses. The remaining faces of the node are framed by the end
elements that are part of the main trusses. These nodes are indicated in orange in
Figure 13.
At the exterior main truss to main truss nodes the thick aluminum plates
connect the three main truss elements and place a gate at the exterior face. The
exterior gate is composed of 1 diameter tubes arranged in a cross-brace fashion
with 1 diameter tubes in a vertical orientation, and 2 diameter tubes in the
horizontal plane that frame the cross-brace and connect to the adjacent main
trusses with pins. These nodes are indicated in blue in Figure 13.
The column to exterior main truss nodes are composed of thick plates with
an interior opening at the top and bottom. The opening at the top and bottom plates
of the node permits the column to pass through the node, allowing the
superstructure to climb. These nodes have a total of four (4) roller bearings
(casters) at both the top and bottom plates of the node, resisting in-plane and outof-plane horizontal displacements of the column within the node but permitting
vertical movement. Per the James Thomas Engineering 2006 catalog 12 and 15
Ground Supported Support Towers Operating Instructions The stability of the
tower is derived from the sleeving action of the sleeve block. Note these nodes at
the exterior also have chain hoists attached to either 1 thick fin plates or rigging
slings attached to the bottom plate of the nodes. The fin plates connect two critical
components of the ISF Structure: the chain hoists and the guy line system. The
chain hoists connect to the fin plate, extend over the top of the roller beam at the
top of the column and connect to the main trusses adjacent to the node. The fin
plate connection to the guy line system transfers the lateral loads imposed on the
ISF Structure to the lateral force resisting guy line system. These nodes are
indicated in red in Figure 13.
The column to interior main truss clamped nodes are composed of rectangular
tube sections clamped to the bottom chord of the main trusses on column lines C, D
and E between column lines 3 and 4. These nodes are connected to the top of the
three interior black supplemental columns (see Column truss towers section below).
These nodes are indicated in green in Figure 13.

Page 37 of 110
April 3, 2012
The strut to column and main truss nodes are located at the easternmost and
westernmost ends of the PA wings of the ISF Structure. These nodes connect the
main trusses to the strut and the columns. Each node consists of rectangular tube
sections on both the top and bottom faces. The top and bottom faces also have
wheels that restrict the columns, horizontal in-plane and out-of-plane displacement
but permit vertical movement up and down the columns, similar to the column to
exterior main truss nodes. The face connected to the strut consists of a thick
prefabricated aluminum plate that connects the strut to the node in an end plate
connection manner. The other faces of the nodes consist of 2 diameter tubes
welded together to make a cube. Note that while small corner gussets are utilized,
cross-bracing is not present at any of the faces of these nodes. These nodes are
indicated in cyan in Figure 13.
Figure 12. Column nodes and Chain hoist
Tarp/Membrane. The blue-colored roof tarp is composed of three separate panels.

The east and west panels are directly connected to the ISF Structure via ratchet straps
at the eaves (main trusses) and ridge truss. Knotted rope is used to secure the tarp
along the gable ends. The middle ridge panel is attached to the east and west panels
via four 2 wide Velcro strips along each side of the ridge, distributed from north to
south. The tarp membrane is indicated in blue in Figures 10 and 11.

Page 38 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 13. Node/Sleeve Locations and Types
4.2.1.2 Column truss towers (Columns)

Column truss towers are composed of various modular sections ranging from 3-6 to
10-0 in length. At the top of the column are aluminum cross-head roller beams
fabricated from channel sections. The lower pair is used as a guide for the chain
associated with the chain hoists used to lift the roof system. The upper pair is
perpendicular to the lower pair and is used as a guide for the ratchet strap that acts as
a safety lock-off to secure the roof superstructure system at its designated trim height.
There are three column types used within the ISF Structure. The total height of the
columns bearing on the stage is 46-0. These columns are indicated in gray in Figure
10 and Figure 11. The total height of the columns that are off the stage surface and
bearing on the ground/track is 50-0. These columns are indicated in cyan in Figure 10
and Figure 11. The columns indicated in black in Figure 10 and Figure 11 are
approximately 40-0 in height and are bearing on the stage. The 40- 0 black columns
are clamped to the bottom side of the main trusses on column lines C, D and E
between column lines 3 and 4. This node connection to the bottom chord of the main
trusses restricts the extent of downward movement of the superstructure to the height
of the 40- 0 black columns. Therefore, in order for the superstructure to be lowered,
these columns must be removed.
Each of the column modules is spliced utilizing connections in an end plate connection
configuration and is fastened with four (4) diameter steel bolts, two (2) on the south
face and two (2) on the north face of the column.

Page 39 of 110
April 3, 2012
4.2.1.3 Suspended light fixture trusses and miscellaneous equipment:

The suspended light fixture trusses (rigged trusses) are supported from the purlins and
the main trusses. These light fixtures trusses comprise the majority of the overhead
dead load from the suspended entertainment technology equipment utilized at the ISF
Structure. The rigged trusses are suspended from the main trusses and/or the purlins
via a system of rigging slings and chain hoists that permits raising or lowering of the
rigged trusses. There are a total of five (5) manufacturers of the rigged trusses: Total
Structures, TomCat, Applied Structures, James Thomas Engineering and Tyler
Trusses. The different rigged trusses are assigned an identifying color by the production
crew through the use of colored tape that can be observed on the individual trusses.
The different trusses are referred to as red, orange, white, blue and purple. Refer to
Figure 14 below for a graphical representation of these trusses. Identification of the
specific manufacturers for each rigged truss is provided in Appendix F.20.
Figure 14. Truss color nomenclature for suspended entertainment technology equipment
The LED screen, the LED scrim curtain and other components of the suspended
entertainment technology equipment are suspended from the rigged trusses with hoists
of ton, 1 ton or 2 ton capacities. Based on on-site weighing, the combined weight of
the suspended entertainment technology equipment including the rigged trusses and
hoists/rigging slings connecting it to the superstructure is approximately 44,300 lbs.
4.2.1.4 Lateral force resisting system
In addition to some rigidity provided by the column/sleeve block connections, the
primary lateral force resisting system employed at the ISF Structure is a guy line
system. This system consists of guy lines connected to Jersey barriers that provide
lateral resistance through self-weight and friction. The Jersey barriers (also referred to
as k-rails in many western states) are reinforced concrete modular barriers originally

Page 40 of 110
April 3, 2012
designed for dividing traffic lanes. The Jersey barriers utilized in the ISF Structure are
located on varying surface conditions consisting of gravel, grass, sand and asphalt
surfaces.
The guy line system at the ISF Structure comprises several different components,
including 3/8 diameter wire rope, steel rigging shackles and synthetic webbing ratchet
straps. The ratchet straps are used to induce a pre-stress (tension) in the guying
system. A total of fourteen (14) guy lines connect to ten (10) Jersey barriers within the
system. A total of six (6) guy lines connected to four (4) Jersey barriers contribute to
lateral load resistance in the west to east or east to west direction. A total of six (6) guy
lines connected to four (4) Jersey barriers contribute to lateral load resistance in the
north to south direction and a total of four (4) guy lines connected to two (2) Jersey
barriers contributed to lateral load resistance in the south to north direction (see Figures
15, 16 and 17).
Figure 15. Plan view of lateral force resisting system
The guy line system is connected to the structure at the 1 thick aluminum fin plates of
the column to exterior main truss nodes. The fin plate on the node is also connected to
a chain hoist that is utilized to raise and lower the superstructure. The fin plate and its
connection to the superstructure and to the guy line system is eccentric in geometry,
meaning the loads must pass through multiple components in different planes and
orientations in order to create a continuous load path. These fin plate members are
considered critical components of the lateral force resisting system. The fin plates are
located at nodes B2, B3, B4 and F2, F3, F4. Note that nodes B4 and F4 have multiple
guy lines connected to them: two (2) on the east face of F4 and two on the west face of
B4, respectively, and one (1) on the north face of both nodes.

Page 41 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 16. Jersey barrier locations, east side

(Background image source: Courtney Bozarth)
Figure 17. Jersey barrier locations, west side

(Background image source: Margaret Ritzer)

Page 42 of 110
April 3, 2012
4.2.2 Assembly and Erection

As noted above, the ISF Structure is a self-climbing, demountable aluminum structure
manufactured to facilitate assembly/disassembly at multiple sites.
The ISF Structure was assembled and erected at the start of the Indiana State Fair and
utilized for several different events through the first two weeks of August 2011. When stage
lighting and related equipment are required, the traveling production brings show-specific
components to be suspended from the ISF Structure. However, the two speaker arrays
suspended at the easternmost and westernmost bays of the structure (PA wings) are leased
with the structure and remain in place for the duration of the Fair.
The sections below describe the general assembly and erection sequence for the primary
components of the main roof structure and related components described in Section 4.2.1
above. This summary is based on TTs understanding, derived from reviews of information in
the JTE 2006 catalog and personnel interviews.
Erection begins by determining the proper placement of the structure and supporting
columns. The lowest hinged sections of the columns are connected to the cruciform bases
and placed at the locations on which the columns will be erected. In the case of the ISF
Structure, these first sections of the columns are 2-6 in height. These smaller sections have
hinges on top to permit horizontal assembly of the remainder of the columns (see Figure 18).
Figure 18. Typical hinged column section

(Source: JTE 2006 Catalog)
Once the column bases are positioned, assembly of the superstructure commences. Per the
unsigned September 21, 2011 Indiana Occupational Safety and Health Administration
interview Statement of Robert Williams of Mid America Sound, the assembly of the
superstructure begins with the front of the grid (main trusses). The nodes are assembled
around each column to permit the structure to climb up the columns (see Figures 19 and 20).
Figure 19. Typical hinged column section with node


Page 43 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 20. Superstructure assembled without full columns erected (View from below. For clarity,
concrete stage not shown)
Once the main trusses are in place, the rafters are assembled. This includes assembly of the
gable web members and wire rope elements between the main trusses and the rafters. The
remainder of the column sections are assembled horizontally and in the case of the ISF
Structure, lifted into their vertical position by a crane (see Figure 21).
Figure 21. Column horizontally assembled

Figure 22. Structure prior to self-climbing
The chain hoists are then connected to the main trusses with their chains looped over the top
of the column channel cross-heads and connected back to the main trusses (see Figure 12).
The chain hoists then begin to simultaneously lift the superstructure. At this point the
superstructure is fully suspended from the columns by the chains.

Page 44 of 110
April 3, 2012
Once the superstructure is at the desired trim height, ratchet straps are looped over the tops
of the columns and connected to the main trusses. The straps are placed in the second set of
cross-head channels perpendicular to the direction of the chains suspending the
superstructure (see Figure 12). Once the structure is loaded with the primary framing, the
straps are tightened until the load is transferred from the chain hoists to the ratchet straps.
The guy line system is tightened once the roof system is at its proper trim height, and the
black columns with a height of 40-0 located at column lines C, D and E are then installed
below the main roof trusses.
On the day of the specific concert or other entertainment event, the suspended entertainment
technology equipment and trusses are positioned on the stage surface and connected to the
purlins bearing on the main trusses above. With the use of additional chain hoists, these
components are then elevated to their proper trim height.
Figure 23. Superstructure being raised
Figure 24. Superstructure completed (for clarity, tarp and suspended entertainment technology
equipment not shown)

Page 45 of 110
April 3, 2012
4.2.3 Load Path and Stability

The load on the superstructure is a combination of the self-weight of the structure and the
total weight of suspended entertainment technology equipment on the rigged trusses. These
loads are supported by the purlins and main trusses of the superstructure and delivered to
the straps that suspend the superstructure from the top of the columns. Due to the large load
of the LED screen near the center of the ISF Structure, the three black columns with a height
of 40-0were installed to reduce the span of the main trusses near the LED screen for this
configuration. Therefore, these columns supported the majority of the load attributed to the
LED screen.
Plan distribution of gravity loads acting on columns can vary based on the uniformity with
which the chain hoists lift and suspend the roof structure. Furthermore, plan distribution of
gravity loads from suspended entertainment technology equipment can vary based on the
uniformity with which hoists act at multiple lift points along the rigged trusses.
The largest lateral loads imposed on the structure are attributed to wind. The projected
surfaces exposed to wind are subjected to lateral loads imposed by wind pressure. Larger
surfaces such as the roof tarp, the LED scrim curtain and the LED screen comprise the
majority of the surfaces exposed to wind and therefore are subjected to the majority of the
lateral drag forces imposed on the structure. Note that wind also imposes uplift forces on the
ISF Structure. For the larger surfaces such as the roof tarp, the wind pressure is applied
perpendicular to the rafters on the windward side; however, since on the leeward side the
roof tarp is not directly connected to the rafters, the wind load is transferred to the eave and
the ridge where the tarp is attached. These drag and uplift forces on the structure are added
to the drag and uplift forces imposed on the other wind-exposed surfaces.
The drag forces imposed by wind are transferred to the guy line system utilized to resist
lateral loads. The guy lines are connected to the superstructure either by fin plates or straps
tying the end of the wire ropes directly to the main trusses. The guy lines in turn transfer the
load to the Jersey barriers. The Jersey barriers resist drag forces through friction with the
ground surface. Due to the angle of the guy lines, the Jersey barriers also resist uplift forces
in conjunction with horizontal lateral drag forces. The vertical upward forces on the Jersey
barriers are resisted by their weight. The only lateral resistance provided by the Jersey
barriers is due to friction, which is dependent on the normal load between the barrier and the
ground, so that any imposed uplift force decreases the amount of frictional resistance,
thereby reducing the total resistance of the lateral system.
It is important to note that due to the height of the structure, the slenderness of the columns
and the space between the columns and node wheels, the structure has limited lateral force
resisting capacity without the guy line system installed.

Page 46 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 5.0
Codes and Standards

Page 47 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 48 of 110
April 3, 2012
5.0
CODES AND STANDARDS

Several reference standards and codes are readily available that can provide guidance and
recommendations for the design and stabilization of aluminum demountable gable lattice structures
used to support suspended entertainment technology equipment. The requirement to follow or
adhere to these or other standards is set by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Note: unless
listed in Section 5.2 below, the standards listed here are not specifically adopted by the AHJ.
However, in the absence of an enforceable code or standard, the following references provide
useful guidelines and industry standards for the design and stabilization of structures. Additional
standards and codes may apply for specific materials or may be referenced by the following
standards and codes. The discussions below focus primarily on the wind-related provisions of the
subject codes and standards.
5.1
Relevant Codes and Standards
5.1.1 International Building Code

The International Building Code (IBC) is a model building code published by the International
Code Council (ICC) that has been adopted by several federal agencies and in the 50 states
at either the state or local/municipality level. This code provides minimum requirements for
the design of building systems and administrative methodologies for the adopting authority.
Also included are building Use and Occupancy classifications. The IBC was first issued in
2000, with subsequent revisions issued in 2003, 2006, 2009 and 2012.
5.1.1.1
Use and Occupancy Classification

There are two Use and Occupancy classifications that could be applied to the ISF
Structure, although neither classification adequately reflects the uniqueness of such a
structure. Assembly Group A-5 applies to amusement park structures, bleachers,
grandstands and stadia; although strictly speaking the ISF Structure itself is not
intended for high occupancy, the adjacent area and buildings are intended for high
occupancy.
Buildings and structures classified as Utility and Miscellaneous Group U are of an
accessory character or miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific
occupancy. According to the IBC, these structures are to be constructed, equipped,
and maintained to conform to the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire
and life hazard incidental to their occupancy. Although this use group is generally
intended for low-occupancy, low-risk buildings and structures such as barns, sheds,
carports, etc., the same methodology can be applied in reverse fashion to determine an
Occupancy classification.
No specific guidance is contained within the IBC as to how to assign an Occupancy
classification to an open area adjacent to a building or structure. Nor is there specific
guidance as to how to assign an Occupancy to a building or structure based on an
adjacent open area where a crowd can gather.

Page 49 of 110
April 3, 2012
5.1.1.2 Structural Loading

The assessment of loading applied to a structure or building is influenced its Occupancy
Category and the assignation of Importance Factors. A building with higher occupancy,
that serves critical functions or the failure of which may cause harm or significant
economic loss to the surrounding public is assigned higher Importance Factors, which
are then reflected in the structural design with more stringent load requirements.
Importance Factors for various environmental loads (wind, snow, seismic) are assigned
based on Occupancy Category. The IBC assigns to each building or structure to an
Occupancy Category of I, II, III or IV. Category I structures represent a low risk to
human life in the event of failure. Category III structures represent a substantial risk to
human life in the event of failure. Category IV structures are essential facilities critical
to public safety. Category II structures are all those buildings not meeting the
requirements of Categories I, III, or IV.
It should be noted that Category III buildings also include jails, detention centers, and
buildings containing toxic or explosive materials, which do not meet the more stringent
requirements of Category IV. Failure of these facilities may result in substantial hazard
not only to the occupants, but also to the public at large. Had an equivalent
entertainment structure, with a primary purpose of public assembly of 300 or more
occupants been constructed, it would be assigned to Occupancy Category III. In terms
of the ramifications resulting from structural loading, the intent of the code is clear.
The IBC does not specifically designate Importance Factors; however, it refers to
ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7) for
these values (see Section 5.1.2). The IBC similarly references Chapter 6 of ASCE 7 to
identify methodologies for calculating wind loads on buildings and other structures.
5.1.1.3
Temporary Structures
Sections 107 and 3103 of the IBC allow a building official to issue permits for temporary
structures which have a limited service period of less than 180 days. Temporary
structures are also to conform to the structural strength, fire safety, , requirements
of this code to ensure public health, safety and general welfare.
5.1.1.4
Permitting/Inspection/Enforcement
The IBC requires the owner to obtain a permit in order to construct, enlarge, alter,
repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy of a building or structure. Inspections
must be performed for work requiring a permit and it is the responsibility of the owner to
notify the building official when sufficient work has been done to warrant an inspection.
Approval for occupancy is issued by the building official when inspections are
completed and compliance with the building code is achieved. The building official may
issue violation notices for work performed without a permit, or outside the scope of the
issued permit.

Page 50 of 110
April 3, 2012
5.1.2 ASCE/SEI 7-05 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
ASCE/SEI 7 is referenced by the IBC and published by the American Society of Civil
Engineers and the Structural Engineering Institute. It contains minimum loadings for live,
dead, wind, seismic and other environmental loads and defines Importance Factors. Further,
it provides methodologies for load application in the analysis of building structures.
The ASCE 7 Importance Factors for wind in non-hurricane prone regions with basic wind
speed of less than 100 mph are as follows:
Occupancy
Category
I
II
III
IV
Importance
Factor
0.87
1.0
1.15
1.15
The magnitude of necessary wind load resistance determined for a building or structure is
based on several factors. The most basic include: the basic wind speed, the site exposure,
the height of the building or structure above ground, and whether the building is classified as
open, enclosed or partially enclosed. Refer to Section 6 in this report for application of these
provisions.
5.1.3 SEI/ASCE 37-02 Design Loads on Structures during Construction
This standard is published by the Structural Engineering Institute and the American Society of
Civil Engineers. This standard is generally used to evaluate temporary conditions for
buildings under construction and temporary structures. A reduction in provisions for basic
wind speed resistance is permitted through this standard based on the length of time the
structures will remain in place.
Construction Period
Less than 6 weeks
6 weeks to 1 year
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
Factor
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
5.1.4 ANSI E1.2 2006

The ANSI E1.2 (Entertainment Technology Design, Manufacture and Use of Aluminum
Trusses and Towers) standard is published by the Entertainment Services and Technology
Association (ESTA). This document was authored by the Rigging Working Group under the
ESTA Technical Standards Program which is accredited by the American National Standards
Institute. The document includes recommendations and guidelines with respect to the
design, manufacture, and use of aluminum components comprising entertainment structures.

Page 51 of 110
April 3, 2012
5.1.5 ANSI E1.21 2006

The ANSI E1.21 (Entertainment Technology Temporary Ground Supported Overhead
Structures Used to Cover the Stage Areas and Support Equipment in the Production of
Outdoor Entertainment Events) standard is published by the Entertainment Services and
Technology Association (ESTA). This document was authored by the Rigging Working
Group under the ESTA Technical Standards Program, which is accredited by the American
National Standards Institute. The document includes recommendations and guidelines with
respect to the design, engineering, manufacturing, installation and inspection of
entertainment structures. Specific references to ASCE 37 are provided for the reduction of
provisions for basic wind speed resistance as well as suggested safety measures for use
when ballasted systems are used to provide structural stability.
The commentary portion of this document includes additional recommendations for
monitoring the installation with respect to weather conditions, allowable bearing pressures on
various ground types, and recommended coefficients of friction between various materials for
use in ballast requirement calculations.
5.1.6 BSR E1.21-201X
The BSR E1.21 (Entertainment Technology Temporary Ground Supported Overhead
Structures Used to Cover the Stage Areas and Support Equipment in the Production of
Outdoor Entertainment Events) standard is a draft revision to the 2006 ANSI document
currently in development by the Professional Lighting and Sound Association (PLASA) and
ESTA, as these two organizations have merged. The public review period for this document
has ended and at the date of this reports issue, the document is no longer available for
download.
5.1.7 IStructE Temporary Demountable Structures 3rd Edition
rd
Temporary Demountable Structures Guidance on Procurement, Design and Use 3 Edition

is published by the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE) in the United Kingdom and
provides guidance for a variety of temporary structures, including grandstands, bleachers,
tents and marquees, in addition to stage structures. Although not a U.S. standard, the
document is comprehensive in nature and addresses many structural and non-structural
requirements for the safe use of entertainment structures. Of note is the fact that the content
was developed by members of IStructE, an engineering professional association with
assistance from trade industry and government. This is in contrast to the U.S. ANSI
standards, which were developed by entertainment trade associations. Roles and
responsibilities of the client/user, the contractor/supplier and the local authority are clearly
defined in this document. Additionally, it should be noted the provisions for reduction of basic
wind speed is not permitted, as it is in ASCE 37. Rather, an operational wind speed may be
determined for the structure and related provisions must be implemented in conjunction with
a management plan, for which recommendations are also provided.

Page 52 of 110
April 3, 2012
5.2
Governing Codes and Standards
5.2.1 Indiana Building Code

The Indiana Building Code, 2008 Edition, referencing the International Building Code, 2006
st
Edition, 1 Printing, was adopted by the Fire Prevention and Building Safety Commission
under the Indiana Department of Homeland Security, effective June 16, 2008. Also adopted
by reference was ASCE/SEI 7-2005, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures. The Indiana Building Code contains amendments to the IBC based on the
Indiana Administrative Code (IAC).
5.2.1.1 IAC Amendments
5.2.1.1.1 Use and Occupancy Classifications
Amendments under the Indiana Administrative Code (IAC) include the deletion
of Chapter 1 of the IBC. A portion of the substituted Section 101.2 states that
the intended purpose of the code is to establish minimum requirements for the
construction, addition, alteration or assembly of any part of a Class 1 structure
at the site where the structure will be used. A Class 1 structure is defined in
675 IAC 12-6-2 as a building or structure that is intended to be or is occupied
or otherwise used in any of the following: the public, three (3) or more tenants,
or one (1) or more persons who act as the employees of another. A structure
is defined in the Indiana Building Code as that which is built or constructed.
5.2.1.1.2 Structural Loading
Amendments to Chapter 16 Structural Design of the IBC include the deletion
of Section 1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. This section in the IBC
indicates that wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in
accordance with Chapter 6 of the ASCE 7. The substituted text in the Indiana
Building Code indicates that Wind loads on every building or structure shall be
determined in accordance with Table 1608.2, which is provided in the IAC.
This modification to the IBC is apparently an inadvertent error. Only basic wind
speeds are provided in Table 1608.2. Wind speed is only one aspect of
determining wind load. No information regarding wind loading is provided.
Neither the IBC nor the Indiana Building Code provides methodologies for
calculating wind loads which cannot be calculated based solely on wind speed.
The deleted section of the IBC (Section 1609.1.1) references ASCE 7 for this
purpose. Similar sections of the Indiana Building Code for determination of
snow and seismic loads do not repeat this error.

Page 53 of 110
April 3, 2012
675 IAC 13-2.5-17: Note 8 deletes Section 1609.1.1 of IBC-2006
IBC-2006, Section 1609.1.1: Incorporating Wind Provisions of ASCE-7
5.2.1.1.3 Temporary Structures

Amendments under the Indiana Administrative Code (IAC) include the deletion
of Chapter 1 of the IBC, which also includes provisions for temporary
structures. However, a temporary structure is defined in 675 IAC 12-6-2 as
either a Class 1 structure that is erected or installed for a period of not more
than ninety (90) days after which it will be demolished or relocated, portable
structures on construction job sites for use by persons involved in the
construction process, or mobile structures as set forth at IC 22-12-1-17. In 675
IAC 12-6-4, temporary structures are exempted from the design release
requirement of 675 IAC 12-6-3 for Class 1 structures. See Section 5.2.1.1.4
below for an explanation of the design release requirement.
5.2.1.1.4 Permitting/Inspections/Enforcement
The IAC deletion of Chapter 1 of the IBC also deletes provisions for permitting,
inspections and enforcement. The IAC instead facilitates this process through
a design release program. Design releases are required for most Class 1
structures, although there are a multitude of exclusions identified in 675 IAC 126-4; one such exclusion is for temporary structures. Similarly, the plans and
specifications for Class 1 structures are required to be prepared by a design
professional (registered architect or engineer), unless excluded in 675 IAC 126-9. Had the ISF Structure not been excluded from the design release
requirement as a temporary structure, it would have required an architect or
engineer to prepare, or supervise preparation of, plans and specifications.

Page 54 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 6.0
Analysis

Page 55 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 56 of 110
April 3, 2012
6.0
ANALYSIS
Utilizing the post-collapse data and information obtained on-site, Thornton Tomasetti engaged in an
analysis to determine the following:
1. What were the wind forces imposed on the ISF Structure the day of August 13, 2011, and
how do they compare to code/design provisions for resistance to wind forces?
2. Given the as-built configuration, how would the ISF Structure be expected to perform under
the imposed wind forces?
3. How would a reasonable engineer design a temporary stage structure with provisions for
the required resistance to forces that meet code-stipulated factors of safety?
To answer these questions, TT performed a detailed study of the code-required provisions for wind
loads and retained RWDI, a wind consultant located in Ontario, Canada, to perform a detailed
meteorological study and wind tunnel tests to determine the wind speeds on the site on August 13
(day-of winds) and the loads imposed on the structure. The design and day-of winds were used to
load two separate studies of the structure. TTs first study utilized structural analysis software to
build a detailed finite element model of the as-built conditions based on field measurements and
data. This analysis determined the performance of the structure under the day-of wind loads and at
what wind load level the failures of the system began. A second study looked at how a reasonable
engineer presented with the job of designing a temporary stage structure would account for the
code-required wind loads and factors of safety. The end product is then compared to what was built
on-site.
Figure 25. Analytical model of ISF Structure

Page 57 of 110
April 3, 2012
6.1
Wind Analysis
RWDI performed a study of the meteorological conditions and determined the 3-second gust wind
speed recorded near the site at or about the time of the collapse was approximately 52 mph.
RWDI then used the Wind Atlas Analysis and Application Program (WAsP) to calculate the wind
speed at the specific ISF Structure site and found that it ranged between 57 and 59 mph. Video
footage of the collapse shows the wind direction at the site to be predominantly from the west,
which is within the range anticipated from RWDIs analysis (see RWDI report in Appendix D.1).
RWDI also performed a wind tunnel test on a rigid scale model of the ISF Structure with and
without the stage equipment to ascertain the total wind force on the structure imposed by a 52
mph wind speed and under wind directions ranging from 260 degrees to 360 degrees, where 360
degrees is a wind from due north and 270 degrees is a wind from the west. The drag forces on
the structure without the stage equipment under westerly winds were 8,100 lbs in the east
direction and 400 lbs in the south direction (see RWDI report in Appendix D.1). These results
differ by less than 3% from the forces calculated by Thornton Tomasetti using ASCE 7-05 for a
rigid structure (see TT wind calculations in Appendix D.6). RWDI determined the suspended
entertainment technology equipment added 5,300 lbs of force in the east direction and 100 lbs in
the south direction, for a total resultant force of 13,400 lbs on the structure and suspended
entertainment technology equipment. Based on TTs calculations for forensic wind load cases,
the wind uplift on the ISF Structure will be less than the total dead load of the structure when it is
fully loaded with suspended entertainment technology equipment.
TT calculated the unloaded structure (superstructure and speaker arrays only) has a period of
1.04 seconds west to east and 0.99 seconds north to south; however, when fully loaded on the
day of the collapse, the period increased to 1.5 seconds, so the structure would be classified as a
flexible structure according to ASCE 7-05. ASCE 7-05 stipulates an increase in the gust effect
factor for flexible structures, which results in an overall increase in the wind loads. Therefore
RWDIs tested values in fact reflect a lower bound, and the actual wind loads may be better
approximated by amplifying the test values by the ratio of the gust effect factor for the flexible
condition to the gust effect factor for the rigid condition. This results in a total wind load of 14,400
lbs for the structure with the stage equipment under 52 mph westerly winds. This load increases
to 19,300 lbs for the upper bound wind speed of 59 mph as calculated by RWDI using WAsP.
The design wind speed in Indiana is 90 mph according to the IAC. Although not code-referenced
documents, industry standard ASCE 37-02 permits a 75% reduction in provisions for wind speed
for temporary structures resulting in a design wind speed of 68 mph. Further, ANSI E.1.2.1-2006
permits a reduced wind speed of 40 mph for structures capable of being disassembled quickly in
a high wind event.
TT calculated the design wind loads on the structure without the suspended entertainment
technology equipment for the three wind speeds discussed above in the four cardinal directions
and one intercardinal direction. TT added scaled scrim wall loads from RWDIs wind tunnel test
results and applied the wind Directionality Factor and Importance Factor to the total wind forces
as would be appropriate for the design loading of such a structure. The total design forces for the
westerly wind direction (with the structural equipment configuration at the time of the collapse) are
52,100 lbs, 28,000 lbs, and 9,100 lbs for 90 mph, 68 mph, and 40 mph design wind speeds

Page 58 of 110
April 3, 2012
respectively. The largest design wind forces from all the directions considered are 83,800 lbs,
44,600 lbs, and 27,700 lbs respectively (see Appendix D.6). As previously stated, the ISF
Structure would have experienced a total resultant lateral force of 14400 lbs to 19,300 lbs for the
52 to 59 mph wind speeds that occurred at the site at or about the time of the collapse.
It was reported to TT that high winds damaged the roof tarp, causing the center closure strip to be
disengaged from the adjoining two tarp segments (the west and east panels). Climatic data
research found reported wind speeds ranging between 40 mph and 60 mph on both August 8,
2011 and August 9, 2011. It should be noted that on these dates no LED scrim curtain or LED
screen was installed and the total mass of the structure was significantly less.
6.2
Guy Line Tensioning Forces

As described in Section 4.2.2, once the stage tower columns and roof trusses are in place and
secure, guy lines extending from the roof level trusses to ground level concrete Jersey barriers
are tensioned using a ratchet device on the Jersey barrier end of the guy line. This is a
necessary step for a guyed structure.
The stiffness of the wire rope used in a guying system is dependent on the amount of sag or
drape in it: an increase in sag correlates to a decrease in guy axial stiffness and in the tension
force on the wire rope. The guy lines need to have excess slack removed if they are to act as
axial tension members sufficiently stiff to attract the lateral loads imposed on the structure and
then transfer the force down to the anchor points on ballast located at the ground.
The initial tensioning of the guy lines impose a load on the Jersey barriers as well, which the
Jersey barriers must resist in addition to any lateral forces due to wind. Force required to achieve
a desired sag in a guy line can impose a significant load on the ballast to which the guy line is
connected. The longer the guy line, the larger the force needed to meet a specific sag
dimension. Any variable that affects the ability of the Jersey barrier ballast to resist lateral loads
will also affect the overall capacity of the ISF Structure under wind forces. To gauge the
sensitivity of the structure to variations in guy line tension forces, several values were used when
determining the maximum wind forces the ISF Structure can support.
Within the calculations and design documents for the ISF Structure obtained by TT, there was no
indication as to the initial force for guy line tension or the permissible sag in the wire rope. A test
of the ratchet assembly on-site showed the average force it could reasonably develop by hand
tensioning was approximately 950 lbs, which provided an upper bound for the guy line initial
tension force.
AISC Design Guide 10: Erection Bracing of Low-Rise Structural Steel Buildings provides
guidance for the tensioning of guy lines used to brace low-rise structures and gives an equation
calculating the tension force necessary to obtain a specified sag in a cable based on weight and
geometry (it neglects elongation of the wire rope as the tensioning device would take up this
stretch). For a 3/8 inch wire rope, the maximum permissible sag is defined as 1 inch. Figure 26
shows the tension force required to achieve this amount of sag or drape in four of the main guy
lines in the ISF Structure is quite large. The forces increase sharply as drapes become smaller
than 3 inches, but for greater sags the guy line tension force required levels out, and there are

Page 59 of 110
April 3, 2012
only small differences from 8 to 12 inches of drape. Based on the 950 lbs hand tightening limit on
the ratchet assembly, a rigging crew would not have been able to achieve drapes much less than
3 inches.
Figure 26. Guy line tension in lbs required to achieve drape in guy lines attached to JB.W1,
JB.W2, JB.NW1 and JB.NE1
For the Finite Element Analysis, the initial guy line tension force was estimated based on the
capacity of the ratchet assembly used on-site. Considering the guy lines may not have been
tightened to the 950 lbs limit, 80% of the maximum (760 lbs) was used.
6.3
SAP Finite Element Model

To understand the as-built performance of the ISF Structure based on the data gathered from the
site TT created a Finite Element Model (FEM) using the structural analysis software SAP 2000.
Two separate analyses within SAP were performed. In each of the SAP analyses, two different
load conditions are considered. The first SAP analysis (A) is an incremental failure analysis to
determine the collapse mechanism and sequence. The second SAP analysis (B) applies the full
wind load case to the structure with all elements functioning, to determine if the structure would
have maintained stability if the guy line tie-backs and the Jersey barrier ballast had been
sufficient. Two load conditions are evaluated for each SAP analysis because the LED scrim
curtain and LED screen represent a large sail area that greatly increases the imposed wind loads.
Therefore TT load cases determined the performance of the structure both with and without the
LED screen and LED scrim curtain to establish their effect on ISF Structure performance.
Member forces from the model runs were then used to check member and connection
demand/capacity ratios and determine where failures occurred and under what load conditions.

Page 60 of 110
April 3, 2012
6.3.1 Second Order Analysis

A second order analysis (also known as a P-Delta analysis) is a geometric nonlinear analysis
which accounts for the effect of the displacement of the structural components on their
stiffness and applied forces. A simple example of this is a vertical column subject to a
vertical axial load and a horizontal lateral load. As the column displaces under the horizontal
load, the vertical load is no longer perfectly centered and begins to induce bending in the
column, as illustrated in Figure 27. In the case of a guyed system, the deflection of the
system will also change the tension, resulting sag and corresponding axial stiffness of the
guy lines. SAP gives the option to account for P-Delta effects within its analysis and to
account for the change in stiffness of the cable elements as the elements move. Each of the
analyses described in this section account for second order effects.
Figure 27. Illustration of P-delta effect
6.3.1.1 Assumptions
Superstructure Components: The ISF Structure tower truss columns, main trusses,
rafter trusses, gable roof trusses, ridge trusses and purlins are modeled using frame
elements (Figure 28). Each vertical, horizontal, and diagonal member is included in the
model with dimensions based on field measurements. Linear elastic material behavior
is assumed with frame elements using aluminum properties. The guy line elements are
modeled as steel.
Figure 28. SAP model of ISF Structure

Page 61 of 110
April 3, 2012
Welded Connections: Welded connections within truss sections are treated as fixed,
allowing moment, shear and axial forces to be transmitted between members. A typical
truss section as modeled is shown in Figure 29.
Figure 29. Main truss component as modeled in SAP
Column Bases: The tower truss columns are seated on the stage on crossed channel
sections. These channels provide a flexible base that allows rotation of the base of the
column lower end with little resistance, and are modeled accordingly within SAP.
Truss Splices: Based on TTs field documentation, the connections between truss
sections varied. For example, as illustrated in Figure 30, the truss sections forming the
roof level trusses are pinned in one direction, therefore the moments in that direction
are released in the model. All of the frame elements are linear-elastic elements.

Page 62 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 30. Image of pin connections in gable roof truss and view from the SAP FEM
model.
Rigging Trusses: The suspended components below the superstructure are not
included in the model as elements. Instead the loads from these components are
applied to their support points on the main trusses and purlins. Additional information is
provided below under Loads.
Nodes: As described in Section 4.2.1, the columns at column lines A, B, F and G pass
through and extend above the main roof level, where wheels (casters) brace the column
at each corner at the top and bottom of the node. This creates a moment connection
between the main trusses and the columns. The wheel/plate assemblies allow
movement of the truss up and down, but transfer any lateral forces from the column to
the trusses and vice versa. The wheels are modeled as short stiff elements that
connect the corners of the nodes to the corners of the column but have end releases
that permit motion up and down along the column. Figure 31 depicts a detailed view of
the column/truss node as modeled in SAP.

Page 63 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 31. Node B3 as modeled in SAP
Wire Rope Components: Cable elements are utilized to model the guy lines, the wire
ropes within the gable roof structure, and the chains supporting the roof trusses.
Although the final support of the superstructure is provided by the ratchet straps at the
heads of the columns, this has no effect on the stability of the model. Cables are
nonlinear elements which can only be loaded in tension. Each cable has an initial
tension force which corresponds to a sag along that cable. As the structure deflects,
the geometry of the cable changes, which in turn changes the tension force and also
the axial stiffness of that cable. Within SAP the cable elements adjust for the changes
in stiffness. Because the guy lines are primarily configured with wire rope, a modified
modulus of elasticity (E) and area are used in the model. Those values and the
breaking strength are based on ASTM Standard A603: Standard Specification for Zinc
Coated Steel Structural Wire Rope. For the guy lines and the wire rope in the gable roof
an E equal to 20,000 ksi is used. (Note: the abbreviation ksi stands for kips per square
inch. One kip equals 1,000 lbs of force and is a common unit in structural engineering)
2
An area of 0.065 in is based on the Gross Metallic Area, and the Minimum Breaking
Strength is 13 kips, as given in ASTM A 603 for a 3/8 inch diameter wire rope utilizing a
Class A coating. Note: no reduction in rope capacity was assumed for the terminations
and fittings on the wire rope, thus the actual capacity of the as-built system is less than
the results achieved in the analytical model.
Loads: For the analysis of the conditions observed during TTs investigation, four main
load types were considered: self-weight of the structure; applied dead loads of the
suspended entertainment technology equipment, and other suspended elements; preINDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION
Page 64 of 110
April 3, 2012
stress of the guy lines; and wind. Since this analysis is only interested in the actual
stresses rather than what the stresses the structure should to be designed for, these
loads are applied without any load factors.
The Dead Load of the structure consists of its self-weight and any other static gravity
loads such as the suspended entertainment technology equipment. The self-weights of
typical structural components were compared to values obtained from the on-site
weighing and then adjusted accordingly. The weights of the suspended entertainment
technology equipment and the trusses that support them are also based on actual fieldrecorded values, rather than what is shown in rigging plots. The loads were applied as
vertical point loads where they were supported by the main roof trusses or purlins.
Within SAP, a cable element is pre-tensioned by designating a target force for that
cable. For the elements supporting the main trusses and the wire ropes in the gable
web trusses, no target force is assigned. These cable elements are only stressed by
dead load deflection and the applied lateral loads.
However, the guy lines were tensioned after erection of the structure using a ratchet
strap located at the connection to the Jersey barrier ballast. As discussed in Section
6.2 above, no information has been obtained concerning what instructions were
provided regarding tensioning of the guy lines. For the purpose of the FEM model it is
assumed the cables are at approximately 80% of the maximum practical force, or 760
lbs. In the absence of information on guy line tensioning order, the target force was
applied to all cables simultaneously.
The wind tunnel test data provided by RWDI consists only of base reactions. Since the
base reactions calculated utilizing ASCE 7 procedures were similar to the wind tunnel
test data, the analytical model was loaded with the wind tunnel loads based on the force
distribution calculated through ASCE 7 procedures. Since the wind test data is easily
scaled to any wind velocity, the analysis can be performed for a range of wind speeds.
(Note: other modifications to the wind tunnel test data are discussed in Section 6.1)
As stated in its report, RWDI concluded from reviewing meteorological data the wind
speed on August 13 could have reached up to 59 mph. Therefore, the FEM analysis
reviewed possible failure mechanisms for wind speeds up to 59 mph, while calculating
the wind speed at which each component fails. Furthermore, since the tunnel tests
looked at the forces on the structure both with and without the hanging LED scrim
curtain and LED screen in place, the analysis could be performed for both
configurations.
RWDI also concludes the wind at the time and location of the collapse incident was an
approximately west to northwest wind, based on review of video footage and evaluation
of objects being displaced by the wind. In order to determine the effect of direction and
bound the results, the FEM analysis considers three wind directions: from the west (a
West wind), from the north and from the northwest. Figure 32 below shows the applied
wind load for a West wind and a North wind.

Page 65 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 32. SAP model showing applied forces for a West wind and a North wind
Because of the nonlinear cable elements, the loads must be applied in the order they
affected the structure and their results cannot be simply totaled. Based on the
construction sequence described in Section 4.2.2 the order of applied loads in the
model was as follows:
Self-weight (roof structure on columns).
Cable target forces (guy lines are tensioned).
Suspended entertainment technology equipment and rigging trusses.
Wind.
Nonlinear analysis proceeds in step-wise fashion so each load case in the analysis
uses the conditions at the end of the previous load case (applied loads, stresses,
displacements, stiffness) as its initial conditions.
6.3.1.2 Analysis Procedure
Analysis A: Staged Construction Module
To determine the actual sequence of failure, TTs analysis makes use of SAPs Staged
Construction Module. This feature allows elements and loads to be added or removed
in steps as needed. It is typically used to model construction sequences, such as
removing the forms from under a concrete deck or adding another floor to a building.
The analysis of the ISF Structure utilizes this feature to capture the effect of individual
component failures on the remaining structure and its overall performance, and to

Page 66 of 110
April 3, 2012
answer this question: would a particular localized failure lead to the total collapse of the
structure, or could the structure redistribute the load and carry that load or more?
The general procedure is as follows:
Apply self-weight, cable target forces, and the suspended entertainment

technology equipment loads.
Apply percentage of wind load until first component fails.
Adjust model to account for failed component.
Check for further failures.
Increase wind load until next component fails.
The process is repeated until the structure becomes unstable.

Two different wind load conditions are analyzed using the Staged Construction Module:
with the LED scrim/LED screen and without. The LED scrim curtain and LED screen
installed on August 13 greatly increase the wind load imposed on the ISF Structure.
The separate load cases allow a comparison of the performance of the structure with
and without these additional panels.
Several essential components of the structure are checked at each stage to ensure
their capacities are not yet exceeded. Within the lateral system, the sliding/tipping
capacity of the Jersey barriers and the capacity of the guy lines and their connection to
the superstructure govern the overall system capacity.
The tower truss column components are spliced utilizing shop welded end plates and
field bolted connections with less tensile capacity than the tower trusses themselves.
The column bases are modeled as connected to their supports but in fact have no
ability to resist net uplift. These areas are checked at each stage and modified if
necessary to account for a localized failure.
Jersey barriers
The performance of the system is governed overall by the Jersey barrier ballast, so
more detail is presented regarding their capacities and modeling a failure. There were
a total of 10 Jersey barriers attached to guy lines four each on the east and west
sides of the stage and two on the north side. Their placement and nomenclature are
illustrated in Figure 33 below. In the model the Jersey barriers are modeled as pin
supports. Jersey barriers designated as JB.W2, JB.W3, JB.E2, and JB.E3 have a guy
line attached at each end. The remainder only have one guy line attached at one end.
Whether the attached end is toward or away from the stage varies by location.

Page 67 of 110
April 3, 2012
Figure 33. Jersey barrier layout with nomenclature utilized.

(Note: The red lines represent the guy lines connecting at the structure roof level and connected
near ground level to the Jersey barriers.)
A Jersey barrier could fail in one of two ways: by overcoming its frictional resistance
and sliding, or by pivoting about the edge closest to the stage. If the horizontal force
applied to the Jersey barrier is greater than its frictional capacity, it begins to move and
is unable to take additional lateral load. However, it continues to resist some load as it
slides. For a sliding Jersey barrier, the guy line in the model is removed so that no
additional force is transmitted to that particular Jersey barrier, while a point load in the
same direction as the guy tension but at 90% of the previous force is applied to
simulate the resistance of the sliding barrier.
The pivot failure case is only checked when a guy line is attached to the end of the
Jersey barrier further from the stage. In this case, when a barrier begins to pivot about
its stage-end tip, it swings sideways and acts as a mechanism that completely releases
its load. Within SAP the guy line is removed, but no point load replaces it. Any force it
is carrying must be redistributed within the model.
Note that a guy line attached to the near end of a Jersey barrier can lift that end, but the
barrier dead load will still maintain tension in the guy line, so it is not considered a
failure.
A description of the failure mechanisms and capacities of each Jersey barrier can be
found in Appendix D.3.

Page 68 of 110
April 3, 2012
Analysis B: Full 59 mph wind gust

As a starting point, the full wind force under a 59 mph gust is applied to the model for
wind from each of three directions: north, west and northwest. One analysis is
performed including the forces imposed on the LED screen and LED scrim curtain. A
second analysis is then performed omitting them. Both analyses include second order
effects. The performance of the structure is then gauged by comparing the resultant
forces (demands) in the model to the resistance provided by supports and members
(capacities). Checks of the structure focused on the lateral system, including Jersey
barrier ballast, guy lines and fin plates connecting guy lines to roof trusses, and on the
truss columns, including the forces in the splice connections and at bases. A stress
check of the truss tower columns was performed following the Aluminum Design
Manual (ADM) Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Section. Overall deflection of the ISF
Structure was also checked and compared to the anticipated deflection based on
simplified stiffness of the guy lines. The results are discussed below in Section 6.4.
6.3.1.3 Wind Tunnel-Based Results
Analysis A Results
Performance of the ISF Structure under the applied wind loads varies depending on the
direction of the load, but for the three wind directions considered: from the north, from
the west and from the northwest of the stage are controlled by the capacity of the
Jersey barriers to resist lateral loads. In all three cases the Jersey barrier ballast is
insufficient to resist the wind forces imposed on the structure on August 13 which are
less than the 68 mile per hour wind speed resistance required by the most liberal
interpretation of the codes (ASCE 37 Construction Period Factor of 0.75 x 90 mile per
hour Indiana design speed).
North Wind Case
With the suspended entertainment technology equipment that was installed on August
13, the maximum wind speed the Jersey barriers ballast can resist is 25 mph. The
sequence of failures is rapid and does not allow for any increase in wind speed after the
first failure. The sequence is as follows:
1. JB.NW1 and JB.NE1 are both lifted and rotated about their south end.
2. The loss of the north two Jersey barriers causes JB.W3 and JB.E3 to both
immediately fail.
3. There is no remaining support for lateral load from the north, and the structure
collapses.
This sequence is illustrated in Figures 34a through 34c below.
The LED screen and LED scrim curtain add considerably to the wind forces imposed on
the ISF Structure. If the effect of this suspended entertainment technology equipment
that was installed on August 13 is removed, the collapse sequence remains the same,
but the maximum wind speed resisted increases to 38 mph for the North wind case.
Page 69 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 25 MPH
Figure 34a. North Wind, 25 mph, Collapse Step 1

Page 70 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 25 MPH
Figure 34b. North Wind, 25 mph, Collapse Step 2

Page 71 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 25 MPH
Figure 34c. North Wind, 25 mph, Collapse Step 3

Page 72 of 110
April 3, 2012
West Wind Case:

The performance of the ISF Structure under a West wind differs from that of a North
wind. Specifically, the structure is able to carry an increase in wind load after the initial
failure. The initial failure occurs at a wind speed of 33 mph, and collapse occurs at 43
mph. The sequence is illustrated in Figures 35a through 35d and is as follows:
1. At 33 mph JB.W2 begins to slide.
2. The structure is able to resist an increase in wind speed, and at 41 mph JB.W4
starts to slide.
3. The structure stabilizes and is able to resist another increase in wind speed. At
43 mph JB.W3 starts to slide.
4. Immediately JB.W1 begins to slide. At this point there is no way to mobilize
additional lateral support to resist a west wind. It is understood that wind is still
being resisted as the ballast initially slides; however, P-Delta increases the lateral
load to the point of uncontrolled sliding and subsequent collapse of the structure.
The sequence and wind speeds above are based on the LED screen and LED scrim
curtain being in place. If the effect of these two elements is neglected, there is a
change in the order of events JB.W3 slides before JB.W4 and the maximum wind
speed that can be resisted increases. The initial failure occurs at 46 mph, and the final
wind speed causing collapse is 53 mph.

Page 73 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 33 MPH
Figure 35a. West Wind, 33 mph, Collapse Step 1

Page 74 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 41 MPH
Figure 35b. West Wind, 41 mph, Collapse Step 2

Page 75 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 43 MPH
Figure 35c. West Wind, 43 mph, Collapse Step 3

Page 76 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 43 MPH
Figure 35d. West Wind, 43 mph, Collapse Step 4

Page 77 of 110
April 3, 2012
Northwest Wind Case

Similar to the West wind case, the ISF Structure is able to carry an increase in wind
load after the initial failure. The first failure of a Jersey barrier occurs at 25 mph. The
maximum Northwest wind speed the ISF Structure could resist as configured on August
13 is 28 mph. The collapse sequence is as follows:
1. At 25 mph JB.W3 starts to slide.
2. The structure stabilizes and is able to resist more wind load. At 28 mph the two
north barriers, JB.NW1 and JB.NE1, both pivot about their south ends.
3. Immediately JB.W1 and JB.E3 start to slide. Collapse of the structure follows.
This sequence is illustrated in Figures 36a through 36c.
The sequence and wind speeds above are based on the LED screen and LED scrim
curtain being in place. If the effect of these two elements is neglected the collapse
sequence remains the same, but higher wind speeds can be resisted. The initial failure
of JB.W3 occurs at 35 mph, and final collapse of the structure occurs at 40 mph.

Page 78 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 25 MPH
Figure 36a. NorthWest Wind, 25 mph, Collapse Step 1

Page 79 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 28 MPH
Figure 36b. NorthWest Wind, 28 mph, Collapse Step 2

Page 80 of 110
April 3, 2012
WIND SPEED 28 MPH
Figure 36c. NorthWest Wind, 28 mph, Collapse Step 3

Page 81 of 110
April 3, 2012
Analysis B Results
To better understand the capacities of key elements of the structural system and their
potential abilities to resist wind load forces, the Analysis B model assumes Jersey
barriers do not slide or pivot, and all other elements remain in place. For this model
approach, under the conditions that existed on August 13 (59 mph wind gust, LED
screen and LED scrim curtain in place) loads imposed on the Jersey barriers exceed
their resistance, which is a finding consistent with the Analysis A staged failure results.
Table 1A below provides the horizontal force on each Jersey barrier under a 59 mph
wind with the LED screen and LED scrim curtain installed, in the hypothetical case that
all barriers remain functional.
59 mph Wind Speed (with LED Screen and Scrim Curtain)

North Wind
West Wind
Northwest Wind
Barrier
JBW1
JBW2
JBW3
JBW4
JBNW
JBE1
JBE2
JBE3
JBE4
JBNE
Case A
612
27
9718
890
9811
498
37
9451
91
10642
Case B
518
24
9377
815
10600
426
34
9012
73
11545
Case A
3550
3932
3477
3868
827
60
60
47
45
716
Case B
3420
4171
3750
3812
789
62
67
50
48
800
Case A
3031
277
8254
6245
6450
64
28
3025
30
9345
Case B
3119
768
8738
6287
6250
65
29
3046
31
8968
Table 1A: Horizontal forces on Jersey barriers (with LED Scrim / LED Screen)
(Note: The values in yellow indicate the capacity of the barrier has been exceeded)
A significant portion of the wind loads imposed on the ISF Structure is a result of the
suspended entertainment technology equipment added to the structure on the morning
of August 13 chiefly the LED scrim curtain and LED screen. As a further check of the
structure, the wind loads imposed on the structure by the LED screen and LED scrim
curtain are removed, and the resulting forces in the Jersey barriers are checked. The
Jersey barrier capacities are insufficient even under these reduced loads and would fail
under a 59 mph gust.

Page 82 of 110
April 3, 2012
59 mph wind speed neglecting LED and scrim wind forces

North Wind
West Wind
Northwest Wind
Barrier
JBW1
JBW2
JBW3
JBW4
JBNW
JBE1
JBE2
JBE3
JBE4
JBNE
Case A
645
50
4779
909
4732
503
75
4832
485
5181
Case B
482
37
3927
538
5159
475
54
3808
210
5452
Case A
2708
2438
2241
2512
767
72
95
54
65
513
Case B
2485
2566
2417
2350
718
79
180
60
83
630
Case A
1801
62
4423
3161
4412
95
39
1685
45
5654
Case B
2027
182
5010
3544
4057
92
42
1747
45
5458
Table 1B: Horizontal forces on Jersey barriers (without LED Scrim / LED Screen)
(Note: The values in yellow indicate the capacity of the barrier has been exceeded)
The tower truss columns are checked for overstressed members under the full 59 mph
wind. Member forces exported from SAP are imported into a Microsoft Access
database, where they are checked for overstress per the Aluminum Design Manual
ASD section. Since the purpose of this analysis is to determine as-built loads and
stresses, safety factors are set to 1.0 (a code compliance check would require a factor
of safety well above 1.0). Axial and moment ratios are combined to give an overall
demand-capacity ratio (DCR) for each component of the truss tower columns. Given
the variation that is possible in material strengths ratios (actual material properties are
generally greater than minimum specified properties), DCR values less than 110% are
considered sufficient to indicate that failure is not occurring.
Twenty-two individual members out of almost 5,000 that comprise the truss tower
columns are overstressed under the 59 mph load case (have DCR greater than 110%).
The overstressed individual members are the lowest vertical tube members and are
located in columns B2, B4, F2 and F4. A large portion of the DCR of these members is
due to moment induced stresses, which points to a local effect caused by the flexibility
of the column base. As noted, the tower columns are seated on two intersecting
aluminum channels. Each vertical tube leg is connected through a combination of a
pocket in which the leg sits and a bolt, giving a connection that is not quite a full
moment connection, but also not a pin. In the model the connection between the
vertical column tube and the channel base is kept as a moment connection and no
releases are included. As the channel deflects under the vertical loads from the tubes,
it imposes a rotation on the tube, which induces a moment force. This is a highly
localized condition as the additional moment is quickly distributed in the truss and does
not affect the vertical tubes above the lowest one. Because the DCRs for axial forces
alone on the same tubes are below 1.0, and the as-built connection will have some

Page 83 of 110
April 3, 2012
ability to rotate and relieve the imposed rotation, the truss tower columns are
considered sufficient for the 59 mph wind load conditions.
The guy lines are compared to the minimum breaking strength given in ASTM 603 for a
3/8 inch diameter wire rope. Under the full 59 mph north wind with the LED scrim
curtain and LED screen in place, the wire rope attached to the north face of F4 exceeds
its breaking strength of 13 kips. The guy line attached to the north face of B4 is within
one kip (1,000 lbs) of exceeding the breaking strength as well. Note that for both nodes
B4 and F4, the ratchet straps ultimate capacity of 10 kips (10,000 lbs) is exceeded
under the North wind. For the Northwest wind case the ratchet straps ultimate capacity
of 10 kips is exceeded for node F4. This is not an issue in the load cases where the
LED screen and LED scrim curtain are not installed.
Based on the calculated capacities the fin plate connections between the guy lines and
the roof trusses are failing under the 59 mph wind speed. Calculations of the fin plate
gate assembly show the governing capacity to be the bending capacity of the bottom
tube. This failure mode is evident in post-collapse photos from node B4 and is shown
in Figure 37 below. Table 2 below lists the fin plates that are failing for each load case
and the associated DCR. Of particular note is the fin plate on the west face of node B4,
which has a load demand of more than twice its capacity for the West wind and
Northwest wind load cases, and the fin plate on the north face of F4, which is loaded to
approximately three times its capacity under the Northwest wind case.
Figure 37. Post-collapse condition of the west face of node B4

(Yellow line shows the location of fin plate prior to tearing off. The failure of the bottom tube is
circled in red.)

Page 84 of 110
April 3, 2012
Load Case
Node
DCR
Node
DCR
Node
DCR
North Case A
F2
1.53
B4-N
1.23
F4-N
1.66
North Case B
B2
1.15
F2
1.7
B4-N
1.31
West Case A
B4-W
2.66
B3
1.23
B2
1.02
West Case B
B4-W
2.5
B3
1.13
Northwest Case A
B4 -W
2.57
B2
1.5
B4 -N
1.22
B4-N
Northwest Case B
B4 -W
2.47
B2
Node
DCR
F4-N
1.81
2.25
F4-N
3.28
2.15
F4-N
3.14
Table 2: Demand-capacity ratios (DCR) of fin plates under 59 mph wind load cases
(Note: Only connections whos DCR exceeds 1.0 are listed.)
6.3.1.4 Comparison of Analysis Results to Observed Damage

As reported by RWDI, the wind on the day of August 13 at the ISF Structure site was
originating from the west and northwest directions, but predominantly from the west.
The barriers that displaced from their original location are JB.W1, JB.W3, JB.W4,
JB.NW1 and JB.NE1 as described in Appendix D.3. JB.W1 slid forward from its initial
position before being stopped by a guard rail; JB.W3 moved southeast until it fell down
a stairwell; and JB.W4 moved forward before coming to rest. None of the barriers on
the East side moved.
On the north side of the stage, JB.NW1 and JB.NE1 were both lifted up by the guy line
connection and rotated so their north ends pointed south. This correlates well with the
failure mechanism predicted for these barriers instead of sliding, they pivot about the
south end of each barrier due to the simultaneous vertical and lateral pull of the guy line
on the barrier.
The observed movements of the Jersey barriers correlate well with the predicted
movement of the stage under a west northwest wind based on the FEM analysis.
Under the force of a west wind it is expected that all west side Jersey barriers would
move, and none of the north and east barriers would move. By rotating the wind from
true west towards northwest, the forces are reduced on JB.W2, whose guy lines are
oriented to resist southwest forces, and are increased on JB.NW1 and JB.NE1, the
primary resistance to north winds. The final position of the stage is east and south of its
original footprint.
6.3.1.5
Summarized Conclusions of Finite Element Analysis

The Jersey barrier ballast as arranged provided insufficient resistance for the guy line
system forces imposed by the wind loads of August 13, 2011.
Under the conditions that existed on August 13, 2011 with the LED screen and LED
scrim curtain installed, the ISF Structure lateral system could only be expected to
withstand a 25 mph wind from the north or 43 mph wind from the west.

Page 85 of 110
April 3, 2012
If the guy line ballast had been sufficient, the structure would have failed under the
59 mph wind gust experienced on August 13.
6.4
The fin plate connections between the guy lines and the main roof level
trusses did not have enough capacity to meet the loads imposed and would
have failed.
The wire rope breaking strength and ratchet straps ultimate capacity would
have been exceeded under a 59 mph wind from the north or the northwest.
Linear Elastic Analysis

As another check of TTs analysis results, a very simplified hand calculation check was performed
of the ISF Structure lateral system. The guy lines were assumed to be tension-only straight line
weightless elements with no contribution provided by wire ropes in compression. The capacity of
the structure was analyzed by calculating the stiffness of each component in the north and west
direction and determining the distribution of lateral forces based on stiffness. Guy line pretension forces were included in the forces imposed on the Jersey barriers, but not in the guy line
stiffness calculation. For this analysis several assumptions were made:
Wire rope upper-bound stiffness used: cables are taken as straight lines (weightless and
no sag).
Truss tower columns are pinned at the base and moment connected to the roof level
trusses. In a comparison of relative stiffness, the roof level trusses are much more rigid
than the columns.
The Modulus of Elasticity (E) of the steel wire rope = 20,000 ksi based on the minimum
modulus of elasticity given in ASTM A 603-98.
The E of the aluminum structure = 10,000 ksi.
Area of the steel wire rope = 0.065 in based on the Gross Metallic Area for steel
structural wire rope given in ASTM A 603-98.

4
Moment of Inertia of the column towers = 152 in .
No factors of safety used in calculating capacities.
On-site friction test values used for Jersey barrier sliding calculations rather than design
values.
The wind forces considered are based on the RWDI wind tunnel tests assuming minimal
suspended entertainment technology equipment and a rigid structure.
The lateral forces imposed on the structure are distributed based on the stiffness of each
component, with the stiffest load paths taking the most force. The primary lateral capacity and
stiffness is provided by the steel guy lines with the aluminum structure accounting for only 8 to
9%. Guy lines act only in tension and offer no resistance once placed in compression. The guy
lines that provide resistance to west winds are WR.A1.JB.W1.E, WR.B3.JB.W2.W,

Page 86 of 110
April 3, 2012
WR.B4.JB.W2.E, WR.B2.JB.W3.W, WR.B1.JB.W3.E and WR.B4.JB.W4.E. For North winds,

those guy lines are WR.B1.JB.W3.W, WR.B2.JB.W3.E, WR.B4.JB.NW1.S, WR.F4.JB.NE1.S,
WR.F1.JB.E3.E, and WR.F2.JB.E3.W.
Figure 38. Guy lines contributing to the stiffness against wind from the a) West b) North direction
The stiffness contribution from each guy line is a function of its length, angle
plan orientation. The flexibility of the frame is calculated by treating it as an
frame. See Appendix D.8 for more details on the calculations performed.
stiffness of each component in both the north and west directions and what
lateral forces each will carry.
North Wind
Component
stiffness
to the ground and

un-guyed moment
Table 3 gives the
percentage of the
West Wind
% of
total
stiffness
Component
lbs/in
% of
total
stiffness
stiffness
lbs/in
WR.B1.JB.W3.W
482
15%
WR.A1.JB.W1.E
935
25%
WR.B2.JB.W3.E
175
5%
WR.B4.JB.W4.E
985
26%
WR.B4.JB.NW1.S
965
29%
WR.B2.JB.W3.W
430
12%
WR.F4.JB.NE1.S
950
29%
WR.B1.JB.W3.E
335
9%
WR.F1.JB.E3.E
325
10%
WR.B3.JB.W2.W
500
13%
WR.F2.JB.E3.W
100
3%
WR.B4.JB.W2.E
235
6%
Frame
310
9%
Frame
310
8%
Total
3307
100%
Total
3730
100%
Table 3: North and West Lateral stiffness of ISF Structure
Based on the RWDI report and as discussed in Section 6.1, the largest gusts from August 13
were from the west and the primary wind direction on August 9 was from West Northwest. The
Page 87 of 110
April 3, 2012
performance of the structure under wind coming from both of these directions was checked along
with winds from the Northwest and North. The intent was to determine the lateral wind force that
would cause the system to fail and the corresponding wind speed.
The forces due to initial pre-tension of the guy lines were also included in the total forces that
must be resisted by the Jersey barriers. Two values formed the upper and lower bound: 760 lbs,
as was used in the FEM analysis, and 380 lbs, half of that value.
As described in Appendix D.3, there were two failure modes possible: sliding and pivoting about
one end. The demand on each Jersey barrier by the applied lateral force was compared to the
capacity of the Jersey barrier to resist sliding and pivoting. The structure was considered to be
failing when the demand-capacity ratio (DCR) of one of the main guy line supports, JB.W1,
JB.W4, JB.NW1 and JB.NE1, exceeded one.
Wind Speeds
Without Suspended
Equipment
With Suspended
Equipment
lower
bound
upper
bound
lower
bound
upper
bound
North Wind
35 mph
38 mph
24 mph
26 mph
West Wind
42 mph
46 mph
32 mph
36 mph
Northwest Wind
36 mph
39 mph
29 mph
31 mph
WNW Wind
37 mph
42 mph
31 mph
34 mph
Table 4: Wind speeds reached at initial failure of a main Jersey barrier

(Note: The lower bound is based on an initial guy line tension of 760 lbs in all guy lines.
The upper bound assumes a 6 inch drape in all guy lines)
The results in Table 4 above are the wind speeds at which the forces imposed exceed the
capacity for one of the primary ballast locations (JB.W1 and JB.W4 for west winds, JB.NW1 and
JB.NE1 for north winds). These results are in line with the speed at first failure as determined
using the FEM analysis. What this analysis does not capture is the capacity of the structure to
redistribute imposed lateral forces. The failure of one Jersey barrier does not necessarily mean
the failure of the entire structure. It is clear even with this very basic analysis that the structure
as erected had a lateral system insufficient for its design wind speeds.
6.5
Simplified Analysis (Reasonable Engineer) Study

In addition to the forensic FEM analysis, TT conducted a simplified analysis based on the
information known to be available prior to August 13.
This information is limited in nature and differs from what was actually constructed. Furthermore,
several assumptions were made where information was not available. The results of this analysis
cannot be readily compared to the previously described FEM analysis due to differences in
geometry, loading, ballast arrangement, etc. This analysis is also intended to determine the level
of engineering can be achieved within a reasonable time frame and reasonable fee structure. It
also recognizes the limited information available regarding behavior and capacity of the
components and assemblies of the proprietary system utilized to construct the Structure.

Page 88 of 110
April 3, 2012
The analysis also presents some types of assumptions that might be appropriate in evaluating the
stability of a structure of this type. Further, it is intended to demonstrate the impact of those
assumptions and to highlight critical information essential to reasonably carrying out an analysis
of this type of structure.
6.5.1 Simplified Analysis Assumptions
Codes and Standards
Several codes and standards were used in this analysis including the following:
IBC 2006, referencing ASCE 7-05. The methodologies of ASCE 7 are employed
including the calculation of velocity pressures and provisions for open buildings with
pitched roofs and trussed towers.
ASCE 37-02. The effects of permitting basic wind speed provision reductions for
temporary structures is evaluated.
ANSI E1.21. Methodologies for determining ballast requirements are employed.
Reference Documents
Several reference documents utilized include:
Indiana State Fair Roof 2010 Thomas Engineering Supertruss Grid and Towers (refer
Appendix B.2) This document depicts the general arrangement of components in
plan and one side elevation.
Information regarding the truss top chords, roof
members, tarps, etc. is not indicated. The height indicated varies from the 2011
installation and the permanent stage is graphically depicted; however, no dimensions
are indicated. This analysis utilizes the information included in the drawing and
missing information is approximated based on scale and geometry.
James Thomas Engineering Inc. Product Range 2006 catalog (See Appendix F.3,
JTE Catalog) Member sizes; weights and geometry are based on the catalog
wherever possible. This information for other members is extrapolated.
2011 Sugarland Rigging Plot Suspended loading is limited to known loads

identified on the rigging plot.
System Assumptions
The proprietary system is assumed to be capable of collecting environmental loads

and able to internally carry and/or transfer applied loads between components, and
finally transmit those loads to the ground or into the guy line system. The JTE
catalog indicates that bending moments can be developed between the column and
spandrel elements; however the magnitude of those moments is not indicated.
Capacities for the fin plates are not indicated, nor are best practices outlined for
attachment of guy lines to the fin plates with regards to directionality.

Page 89 of 110
April 3, 2012
Modeling Assumptions
All column base supports are modeled as compression-only springs.
Guy line system layout is optimized from an analysis standpoint it is assumed the
ballast arrangement can be laid out such that guy lines are in line with the main
structural frames, allowing for a 2-D analysis (see Figures 39 and 40). Ballast at each
location is intended to resist wind loads from one direction only.
Cables are modeled as tension-only rods cable elements were not used due to the
added complexity of accurately modeling cables and the unrealistic expectation that
the assumed pre-tension would be achieved during erection.
P- Delta effects were not included in the analysis actual stiffness of members and
assemblies, and actual fixities of component joints are not available in the JTE
catalog.
Loading Assumptions
Information regarding the LED scrim curtain and LED screen was unavailable prior to
erection of the structure; however, the effects of clear wind flow versus obstructed
wind flow are compared within the context of the provisions of ASCE 7.
The structure is assumed to be rigid as it relates to the Gust Effect Factor in ASCE 7;
an accurate determination of the natural frequency of the structure or the damping
ratio is unlikely given the limited information available.
Suspended loads are assumed to be evenly distributed over a given area.
Wind loads applied to the tarp are assumed to be transferred to the nearest structural
member. Actual anchorage points of the tarp occur only at the ridge and eave except
at the gable ends.
Wind Load Criteria
Mean roof height
Length of building perpendicular to ridge L = 76.5 feet
Width of building parallel to ridge
B = 58 feet
Basic Wind Speed
V = 90 mph
Importance Factor
I = 1.15
Exposure Category
Topographic Factor
Kzt = 1.0
Gust Effect Factor
G = 0.85
Enclosure Classification
Open
Internal Pressure Coefficient
Velocity Pressure Coefficient
Kh = 1.06
Directionality Factor
Kd = 0.85

h = 44 feet
Page 90 of 110
April 3, 2012
6.5.2 Simplified Analysis Procedure

Two frames were modeled separately: one frame parallel to the ridge and one frame
perpendicular to the ridge. Wind loads for both frames were calculated per ASCE 7
provisions for pitched free roofs. Cases A and B as defined by ASCE 7 were evaluated for
both clear wind flow and obstructed wind flow. The basic wind speed reduction provision of
ASCE 37 was also evaluated. Each frame was evaluated with the guy line angle from
horizontal at 30, 45 and 60 degrees for comparison. Absolute minimum loads per ASCE 7
Section 6.1.4.1 were also calculated. Calculation methodologies are outlined further in
Appendix D.9.
Figure 39. Wind loads applied parallel to ridge
Figure 40. Wind loads applied perpendicular to ridge
Horizontal and vertical ballast requirements on the windward side of each frame were
determined for each of the cases above utilizing two allowable stress load combinations from
ASCE 7. The first case, 0.6D+1.0W, utilized a safety factor of 1.5 based on the
recommendations of the ANSI 1.21 document. This load combination and safety factor

Page 91 of 110
April 3, 2012
represent the typical design approach for stability. The second combination, 1.0D+1.0W,
utilized a safety factor of 1.0 and represents a best case scenario of the likely actual
behavior at the wind speed investigated. The results are presented in Tables 5 and 6.
6.5.3 Simplified Analysis Results
Three main factors significantly influence the amount of ballast required to restrain the
Structure. These factors are the total weight of the structure and suspended elements, the
type of flow, and the use of the ASCE 37 basic wind speed reduction.
The total dead load including the weight of the structure and suspended rigging and
suspended entertainment technology equipment has a significant impact on the ballast
requirements. Further, these loads may vary from one event to the next and are not truly
dead loads in that respect. Once the dead load of the structure and suspended elements is
overcome by wind uplift forces, the ballast requirements increase rapidly. Therefore it is
important that all of the suspended loads are known in advance and each loading
configuration is evaluated when determining the ballast requirements.
The next factor significantly affecting the ballast requirements is the type of flow. The
methodology for free roofs in ASCE 7 that was utilized to determine wind loads affects only
the pressures applied to the roof. Additional loads on surfaces suspended from the structure
must be calculated separately, and applied to the structure. In addition to the weight of
suspended entertainment technology equipment, it is important that the size, porosity and
shape of the suspended entertainment technology equipment are also known in advance and
evaluated when determining the ballast requirements. It is possible that a case with no
additional rigging load could control the ballast requirements.
The 25% reduction in the basic wind speed provision in ASCE 37 clearly has a significant
impact on the magnitude of the ballast requirements. This is especially true when the uplift
forces are sufficiently reduced such that there is no longer a net uplift. Although this structure
is erected for only a few weeks a year, it is reconstructed year after year during a time when
the occupancy is at its highest, and the cumulative installation period can exceed that of a
truly temporary structure.
In lieu of an arbitrary wind speed reduction, a more rational design method is to design to a
target wind speed based on several factors. One is the performance limits of the base
structural system erected in its intended configuration. Another factor is the creation of an
operational plan based on the limits of the structure that clearly outlines procedures to be
followed for specific weather conditions to protect the public, personnel and property.
For example, the guy line system and the connections to the structure may not have sufficient
capacity to meet some of the calculated ballast requirements. When determining the ballast
requirements, the ability of the structure to transfer load into the restraint system should be
considered. It is not practical to provide ballast for a condition which is beyond the capacity
of the structure. However this limit should then influence the operational plan.
The equivalent quantities of Jersey barriers for individual frame lines provided in Tables 5
and 6 show that a ballasted system that relies solely on its dead weight and friction can
Page 92 of 110
April 3, 2012
quickly become impractical to implement depending on the design requirements. This can be
shown by looking at the total number of Jersey barriers that would be required for a structure
based on a full design load, a safety factor of 1.5, obstructed flow and guy lines at 45 degrees
from horizontal: based on Tables 5 and 6, a total of 180 Jersey barriers would be required in
this case. Even for a best case scenario using the basic wind speed reduction, a safety factor
of 1.0 and no reduction of dead load, a total of 28 barriers would be required. This is a
significant increase from the 10 barriers that are provided to stabilize the Structure.
More efficient ballast arrangements can also reduce the demand on the structure and prevent
large accumulations of load at a single point of the structure. One method is to provide
ballast at the base of each column, which eliminates the additional horizontal component
applied to ballast connected by guy line systems. If the stage is erected above another
structure, the base structure should be evaluated for the weight of the ballast in addition to
the rigging structure. For lightly loaded structures where net uplift can control the design, this
method can help prevent the columns from getting knocked out from under the structure.
Another method of increasing the efficiency of ballast systems is to provide restraint for the
ballast so that it does not rely on friction (i.e. mechanical anchors). Care must also be taken
to ensure ballast systems do not overturn.
Some additional efficiency can be achieved with thoughtful guy line arrangement. For cases
where there is no net uplift, the angle between the guy line and the ground surface does not
have a major influence on the total amount of ballast required. However, when there is a net
uplift, the shallow angled guy lines are affected more noticeably.
This simple analysis also shows that regardless of the ASCE 37 provision of reduction in
basic wind speed, variations in wind flow and guy line angle, and different load combinations
or safety factors used in the calculations, the amount of ballast required can be significant.
The clear conclusion is that ballasted systems are not ideal for stabilizing these types of
structures.

Page 93 of 110
April 3, 2012
Table 5: Ballast requirements along one frame line parallel to the ridge
Table 6: Ballast requirements along one frame line perpendicular to the ridge

Page 94 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 7.0
Conclusions

Page 95 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 96 of 110
April 3, 2012
7.0
SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS
7.1
ISF Structure Component Deficiencies and Commentary

The failure modes of the ISF Structure were analyzed using the calculated wind speeds present
at the ISF Structure site on August 13, 2011. These wind speeds are lower than the minimum specified wind speed resistance required under even the most liberal provisions of applicable
building codes and reference standards. Further, the prescriptive requirements of the building
codes set the minimum level of performance expected of structures and do not necessarily
represent the standard of care that should be met when designing unique or complex structures.
Failure to meet that standard can result in undesirable performance or failures. Five aspects of
the ISF Structure failure are discussed below.
7.1.1 Lateral Guying System

7.1.1.1 Jersey Barrier Capacity
Both the Forensic Finite Element Analysis and the Reasonable Engineer analysis
conducted by TT found the Jersey barriers as arranged at the site provided insufficient
restraint for the guy line system for both code-specified wind loads and the lesser wind
loads of August 13, 2011.
Further, as demonstrated by TTs full-scale evaluation of the ballast capacity provided
by the Jersey barriers utilized at the ISF Structure, the as-built ballast system actually
provided more resistance than would be indicated by the more conservative published
design values that would customarily be used by an engineer manually calculating
these capacities. Therefore, a competent engineers desk-top design/review of the
ballast capacity utilizing accepted coefficients for concrete sliding should have shown
even less resistance, (i.e. an even larger deficiency) than found by TTs allowable
capacity forensic analysis.
7.1.1.2 Guy Line Capacity
Based on both the Forensic Finite Element Analysis and Reasonable Engineer
analysis conducted by TT, it was determined the guy line system installed at the ISF
Structure provided insufficient resistance against both code-required loads and the
lesser wind loads of August 13, 2011. Specifically, the synthetic ratchet strap and wire
rope breaking strengths would have been exceeded in the North wind case under the
59 mph wind loading had the ballast system been adequate.
7.1.1.3 Fin Plate Capacity
Based on both the Forensic Finite Element Analysis and the Reasonable Engineer
analysis conducted by TT, it was determined the fin plates located on the gate
members of the ISF Structure were insufficient to resist the guy line forces applied for
both code-specified wind loads and the lesser wind loads of August 13, 2011.
Specifically, if Jersey barrier ballast and guy lines had not failed first, the strength of fin
Page 97 of 110
April 3, 2012
plate connections to the structure still would have been exceeded in the North, West
and Northwest wind cases under the 59 mph wind loading.
7.1.2 Roof Tarp/Membrane
7.1.2.1 Tarp Displacement
The ridge panel of the tarp tore away during the collapse, causing the eastern, leeward
half of the tarp to billow up and tear away from the ridge trusses. It was apparent the
wind was captured by the deformed tarp, thereby creating a parachute and catching
wind for an instant. Based on TTs analysis the effect observed did impose additional
drag forces on the ISF Structure main wind load resisting system; however, it is
important to note the ISF Structure was already in a collapse sequence by this point.
The total lateral force applied to the ISF Structure prior to this billowing was greater
than its lateral load resistance capabilities. Therefore, although the billowing roof tarp
might appear to have contributed a triggering lateral force, TT finds the structure was
already in a state of failure without the contribution of the roof tarp displacement.
7.1.2.2 Tarp Ridge Panel Release
The roof tarps ridge panel inherently acted as a fusible link because it was less
restrained than the mechanically connected (with ratchet straps and knotted ropes) east
and west halves. However, pressure relief of the ridge panel tearing away would have
contributed a negligible reduction to total lateral force. The RWDI wind tunnel test
without the eastern half of the roof tarp in place (simulating its failure during the
collapse) demonstrated that the lateral forces on the structure increased when the roof
panel was removed. Therefore, it appears that this ridge panel release would have
contributed to a reduction in uplift forces, but not lateral forces, imposed on the ISF
Structure.
Based on wind tunnel test results, TT finds that regardless of the ridge panel release,
the lateral forces on the structure were significant enough to cause the collapse without
considering the uplift on the roof. Even without the loading on the eastern half of the
roof, the lateral capacity of the structure would still have been exceeded. Therefore, TT
concludes the timing of the ridge panel release would not have had an effect on
maintaining stability of the ISF Structure.
7.2
Roles of Relevant Parties

The summary below identifies the roles of those parties involved with the manufacture, design,
erection, rigging and use of the ISF Structure.
7.2.1 Structure Manufacturer: James Thomas Engineering

James Thomas Engineering (JTE) is a designer and manufacturer of truss and lighting
systems for the entertainment industry based in the United Kingdom with United States
operations as well. JTE engineers and manufactures components in its U.K. facility as well
Page 98 of 110
April 3, 2012
as in the United States. According to the www.jthomaseng.com website, James Thomas

Engineering offers Truss Design and designs including Stage Roof Truss design and
aluminum truss design.
7.2.1.1 Unclear Intent of JTE Catalog
The James Thomas Engineering catalog (PRODUCT RANGE 2006) available on the
company website provides details regarding the components of the JTE systems;
however, the catalog falls short of being a design or users guide for the truss systems.
It is unclear based on the documentation provided if additional engineering guidance is
supplied to the erector/end-user regarding system capacities, limitations and erection
requirements of the structures. In addition, because documentation was withheld from
Thornton Tomasetti, it is unclear how much flexibility is provided to the end-users of the
systems with regard to configuration of the components and the resulting structural
limitations. Moreover, there is no explicit direction to engage the services of a licensed
design professional to analyze complex loading configurations or conditions. Examples
of other deficiencies are noted below.
7.2.1.2 Incompleteness of Load Data in JTE Catalog
Allowable Load data is presented in a tabular format and annotated as data that has
been extracted from the structural report by Broadhurst, Goodwin, and Dunn and/or
Jesse Mise. No attempt is made to discuss the ramifications of using multiple
components in an assembly or the fact these capacities from different components are
generally not additive in nature when multiple components are used together to
construct a roof/grid structure. For example, a structure using 10 columns, each with X
kips capacity, will not necessarily be capable of carrying a total load of 10X kips
because distribution of the load among the columns can vary.
7.2.1.3 Incompleteness of Lateral Bracing Guidance
The discussion of lateral bracing requirements is significantly lacking in detail. On page
6 of the 12 and 15 Ground Support Tower Operating Instructions, there is one
sentence regarding lateral bracing of the system: As noted in Safety Notes on page
2. If the truss is to be used outdoors then the whole system must be restrained against
wind loading on the truss; please refer to Guy Wire set" sheet. The subsequent page
depicts a column with a single guy line connected to a shallow helical ground anchor
and contains the note: Figure showing a Guy wire set up on one corner of the Tower
system. This must be used on all corners, if the Rig is used outdoors. These diagrams
should specifically identify the types of lateral systems required and/or state that
services of a licensed design professional are required to design an adequate system.
7.2.1.4 Incomplete Structural Calculations
It should be noted that representatives of James Thomas Engineering did provide
Thornton Tomasetti with one copy of an engineering report on approximately August
16, 2011. This hand-written calculation package was prepared by Jesse Mise, P.E. for
Page 99 of 110
April 3, 2012
James Thomas Engineering. The document, with pages dated 7/22/10, 7/23/10 and
7/24/10 analyzes three different concert rigging systems that were to be installed at the
Indiana State Fair. Based on the content of this report it is clear that Mr. Mise had
access to structural data that is not contained in the JTE Product Range 2006 catalog.
However, the analysis falls short of adequately addressing the actual loading conditions
of the Sugarland set and suspended entertainment technology equipment, or the actual
code-defined environmental loading conditions to which the ISF Structure would be
subjected. The most significant deficiency with regard to this review is the decision to
blindly apply the requirements of the 2010 installation, which were inadequate, to the
2011 installation and the further failure to implement even the totality of the
requirements specified in 2010. Moreover, the calculations reflect a misapplication of
the wind load provisions of ASCE 7, a haphazard and incorrect application of provisions
not specific to the structure, and a failure to provide a complete load path including
ballast requirements. Lastly, the operational recommendations (lowering of the roof
structure) stipulated for a high-wind event could not be implemented in a time frame
consistent with typical weather warning systems. Refer to Appendix D.10 for a detailed
discussion of these deficiencies.
7.2.2 Structure Owner/Erector: Mid America Sound (MAS)
According to the contract data posted on http://www.in.gov/sfc, Mid America Sound
Corporation (MAS) was contracted by the Indiana State Fair Commission for the procurement
and erection of the roof structure for the Grandstand Stage. Per 2011 correspondence from
MAS, the company has been providing service to the ISFC for over twenty years.
7.2.2.1 Variations in Configuration
According to interview notes contained within the Indiana Department of Labor
statement files, it was reported by Allen Story of Mid America Sound that the ISF
Structure was first erected in 1995 with assistance from personnel from James Thomas
Engineering. Based on photographs reviewed by TT, 2005 appears to be the first year
that a variation of the current ISF Structure (10 columns with super pre-rig truss roof
system) was used; however, in subsequent years there have been multiple
configurations and significant adaptations of the structure (refer to Appendix F.2
Comparison of Previous Configurations 2003 2011 for details).
7.2.2.2 Review of Structure Capacity
As the owner and contractor responsible for the erection of the ISF Structure, MAS has
a responsibility to review the proposed show loading and determine if the structure is
capable of supporting said loads. According to Robert Williams statement to IOSHA,
the bands provide diagrams months before the concert that indicate where the lighting
goes. This fact was corroborated by the August 14, 2011 email from Eric Milby to
Margaret Davidson where he stated: I received the rigging plot for Sugarland on July
5th from the tour. It was sent off to Kerry and Bob [at Mid America Sound] for approval
on the same day. from (sic) that point on I normally dont hear anything unless there is
a problem with the weight. Refer to the Sugarland Rigging Plot in Appendix B.3 for a
Page 100 of 110
April 3, 2012
copy of this diagram. Based on the information received and reviewed by TT, there
was no apparent review of the 2011 rigging plot by a licensed design professional.
7.2.2.3 Oversight for Erection of ISF Structure
It is clear from the statements made to IOSHA by Allen Story, Garod Cavanaugh, John
Robison and Robert Williams of MAS that Mid America Sound personnel provided
guidance and oversight to IASTE Local #30 personnel who erected the ISF Structure
between August 2 and August 4, 2011. In addition, Robert Williams reported that four
MAS personnel were on-site during the August 13, 2011 load-in for Sugarland.
7.2.2.4 Misunderstanding of Structure Limitations
The IOSHA interview summaries identify there were significant misunderstandings
regarding the configuration and limitations of the ISF Structure. Specifically, Mr.
Cavanaugh indicated a concern regarding a 40 mile per hour wind speed; John
Robison also referred to a dialogue in the production trailer and Mr. Cavanaughs
concern regarding 40 mile per hour winds. He also stated: we were taught that the roof
would handle 50 or 55 mile per hour winds safely, Al and Bob taught me that. As
demonstrated by TTs various analyses, the ISF Structures stability is highly dependent
on the weight and surface area of the suspended entertainment technology equipment
and scenery. Therefore, statements regarding a safe wind speed threshold are only
relevant to an unloaded structure (with no lighting or suspended entertainment
technology equipment). Further, this capacity would be contingent on establishing an
adequate ballast system, which was not present at the ISF Structure.
There is further misunderstanding regarding the center strip of the tarp membrane.
Allen Story indicated the center is designed to blow away in severe weather, a
statement corroborated by John Robison. However, as noted above, based on analysis
by Thornton Tomasetti, no significant pressure affecting the ISF Structure lateral wind
forces would be relieved from the structure by the removal of the center strip.
7.2.2.5 Misunderstanding of Jersey Barrier Configuration
The use of Jersey barriers as ballast is a practice that has been employed repeatedly at
the Indiana State Fair, yet it appears that those responsible for the design and erection
of the ISF Structure do not have a clear understanding of how the systems are utilized.
Allen Story states in his interview that the Guy wire is a standard 45 degree angle and
that the Guy wires go in the same place every year. Based on TTs review of the site
and previous years configurations, it is apparent that none of the guy lines are oriented
at a 45 degree angle and that various configurations of guy lines have been used in the
past.
7.2.2.6 Deviations from JTE Recommendations
As noted above, several different variations of the ISF Structure have been used in
recent years. Of significant interest is the fact that five extra support columns were
Page 101 of 110
April 3, 2012
specified by JTEs engineer (Jesse Mise) in the 2010 engineering report. Based on
review of 2010 and 2011 State Fair photographs, it appears the 2010 structure
contained five extra columns until the night of the 2010 Sugarland show when two of
the rear supplemental towers were removed. In 2011, all three rear supplemental
towers were installed during the initial erection of the ISF Structure, yet the two side
columns (at column line 3) were never installed. It should be noted that while these
elements contributed to the gravity-load carrying capacity of the structure, due to the
manner in which they were connected to the main trusses, they did little to increase its
rigidity or lateral support. Of similar interest is the fact that JTEs engineering report
called for 1/2 diameter guy lines at all four corners, yet the as-built configuration
utilized multiple 3/8 diameter guy lines in various configurations. Further, snap
bracing at the sloped roof plane was called for in the report, yet none of these
components were observed within the ISF Structure. Note: this discussion is not to
define a cause of the failure, but rather to present the ongoing lack of uniformity and
understanding of the requirements of the ISF Structure by those contracted to erect the
structure at the Indiana State Fair.
7.2.3 Structure Erector: IATSE Local #30
The International Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees, Moving Picture Technicians, Artists
and Allied Crafts of the United States, Its Territories and Canada (IATSE) Local #30 provided
union labor to assist with the erection of the ISF Structure. As noted above, under the
direction of Mid America Sound, the IATSE personnel worked in early August to erect the
structure as well as on August 13, 2011 during the load-in for the Sugarland show. According
to IATSE labor invoices, three to four riggers and over 20 stagehands were utilized on a daily
basis to erect the ISF Structure over a three-day period spanning August 2 4, 2011.
7.2.3.1 Use of Certified Riggers
According to http://etcp.plasa.org, The Entertainment Technician Certification Program
(ETCP) is a program that offers certification in entertainment industry rigging. This
voluntary program was initiated to enhance safety, reduce workplace risk and to
improve performance of the rigging operation. Two types of rigging certifications are
offered by ETCP: Theater and Area. According to PLASA, the Rigger Arena
certification encompasses rigging that employs chain hoists and truss system
to
temporarily suspend objects from overhead structures in any environment.
It should be noted that a search of the online ETCP technician database
(http://etcp.plasa.org/cert_technicians/search.php) shortly after the ISF Structure
collapse indicated that only three riggers affiliated with Local 30 have been ETCP
certified as Rigger-Arena (see Appendix F.13). According to IATSE labor invoices one
ETCP-certified rigger was involved at the Indiana State Fair during the erection of the
ISF Structure on August 2 - 4, 2011; however, there are no records indicating if any
were present on August 13, 2011 during the installation of Sugarlands equipment.

Page 102 of 110
April 3, 2012
7.2.4 Structure User: Indiana State Fair Commission Staff

The Indiana State Fair Commission staff assumed multiple roles related to the erection and
use of the ISF Structure. As noted above, the ISFC contracted with Mid America Sound to
provide and erect the ISF Structure, as well as contracting with IATSE Local #30 for labor to
assist in the erection.
7.2.4.1 Responsibility for Site Safety
As the controlling entity of the property at which a structure is being erected, the ISFC
staff should have a vested interest in the safety of the operations on their property.
However, based on discussions and from review of transcripts and interview statements
of ISFC staff, it is Thornton Tomasettis opinion that ISFC personnel lack technical
knowledge regarding the ISF Structure and its environmental load limitations and have
little to no involvement with the annual erection of the structure. The ISFC has no
records, documentation, plans, engineering reports or related technical data regarding
the structure that is erected at the property on an annual basis. Without having
technical information regarding the loading and environmental limitations of a structure,
one is not able to conduct an adequate risk assessment or develop adequate
contingency plans regarding said structure.
7.2.4.2 Need for Knowledge by Facilities Management Staff
At approximately 250 acres in size and with dozens of permanent structures, the
Indiana State Fairgrounds is a sizable campus with complex facilities management
needs. These responsibilities should be coordinated by a facilities management team
whose members fully understand the built improvements on the fairgrounds. Despite
the non-permanent nature of the ISF Structure, due to the fact that it is used on an
annual basis at a time when the fairgrounds have their highest population density, ISFC
facilities management employees should have a basic knowledge of the loading and
environmental limitations of the ISF Structure.

Page 103 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 104 of 110
April 3, 2012
Section 8.0
Recommendations

Page 105 of 110
April 3, 2012

Page 106 of 110
April 3, 2012
8.0
RECOMMENDATIONS
The following recommendations are based on Thornton Tomasettis review of the Indiana State Fair
Collapse Incident through independent analysis, code review and related document evaluations.
8.1
Permit and Enforcement Process
8.1.1 Design by Competent Licensed Design Professional

Entertainment structures should be designed by licensed design professionals with
experience in the design and evaluation of temporary entertainment structures with complex
loading configurations. Calculations and drawings should be generated for each proposed
configuration of the structure as well as parameters for the proposed suspended trusses,
suspended entertainment technology equipment, lighting and scenery elements.
Overly
general empirical design guides or capacity tables for end-users to interpret are not sufficient.
Well documented rigging guidelines with defined assumptions, constraints and limitations
should be provided.
8.1.2 Submission of Permit Applications and Design Review
The above-referenced calculations and drawings should be submitted to the Authority Having
Jurisdiction (AHJ) for a formal permit review process as required for other Class 1 structures.
If the AHJ does not have adequate staff to properly evaluate the documents submitted with
the permit application, the AHJ should require an independent design check by a licensed
design professional with experience in the design and evaluation of temporary structures with
complex loading configurations. The cost associated with this review should be paid by the
applicant. This peer review process is employed in many jurisdictions for plan review of
both ordinary and complex structures.
8.1.3 Inspection of Completed Structure
A Special Inspection of the completed structure should be completed by an independent
licensed design professional with experience in the design and evaluation of temporary
structures.
8.2
Codes and Standards Requirements
8.2.1 Design Parameters Based on Use

Despite the fact these structures are temporary in nature; the ramifications of their failure
can be significant and severe. In fact, most entertainment structure installations are in
locations with dense crowds that are unfamiliar with their surroundings. Such Occupancy
characteristics generally require enhanced safety and redundancy in permanent structures
of a similar Assembly use. In addition, many entertainment structures are erected annually
over multiple years. This makes permanent design parameters more appropriate even
though there are periods of inactivity. Therefore, duration-related reductions in capacities

Page 107 of 110
April 3, 2012
and safety provisions are not necessarily warranted in the design or construction of such
structures.
8.2.2 Design Parameters Based on Variability
Entertainment structures are highly variable in configuration and loading.
Design
requirements must specifically define the need to check all proposed loading configurations
for both gravity and lateral resistance capacities. Consideration should be given to
environmental loads due to wind and seismic activity.
8.2.3 Design Parameters Based on Site Conditions
The structure design must be appropriate for the site at which the structure is to be erected
and used. Varying elevations, environmental conditions, ground conditions, soil conditions,
etc. will affect the performance of a system. A one size fits all approach cannot be utilized
when establishing limitations for a pre-engineered system.
8.2.4 Factors of Safety Based on Variability
These structures are highly variable in configuration and loading. In addition, the time
available for planning, design, analysis and construction is often limited. A well-established
approach to accommodate the multitude of unknowns associated with the aforementioned
conditions is through the application of increased factors of safety.
8.2.5 Specialty Reference Standards
Specialized structures such as the ISF Structure are complex systems that need to be
analyzed and designed as such. Therefore, it would be prudent for a US-based engineering
standards body to develop a comprehensive engineering-based document related to the
design, construction and use of these structures. A good example of such a document is the
guide published by the Institution of Structural Engineers (IStructE) in the United Kingdom in
conjunction with participants from the entertainment rigging industry. The document,
Temporary demountable structures, Guidance on procurement, design and use, is a 100+
page manual that provides direction for design, erection and operation of such structures.
While not a code document, it provides detailed guidance for designers, constructors and
users/clients of temporary structures.
8.2.6 Modifications to Model Building Codes and Reference Standards
When an Authority Having Jurisdiction enacts local modifications to the boilerplate language
of model codes and/or reference standards (as done in 675 IAC 13-2.5-17), the amended
language should not change the intent of the code provisions nor should it eliminate content
that is not properly addressed elsewhere in the local amendments. In addition, the number of
exclusions or exemptions for specific structure types should be limited unless there is sound
engineering and life-safety justification thereof.

Page 108 of 110
April 3, 2012
8.3
Lateral Systems
8.3.1 Ballast
The use of movable ballast elements relying on self-weight and friction is not a desirable
method by which to restrain an Entertainment Technology Temporary Ground-Supported
Structure Used to Cover the Stage Area and Support Equipment in the Production of Outdoor
Entertainment Events. As demonstrated in the Analysis sections of this report, an impractical
number of Jersey barriers would be required to adequately restrain a structure large enough
to accommodate the current suspended entertainment technology equipment used in
professional entertainment productions under normal code-specified loading provisions.
8.3.2 Mechanical Anchor Points
Mechanical anchoring systems should be utilized whenever possible for installations of
temporary ground-supported structures. Helical piers or other ground anchors can much
more readily achieve the load capacities required by such systems while also providing better
fixity in the event of dynamic loading conditions such as high winds or seismic activity.
8.3.3 Shared Anchor Points
Particularly if movable ballast is utilized, it is imperative that the designer and erector
understand the ramifications of grouping/shared guy line anchors. Whenever multiple guy
lines are attached to a single anchor point or ballast element, the effects of guy line geometry
may further reduce maximum resistance provided by that anchor or element.
8.3.4 Geometry of Guy Line Systems
Lateral guying must be provided to resist loads in all directions through the guy line system.
While actual site conditions/constraints and audience location/sight lines must be considered
when developing a practical arrangement for guy lines, there is never justification for
providing inadequate lateral restraint.
8.4
Operations
While beyond the scope of TTs investigation, it is the opinion of Thornton Tomasetti that several
operational changes should be implemented during the use of an Entertainment Technology
Temporary Ground-Supported Structures Used to Cover the Stage Area and Support Equipment
in the Production of Outdoor Entertainment Events.
An appropriate, feasible and cost-effective design cannot resist all possible environmental
conditions. Therefore operational constraints and limitations should be considered for the use of
such structures, with limitations and operational guideline plans formalized in a written document
drafted with input from all relevant stakeholders (client, manufacturer, owner, designer, erector,
performers/users, and public safety agencies responsible for any response operations at the
venue). Such plans should include, but not be limited to: limitations of the structure, atmospheric
monitoring requirements, evacuation requirements and emergency response operations

Page 109 of 110
April 3, 2012
requirements. In addition to wind storms and snow loads (where applicable), risk assessment
and site safety plans should account for no-notice events such as seismic activity when such
events are probable risks at the subject venue.
However, operational guidelines must be realistic. Based on a review of recent failures, it is TTs
position that the operational actions recommended in ANSI/ESTA/PLASA 1.21 Section A.5.2 Pre
Use are not practical life-safety measures for the complex stage set and suspended
entertainment technology equipment arrays used in modern concert productions. Specifically, it is
often not practical to lower or remove scrims, much less the entire roof grid structure, in a timely
manner in the event of locally generated high wind conditions such as thunderstorms.

Page 110 of 110
April 3, 2012
Appendix A.1
Sugarland Schedule

Appendix A.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix A.1
April 3, 2012
Appendix B.1
IOSHA Log of Redactions
& Documents Withheld

Appendix B.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix B.1
April 3, 2012
Appendix B.2
Black and White Grid Layout

Appendix B.2
April 3, 2012

Appendix B.2
April 3, 2012
Appendix B.3
Appendix
1A
Rigging Plot
Sugarland Rigging Plot 2011

Appendix B.3
April 3, 2012

Appendix B.3
April 3, 2012
Total Light Weight = lbs

Total Sound Weight = lbs
Total Video Weight = lbs
Total Rig Weight = lbs
Point
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
X
-28'0"
-26'0"
-9'0"
9'0"
26'0"
28'0"
-20'0"
-10'0"
0"
10'0"
20'0"
-23'0"
-10'0"
10'0"
Meters
0
1
Y
26'0"
41'6"
42'0"
42'0"
41'6"
26'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
28'0"
28'0"
28'0"
Feet
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Scale Rulers
WEIGHT
1450 lbs
1275 lbs
1275 lbs
1250 lbs
1250 lbs
1350 lbs
1600 lbs
1650 lbs
2650 lbs
1650 lbs
1600 lbs
1200 lbs
1750 lbs
1750 lbs
SR3
O1
SR4
TRIM
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
Point
L15
L16
L17
L18
L19
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
D1
D2
D3
CP1
SR1
SR2
SR5
SR6
L20
L19
TRIM Point
43'0" CP2
43'0" CP3
43'0" CP4
43'0" SR1
43'0" SR2
43'0" SR3
43'0" SR4
43'0" SR5
43'0" SR6
43'0" SL7
43'0" SL1
43'0" SL2
43'0" SL3
43'0" SL4
L21
10' HUD TRUSS
X
-32'0"
-31'0"
-34'0"
-34'0"
-34'0"
-41'4"
-37'4"
-34'0"
-34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
41'4"
37'4"
10' HUD TRUSS
Y
WEIGHT
23'0"
525 lbs
14'6"
650 lbs
8'6"
525 lbs
-4'0"
885 lbs
0"
885 lbs
2'0 1/2" 675 lbs
2'9 1/2" 675 lbs
5'0"
1000 lbs
7'3 1/2" 1000 lbs
14'0"
TBD
-4'0"
885 lbs
0"
885 lbs
2'0 1/2" 675 lbs
2'9 1/2" 675 lbs
Datum
0,0
TRIM Point
43'0" SL5
43'0" SL6
43'0" SL7
TBD
K1
TBD
K2
TBD
K3
TBD
O1
TBD
O2
TBD
U1
TBD
U2
TBD
U3
TBD
U4
TBD
U5
TBD
U6
L22
10' HUD TRUSS
X
34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
-27'6"
0"
27'6"
-37'4"
37'4"
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
L23
L24
K3
10' HUD TRUSS
SL1
SL2
SL5
SL6
SL7
Y
WEIGHT TRIM
5'0"
1000 lbs TBD
7'3 1/2" 1000 lbs TBD
14'0"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
0"
TBD
TBD
0"
TBD
TBD
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
10' HUD TRUSS
L15
10' HUD TRUSS
K2
L14
10' HUD TRUSS
L11
D3
K1
10' HUD TRUSS
L10
L5
L18
L13
10' HUD TRUSS
L9
L4
L17
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
L8
L3
D2
L16
WEIGHT
1200 lbs
425 lbs
550 lbs
425 lbs
850 lbs
900 lbs
1500 lbs
1500 lbs
900 lbs
850 lbs
450 lbs
450 lbs
450 lbs
500 lbs
L7
L6
L12
Y
28'0"
14'6"
14'6"
14'6"
5'8"
-1'0"
-1'0"
-1'0"
-1'0"
5'8"
47'8"
47'8"
47'8"
35'0"
L2
L1
D1
X
23'0"
-27'6"
0"
27'6"
-29'0"
-29'0"
-10'4"
10'4"
29'0"
29'0"
-28'6"
0"
28'6"
-34'3"
CP3
CP2
SR7
CP1
CP4
NOTE# ALL MEASUREMENTS ARE BASED ON

X & Y POINTS STARTING AT 0' DEAD CENTER
TO THE DOWNSTAGE EDGE OF STAGE
ALL TRIMS ARE BASED FROM ARENA FROM
NOT THE STAGE.
All Rigging Weights Are Estimates Only!
0'
Sound 1 Ton Motor

(14) Active
CM 1/2 Ton Motor

(23) Active
CM 1 Ton Motor
(28) Active
CM 2 Ton Motor
(3) Active
Symbol Key
10' HUD TRUSS
Point
U7
U8
U9
U10
U11
U12
U13
U14
U15
U16
O2
SL4
X
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
SL3
Y
WEIGHT TRIM
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Drawnby:
CurtisE.Beall
NOTES:
1.Thesedesignsand/ordrawingsare
arepresentationonly!!!Thedesigner
and/ordraftspersonisnotalicensed
engineerandisnotqualifiedto
determinewhetherthe
drawingand/ordesignmeetsstructual
safetyand/orbuildingcoderequirements
2:Alllightingfixturesmusthave
wiresafetycables
3:Allelectricalconnectorstobe
madewithapproved,polarizedand
groundedconnectors.
4:Allfeedermustbeapproved
EntertaimentGrade.
10
10
PRODUCTION
TECHNOLOGIES
EPIC
RiggingPlot
Date:
Version: Sheet:
5/16/11
2.2
24x36
Phone:
(615)4786404
Email:
RMastrangelo@clairglobal.com
Audio
RalphMastrangelo
ClairBros
Phone:
(615)8043817
Email:
CCCrawford1@live.com
ProductionManager:
ChrisCrawford
Designer/ProductionDesign:
StevenCohenProductions,LTD
SteveCohen
Designer:
MarkFoffano
Project
Image
Sugarland
2011
Total Light Weight = lbs

Total Sound Weight = lbs
Total Video Weight = lbs
Total Rig Weight = lbs
Point
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
Meters
0
1
X
-28'0"
-26'0"
-9'0"
9'0"
26'0"
28'0"
-20'0"
-10'0"
0"
10'0"
20'0"
-23'0"
-10'0"
10'0"
Y
26'0"
41'6"
42'0"
42'0"
41'6"
26'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
35'0"
28'0"
28'0"
28'0"
WEIGHT
1450 lbs
1275 lbs
1275 lbs
1250 lbs
1250 lbs
1350 lbs
1600 lbs
1650 lbs
2650 lbs
1650 lbs
1600 lbs
1200 lbs
1750 lbs
1750 lbs
Sound 1 Ton Motor

(14) Active
CM 1/2 Ton Motor

(23) Active
CM 1 Ton Motor
(28) Active
CM 2 Ton Motor
(3) Active
Symbol Key
Feet
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Scale Rulers
TRIM
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
38'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
43'0"
NOTE# ALL MEASUREMENTS ARE BASED ON

X & Y POINTS STARTING AT 0' DEAD CENTER
TO THE DOWNSTAGE EDGE OF STAGE
ALL TRIMS ARE BASED FROM ARENA FROM
NOT THE STAGE.
All Rigging Weights Are Estimates Only!
0'
Point
L15
L16
L17
L18
L19
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
D1
D2
D3
CP1
10' HUD TRUSS
X
23'0"
-27'6"
0"
27'6"
-29'0"
-29'0"
-10'4"
10'4"
29'0"
29'0"
-28'6"
0"
28'6"
-34'3"
U1
Y
28'0"
14'6"
14'6"
14'6"
5'8"
-1'0"
-1'0"
-1'0"
-1'0"
5'8"
47'8"
47'8"
47'8"
35'0"
WEIGHT
1200 lbs
425 lbs
550 lbs
425 lbs
850 lbs
900 lbs
1500 lbs
1500 lbs
900 lbs
850 lbs
450 lbs
450 lbs
450 lbs
500 lbs
U15
U16
U2
TRIM Point
43'0" CP2
43'0" CP3
43'0" CP4
43'0" SR1
43'0" SR2
43'0" SR3
43'0" SR4
43'0" SR5
43'0" SR6
43'0" SL7
43'0" SL1
43'0" SL2
43'0" SL3
43'0" SL4
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
U7
X
-32'0"
-31'0"
-34'0"
-34'0"
-34'0"
-41'4"
-37'4"
-34'0"
-34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
41'4"
37'4"
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
U8 U9
U3
U11
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
U17
U5
10' HUD TRUSS
X
34'0"
34'0"
34'0"
-27'6"
0"
27'6"
-37'4"
37'4"
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
U14
10' HUD TRUSS
TRIM Point
43'0" SL5
43'0" SL6
43'0" SL7
TBD
K1
TBD
K2
TBD
K3
TBD
O1
TBD
O2
TBD
U1
TBD
U2
TBD
U3
TBD
U4
TBD
U5
TBD
U6
U12U13
U4
Y
WEIGHT
23'0"
525 lbs
14'6"
650 lbs
8'6"
525 lbs
-4'0"
885 lbs
0"
885 lbs
2'0 1/2" 675 lbs
2'9 1/2" 675 lbs
5'0"
1000 lbs
7'3 1/2" 1000 lbs
14'0"
TBD
-4'0"
885 lbs
0"
885 lbs
2'0 1/2" 675 lbs
2'9 1/2" 675 lbs
U10
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
10' HUD TRUSS
Y
WEIGHT TRIM
5'0"
1000 lbs TBD
7'3 1/2" 1000 lbs TBD
14'0"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
12'6"
TBD
TBD
0"
TBD
TBD
0"
TBD
TBD
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
U18
U6
Point
U7
U8
U9
U10
U11
U12
U13
U14
U15
U16
X
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Inverted
Y
WEIGHT TRIM
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Inverted
TBD
43'0"
Drawnby:
CurtisE.Beall
NOTES:
1.Thesedesignsand/ordrawingsare
arepresentationonly!!!Thedesigner
and/ordraftspersonisnotalicensed
engineerandisnotqualifiedto
determinewhetherthe
drawingand/ordesignmeetsstructual
safetyand/orbuildingcoderequirements
2:Alllightingfixturesmusthave
wiresafetycables
3:Allelectricalconnectorstobe
madewithapproved,polarizedand
groundedconnectors.
4:Allfeedermustbeapproved
EntertaimentGrade.
10
10
PRODUCTION
TECHNOLOGIES
EPIC
Rigging
InvertedPlot
Date:
Version: Sheet:
5/16/11
2.2
24x36
Phone:
(615)4786404
Email:
RMastrangelo@clairglobal.com
Audio
RalphMastrangelo
ClairBros
Phone:
(615)8043817
Email:
CCCrawford1@live.com
ProductionManager:
ChrisCrawford
Designer/ProductionDesign:
StevenCohenProductions,LTD
SteveCohen
Designer:
MarkFoffano
Project
Image
Sugarland
2011
Appendix B.4
2011 Sugarland Contract and
Related Documents

Appendix B.4
April 3, 2012

Appendix B.4
April 3, 2012
The 2011 Sugarland Document File

Numerous requests for The Sugarland Contract have been submitted. Because
of the events of August 13, 2011, the customary execution of a final written
contract and payment for services was not completed. While gathering and
identifying documents responsive to this request, we have compiled many
documents that provide insight into the negotiation of terms and are providing the
linked documents to show the terms of the negotiation and rider.
A final version of the 2010 contract has also been requested and is posted below.
Appendix C.1
Tagging Nomenclature

Appendix C.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.1
April 3, 2012
INDICATES JERSEY BARRIERS
NS.A1.JB.W1.E
INDICATES GUY SYSTEM

T= TRUSS
C= COLUMN TOWER
S= STRUT
WR= WIRE SYSTEM
NS= RATCHET STRAP
PL= PLYWOOD PAD
PD= PADS
WH= WHEELS
H= HOIST AND CHAINS
RF= RAFTER TRUSS
RG= RIDGE TRUSS
P= PURLIN TRUSS
X= FRACTURED PIECE THAT IS PART OF A
TAGGED SECTION. NOTE MUST BE COMPLETELY
SEPARATED FROM TAGGED SECTION
JB= JERSEY BARRIER
LEGEND
JB.W1
20.5X20.5
JB.W3
PL.A1
JB.W2
S.
A
S. B.2
AB
.1
RS
NS
NS
PL.B3
.5
20
X2
5
0.
PL.B1
S.
AB
.
PL.B2
3.
E
2.
S
S. .AB
AB .6
.5
.
JB
3.
.B
2.
W
T.1AB.W
S.
AB
.3
B.
W
R
B2 W
.J
B.
W
R.
R.
B4
.J
T.1AB.E
NS.B4.JB.NW1.S
T.4BC.W
T.3BC.W
T.2BC.W
T.1BC.W
INDICATES TRUSS TO COLUMN NODES

(CLAMPED)
INDICATES TRUSS CROSSSECTION
DIMENSION
INDICATES TRUSS TO TRUSS NODES
INDICATES TRUSS PURLINS
WR.A1.JB.W1.E
3.5
WR.B4.JB.W4.E
NS
JB.W4
NS.B4.JB.W4.E
T.4BC.E
20.5X20.5
WR.B4.JB.NW1.S
T.B3.4.N
T.B3.4.S
T.B2.3.N
T.B2.3.S
T.B1.2.S T.B1.2.N
T.C3.4.N
T.3BC.E
T.1BC.E
T.2BC.E
T.4CD.W
COLUMN
BELOW
T.3CD.W
PL.C3.5
T.1CD.W
T.2CD.W
T.4CD.E
T.1CD.E
T.2CD.E
T.3CD.E
PL.D3.5
P.CD.3.4
20.5X20.5
PL.B4
15X15
T.1DE.W
T.2DE.W
T.3DE.W
T.3DE.E
PL.E3.5
T.4DE.E
COLUMN
BELOW
T.4DE.W
T.D3.4.N
T.D3.4.S
15X15
P.BC.3.4W
P.BC.2
.3W
P.BC.3.4E
P.BC.2.3E
20.5X20.5
20.5X20.5
COLUMN
BELOW
15X15
P.BC.1.2
T.2DE.E
20.5X20.5
20.5X20.5
P.CD.2.3
P.DE.3.4
P.DE.2.3
T.E3.4.N
T.E3.4.S
T.E2.3.N
26X30 TYP
T.1DE.E
T.4EF.W
15X15
T.3EF.W
20.5X20.5
0.5
T.2EF.W
20.5X2
T.C3.4.S
T.C2.3.N
T.C2.3.S
T.C1.2.N
T.C1.2.S
T.D2.3.N
T.D2.3.S
T.D1.2.N
T.D1.2.S
.W
P.EF.2.3
T.4EF.E
T.2EF.E
T.3EF.E
T.1EF.E
PL.F1
T.1EF.W
26X30 TYP
T.E2.3.S
T.E1.2.N
T.E1.2.S
P.EF.3.4.W
.3E
P.EF.3.4.E
15X15
15X15
P.EF.2
P.EF.1.2
NS.F4.JB.NE1.S
WR.F4.JB.NE1.S
T.F3.4.N
T.F3.4.S
T.F2.3.N
T.F2.3.S
JB.NW2
STRUT
NOMENCLATURE
S.AB.1
CABLE NOMENCLATURE
WR.B4.JB.W4.W
.5
20
.5
X
PL.G1
P.EF.1.2.W.S
.E
NS
WR.G1.JB.E1.W
NS
T.B1.2.N
TRUSS N-S SPAN

DIRECTION
NS.B4.JB.W4.W
Main Structure Nomenclature

09/14/2011
NS
JB.E2
JB.E3
C11137.00
NS.G1.JB.E1.W
JB.E4
TRUSS E-W SPAN

DIRECTION
T.1BC.W
NS.F4.JB.E4.E
JB.E1
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
NYLON STRAP NOMENCLATURE
Structure Component Identification
PURLIN NOMENCLATURE
NOTE: NORTH/SOUTH SECTION NOT SHOWN ON PLACE

FOR CLARITY
.2
FG 1
S. G.
F
S.
RS
.3
3
.E
JB
1.
.F
NS
WR.F4.JB.E4.E
3.W
B.E
2.J
B.
E2
.E
4.
J
.F
WR
R.
F
R
W
FG
S.
.W
T.1FG.W T.1FG.E
RS
20
.4
G
F
S.
.6
FG .5
S. .FG
S
PL.F2
.JB
.F3
WR
.E2
PL.F4
PL.F3
JB.NE2
RA
ST TCH
CORAP ET
NN
E
C
TE
D
CO
TO
NO
B NN
A
RR EC
DE
IER TED
B4
W T
C
O
4
A
JE
WE BLE
RS
ST CO
EY
E
ND NNE
OF CT
JE ED A
RS T
EY TH
JB.NE1
B E
T
R
A
US
RR
IER
ON S
GR CO
I
D LUM
LIN N
ES LIN
NO
1
E
A
R
ND B B
T
H
2 ETW
SE
EE
CT
N
IO
N
OF
SP
AN
TR
US
S
ON
GR CO
ID L
LIN UMN
ES LIN
WE
BA E1
ST
N
S
D BET
EC
C
WE
TI
EN
JB.NW1
T.F1.2.N
T.F1.2.S
WI
R
ER
OP
CO
E
NN
E
C
TE
D
CO
TO
JE NN
N
E
R
O
S
DE
EY CTE
B4
BA D T
CA
RR O
W BL
I
ER
E
S EC
W4
T
EN ONN
E
D
OF CT
JE ED A
RS T
PU
EY TH
R
E
L
B
BE IN
AR
RI
E A TWE
ER
E
N
N
GR
BE D F
ID
LI TW
S
N
E EE
WE S 1 A N CO
N
LU
ST
PU D 2 MN
SO
U
TH RLI
SE N BA
CT
Y
IO
N
ST
RU
T
BE
TW
EE
#
N
D
GR
MO ESI
ID
ST ST GNA
LIN
E
IN ART AND TIO
S
CR IN
N
AA
EA G A WES FOR
ND
S
IN T 1 TER EA
B
G
IN AND NMO STE
WA
ST RN
RD
SP
A
W
3.
OF
NS
W
B.
.J
ON
B1
R.
W
RS
INDICATES JERSEY BARRIERS

T= TRUSS
C= COLUMN TOWER
S= STRUT
WR= WIRE ROPE
NS= RATCHET STRAP
PL= PLYWOOD PAD
PD= PADS
WH= WHEELS
H= HOIST AND CHAINS
RF= RAFTER TRUSS
RG= RIDGE TRUSS
P= PURLIN TRUSS
X= FRACTURED PIECE THAT IS PART OF A
TAGGED SECTION. NOTE MUST BE COMPLETELY
SEPARATED FROM TAGGED SECTION
JB= JERSEY BARRIER
LEGEND
JB.W1
NS.A1.JB.W1.E
NS.B4.JB.W4.E
20.5X20.5
WR.A1.JB.W1.E
3.5
JB.W3
WR.B4.JB.W4.E
PL.A1
JB.W2
S
S. .AB
AB .2
.1
RS
NS
NS
5X
.
20
T.1AB.E
PL.B1
T.1AB.W
AB
.
S.
5
0.
S
S. .AB
AB .6
.5
B.
4
S.
A
3.
E
R.
B2 W
.J
B.
W
R.
2.
.W
B
.J
B3
PL.B3
PL.B2
PL.B4
NS.B4.JB.NW1.S
T.4BC.W
T.3BC.W
T.2BC.W
T.1BC.W
T.4BC.E
T.C3.4.N
T.3BC.E
T.2BC.E
T.1BC.E

(CLAMPED)
INDICATES TRUSS CROSSSECTION
DIMENSION
NS
JB.W4
R.
2.
W
.W
B4
.J
B
T.4CD.W
COLUMN
BELOW
T.3CD.W
PL.C3.5
T.1CD.W
T.2CD.W
T.4CD.E
T.3CD.E
PL.D3.5
T.1CD.E
T.2CD.E
T.1DE.W
T.2DE.W
T.3DE.W
T.3DE.E
PL.E3.5
T.4DE.E
T.E3.4.N
T.2DE.E
T.1DE.E
26X30 TYP
T.4EF.W
15X15
T.3EF.W
T.2EF.W
X2
0.
5
PL.G1
T.1FG.W T.1FG.E
.5
20
.4
G
F
S.
.W
.E2
.JB
.F3
PL.F2
.6 5
FG .
S. .FG
S
RS
PL.F4
PL.F3
WR
JB.NE2
.2
FG .1
S. .FG
S
RS
.3
E
3.
.E
JB
1.
NS
NS
PTS.P.BC.W.2.3.S
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Hoist, Slings and Rigging Nomenclature
NS.F4.JB.E4.E
NS.G1.JB.E1.W
JB.E4
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
WR.G1.JB.E1.W
JB.E2
JB.E3
NOTES
* SLING COUNT ON MEMBER COUNTING FROM SOUTHERN OR WESTERN MOST SLING
1. FOR HOIST SUPPORTING LIGHT TRUSSES, USE SAME TAG AS SLINGS SWITCH FIRST CHARACTER TO H
SLING NOMENCLATURE
NS
NS
WR.F4.JB.E4.E
3.W
B.E
2.J
B.
E2
.E
4.
J
.F
WR
R.
F
F
R.
W
FG
S.
ECS.T.B1.2.S.1
T.1EF.E
T.2EF.E
T.3EF.E
T.4EF.E
PL.F1
T.1EF.W
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.1
T.4DE.W
COLUMN
BELOW
20.5X20.5
WR.B4.JB.NW1.S
T.B3.4.N
T.B3.4.S
T.B2.3.N
T.B2.3.S
T.B1.2.S T.B1.2.N
T.D3.4.N
T.D3.4.S
15X15
P.BC.3.4W
15X15
20.5X20.5
20.5X20.5
P.BC.2
.3
P.BC.3.4E
P.BC.2.3E
P.CD.3.4
20.5X20.5
P.DE.3.4
P.DE.2.3
20.5X20.5
P.CD.2.3
P.EF.3.4.W
COLUMN
BELOW
15X15
P.BC.1.2
20.5X20.5
T.C3.4.S
T.C2.3.N
T.C2.3.S
T.C1.2.N
T.C1.2.S
T.D2.3.N
T.D2.3.S
T.D1.2.N
T.D1.2.S
.W
T.E3.4.S
T.E2.3.N
T.E2.3.S
T.E1.2.N
T.E1.2.S
20.5X20.5
P.EF.2.3
26X30 TYP
RI
GG
IN
G
SL
IN
GS
SU
TR PPO
US RT
S
/PU ING
RL
IN
P.EF.3.4.E
15X15
15X15
0.5
20.5X2
TA
G
T.F1.2.N
T.F1.2.S
.3E
P.EF.2
P.EF.1.2
SL
IN
G
C
O
UN
T*
NS.F4.JB.NE1.S
WR.F4.JB.NE1.S
T.F3.4.N
T.F3.4.S
T.F2.3.N
T.F2.3.S
EL
EC
TR
I
CA
LC
SU
AB
L
ES
T PP
R
US ORT
LIN
S/P IN
GS
U G
R
LIN
SL
TA
IN
G
G
CO
UN
T*
JB.NW2
LIN
JB.NE1
IN
TIE
S
PU
RL
GS
PU
RL
IN
H.A1
JB.E1
FOR HOIST SUPPORTING ROOF TRUSSES AT THE NODES
EN
D
S
O
OF UTH
PU OR
R
LIN NO
RT
H
JB.NW1
HOIST NOMENCLATURE
H.P.BC.2.3.W.1.LTP.1
HO
R.
AG
W
3.
HO
IST
NO
DE
T
IST
.
JB
SU
TR PPO
U
SS RTI
/PU NG
R
L
IN
TA
SL
G
IN
G
CO
LO
UN
T*
RI ADI
GG NG
I
NG
TA
G
NS
.
B1
RS
RIGGED TRUSS NOMENCLATURE
LTP.10
T TRIANGLE
B BLUE
W WHITE
O ORANGE
R RED
V VERTICAL
LTR.0
LTP.1
LTP.2
LT.244
LT.243
LTW.1
LTP.5
LTO.2.S
LTO.2.N
LTR.2
LTB.2
.13
5
LTW.2
CHAIR
LTP.6
LTV.3
.
LT
LTO.3.S
54
52
53
.2
.2 T.2
LT
LT
L
LTP.8
Ladder
LTV.4
LTO.4.S
LTO.4.N
LTW.3
LTB.4
LED SCREEN
1
25
LTP.7
LTB.3
LTO.3.N
LTR.3
LIGHTING TRUSS NOMENCLATURE
LTR.1
LTV.2
LTB.1
LT.10
LT.304
LT.303
LT.302
LT.301
LTO.1.S
LTO.1.N
CHAIR
Ladder
Ladder
LT.241
LT.242
LT.246
LT.248
LT.247
LTP.4
1
.10
LT.245
1
.10
LTP.3
LT
1
LT
.13
L
3
.11
LT
2
LT
.13
.1
LT
4
LT
2
LT
.10
L
1
34
LT
.1
LT
.20
3
13
LT
.20
4
.22
LT
.13
3
02
LT
LT
LT
.20
4
LTR.4
CHAIR
LTP.10
.13
7
LTB.5
LTV.5
LTP.9
LTO.5.S
LTO.5.N
LTW.4
LTR.5
.13
8
LTT.5
LTP.11
LTV.6
LTB.6
LTO.6.S
LTO.6.N
LTW.5
LTR.6
LTT.7
LT.308
LT.307
LT.306
LT.305
LTO.7.S
LTO.7.N
CHAIR
Ladder
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
08/13/2011
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Rigging Truss and Equipment
Image source: Steven Cohen Productions, LTD
LTR.7
LTR.8
LTP.14
LTP.13
LTP.12
LT.268
LT.267
LT.266
LT.265
LT.264
LT.262
LT.263
LT.261
LTT.6
.13
9
.11
6
LTV.1
.20
5
T.1
14
LT
.2
LT
.22
3
LT
6
.22
L
LTT.4
.20
9
24
.20
6
LT
T.2
08
.14
LTT.3
LT
LT
.2
LT
.22
8
LT
.21
0
LT
.22
5
LT
.20
7
LT
.22
7
LT
.23
0
.21
2
29
LT
.2
LT
.21
1
T.1
1
LT
.10
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
.23
1
LT
.21
3
LT
.23
2
LT
.21
4
LT
LT
.11
5
LT
.21
5
T.1
41
LT
.
2
16
LT
.10
5
LTT.2
LT
.10
6
LTT.1
.10
LT
.11
7
LT
LT
.11
8
LT
* KEY FROM STEVE COHEN

PRODUCTIONS, LTD. HAS
NOT BEEN VERIFIED
10
LIG
T R HT
U
PU SS
RP
SE LE
CT
IO
N
.10
8
LT
.22
1
LIG
HT
NU
PE MBE
R
FIE R D
LD ES
LA IGN
BE AT
LS ION
LT
S1
CHAIN
HOIST
CHAIN
SLING
WHERE TWO SLINGS ARE

ATTACHED TO THE SAME HOIST,
ADD A,B,... ON TAGS.
LTR.2
MARK EITHER SIDE OF

STRAP WITH MARKER.
RECORD LOCATION OF
SLINGS S2 - S3.
BLUE REPRESENTS
CHANGE FOR HOIST,
SLINGS AND RIGGING
SUPPORTING
ELECTRIC CABLES
LIGHT TRUSS
SPRAY
PAINT
SPRAY
PAINT
S3
RI
GG
IN
G
SL
S
IN
U
G
EL PPO
EM R
T
E
NT ING
SL
TA
IN
G.
G
BOTTOM SLING
RS.T.1.BC.1.LTR.2
ECS.
.ECS
INDICATES RIGGING SLING
LOCATION OF SLINGS TO BE NOTED ON THE TAG IN

PARENTHESIS (LOCAL ELEMENT NOMENCLATURE)
* SLING COUNT ON MEMBER COUNTING FROM SOUTHERN OR WESTERN MOST SLING
HOIST
H.T.1.BC.1.LTR.2
.ECS
HO
IS
T
&C
SU
HA
IN
E P
P
L
EM OR
EN TIN
G
T
SL
TA
IN
G.
G
CO
L
UN
O
SE ADI
T*
CT NG
I
O
N ELEM
TA
G ENT
08/13/2011
09/26/2011
Rigging
Slings and Hoists
C11137.00
C11137.00
Image source: Thomas Engineering, 2006 Catalog
INDICATES CHAIN
S= SOUTH
LTR.2= LIGHT TRUSS RED, SECTION 2
LEGEND
TOP SLING
RS.T.1.BC.1
ECS.
SLING NUMBER
ALONG ELEMENT.
COUNTING FROM
SOUTH OR WEST
NT
*
CO
U
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
RI
GG
I
NG
SL
IN
G
SU
EL PPO
EM R
EN TIN
G
SL
T
TA
IN
G
G.
CO
UN
LO
T*
SE ADI
CT NG
IO E
L
N
TA EME
G
NT
S2
T= TOP
S= SOUTH
N= NORTH
B= BOTTOM
E= EAST
W= WEST
LEGEND
T.B1.2.S
N-S SPAN DIRECTION
T.B1.2.N
T.1BC.E
S2
E-W SPAN DIRECTION
S1
T.1BC.W
WEST
T1
S3
STRUT
S.AB.1
S4
T2
SB
S5
ST
TR
US
O S
N
GR CO
ID LU
M
L
NO INE N L
S 1 INE
RT
H
AN B
B
SE
D
TR
2 ETW
CT
US
IO
EE
S
N
N
ON
OF
LIN CO
SP
AN
E
S LUM
SO 1 A N L
UT ND IN
E
2
H
BB
SE
ET
CT
W
I
O
TR
E
EN
N
U
OF
SS
GR
SP
ON
ID
AN
GR CO
ID LU
WE LIN MN
ST ES LIN
SE B A E 1
C
TIO ND C BET
WE
N
OF
EN
TR
SP
U
AN
ON SS
GR CO
ID LU
E LIN MN
A
ST ES LIN
SE B A E 1
CT N
B
D
E
I
O
N C TWE
OF
EN
ST
SP
RU
AN
BE T
TW
EE
SE
N
GR
F C
T
ID
R
OM ION
L
SO NUM INES
U
A
TH BER
AN
D
ST
B
A
RT
IN
G
S6
T3
NT
S7
S8
08/13/2011
09/14/2011
EAST
C11137.00
E2
Typical Truss Nomenclature Detail
E1
T4
N
S3
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
C.2
RF.B
C2
GW.C1.2
GW.C2.2
2.W
RF.N
C1
GW.C2.1
GW.C1.1
WR
D.2
.C
GW.D1.1
GW.D1.2
GW.D2.2
GW.D3.2
MAIN STRUCTURE NODE
GABLE NODE
RF.D
.2
E.2.E
RF.D
Symmetrical
.DE
WR
E.2.W
Symmetrical
E.1.E
RG.2.3.C
RF.D
.1
.DE
WR
E.1.W
RG.N1
RF.D
RG.N2
D1
D2
GW.D2.1
GW.D3.1
.2.E
F.CD
.1
.CD
WR
D.2.W
RF.C
.W
D.1
RF.C
.1.E
F.CD
RAFTER TRUSS AND GABLE WEB TRUSS
B2
B1
RF.B
C.1
RF.N1.W
RIDGE TRUSS
RG.N2
WIRE ROPE
T= TRUSS
C= COLUMN TOWER
S= STRUT
WR= WIRE ROPE
NS= RATCHET STRAP
PL= PLYWOOD PAD
PD= PADS
WH= WHEELS
H=HOIST AND CHAINS
RF=RAFTER TRUSS
RG=RIDGE TRUSS
P=PURLIN TRUSS
GW= GABLE WEB TRUSS
X= FRACTURED PIECE THAT IS PART OF ANOTHER
SECTION. NOTE MUST BE COMPLETELY SEPARATED
FROM TAGGED SECTION
JB=JERSEY BARRIER
LEGEND
RG.N1
RG.1.2.S
E2
E1
GW.E1.2
GW.E2.2
RF.E
F.1
F.2
RF.E
RF.N2.E
GW.E2.1
GW.E1.1
RF.N1.E
RG.N3
F2
F1
RG.3.4.N
B4
B3
RF.CD.1.W
RAFTER TRUSS
RG.N4
C.4
RF.B
.3
C
RF.B
C4
GW.C1.4
GW.C2.4
4.W
RF.N
C3
GW.C1.3
GW.C2.3
3.W
RF.N
.W
D.3.W
D.4
RF.C
RF.C
.C
WR
GW.D2.3
GW.D1.3
GW.D1.4
GW.D2.4
D.4.E
RF.C
GW.D3.4
D.3
D.4
.C
WR
GW.D3.3
D.3.E
RF.C
D4
08/13/2011
09/26/2011
GableC11137.00
Roof Nomenclature
E.4
C11137.00
E.4.E
RF.D
Symmetrical
WR
.D
E.3.E
RF.D
Symmetrical
E.3
E.4.W
RF.D
RG.N4
D3
WR
.D
E.3.W
RF.D
RG.N3
GABLE TRUSS
GW.C1.1
RA
FT
E
R
TR
BE
US
T
W
S
ON EEN
G
CO
R
WE LUM ID L
IN
ST
N
E
L
S
S
BA
EC INE
TIO 1
ND
N
C
G
A
BL
EW
E
CO
B
TR
SE LUM
US
C
N
S
GR TION LIN
EC
I
D
LIN 1
E1
E4
E3
GW.E1.4
GW.E2.4
RF.E
F.4
RF.N4.E
GW.E1.3
GW.E2.3
RF.E
F.3
RF.N3.E
F4
F3
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
T= TOP
B= BOTTOM
N= NORTH
S= SOUTH
W= WEST
E= EAST
T= TRUSS
C= COLUMN TOWER
S= STRUT
WR= WIRE ROPE
NS= RATCHET STRAP
PL= PLYWOOD PAD
PD= PADS
WH= WHEELS
H= HOIST AND CHAINS
RF= RAFTER TRUSS
RG= RIDGE TRUSS
LEGEND
TYPICAL
COLUMN NODE
BS
BW
TS
TW
BN
BE
TE
TN
WH.SE.S.B
TH
U
SO
ONLY TAG IF DETACHED FROM NODE
E
TH
E
AT AC
D F
E
L
M
T H
EE CA UT TO
H
T
W LO SO BO
N
ST
EA
ER
08/13/2011
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Node,C11137.00
Hoist and Wheel Nomenclature
NOTE: DIAGRAM USED TO COMMUNICATE TAGGING NOMENCLATURE.

DOES NOT REPRESENT STRUCTURAL SYSTEM USED
NODE: F1
IDENTIFY ALL
PRE-COLLAPSE
FACES
CHAIN SUPPORT IS
CONSIDERED PART OF
THE TOP COLUMN
SECTION
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
N = NORTH WEB MEMBER

S= SOUTH WEB MEMBER
E= EAST WEB MEMBER
W= WEST WEB MEMBER
C= COLUMN TOWER
S= STRUT
WR= WIRE ROPE
NS= RATCHET STRAP
PL= PLYWOOD PAD
PD= PADS
WH= WHEELS
P=PURLIN TRUSS
X= FRACTURED PIECE THAT IS PART OF
ANOTHER SECTION. NOTE MUST BE
COMPLETELY SEPARATED FROM TAGGED
SECTION
PD.B1.SE
S
W
TO
M
BO
T
N1
W3
E1
E2
W5
E4
E1
E1
E2
LIC
E
SP
3
E4
E5
E6
N3
TO
P
SP
LIC
E4
=S
P4

08/13/2011
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Typical
Column Nomenclature
C11137.00
*Sample Only
COLUMN SECTION TAGS
C.B1.1
C.B1.2
C.B1.3
C.B1.4
C.B1.5
FOR
DISTRIBUTION
=S
Note: Diagonals
P3must
form a continuous pattern
E5
N3
N1
N2
COLUMN PANEL POINTS
2=
SP
E3
N2
LIC
E
SP
S
E
PANEL POINT LEGEND
PD.B1.NE
1.3
C.B
N
W
N
E
COLUMN BASE TAGS
1.4
C.B
S
E
SE
NE
SPRAY PAINT
SCREW
JACKS
N
W
SW
NW
PLYWOOD PAD:
PL.B1
N
E
Appendix C.2
Laser Scan Locations

Appendix C.2
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.2
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. View from scan 1 (South area of the stage)
Figure 2. Point cloud (view from scan 1)

Appendix C.2
Page 1 of 6
April 3, 2012
Figure 3. Scan locations (view from scan 2)

Appendix C.2
Page 2 of 6
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.2
Page 3 of 6
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.2
Page 4 of 6
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.2
Page 5 of 6
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.2
Page 6 of 6
April 3, 2012
Appendix C.3
Site Access Protocol

Appendix C.3
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.3
April 3, 2012
Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident

Failure Investigation Site Protocol
17 August 2011
I.
Intent
In order to maintain the integrity of the incident scene and aid in evidence preservation, the
following protocol has been developed and implemented to control and track the access of
Interested Parties who wish to gain access to the incident location in addition to controlling the
materials within the collapse area.
II.
Secured Scene Perimeters

Outer Perimeter:
A secured outer perimeter has been established to define the boundary of access control. This
secured and patrolled perimeter is intended to prevent access to the site by unauthorized
individuals. The Outer Perimeter consists of the following elements:
North: Fence (pedestrian barricades) between the south side of infield parking lot and the
inner track. This fence is supplemented by a livestock fence that was installed
approximately 100 feet south of the aforementioned barricade.
East: Pedestrian barricade, livestock fence and concrete pedestrian tunnel wall.
South: Grandstands/chain link fence at south face of grandstands.
West: Pedestrian barricade, livestock fence and concrete pedestrian tunnel wall.
Inner Perimeter
An inner control perimeter has been established around the debris pile through the use of
Caution tape, traffic cones and other barricade methods. These elements are intended to create
a visual barriers and define access restrictions for the representatives from Interested Parties
who are on site.
III.
Control Points
Site access is currently obtained through one of two control points at the outer perimeter. All
personnel are required to enter at the south gate. Entry permission is based on the following:
Initial Entry: Representatives from Interested Parties shall submit the names of Authorized
Individuals by 2100 (9:00 PM) of the evening before they need access to David Hummel
at the Indiana State Fair. All information shall be transmitted via email to:
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 1500 | Chicago IL 60611-7622 | T 312.596.2000 | F 312.596.2001 | www.ThorntonTomasetti.com
dhummel@indianastatefair.com All names received by this deadline shall be added to

the Authorized Access list.
Following verification that an individual is listed on the Authorized Access list and a valid
State-issued Driver License or Passport is verified, the individual will be permitted to
proceed to the Indiana Department of Homeland Security electronic credentialing
database system. At this location the Authorized Individual will use their State-issued
Driver License to populate a printed credential that shall be visibly displayed at all times
while the Authorized Individual is on site.
Ongoing Site Access. For the duration of time that the subject remains compliant with the
Site Regulations and is engaged as a representative of an Interested Party, the individual
will remain and Authorized Individual and their credential shall remain active. All
subsequent entries and exits from the site shall be cataloged through the use of a barcode reader operated by Indiana State Police personnel or other authorized security
personnel at the Control Point.
Vehicular Access at North Gate. If approved and scheduled in advance with Indiana
State Fair and Thornton Tomasetti personnel, once credentialed, Authorized Individuals
shall be permitted to bring a vehicle onto the infield track through the North Gate.
Requests for access shall be granted when there is a bona-fide need for vehicular access
to drop off or pick up heavy equipment (construction equipment, rigging equipment,
moving vans, etc.)
IV.
Scene security
The site is secured by Uniformed personnel of the Indiana State Police. At the present time there
are no less than:
Two Troopers at the South Gate Control Point.
One Trooper in a patrol car at the south side of the stage.
Two Troopers in patrol cars at the north side of the stage/North Control Point.
V.
Site Regulations
Personal Protective Equipment
All personnel on the incident site shall procure and wear at a minimum and ANSI Z89.1
compliant head protection, eye protection, a fluorescent retro reflective vest and
protective footwear.
Preservation of Evidence
Until such time as the incident site has been approved for materials testing or material
relocation, every effort should be taken to preserve the integrity of the scene. No
structural components shall be moved or displaced. The scene has been documented
through photography, laser survey and land survey techniques thereby allowing
Interested Parties to verify the undisturbed condition of the site. When equipment or
personal effects that are ancillary to the investigation are approved for removed from the
site, a detailed manifest shall be prepared and submitted to Indiana State Fair officials
prior to departure.
Thornton Tomasetti has developed and implemented a detailed component cataloging
methodology for the identification of all structural members and suspended production
equipment located at the collapse location (see Site Documentation Protocol). Said
protocol provides for the documentation of member size, location, orientation, and
condition in addition to providing for a unique identifier for each member.
Chain of Custody
At such time as materials are being removed for testing and/or relocation for further
evaluation a Chain of Custody protocol shall be implemented by all Interested Parties.
See Chain of Custody form and labels for additional information.
Appendix C.4
Safety Plans and Procedures

Appendix C.4
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.4
April 3, 2012
SafetyPlan&Procedures
IndianaStateFairCommissionCollapseIncident
NonConstructionVisitors
September3,2011
Overview
TherearetwoPerimetersset,theOuterPerimeterandInnerPerimeter.Pleasenotethatthespecific
clothingandpersonalprotectivegeararedifferentforeachPerimeter.Aftercompletingthesiteaccess
procedures,asafetybriefingmustbeattendedbeforeentrywillbeallowed.Accesswillnotbe
permittedand/orwillbeterminatedwhenprecipitationispresent.Thisisalivingdocumentsubjectto
changebasedondevelopingsiteconditions.
Parking
ParkingisbeingmadeavailableinthelotlocatedontheEastSideoftheGrandstands(betweenthe
GrandstandsandtheCommunicationsBuilding).DONOTPARKonMainStreetSouthofthe
Grandstands,yourvehiclewillbetowedatyourexpense.
Entrance
SouthGateoftheGrandstands
EmergencyProcedures
1. Injuries
Intheeventthereisaminorinjurythatoccurstherewillbeafirstaidkitavailableforuse.In
theeventthatanyonesuffersasevereinjuryorsuffersalifethreateningoccurrence(suchasa
heartattackorstroke)call911.
2. WeatherRequiredEvacuation
Iflightningiswithin5milesorinclementweatherisapproaching,3longblastsfromanairhorn
willbesoundedfollowedbyinstructionstoevacuatethroughtheSouthentrancetoan
appointedstructure.
3. AudibleAlertingSystem
Intheeventofachangeinconditionsortheneedforsiteevaluationorevacuation,the
followingsignalsshallbeused.Signalmaybetransmittedbyairhornorwhistle:
1BlastALLQUIET
3BlastsEvacuate
1Long/1ShortResumeOperations
FireExtinguishers
20poundABCtypeFireextinguisherswillbelocatedalongtheOuterPerimeterBarricade.These
extinguishersaretobeusedforincipientfiresonly.Theemergencynumbertoreportafireis911.
Indiana State Fair Commission Collapse Incident Safety Plan and Procedures
3 September 2011
Page 1/2
SafetyRepresentative,StatePoliceandOtherAuthorities
TheSiteSafetyRepresentative,StatePoliceandotherAuthorizedPersonnelareonsitetomonitor
complianceofpoliciesandprocedures.Failuretocomplywiththeirrequestorbeing
combative/argumentativeoverarequestcanandwillresultinyourremovalfromtheproperty.
TobaccoUse:
Theuseoftobaccoproductsisstrictlyprohibited.Thisincludesallformsofsmokeand
smokelesstobaccoproducts.
OuterPerimeter
Thisareawillbebarricadedwithyellowpennantflaggingattachedtosafetycones.Clothingattireand
PersonalProtectiveequipmentthatismandatoryforeachpersontohaveonandinusetoenterand
duringoccupancyisasfollows;
HardHat
EyeProtection
HighVisibilityVestOrShirt
LongPants/Jeans
ShirtSleevesMustBeAtLeast4InchesLong
ClosedToeShoes
Thewalkingsurfacesinthisarearangefromhardsurfacessuchasasphalttolosesandytypesoilwith
someunevensurfaces.
InnerPerimeter
Thisareawillbebarricadedwithorangepennantflaggingattachedtosafetycones.Clothingattireand
PersonalProtectiveequipmentthatismandatoryforeachpersontohaveonandinusetoenterand
duringoccupancyisasfollows;
HardHat
EyeProtection
HighVisibilityVestOrShirt
LongPants/Jeans
ShirtSleevesMustBeAtLeast4InchesLong
SturdyLeatherWorkBoots
CutResistantGloves
FallProtectionEquipment(ifover4offthegroundotherthantotransverse)
Thisareacontainsthestructure.Althoughshoringhasbeenplacedinanefforttostabilizethestructure,
pleasebeawarethatthisentireareaisconsideredaliveload.Otherhazardsincludecutsfromseveral
piecesofmetalandbrokenglass.Walkingsurfacesrangefromhardsurfacessuchasasphalttolose
sandytypesoilwithsomeunevensurfaces.Thereareseveralpiecesofmaterialtostepoverandbend
under,sopleasetakethatintoconsiderationwhenchoosingpersonneltoenter.Threepersonsmaxin
thisPerimeter.
Indiana State Fair Commission Collapse Incident Safety Plan and Procedures
3 September 2011
Page 2/2
Appendix C.5
Storage Facility Protocol

Appendix C.5
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.5
April 3, 2012
Indiana State Fair Commission Collapse Incident

Failure Investigation Evidence Storage Facility Protocol
23 November 2011
I.
Intent
The components from the Indiana State Fair Grandstand Stage roof system and all
suspended production equipment have been relocated to an off site evidence
storage facility. Within the facility all components are organized in a manner that
permits easy access for evaluation, documentation, measurement, etc. Some
components have been assembled per their pre relocation condition, while others
are staged and organized in adjacent positions.
In order to maintain the integrity of this evidence storage facility and aid in evidence
preservation, the following protocol has been developed and implemented to control
and track the access of personnel who wish to gain access to the evidence storage
facility in addition to controlling the materials within the evidence storage facility.
II.
Definition of Authorized Individual

An Authorized Individual is a person who meets one of the following criteria:
A. A lawyer (with a proper engagement letter) for any client who has filed a
notice with the Office of the Indiana Attorney General under the Indiana Tort
Claims Act or who has filed a claim against another party asserting a claim
arising from the Saturday, August 13, 2011 accident at the Indiana State Fair.
B. A lawyer (with proper engagement letter or proof of in house counsel status)
for any Client who reasonably might be required to defend the client or
employer against any claim arising from the Saturday, August 13, 2011
accident at the Indiana State Fair.
C. An engineer or other such technically qualified person with proof of
employment or engagement by a client described in either of the first two
paragraphs or by a third party with a significant financial interest in the site,
including, but not limited to, insurance companies and their representatives
and owners of real or personal property contained in or affected by the
accident site. Thornton Tomasetti retains the sole discretion regarding the
admittance of said individuals.
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 1500 | Chicago IL 60611-7622 | T 312.596.2000 | F 312.596.2001 | www.ThorntonTomasetti.com |
RE: INDIANA STATE FAIR COLLAPSE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION EVIDENCE STORAGE FACILITY PROTOCOL
23 November, 2011
Page 2 of 5
D. A state or local governmental or quasi governmental entity conducting an

investigation pursuant to Indiana or municipal code, or as authorized by
Thornton Tomasetti.
III.
Facility Security
The evidence storage facility is monitored by private uniformed security personnel
during hours at which Authorized Individuals will be permitted on site.
A central station monitored intrusion detection and alerting system has been installed
and will be operational during hours when no TT personnel are on site.
In addition, a high definition time lapse camera is installed to document site activity
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
IV.
Facility Access
Access to the facility is currently obtained through the doorway at the end of the
ramp located to the north side of the office bustle at the west side of the evidence
storage facility. This Control Point shall serve as the entry for all personnel entering
and exiting the facility. Entry permission is based on the following:
A. Initial Entry. Representatives from Interested Parties shall submit the
names of Authorized Individuals by 5:00PM of the evening before access
is desired. All information shall be transmitted via email to:
siteaccess@sfc.in.gov. Please provide the nature of your involvement
with the Incident and names and employer of all persons that will be
requesting site access. All names received by this deadline and verified
by State personnel as a bona fide Interested Party shall be added to the
Authorized Access list.
B. Entry Location. Individuals wishing to gain access to the facility shall
report to the above referenced door at the west elevation of the facility.
Following verification that an individual is listed on the Authorized Access
list and a valid State issued Driver License or Passport is verified, the
individual will be permitted to proceed to the Indiana Department of
Homeland Security electronic credentialing database system. At this
location the Authorized Individual will use their State issued Driver
License to populate a printed credential that shall be visibly displayed at
all times while the Authorized Individual is on site.
23 November, 2011
Page 3 of 5
C. Ongoing Site Access. For the duration of time that this Protocol is in
effect, the subject remains compliant with the Site Regulations and is duly
engaged as a representative of an Interested Party, the individual will
remain an Authorized Individual and their credential shall remain active.
All subsequent entry and exit from the site shall be cataloged through the
use of a bar code reader operated by authorized security personnel at the
Control Point.
D. Vehicular Access to Facility. If approved and scheduled in advance with
Indiana State Fair Commission and Thornton Tomasetti personnel, once
credentialed, Authorized Individuals shall be permitted to bring a vehicle
to the grade level dock at the east side of the evidence storage location.
Requests for access shall be granted when there is a need for vehicular
access to drop off or pick up large or cumbersome equipment that cannot
fit up the ramp or through the doorway at the Control Point.
E. Access Requirements. Following a site briefing and execution of a
Waiver and Release (Refer to the tab on the incident Home Page at
http://www.in.gov/sfc for a copy of the Waiver and Release) authorized
Individuals will have access to the evidence storage location during the
times posted on the Indiana State Fair Commission Incident website at
http://www.in.gov/sfc
V.
Access Schedule
Access Times shall be posted on the Indiana State Fair Commission Incident
website at http://www.in.gov/sfc
VI.
Materials Testing
At such time that specimen location are identified, a materials testing protocol will be
initiated for the evaluation of structural components associated with the incident.
Said evaluation and testing will consist of:
A. Metallurgical evaluation of representative welds to determine conformance
with AWS D1.2/D1.2M
B. Metallurgical evaluation of representative components manufactured from
Aluminum alloys for conformance with specifications
C. Evaluation of guy wire components.
D. Evaluation of ballast components and resulting anchor capacity.
E. Evaluation of mass of suspended rigging and production equipment.
23 November, 2011
Page 4 of 5
A detailed Materials Testing Protocol will be issued and will define the exact
parameters and locations of the above referenced evaluations.
Said testing shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory and test results
shall be disseminated to all Interested Parties.
Interested Parties wishing to conduct their own testing of components shall be
permitted to do so at their own cost at such time that the components are released
from the evidence storage location. Requests shall be submitted to
siteaccess@sfc.in.gov for review and scheduling. No testing shall commence until
such time that materials are approved for removal from the evidence storage
location. In addition, all Chain of Custody requirements shall be adhered to.
VII.
Preservation of Evidence
All on site components deemed associated with the collapse incident have been
cataloged and documented. Thornton Tomasetti has developed and implemented a
detailed component cataloging methodology for the identification of all structural
members and suspended production equipment located at the collapse location.
Said protocol provides for the documentation of member size, location, orientation,
and condition in addition to providing for a unique Identifier for each member. This
Identifier has been utilized for all tracking of the subject components.
Until such time as the evidence has been released for materials testing every effort
should be taken to preserve the integrity of the evidence. No structural or production
equipment components shall be moved or displaced.
Electrical, data, and/or sound cables can be removed from their containers for
evaluation purposes but shall be returned to their proper storage location by the end
of the access hours for that day. Labor for said work shall be provided by the
Interested Party requiring evaluation of the cables.
VIII.
Relocation of Evidence
Once evaluation and testing is complete and a Final Report issued, the Indiana State
Fair Commission will provide a sixty (60) day notice for all Interested Parties wishing
to preserve, recover and/or relocate components. Any such subsequent
preservation, recovery or relocation efforts shall be at the cost of the Interested Party
making said request. After this sixty (60) day period has elapsed, all remaining
components shall be disposed of.
23 November, 2011
X.
Page 5 of 5
Limitations
In the event that facility access is affected because of natural disaster or decrees of
governmental bodies not the fault of the Indiana State Fair Commission (hereinafter
referred to as a Force Majeure Event), ISFC shall immediately give notice via the
Incident website or other available means. ISFC and their consultants will endeavor
to resume access to the site as soon as practical and safe.
END OF DOCUMENT
Appendix C.6
Chain of Custody Protocol

Appendix C.6
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.6
April 3, 2012

Failure Investigation Chain of Custody Protocol
21 August 2011
I.
Intent
This Protocol is applicable to the evidence control procedures used for chain of
custody of representative samples collected from various locations on the project
site.
The subject materials may consist of representative samples or entire components
that are deemed of interest to the investigation. It is critical that all materials and
evidence be controlled and tracked appropriately. Therefore, the following Chain of
Custody procedures will be utilized.
II.
Requirements:
A. Materials will be removed from the sample location and transported to a
laboratory for analyses or a secured facility for storage. Each
component/material/container must be properly identified and labeled prior to
removal from site.
B. Sample tags / labels shall be completed for each sample, using waterproof ink,
unless prohibited by weather conditions. The information recorded on the sample
tag/label includes:
Project Location Identifier
Component Name Unique sample identifier
Date in the format of YYYYMMDD (20110821)
Time 4 digit Military Time (i.e. 1:30PM = 1330)
Name of Person Relinquishing Material
Name of Person Receiving Material
C. Due to the evidentiary nature of samples collected during enforcement
investigations, possession must be traceable from the time the samples are
collected until they are introduced as evidence in legal proceedings. To maintain
and document sample possession, chain of custody procedures are followed.
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 1500 | Chicago IL 60611-7622 | T 312.596.2000 | F 312.596.2001 | www.ThorntonTomasetti.com |
RE: INDIANA STATE FAIR COLLAPSE INCIDENT CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROTOCOL

August 21, 2011 Page 2 of 2
D. A sample is under custody if:

1. It is in your possession, or
2. It is in your view, after being in your possession, or
3. It was in your possession and then secured it to prevent damage or
tampering, or
4. It is in a designated secure area.
E. If samples are being collected for testing purposes, the sample should be
representative of the conditions observed at the site
F. A Chain of Custody log shall accompany all components that leave the site for
storage or testing. Individuals relinquishing and receiving the materials will sign
and date the labels/tag and forms.
G. All materials will have a unique Identification number. Refer to the Site
Documentation Protocol for the nomenclature used to identify the components.
H. Material/Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage
a. All materials and samples shall be transported in an approved,
appropriate container. Large scale components that cannot be enclosed
within a container shall be covered with a securely fastened tarpaulin.
b. Record all pertinent data on the tags.
c. Complete the Chain of Custody Form Ship/Receive Form.
d. If materials require storage prior to departure from the site, materials shall
be secured in a locked vehicle.
END OF DOCUMENT
FORMS AND LABELS ON FOLLOWING PAGES
Sample/Evidence - Shipping/Receiving Form

1. Project: ___________________________
2. Sender
Project #: ________________
3. Carrier
4. Receiver
Courier from Depot
Signature ________________
Name___________________
Company ________________
Signature ________________
Signature ________________
Date ____________________
Date ____________________
Date ____________________
Lab Custodian
Signature ________________
Location ________________
B/L No. __________________
Date ____________________
________________________
Pkg Tracking No. __________
Condition upon Receipt

_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
5. Shipment Description
No. of containers/components_______
Sealed (yes or no) _______________
Types of containers _______________
Condition prior to shipment __________
________________________________
________________________________
6. Contents
I.D. Number
Custody
Seal No.
(if any)
Seal Intact?
Custody
Seal No.
(if any)
Seal Intact?
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
_________
Type of
Sample/Component
Legal Seal
Intact?
(yes or no)
Legal Seal
No.
(if any)
Condition
I.D. Number
Type of
Sample/Component
Legal Seal
Intact?
(yes or no)
Legal Seal
No.
(if any)
Condition
CHAIN OF CUSTODY TAG. PART NO.________________

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:

1. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
2. Received From:
By:
Date:
Time:
3. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
4. Received From:
By:
Time:
Date:
Appendix C.7
Damage Observation Summary

Appendix C.7
April 3, 2012

Appendix C.7
April 3, 2012
DAMAGE OBSERVATION SUMMARY

Jersey Barriers
JBW1-The Jersey barrier has slid approximately 3 to 6 in the easterly direction. The Jersey barrier slid
until the sliding was impeded by the guard rail post that lines the inside perimeter of the race track.
JBW2-The Jersey barrier does not appear to have moved significantly. This is evident by the
measurement of the wire rope and ratchet strap lengths and the approximate location of the
connection points of the guy lines to the main structure. Based on our geometrical calculations the
Jersey barrier does not appear to have slid significantly.
JBW3-The Jersey barrier slid and was lifted by the guy lines and landed in the stair way leading in to the
rooms under the stage.
JBW4-The Jersey barrier slid in the easterly direction approximately 14-0 .
JBNW1-The guy line attached to this Jersey barrier is located on the north face. Note that preliminary
observations appeared to indicate that the guy line connection to the wire rope is located on the south
end, however, based on the wire rope lengths measured it was determined that connection point is on
the north side of the Jersey barrier. This Jersey barrier was lifted from the north end and then rotated
clock wise about its south end then impacting a temporary fence and a fork lift.
JBNW2-No movement of the Jersey barrier is evident, note that guy lines were not directly attached to
this Jersey barrier.
JBE1- No movement of the Jersey barrier is evident.
JBNE1-The guy line attached to this Jersey barrier is located on the north face. Note that preliminary
observations appeared to indicate that the guy line connection to the wire rope was located on the
south end, however, based on the wire rope lengths measured it was determined that connection point
is on the north side of the Jersey barrier. This Jersey barrier was lifted from the north end and then
rotated clock wise about its south end then impacting a temporary fence.
JBNE2- No movement of the Jersey barrier is evident, note that guy lines were not directly attached to
this Jersey barrier.

Appendix C.7
Page 1 of 5
April 3, 2012
Wire Rope and Ratchet Straps

WEST:
NS.A1.JB.W1.E- The ratchet strap is torn. Based on our examination of the failed ratchet strap, the failure
appeared to be attributed to a significant amount of tension. Evidence of strain hardening of fibers and
necking of the webbing material is observed. Note that one piece of the strap was found on top of Jersey
barrier JBW1, however, the second ratchet strap segment was found within the debris field near the
collapsed location of node E1. This ratchet strap had a knot tied in the tension plane. The failure of the
strap did not occur near the knot. It is also important to note that this ratchet strap is the only strap
observed on site that had a fixed take-up/travel distance. Specifically, the webbing is connected to the
ratchet hub in a manner that limited the variable length of strap. Therefore the knot is used in order to
shorten the strap length and allow it to be tensioned by the ratchet.
WR.A1.JB.W1.E- The guy line had no visible distress. Note that this guy line is connected to the rigged
sling that is connected to node A1.
NS.B3.JB.W2.E- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.B3.JB.W2.E- No damage to the guy line is evident.
NS.B4.JB.W2.W- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.B4.JB.W2.W- No damage to the guy line is evident. Note that the fin plate in node B4 is torn out from
the remaining components on the nodes west face.
NS.B3.JB.W3.W- Note the ratchet strap is torn. Based on our examination of the failure at the strap, it
was determined that the strap appeared to have come in contact with a sharp edge such as the wires
from the chain link fence. The second piece of the ratchet strap was found near the west speakers just
west of node B1 in the debris field.
WR.B3.JB.W3.W- No damage to the guy line is evident. Note that sections of the wire rope appear to
have been unshackled during the rescue efforts.
NS.B2.JB.W3.E- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.B2.JB.W3.E- No damage to the guy line is evident
NS.B4.JB.W4.E- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident
WR.B4.JB.W4.E- No damage to the guy line is evident. Note that the fin plate in node B4 is torn out from
the remaining components on the nodes west face.
EAST:
NS.G1.JB.E1.W- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.G1.JB.E1.W- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
NS.F3.JB.E2.W- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
Appendix C.7
Page 2 of 5
April 3, 2012
WR.F3.JB.E2.W- No damage to the guy line is evident.

NS.F4.JB.E2.E- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.F4.JB.E2.E- No damage to the guy line is evident.
NS.F2.JB.E3.W- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.F2.JB.E3.W- No damage to the guy line is evident.
NORTH:
NS.B4.JB.NW1.S- No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.B4.JB.NW1.S - No damage to the ratchet strap is evident. Note that sections of the wire rope appear
to have been unshackled during the rescue efforts. Note regarding nomenclature: Based on overall
length measurements of the ratchet straps and guy line at the warehouse it was determined that the guy
line connection point to the Jersey barrier is located in the north end of the Jersey barrier and not the
south end.
NS. B4.JB.NE1.S -No damage to the ratchet strap is evident.
WR.B4.JB.NE1.S - No damage to the guy line is evident. Note that sections of the wire rope appear to
have been de-shackled during the rescue efforts. Note regarding nomenclature: Based on overall length
measurements of the ratchet straps and guy line at the warehouse it was determined that the guy line
connection point to the Jersey barrier is located in the north end of the Jersey barrier and not the south
end.
Vertical Aluminum Truss Elements

WEST:
C.A1- Failure of welds and base metal at splice connection between the two top sections is evident. All
other damage appears to be attributed to the impact. No damage to the safety straps is evident.
C.B1- Failure of welds and base metal at splice connection between the two top sections is evident. All
Appendix C.7
Page 3 of 5
April 3, 2012
C.B3- Failure of welds and base metal at the top two splice connection between the three top sections is
evident. All other damage appears to be attributed to the impact. No damage to the safety straps is
evident.
other damage appears to be attributed to the impact. Note that column is supported by plywood sheets
and shims that are bearing on partially on concrete and partially on gravel. No damage to the safety
straps is evident.
EAST:
C.F1- Failure of welds and base metal at splice connection between the two top sections is evident. All
C.F3- Failure of welds and base metal at the top two splice connection between the three top sections is
evident. All other damage appears to be attributed to the impact. No damage to the safety straps is
evident.
other damage appears to be attributed to the impact. Note that column is supported by plywood sheets
and shims that are bearing on partially on concrete and partially on gravel. No damage to the safety
straps is evident.
Black:
C.C3.5- Failure of clamped connection to the main trusses is evident.
C.B3.5- Failure of clamped connection to the main trusses is evident.
C.D3.5- Failure of clamped connection to the main trusses is evident.
Roof Trusses
Rafters- All significant damage to the rafters has been attributed to the impact.
Gable web- All significant damage to the gable web members has been attributed to the impact.
Ridge- The majority of the damage observed at ridge members is attributed to the impact.

Appendix C.7
Page 4 of 5
April 3, 2012
Nodes
WEST:
A1. No damage to node A1 is evident.
B1. No damage to node A1 is evident.
B2. Fin plate on west face of node is torn out.
B3. No damage to node B3 is evident.
B4. Fin plates on the north and west faces of node are torn out.
EAST:
G1. Damage to node attributed to impact.
F1. Damage to node attributed to impact.
F2. Damage to node attributed to impact.
F3. No damage to node F3 is evident.
F4. No damage to node F4 is evident.
Miscellaneous
Main trusses
The damage observed on the main trusses is attributed to the impact.
Rigged trusses
The damage observed on the rigged trusses is attributed to the impact. Note that the chain hoist length
and trim heights of each rigged truss was measured on site and verified at the warehouse during our off
site examination of the collapsed structure.
Roof Tarp
Based on comparison of on-site observations and collapse sequence photo and video, the damage to the
west half of the roof tarp membrane is attributed to the impact. However, the middle and east panel
sustained damage prior to collapse. The center panel disengaged and tore along the Velcro seam. The
hooks on the straps connecting the east panel to the ridge members pulled the grommets in the panel out
of the tarp material, releasing the tarp from its mechanical connection to the ridge components. The East
panel tore into multiple pieces and landed near the south east corner of the structure.

Appendix C.7
Page 5 of 5
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.1
RWDI Report

Appendix D.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.1
April 3, 2012
INDIANA STATE FAIR COLLAPSE INCIDENT (ISFCI)

INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA
Final Report
Wind Engineering Services
RWDI # 1200100
March 16, 2012
SUBMITTED TO
Scott G Nacheman, MSc.Eng., AIA

Vice President
Thornton Tomasetti
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 1500
Chicago, IL 60611
SNacheman@ThorntonTomasetti.com
Cc: Gary Storm, P.E.
GStorm@ThorntonTomasetti.com
SUBMITTED BY
Derek Kelly, M.Eng., P.Eng.

Principal - Project Manager
derek.kelly@rwdi.com
Scott Gamble
Principal Project Director
Scott.gamble@rwdi.com
Val Sifton, P.Eng.
Senior Engineer
Valerie.sifton@rwdi.com
Will Yakymyk M.A.Sc.
Technical Coordinator
Will.yakymyk@rwdi.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 1
2.
WIND TUNNEL TESTS ........................................................................................................................ 1
3.
2.1
Study Model and Surroundings .................................................................................................... 1
2.2
Approaching Wind Simulation in the Wind Tunnel ....................................................................... 2
2.3
Scaling of Wind Tunnel Data........................................................................................................ 2
LOCAL WIND CONDITIONS................................................................................................................ 3

3.1 On Day of Incident August 13, 2011 ............................................................................................. 3
3.2 August 9, 2011 .............................................................................................................................. 4
4.
CONCLUSIONS .................................................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Predicted Wind Speeds ................................................................................................................. 4
4.2 Base Moment and Shear Forces .................................................................................................. 5
5.
APPLICABILITY OF CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................. 5

5.1 Exposure ....................................................................................................................................... 5
5.2 Wind Loads ................................................................................................................................... 6
5.3 The Proximity Model ..................................................................................................................... 6
5.4 Study Model and Structural Properties Information ...................................................................... 6
Tables
Table 1: Gust Overall Base Moments and Shear Forces
Table 2: Wind Load Conversion Factors
Table 3: Weather Stations and Maximum Gust on August 13, 2011
Figures
Figure 1-1: Wind Tunnel Study Model Configuration 1 Full Stage Equipment Full Roof
Figure 1-1: Wind Tunnel Study Model Configuration 2 Full Stage Equipment Half Roof
Figure 1-1: Wind Tunnel Study Model Configuration 3 No Stage Equipment Full Roof
Figure 1-1: Wind Tunnel Study Model Configuration 4 No Stage Equipment Half Roof
Figure 2: Site Plan
Figure 3-1: Map of Meteorological Stations
Figure 3-2: Measured Wind Speeds around time of Stage Collapse
Figure 4: Co-ordinate System for Structural Loading
Figure 5: Gust Overall Base Moments and Shears Full Stage
1.
INTRODUCTION
Rowan Williams Davies & Irwin Inc. (RWDI) was retained by Thornton-Tomasetti to study the overall wind
loading on the Indiana State Fair Performance Stage located in Indianapolis, Indiana. On August 13,
2011 the performance stage overhead structure at the Indiana State Fair failed during an apparent high
wind event. Additionally, the fairgrounds had previously, on August 9, 2011, experienced a strong wind
event which apparently did not cause structural damage to the overhead structure.
This report outlines the results of the analyses that RWDI conducted to determine the probable overall
th
wind loads acting on the structure at the time of the failure and a comparison with the August 9 weather
event. These analyses include:
I.
A review of the available meteorological data to determine the range of possible wind speeds at
the time of the failure on August 13, 2011.
II.
A review of the available meteorological data to determine the possible wind speeds during the
earlier wind event on August 9, 2011.
III.
A wind tunnel study to determine the overall wind loading of the overhead structure for various
wind speeds and wind directions.
The following table summarizes relevant information about methods used, results of the study and the
governing parameters:
Project Details:
Investigative Technique
Key Results and Recommendations:
Coordinate System for Structural Loading
Summary of Calculated Peak Overall Structural Wind Loads
Selected Analysis Parameters:
Local Peak Wind Speed 3-second gust
Scale Model in Wind Tunnel on Force Balance

Figure 4
Table 1
52 mph
The following sections outline the test methodology for the current study, and discuss the results.
2.
WIND TUNNEL TESTS
2.1
Study Model and Surroundings
A 1:32 scale model of the stage was constructed using information provided by Thornton-Tomasetti. The
model was constructed in two halves to facilitate the measurement of the wind loads on each of the east
and west halves of the overhead structure. The wind loads for each half were then combined to
determine the wind loads on the entire structure. The wind tunnel model was constructed in such a way
as to isolate the wind load on the permanent stage platform as well as the tents on the east and west half
of this platform. This then focused the investigation solely on the overhead structure which failed during
the event. The model was tested in the presence of upwind surroundings such as transport trailers and
performance support equipment within a full-scale distance of 128 ft from center stage, in RWDIs 8 ft
6.5 ft wind tunnel facility in Guelph, Ontario for the following test configurations:
Configuration 1 Indiana State Fair stage and overhead structure with complete roof tarps and
all stage equipment (LED screen and moustache-shaped curtain).
Configuration 2 Same as Configuration 1 but with east half of roof tarps removed as observed
in video records approximately coincident with initiation of failure.
Configuration 3 Indiana State Fair stage and overhead structure with complete roof tarps and
no stage equipment (LED screen and moustache-shaped curtain).
Configuration 4 Same as Configuration 3 but with east half of roof tarps removed.
Photographs of the wind tunnel study model are shown in Figures 1-1 through 1-4, corresponding to test
Configurations 1 through 4, respectively. An orientation plan showing the location of the study site is
given in Figure 2.
2.2
Approaching Wind Simulation in the Wind Tunnel
As will be discussed in section 3, at the time of the failure a localized storm front was moving through the
area of Indianapolis. Since these storm fronts are associated with localized thunderstorm activity, they
are not typically associated with standard synoptic (weather patterns over large areas) type boundary
layer profiles (those generated by primarily horizontal wind flow over long stretches of ground terrain and
buildings), the wind tunnel model was tested in smooth, uniform flow. The resulting wind load coefficients
are then applicable to the gust wind speed as indicated from the review of the local meteorological data
for the event. Review of the video footage showing the flapping of the American flag and the banner
hanging on the south face of the gable indicates that the wind was blowing from a westerly direction at
the specific site of the stage. Since the precise wind direction acting on the overhead structure during the
event is unknown, the wind tunnel tests were conducted for a range of wind directions from the west
o
o
through north (i.e. 260 through 360 ). Wind direction is defined as the direction from which the wind
blows, measured clockwise from true north.
2.3
Scaling of Wind Tunnel Data
Since the wind tunnel tests were carried out using a geometric replica of the site and the overhead
structure which had a size which was 1/32nd of the size of the real structure, and the wind speed in the
wind tunnel was set to a value which was appropriate for the model, the question may arise as to how
forces measured on the model are scaled up to represent the forces experienced on the real structure at
the time of failure. This is done routinely in wind tunnel testing by formulating the results as force and
moment coefficients which are then applicable to the full scale situation.
However, in a simplified form it can be explained as the wind tunnel measures two basic quantities: 1) the
force or moment being applied to the model; and 2) the wind pressure created by the wind flow in the
tunnel. The forces can be presented in pounds and the wind pressures can be presented in pounds per
square foot.
To take these quantities and scale them to the full-scale situation requires two steps. First the forces in
th
pounds are on the model which presents a frontal area to the wind which is 1/1024 that of the real
structure due to its smaller size. Therefore the forces need to be multiplied by 1024 in order to determine
the force that the real structure would have experienced under the wind speed created in the wind tunnel.
Secondly, since there is a range of possible wind speeds that could be experienced at the fairgrounds
site, the forces need to be scaled to the desired wind pressure which is created by the target wind speed.
To do this the target full-scale speed is converted to wind pressure using a standard method incorporating
the air density. This method is described in building codes and is in common use in structural design.
Then a ratio is created between the target wind pressure and the wind tunnel test wind pressure. The
forces previously scaled for model size are then multiplied by this ratio to produce the desired full-scale
forces at the target wind speed.
3.
LOCAL WIND CONDITIONS
The wind speeds cited in this report and used in our analysis correspond to peak gust speeds. Wind
speeds are often quoted based on different averaging times and referenced to different heights.
However, in the United States, the ASCE 7 Standard, which is the national guideline referenced by
various building codes, uses the 3-second gust wind speed, as its basic wind speed for deriving wind
loads on structures. Hence, for consistency RWDI has adopted a similar approach in deriving wind
speeds, and in turn, estimating wind loads that correspond to 3-second gust wind speeds which translate
to the peak load acting on the structure.
3.1
On Day of Incident August 13, 2011
Thunderstorms had been developing across much of central Indiana ahead of a cold front in the
afternoon and early evening the day of the stage overhead structure collapse, with the majority of severe
weather reports occurring between the hours of 7:00 pm and 9:30 pm.
Local meteorological records were obtained from four principal weather stations from the National
Climatic Data Center (NCDC) for the day of the collapse, as well as records from 2 additional stations
managed by the Indiana Department of Transportation. These stations are listed in Table 3 and their
locations are indicated in Figures 3-1 and 3-2.
The mean and gust wind speed data were reviewed at each station. All stations reviewed indicated that
mean wind speeds were generally less than 10 mph and primarily from directions south-southwest
through west for most of the day, but increased quickly sometime after 8:00 pm EDT, with a
corresponding shift in wind direction to the northwest through north-northwest. The wind speeds at these
stations peaked at varying times between 8:30 pm to 10:00 pm EDT. The maximum gust wind speed
measured at these stations was a gust wind speed of 52 mph. The winds were typically from the
southwest prior to the event, and became more from the northwest during and immediately after the
event. The time series of the wind speeds at these stations are included in Figure 3-2. Weather radar
records for the event indicate that the variability of the gust speeds over the city can be attributed to the
fact that this storm system was made up of several thunderstorm cells, and as such the maximum wind
speeds varied both temporally and spatially as the system passed over Indianapolis.
In addition to the review of the local surface level measurements, RWDI used the Wind Atlas Analysis
and Application Program (WAsP) to evaluate the wind conditions at the Stage site. This software was
developed by the Wind Energy Division at Ris Danish Technical University, Denmark and is widely used
in the Wind Energy Production Industry. The program extrapolates the wind speeds over an area given a
measured wind speed and direction at a specific point, taking into consideration the changes in ground
elevation and surface terrain roughness in moderately complex terrain. Based on the WAsP analysis, the
peak gust wind speeds at the site near the time of the collapse were predicted to be in the range of 57
mph to 59 mph. It is important to note that WAsP spatially extrapolates winds assuming neutrally stable
atmospheric conditions, and cannot accurately account for the spatial variability of the mean wind speeds
or the turbulence created by the thunderstorm system, however it does account for the variation in the
mean speed and turbulence due to the terrain differences between the station locations and the stage
site.
3.2
August 9, 2011
On August 8 and 9, 2011 in the days leading up to the collapse incident, thunderstorms had been
reported across the state of Indiana. Measured data collected in the area directly indicated a peak gust
at approximately 6 pm EST (7pm EDT) on Aug 9, 2011 of 57.5 mph recorded at the Indianapolis
International Airport, and 47.2 mph recorded at Eagle Creek Airpark. On these two days, winds were
generally from the southwest through to west-southwest, and switched more northward to westnorthwest. Data from these two stations were the only wind speed data available to us at the time of
writing. The difference between these two stations reflects the localized nature of the wind gusts
produced by the thunderstorms that moved through the area on that day, and in turn, the range of wind
speeds for these days can assumed to be between 40 mph and 60 mph.
th
Reviewing the radar records for this August 9 event shows that the area covered by the storm on this
day was not as large as noted for the day of the collapse incident. This is consistent with the difference in
speeds reported from the two stations.
4.
CONCLUSIONS
4.1
Predicted Wind Speeds
The weather system that passed through Indianapolis on the day of the incident was driven by a cold
front in advance of which many thunderstorm cells developed. Since thunderstorms are highly localized
and short term events, wind speeds during these events will be highly variable spatially and temporally.
There is considerable uncertainty in trying to predict an actual wind speed or direction at a particular
place and time during such an event, however, given the extensive reported and measured wind speeds
in the area, a likely range of peak wind speeds can be estimated. From the peak wind speeds reported in
the surrounding area, and our predicted speeds at the site, it is our opinion that the peak gust speed was
at least a 3-second gust speed 52 mph and upwards of 59 mph.
4.2
Base Moment and Shear Forces
The reference axis system used to define the forces and moments is illustrated in Figure 4. The overall
wind-induced overturning moments and shear forces acting at grade have been calculated for the 52 mph
3-second gust wind speed and are presented for all test configurations in Table 1. Table 2 provides
conversion factors to calculate wind loads based on alternate wind speeds
The wind loads presented in Table 1 only include the effect of the overhead structure and all associated
elements attached to that structure, including the roof and stage equipment described in section 2.1. The
wind loads do not include the effects of the permanent stage platform or the tents on the east and west
half of this platform.
For illustrative purposes, the overall wind-induced loads for each wind direction tested are presented in
Figure 5 for all test configurations. The loads in this figure are the values based on the predicted wind
speed at the time of the failure as discussed in Section 3.
In reviewing the wind loads presented in Table 2 it can be seen that for wind directions in the range of
o
o
260 through 300 the X-direction shear wind loads increase with the removal of the tarp on the east half
of the roof. These are the wind directions that are the most probable to have occurred at the time of the
failure. With the loss of the tarp on the east half of the roof, a considerable proportion of the interior
structure becomes more exposed to the wind and the overall drag (X-direction) increases. Similarly, for
these wind directions the measured wind loads increase on average by 52% when all stage equipment
(LED screen and moustache-shaped curtain) is included.
5.
APPLICABILITY OF CONCLUSIONS
5.1
Exposure
The wind loads provided in this report are applicable to the exposure as described in section 2.2 of this
report. At the time of the failure a localized storm front was moving through the area of Indianapolis.
Since these localized storm fronts are not typically associated with standard synoptic type boundary layer
profiles (those generated by primarily horizontal wind flow over long stretches of ground terrain and
buildings), the wind tunnel model was tested in smooth, uniform flow. This is approximately equivalent to
an exposure D for the ASCE standard. If, in the course of the analysis of the structure, the wind loads
need to be scaled to a different exposure for comparison with building code approaches, the provided
wind loads may be multiplied by the ratio of the velocity pressure coefficients as an approximate
adjustment (Kz, or Kh).
For example if the wind loads were to be scaled to synoptic type wind event then the appropriate
exposure at the Indiana State Fair would be that of a C type. The wind loads could then be multiplied by
0.85 (1.09/1.27).
5.2
Wind Loads
The wind loads provided in this report are based on the assumption that the stage is a rigid structure as
defined in the Section 6 of the ASCE standard. Therefore they are equivalent to the wind loads that
would be calculated using the Rigid Structure gust effect factor in the standard. This assumes that the
structure has a natural frequency greater than 1 Hz. If it is determined that the structure has natural
frequencies less than 1 Hz, the wind loads provided may be scaled approximately using the ratio of the
gust effect factor as calculated by the Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Structure to the gust effect
factor calculated by the Rigid Structure method.
This calculation of gust effect factor requires a value for the inherent structural damping of the system.
Damping is the ability for the structure to stop vibrating (eg. swaying back and forth) once it has been
caused to move. The actual value for the main overhead structure is unknown but it is anticipated to
have been within the range of 0.5% of critical damping up to 1.5%. A reasonable value to take would be
1.0%. The scrim wall made of a woven has greater inherent damping than the structure and the
aerodynamic damping produced by forcing air through the numerous openings is high but since it was
hung directly from the structure, adopting the recommended structural value of 1.0% is reasonable for
current purposes.
For example, if using the Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Structure method the gust effect factor is
determined to be 0.97 then the wind loads provided would be scaled by 1.14 (0.97/0.85).
5.3
The Proximity Model
The structural wind loads determined by the wind tunnel tests and the associated analysis are applicable
for the particular configurations of the stage site at the time of the failure of the overhead structure on
August 13, 2011.
5.4
Study Model and Structural Properties Information
The results presented in this report pertain to: 1) the scale model of the Indiana State Fair stage,
constructed using the information supplied by Thornton-Tomasetti; and, 2) the different configurations of
the stage as discussed in section 2.
Employee Job Title
TABLES
447000
462000
494000
517000
520000
455000
357000
249000
162000
65000
-19000
-100000
21000
154000
307000
467000
609000
686000
769000
835000
901000
931000
12900
13400
14000
15000
15500
13500
10700
7800
5800
2900
900
2900
-500
-4400
-8600
-13200
-17300
-20000
-22300
-24700
-26200
-27100
Configuration 1
Full Stage Equipment - Full Roof
My
Mx
Fx
Fy
(lb-ft)
(lb-ft)
(lb)
(lb)
424000
417000
456000
477000
463000
402000
319000
226000
138000
40000
-63000
-88000
23000
142000
269000
402000
522000
614000
687000
747000
794000
834000
14100
14000
14900
15800
15600
13500
10400
7400
5000
2100
-400
3200
-500
-4500
-8600
-13300
-16800
-19200
-21000
-23300
-25100
-25700
Configuration 2
Full Stage Equipment - Half Roof
My
Mx
Fx
Fy
(lb-ft)
(lb-ft)
(lb)
(lb)
334000
320000
360000
394000
394000
358000
274000
187000
116000
43000
-9000
-80000
12000
119000
232000
345000
447000
520000
555000
594000
603000
597000
8500
8100
9300
10000
9800
8800
6900
5100
3500
1700
400
2000
-400
-3300
-6200
-9200
-11400
-13600
-14500
-14900
-14000
-12900
Configuration 3
No Stage Equipment - Full Roof
My
Mx
Fx
Fy
(lb-ft)
(lb-ft)
(lb)
(lb)
315000
312000
351000
376000
354000
302000
233000
167000
103000
35000
-24000
-73000
16000
116000
209000
312000
394000
464000
522000
558000
552000
547000
9400
9100
10200
10800
10300
8700
6700
4800
3200
1300
-100
2400
-400
-3600
-6400
-9400
-11400
-12900
-14200
-15000
-14100
-13200
Configuration 4
No Stage Equipment - Half Roof
My
Mx
Fx
Fy
(lb-ft)
(lb-ft)
(lb)
(lb)
1. The provided overall wind induced overturning moments, and shear forces are the summation of the wind load on the entire stage structure
acting at grade.
2. The overall wind loads are mean loads based on a 3-second gust wind speed of 52 mph at 33 ft.
3. The reference axis system used to define the forces and moments is illustrated in Figure 4.
Notes:
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
Wind
Direction
(degrees)
TABLE 2: WIND LOAD CONVERSION FACTORS

The results presented in this report are based on a basic 3-second Gust wind speed of 52 mph. If the
project team wishes to convert the wind loads to an alternate wind speed then the wind loads can be
multiplied by the factors listed below. The conversion factors are based on the square of the ratio of the
wind speeds. For example, a wind load factor for converting to a basic 3-second Gust wind speed of 57
2
mph was arrived at by: (57/52) = 1.20.
3-Second Gust Wind Speed (mph)
Factor
40
0.59
41
0.62
42
0.65
43
0.68
44
0.72
45
0.75
46
0.78
47
0.82
48
0.85
49
0.89
50
0.92
51
0.96
52
1.0
53
1.04
54
1.08
55
1.12
56
1.16
57
1.20
58
1.24
59
1.29
60
1.33
TABLE 3: WEATHER STATIONS AND MAXIMUM GUST ON AUGUST 13, 2011

Weather Station
Indianapolis International Airport
Eagle Creek Airpark
Indianapolis Executive Airport
Shelbyville Municipal Airport
Market St. INDOT Weather Station
I-74 INDOT Weather Station
Data Recording
Interval
1-minute
1-minute
hourly
1-minute
10-minute
10-minute
Maximum Gust
(mph)
51
46
30
47
41
52
Employee Job Title
FIGURES
Wind Tunnel Study Model
Figure:
1-1
Configuration 1 - Full Stage Equipment - Full Roof

Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident - Indianapolis, Indiana
Project #1200100
Date:
March 13, 2012
Figure:
1-2
Configuration 2 - Full Stage Equipment - Half Roof

Project #1200100
Date:
March 13, 2012
Figure:
1-3
Configuration 3 - No Stage Equipment - Full Roof

Project #1200100
Date:
March 13, 2012
Figure:
1-4
Configuration 4 - No Stage Equipment - Half Roof

Project #1200100
Date:
March 13, 2012
RACE TRACK
RACE TRACK
Site Plan
True North Drawn by: DJM Figure:

Approx. Scale:
1"=30'
Project #1200100 Date Revised: Mar. 13, 2012
15
30ft
Indiana State Fair Incident Collapse - Indianapolis, Indiana
Indianapolis, Indiana
Map of Meteorological Stations
Project #1200100
Date:
3-1
2012-02-24
Figure No:
Indianapolis Executive AP Gust

I-74 Mean Wind Speeds
Indianapolis Executive AP Mean Wind Speed
Market St. Gust
Indiana State Fair Incident Collapse - Indianapolis, Indiana
2011-08-13 21:30
Project #1200100
Shelbyville Mean Wind Speed
Date and Time EDT
2011-08-13 21:00
Indianapolis IAP Gust
2011-08-13 20:30
Eagle Creek Gust
2011-08-13 20:00
Indianapolis IAP mean speed
0.0
2011-08-13 19:30
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
Measured Wind Speeds around time of Stage Collapse
Wind Speed mph
2011-08-13 22:30
Date:
3-2
2012-02-24
Figure No:
I-74 Gust
Market St. Mean Wind Speed
Shelbyville Gust
Eagle Creek Mean Wind Speed
2011-08-13 22:00
My
X
Mx
TOP VIEW
Co-ordinate System for Structural Loading
True North Drawn by: DJM Figure:

Approx. Scale:
1"=16'
Project #1200100 Date Revised: Mar. 13, 2012
16ft
My
5.00E+05
4.00E+05
3.00E+05
2.00E+05
1.00E+05
0.00E+00
6.00E+05
4.00E+05
2.00E+05
0.00E+00
260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
Wind Direction (degrees)
Fx
Fy
5.00E+03
0.00E+00
Shear Force (lbf)
Shear Force (lbf)
8.00E+05
-2.00E+05
-1.00E+05
1.80E+04
1.60E+04
1.40E+04
1.20E+04
1.00E+04
8.00E+03
6.00E+03
4.00E+03
2.00E+03
0.00E+00
-2.00E+03
Mx
1.00E+06
Base Overturing Moment (lbf-ft)
Base Overturing Moment (lbf-ft)
6.00E+05
-5.00E+03
-1.00E+04
-1.50E+04
-2.00E+04
-2.50E+04
-3.00E+04
260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
Full Stage Equipment - Full Roof
Full Stage Equipment - Half Roof
No Stage Equipment - Full Roof
No Stage Equipment - Half Roof
Notes:
1)
2)
3)
The provided overall wind induced overturning moments, and shear forces are the
summation of the wind load on the entier stage structure acting at grade.
Theoverall wind loads are mean loads based on a 3-second gust wind speed of 52 mph at 33 ft.
The reference axis system used to define the forces and moments is illustrated in Figure 4.
Gust Overall Base Moments, and Shears - Full Stage
Figure No.
at Grade - 52 mph 3-second Gust Wind Speed

Project #1200100
Date: Feb. 28, 2012
Appendix D.2
Dead Weight Calculations

Appendix D.2
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.2
April 3, 2012
PURPLE TRUSS/ MUSTACHE
LTV.1
42.63
LTV.2
42.63
LTV.3
42.63
LTV.4
42.63
LTV.5
42.63
LTV.6
0.23
5.94
0.63
0.27
3.13
10.19
32.44
1.71
0.19
0.27
0.48
8.58
1.04
10.00
10.00
32.27
1.22
4.60
0.63
0.27
3.75
10.47
32.44
1.71
0.76
0.27
0.48
13.22
1.17
7.50
7.50
32.60
0.56
4.85
0.63
0.27
3.75
10.06
32.44
1.71
0.25
0.27
0.48
13.80
1.21
7.50
7.50
32.72
0.58
4.79
0.63
0.27
3.71
9.98
32.44
1.71
0.88
0.27
0.48
13.00
1.58
7.50
7.50
32.92
1.25
4.48
0.63
0.27
3.75
10.38
32.44
1.71
0.29
0.27
0.48
13.38
1.58
7.50
7.50
32.71
0.25
5.35
0.63
0.27
3.56
10.06
32.44
1.71
0.92
0.27
0.48
7.75
1.60
10.00
10.00
32.73
0.17
-0.16
-0.27
-0.47
-0.26
-0.29
On Stage
On Stage
On Stage
M.H.HOOK
M.HOUSING
M.RS.BOTT
On Stage
LTP
On Stage per photos On Stage
M.RS
MAIN TRUSS
Length Measurement
M.RS
M.H.CHAIN
M.HOUSING
M.H.HOOK
M.RS.BOTT.
Sum of Lengths
Top Chord Elevation
LTP
LTP.RS.BOTT.
LTP.H.HOOK.a
LTP.H.HOUSING.b
Hoist Chain c
RS.LTV
LTV.zz.1
LTV.zz.2
Sum of Lengths
Elevation of LTV
Bottom
42.63
M.H.CHAIN
Purlin Truss Bot. Chord

Elev. (ft)
LTP.RS.BOTT
LTP.H.HOOK.a
LTP.H.CHAIN.c
LTP.HOUSING.b
LTV.RS.BOTT
Indicates assumed #
PURPLE TRUSS/ MUSTACHE
LTV.1
2.75
71.25
7.50
3.25
37.50
122.25
389.33
20.50
2.25
3.25
5.75
103.00
12.50
120.00
120.00
387.25
2.08
511.60
511.60
511.60
511.60
LTV.2
LTV.3
LTV.4
LTV.5
LTV.6
14.63
6.75
7.00
15.00
3.00
55.25
58.25
57.50
53.75
64.25
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
45.00
45.00
44.50
45.00
42.75
125.63
120.75
119.75
124.50
120.75
389.33
389.33
389.33
389.33
389.33
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.50
9.13
3.00
10.50
3.50
11.00
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
5.75
5.75
5.75
5.75
5.75
158.63
165.63
156.00
160.50
93.00
14.00
14.50
19.00
19.00
19.25
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
120.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
120.00
391.25
392.63
395.00
392.50
392.75
-1.92
On Stage per photos On Stage
ASSUMING TRUSS IS
LEVEL AS AVERAGE
(Y/N)
511.60
-3.30
On Stage
-5.67
On Stage
-3.17
On Stage
LTV.zz.1
Length Measurement
M.RS
M.H.CHAIN
M.HOUSING
M.H.HOOK
M.RS.BOTT.
Sum of Lengths
Top Chord Elevation
LTP
LTP.RS.BOTT.
LTP.H.HOOK.a
LTP.H.HOUSING.b
Hoist Chain c
RS.LTV
LTV.zz.1
LTV.zz.2
Sum of Lengths
Elevation of LTV
Bottom
511.60
LTV.zz.2
Purlin Truss Top Chord

Elev. (in)
TOP OF STAGE EL. 0'-0"
-3.42
On Stage
See photos

Appendix D.2
Page 1 of 32
April 3, 2012
NO LOAD BASED ON INSPECTION
LTV.1
LTV.6
LTV.2
LTV.5
LTV.2
LTV.5
LTV.2
LTV.1
LTV.1
LTV.6
LTV.4
LTV.4
LTV.3
LTV.3
LTV.6
* Photographs by
Merideth Gradle

Appendix D.2
Page 2 of 32
April 3, 2012
BLUE TRUSS
42.63
40.47
42.63
40.47
M.RS
MAIN TRUSS
Length Measurement
M.RS
M.H.CHAIN
M.HOUSING
M.H.HOOK
M.RS.BOTT.
Sum of Lengths
Top Chord Elevation
LTB
LTB.PROP.BOTT.
LTB.H.HOOK.a
LTB.H.HOUSING.b
Hoist Chain c
LENGTH OF GEARS
40.47
LTB.1
LTB.2
LTB.3
LTB.5
LTB.6
1.31
0.54
1.29
0.46
1.40
2.48
3.38
2.81
3.35
2.42
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.27
0.27
1.17
0.27
0.27
3.19
2.25
1.85
3.15
3.25
7.88
7.06
7.75
7.85
7.96
32.77
34.93
32.77
34.93
32.77
HOIST CONNECTED TO TRUSS TOP CHORD
0.31
0.31
0.27
0.27
0.48
0.48
18.94
18.92
16.67
16.67
M.H.CHAIN
Main or Purlin truss Top

Chord Elev. (ft)
M.H.HOOK
Sum of Lengths
0.00
Elevation of LTV Bottom
36.67
0.00
-1.73
36.65
M.HOUSING
0.00
M.RS.BOTT
-1.71
LTB
LTB.H.HOOK.a
LTB.HOUSING.b
LTB.H.CHAIN.c
LTB.PROP.BOTT
Indicates assumed #
BLUE TRUSS
Length Measurement
M.RS
M.H.CHAIN
M.HOUSING
M.H.HOOK
M.RS.BOTT.
Sum of Lengths
Top Chord Elevation
LTB
LTB.PROP.BOTT.
LTB.H.HOOK.a
LTB.H.HOUSING.b
Hoist Chain c
LENGTH OF GEARS
485.60
511.60
485.60
511.60
485.60
LTB.1
LTB.2
LTB.3
LTB.5
LTB.6
15.75
6.50
15.50
5.50
16.75
29.75
40.50
33.75
40.25
29.00
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
3.25
3.25
14.00
3.25
3.25
38.25
27.00
22.25
37.75
39.00
94.50
84.75
93.00
94.25
95.50
393.20
419.20
393.20
419.20
393.20
HOIST CONNECTED TO TRUSS TOP CHORD
3.75
3.75
3.25
3.25
5.75
5.75
227.25
227.00
200.00
200.00
GEARS EAST OF WEST
Main or Purlin truss Top

Chord Elev. (in)
TOP OF STAGE EL. 0'-0"
Sum of Lengths
0.00
Elevation of LTV Bottom

ASSUMING TRUSS IS
LEVEL AS AVERAGE
(Y/N)
440.00
-20.80
0.00
439.75
0.00
-20.55

Appendix D.2
Page 3 of 32
April 3, 2012
*Photograph by
Shelia Mayfield
LTV.6
LTV.6
400.00
ELEVATION (IN)
250.00
Elev. LTP
Elev. LTV
Elev. LTP Leveled Average
Elev. LTV with Average LTP Elev.
100.00
-50.00

POINT OF MEASUREMENT
Appendix D.2
Page 4 of 32
April 3, 2012
Suspended Trusses Trim Heights

Appendix D.2
Page 5 of 32
April 3, 2012
WHITE TRUSS (WEIGHT CALCULATIONS)

Schematic Drawing of White Truss
LTW.1
LTW.2
LTW.3
LTW.4
LTW.5
10'
10'
10'
10'
10'
White Truss Reactions and Tributary Lengths

LTW-P2
LTW-P3
LTW-P4
Lo
ca
t
Re ion
ac of
tio
ns
LTW-P1
2.5'
12.4'
11.3'
LTW-P2
LTW-P3
2.5'
LTW-P4
Tr
ib
ut
ar
y
Le
ng
th
s
LTW-P1
21.3'
8.7'
16.85'
16.3'
Weights:
Self Weight of White Truss: 0.02 kips/ft
Hoist Weight: 0.15 kips each
Lights Weight:
VL3000: 0.091 kips
VL3500W: 0.096 kips
Electrical Cable Weight: 0.0072 kips/ft
8.15'
Refer Appendix F.8

Refer Appendix F. 4
(Hoist Weight + 14' Chain Weight)
Refer Appendix F. 5
Refer Appendix F. 5
Refer Appendix F. 9
Lights connected to White Trusses

- LTW.1 and LTW.5 have 4 eachlights (VL3000) each. Each VL3000 weighs 0.91 kips.
- LTW.2, LTW.2 and LTW.4 each have 4 lights (LV3500W). Each VL3500W weighs 0.96 kips
Lights - Uniformly Distributed Weight:
LTW.1 = 4 X 91 lbs / 10'
:
0.0364 kips/ft
( 4 Lights @ 91 lbs each over 10' span of LTW.1)
LTW.2 = 4 X 96 lbs / 10'
:
0.0384 kips/ft
LTW.3 = 4 X 96 lbs / 10'
:
0.0384 kips/ft
LTW.4 = 4 X 96 lbs / 10'
:
0.0384 kips/ft
LTW.5 = 4 X 91 lbs / 10'
:
0.0364 kips/ft
Tributary Length:
LTW - P1
LTW - P2
LTW - P3
LTW - P4
:
:
:
:
8.7'
16.85'
16.3'
8.15'
Appendix D.2
Page 6 of 32
April 3, 2012
Truss Reactions:
LTW -P1 = 8.7' X 0.0364 + 8.7' X 0.02 + 6' (Hanging cable) x 0.0072 + 0.15
+ 8.7' x .0072 (Electrical cable on truss) + 0.5
= 1.25 kips
LTW-P2 = 1.3' X 0.0364 + 15.55' X 0.0384 + 16.85' x 0.02 + 16.85' x 0.0072
+ 0.15 + 0.5
= 1.75 kips
LTW -P3 = 14.45' X 0.0384 + 1.85' x 0.00364 + 16.3 x 0.02 + 16.3 x 0.0072
+ 0.15 hoist + 0.5
= 1.72 kips
LTW-P4 = 8.15' X 0.0364 + 8.15' X 0.02 + 8.15' x 0.0072 + 0.15 + 0.5
= 1.17 kips
PRELIMINARY CALCULATION BASED ON FIELD INVENTORY AND AVAILABLE CATALOG DATA
Based on 14ft long chain weight of 0.95 lb/ft, CM Catalog (1.42kg/meter)

Appendix D.2
Page 7 of 32
April 3, 2012
PURPLE / MOUSTACHE TRUSS (WEIGHT CALCULATIONS)

Schematic Drawing of Moustache Truss
Moustache Truss Reactions and Tributary Lengths
Purple Truss Reactions

Truss Lengths:
LTP.1 = LTP.4 = LTP.7 = LTP.8 = LTP.10 = LTP.11 = LTP.14 = 9'
LTP.2 = LTP.3 = LTP.5 = LTP.6 = LTP.9 = LTP.12 = LTP.13 = 6'
Weights:
Self Weight of Purple Truss: 0.0115 kips/ft
Hoist Weight: 0.15 kips each
Lights Weight:
VL3500W: 0.096 kips
Spotlight + Chair: 0.3 kips*
Elec Cable Weight: 0.0062 kips/ft
Stage Bar 54S: 0.012 kips
Refer Appendix F. 8 (Based on 10' section)

Refer Appendix F. 4
(Hoist Weight + 14' Chain Weight)
Refer Appendix F. 5
Refer Appendix F.9
Refer Appendix F. 5
Lights Weights:
= 1 Spotlight + Chair = 0.3 kips
LTP.1
LTP.2 = 2 VL3500W + 1 Stagebar 54S = 0.096 X 2 + 0.012 =
LTP.5 = 1 VL3500W = 0.096 kips
LTP.6 = 2 Stagebar 54S = 2 X 0.012 = 0.0024 kips
LTP.7 = 2 VL3500W = 2 x 0.0096 = 0.192 kips
LTP.8 = 2 VL3500W = 2 x 0.0096 = 0.192 kips
LTP.9 = 2 Stagebar 54S = 2 X 0.012 = 0.0024 kips
LTP.10 = 1 VL3500W = 0.096 kips
LTP.14 = 1 Spotlight + Chair = 0.3 kips
Appendix D.2
Page 8 of 32
0.204 kips
0.204 kips
0.3 kips
0.3 kips
0.204 kips
0.204 kips
April 3, 2012
Distributed and Point Loads on Truss Sections:

LTP.1
LTP.2
LTP.3
LTP.4
LTP.5
LTP.6
LTP.7
LTP.8
LTP.9
LTP.10
LTP.11
LTP.12
LTP.13
LTP.14
= 0.3 kips
= 0.204 / 6.3 ' = 0.032 kips/ft
= 0.204 / 6.3 ' = 0.032 kips/ft
= 0.3 / 9.55 ' = 0.031 kips/ft
= 0.096/ 6.3' = 0.015 kips/ft
= 0.024 / 6.3' = 0.004 kips/ft
= 0.096 x 2/ 9.55' = 0.02 kips/ft
= 0.096 x 2/ 9.55' = 0.02 kips/ft
= 0.024 / 6.3' = 0.004 kips/ft
= 0.096/ 6.3' = 0.015 kips/ft
= 0.3 / 9.55 ' = 0.031 kips/ft
= 0.204 / 6.3 ' = 0.032 kips/ft
= 0.204 / 6.3 ' = 0.032 kips/ft
= 0.3 kips
Reactions:
LTP - P1 =0.3 + 11.55' X 0.0115 + 2.7' X 0.032 + 11.55' X 0.0062 + 0.15
= 0.75 kips
LTP - P2 =22.05' x 0.0115 + 4.3' x 0.032 + 6.3' x 0.032 + 10.5' x 0.031 + 0.95' x 0.015
+ 22.05' x 0.0062 + 0.15
= 1.22 kips
LTP - P3 =19.05' x .0115 + 5.35' x 0.015 + 6.3' x 0.004 + 7.4' x 0.02 + 19.05' x 0.0062 + 0.15
= 0.75 kips
LTP - P4 =19.05' x .0115 + 5.25' x 0.015 + 6.3' x 0.004 + 7.4' x 0.02 + 19.05' x 0.0062 + 0.15
= 0.75 kips
LTP - P5 =22.05' x 0.0115 + 4.3' x 0.032 + 6.3' x 0.032 + 10.5' x 0.03 + 0.95' x 0.015
+ 22.05' x 0.0062 + 0.15
= 1.22 kips
LTP - P6 =0.3 + 11.55' X 0.0115 + 2.7' X 0.032 + 11.55' X 0.0062 + 0.15
= 0.60 kips

* - Estimate based on similar product

Appendix D.2
Page 9 of 32
April 3, 2012
ORANGE TRUSS (WEIGHT CALCULATIONS)

Schematic Drawing of Orange Truss
LTO.1N
LTO.2N
LTO.3N
LTO.4N
LTO.5N
LTO.6N
10'
10'
10'
10'
10'
10'
LTO.1S
LTO.2S
LTO.3S
LTO.4S
LTO.5S
LTO.6S
10'
10'
10'
10'
10'
10'
Schematic Drawing of Orange Truss Reactions

LTO.N/S - P1
10'
LTO.N/S - P2
10'
10'
LTO.N/S - P3
10'
10'
10'
North Truss 18" x 12" (LTO.N):

Weights:
Section 18" x 12" (North Orange Truss): 0.0076 kips/ft
Electrical Cable: 0.00135 kips/ft
Hanging Electrical Cable: 0.05 kips
Hoist: 0.10 kips
Refer Appendix F.3

Refer Appendix F. 9
Refer Appendix F. 9
Refer Appendix F.4
Tributary Lengths:
Tributary Length for Reaction LTO.N - P1 = 15'
Reactions:
LTO.N - P1 = 15' X 0.0076 + 15' x 0.00135 + 0.05 + 0.1 = 0.284 kips
LTO.N - P2 = 30' x 0.0076 + 30' x 0.00135 + 0.1
= 0.368 kips
= 0.234 kips
LTO.N - P3 = 15' x 0.0076 + 15' x 0.00135 + 0.1
South Truss 12" x 12" (LTO.S):
Weights:
Section 12" x 12" (South Orange Truss): 0.0072 kips/ft
Electrical Cable: 0.00078 kips/ft
Hanging Electrical Cable: 0.27 kips
Hoist: 0.10 kips
Appendix D.2
Page 10 of 32
Refer Appendix F.4

Refer Appendix F.10
Refer Appendix F.10
Refer Appendix F.5
April 3, 2012
Tributary Lengths:
Reactions:
LTO.S - P1 = 15' X 0.0072 + 15' x 0.00078 + 0.27 + 0.1 = 0.49 kips
LTO.S - P2 = 30' x 0.0072 + 30' x 0.00078 + 0.1
= 0.340 kips
LTO.S - P3 = 15' x0.0072 + 15' X 0.00078 + 0.1
= 0.220 kips

Appendix D.2
Page 11 of 32
April 3, 2012
BLUE TRUSS (WEIGHT CALCULATIONS)

Schematic Drawing of Blue Truss
LTB.1
LTB.2
LTB.3
LTB.4
LTB.5
LTB.6
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
8'
Blue Truss Reactions and Tributary Lengths

LTB-P2
LTB-P3
LTB-P4
LTB-P5
Lo
ca
t
Re ion
ac of
tio
ns
LTB-P1
9.1'
8.4'
10 '
LTB-P2
11.25'
LTB-P3
7.25'
LTB-P4
LTB-P5
Tr
ib
ut
ar
yL
en
g
th
s
LTB-P1
8'
1.1'
4.2'
2.7'
1.5'
5'
5'
4.5'
1.13'
5.63'
1.25' 2.38'
Weights:
Self Weight of Blue Truss: 0.034 kips/ft*
Hoists Weight:
LTB - P1: 0.21 kips LTB - P2: 0.15 kips LTB - P3: 0.21 kips
LTB - P4: 0.21 kips LTB - P5: 0.21 kips
5.63'
Refer Appendix F. 4
Weights on LTB.1 , LTB.6 :

Lights
Truss Self Weight
Electrical Cable
Total Weight
= 0.034 kips/ft
= 0.034 kips/ft*
Refer Appendix F.6
= 0.005 kips/ft
Refer Appendix F.10
= 0.034 + 0.034 + 0.005 = 0.073 kips
Weights on LTB.2, LTB.5 :

Lights
Truss Self Weight
Electrical Cable
Total Weight
Refer Appendix F.6

= 0.023 kips/ft
= 0.034 kips/ft
= 0.005 kips/ft
Refer Appendix F.10
= 0.023 + 0.034 + 0.005 = 0.062 kips
Weights on LTB.3, LTB.4 :

Spotlights + Chair
Truss Self Weight
Electrical Cable
Total Weight
= 0.3 kips * (Point Load only)

= 0.034 kips/ft
= 0.005 kips/ft
= 0.034 + 0.005 = 0.039 kips

Appendix D.2
Page 12 of 32
Refer Appendix F.10
April 3, 2012
Reactions:
LTB - P1 = 8' X 0.073 + 1.1' X 0.073 + 4.2' X 0.062 + 0.21
= 1.13 kips
LTB - P2 = 2.7' x 0.073 + 1.5' x 0.04 + 5' x 0.04 + 0.3 + 0.15
= 0.91 kips
LTB - P3 = 1.5' x 0.04 + 3.5' x 0.04 + 4.5' x 0.04 + 1.13' x 0.062 + 0.3 + 0.21
= 0.96 kips
LTB - P4 = 5.63' x 0.062 + 1.25' x 0.06 + 2.38' x 0.073 + 0.21
= 0.81 kips
LTB - P5 = 5.63' x 0.073 + 0.21
= 0.62 kips
Weight of the LED screen and the LED surround :
LTB-P1
= 0.5 kips
LTB-P2
= 1.0 kips
LTB-P3
= 1.5 kips
LTB-P4
= 1.0 kips
Total Reaction on Blue Truss:
LTB - P1 = 1.13 + 0.5 = 1.63 kips
LTB - P2 = 0.91 + 1.0 = 1.91 kips
LTB - P3 = 0.96 + 1.5 = 2.46 kips
LTB - P4 = 0.81 + 1.0 = 1.81 kips
LTB - P5 = 0.62 kips
* - Estimate based on similar product

Appendix D.2
Page 13 of 32
April 3, 2012
DETERMINATION OF COMPONENT WEIGHTS

The various components of the ISF structure were dismantled and weighed. The weighing of certain
components was done at the ISF Fairgrounds between 30th October 2011 and 1st November, 2011. The
weighing of various other components at the warehouse was performed between 7th November to 18th
November, 2011.
The following equipment was used to lift and weigh the dismantled parts:
2 Point bridles
Chain Hoists
Shackles
Wire Rope Choker
Dillon Dynamometer
Dillon Receiver
Wedgelink, a keyboard wedge software application was used to import the measured data from the
Dillon equipment into Microsoft Excel. A software keyboard wedge reads data from a serial port and
passes this data to a PC application in such a manner that the application thinks the data is entered via
the keyboard. Hoisting was performed with the use of the crane utilized for dismantling of the structure.
Additional components were hoisted in the warehouse by the forklift at that location. Some of the ranges
of weights of standard components used in the rigging of the ISF Structure are shown in the table below.
Component Type
Weight (lbs)
Typical Columns
506 to 582
Typical SuperTruss Section
115
Typical Purlins
160
Typical Hoists
98 to 269
Strut
350
Gable Roof Section
859
Typical Black Column
361
Lighting Trusses
1144 to 5286
LED Display
2856
Typical Speakers
126 to 263
Speaker Hoists
172 to 243
Table 1. Typical Component Weights

Appendix D.2
Page 14 of 32
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.2
Page 15 of 32
April 3, 2012
0.2
0.9
1.24
T.B2.3.N-P1
0.49
0.34
0.22
1.93
1.2
LTOS-P1
LTOS-P2
LTOS-P3
1.06
1.1
6
0.3
LTP-P5
LTP-P6
1.13
1.13
11.36
41.02
SPKE-P2
SPKE-P3
ELECT CABLE
WHITE SUM
RED SUM
BLUE SUM
ORANGE SUM
PURPLE SUM
TRIANGLE SUM
SPEAKER SUM
Electrical cable plan

White Truss
Red Truss
Blue Truss
Orange Truss
Mustache Truss
Triangular Truss
Speakers
TOTAL
Comments
3.42
SPKE-P1
Locations
3.42
SPKW-P3
SPEAKER SUM
TOTAL (kips)
1.13
SPKW-P2
SPKW-P1
LTT-P2
TRIANGLE SUM
0.79
LTP-P4
0.3
0.6
1.13
0.79
LTP-P3
LTT-P1
1.06
LTP-P2
PURPLE SUM
0.23
LTON-P3
LTP-P1
0.37
ORANGE SUM
BLUE SUM
LTON-P2
LTON-P1
LTB-P1
LTB-P2
LTB-P3
LTB-P4
LTB-P5
5.99
1.63
1.91
2.46
1.81
0.62
8.43
0.28
1.17
5.81
0.99
1.41
1.41
0.99
0.61
0.58
LTW-P4
RED SUM
1.65
LTW-P3
LTR-P1
LTR-P2
LTR-P3
LTR-P4
LTR-P5
LTR-P6
1.75
LTW-P2
WHITE SUM
0.29
T.B2.3.S-P2
LTW-P1
0.34
T.B2.3.S-P1
ELECT CABLE
0.07
TT Loads calculated
(Kips)
T.B1.2.S-P1
Locations
TT Loads calculated
(Kips)
0.90
5.81
5.99
8.43
1.93
6.00
0.60
11.36
41.02
Speakers
Speakers
Speakers
Speakers
Speakers
Speakers
Triangular Truss
Triangular Truss
Mustache Truss
Mustache Truss
Mustache Truss
Mustache Truss
Mustache Truss
Mustache Truss
Orange Truss
Orange Truss
Orange Truss
Orange Truss
Orange Truss
Orange Truss
Blue Truss
Blue Truss
Blue Truss
Blue Truss
Blue Truss
Red Truss
Red Truss
Red Truss
Red Truss
Red Truss
Red Truss
White Truss
White Truss
White Truss
White Truss
Comments
0.45
31.7
5.90
6.50
9.15
1.40
7.85
0.90
0.9
5.97
5.88
9.50
1.73
6.84
0.90
12.63
44.33
Field Totals
(Kips)
1.35 LTV.1.1 AND LTV.1.2

Including LTVs
0.45
1.25 LTV.3.1 AND LTV.3.2
1.25 LTV.2.1 AND LTV.2.2
1.275 LTV.5.1 AND LTV.5.2
Sugarland Loads
(SL) (Kips)
31.7
1.45 LTV.6.1 AND LTV.6.2

1.275 LTV.4.1 AND LTV.4.2
To be defined
1.4
0.9
Gear East (PROP 2)

Bottom Surround
Gear West (PROP 1)
LTB.1 - LTB.6
Spotlight (LTB WEST)
0.55 LTO.1.N-LTO.7.N
0.425
To be defined
7.85
1.6
1.65
2.65
1.65
1.6
0.9 LTR.1 -LTR.7

1.5 LTR.8
1.5 LTR.0
0.9
0.85
0.85
1.2
1.75 West Chandelier (CH1, LTW.4)
0.425 LTO.1.S - LTO.7.S
To be defined
9.15
6.5
5.9
1.75 East Chandelier (CH2, LTW.2)
1.2 LTW.1 - LTW.5
Sugarland Loads
(SL) (Kips)
LCD Display
LCD Surround - 1 (CIRC LTB.3 AND LTB.4)
1.23
1.23
3.85
3.85
1.23
1.23
0.54 LTP.1 - LTP.4
0.52 LTP.5 -LTP.7
0.57 LTP.8 -LTP.10
0.69 LTP.11 - LTP.14
NOT Including LTVs
0.54 LED Soft Screen Fabric (Lift No :1 to 5 )
0.82 12.LTP (ELECTRICAL CABLE)
1.04
0.69
0.19
0.04
0.18
5.17
0.17
4.58
0.56
0.74
0.66
Loads Applied in SAP

[kips]
0.90
5.97
5.88
9.50
1.73
6.84
0.90
12.63
44.33
12.63
42.53
10.51
1.73
5.88
5.97
4.64
0.67
Field Totals (Kips)
1.79
6.836
0.926
0.944
1.724
1.058
0.394
9.497
2.856
0.202
0.474
0.218
1.139
0.894
1.127
0.981
1.027
FIELD/TT calc
0.871
1.232
1.038
0.904
1.011
FIELD/SL Plot
SUMMARY OF WEIGHTS
Piece Type
Nodes
Columns
Roof Trusses
Struts
Purlins
Gable Roof
Column Hoist
Roof Tarp
Guy Wires
Total (lb)

Field
(lb)
2119
6399
7183
516
2258
3787
2200
887
338
Catalog
(lb)
1954
6632
6380
406
2306
3329
2171
0
220
25687
23398
Appendix D.2
Page 16 of 32
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.2
Page 17 of 32
April 3, 2012
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B3801
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B3801
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
Product
Code
B4200
B0203
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
123.5
97
97
97
97
123.5
97
97
97
97
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
85
32
97
97
97
97
85
NI
32
97
97
97
97
Tag ID
C.B4.1
C.B4.2
C.B4.3
C.B4.4
C.B4.5
C.B4.6
C.B4.7
C.C3.5.1
C.C3.5.2
C.C3.5.3
C.C3.5.4
C.D3.5.1
C.D3.5.2
C.D3.5.3
C.D3.5.4
C.E3.5.1
C.E3.5.2
C.E3.5.3
C.E3.5.4
C.F1.1
C.F1.2
C.F1.3
C.F1.4
C.F1.5
C.F1.6
C.F1.7
B0203
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B4201
B3801
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
Product
Code
70.5
97
97
97
97
150
97
97
97
150
97
97
97
150
97
97
97
85
NI
32
97
97
97
97
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
85
Tag ID
C.F2.1
C.F2.2
C.F2.3
C.F2.4
C.F2.5
C.F2.6
C.F3.1
C.F3.2
C.F3.3
C.F3.4
C.F3.5
C.F3.6
C.F4.1
C.F4.2
C.F4.3
C.F4.4
C.F4.5
C.F4.6
C.F4.7
C.G1.1
C.G1.2
C.G1.3
C.G1.4
C.G1.5
C.G1.6
C.G1.7
Note: Weights for pieces without product codes approximated based on weights of similar pieces
NI - Not Included in Thomas Product Range 2006
Column base weights included with weight of bottom piece
Tag ID
C.A1.1
C.A1.2
C.A1.3
C.A1.4
C.A1.5
C.A1.6
C.B1.1
C.B1.2
C.B1.3
C.B1.4
C.B1.5
C.B1.6
C.B1.7
C.B2.1
C.B2.2
C.B2.3
C.B2.4
C.B2.5
C.B2.6
C.B3.1
C.B3.2
C.B3.3
C.B3.4
C.B3.5
C.B3.6
Columns
CATALOG WEIGHTS BY PIECE
TOTAL (lb)
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0203
B3801
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
Product
Code
B3801
B3801
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
6476
70.5
97
97
97
97
85
NI
32
97
97
97
97
123.5
97
97
97
97
53
70.5
97
97
97
97
85
Catalog
Weight
(lb)

Appendix D.2
Page 18 of 32
April 3, 2012
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1416
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
Product
Code
B1424
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
97
86
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
86
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
Tag ID
T.3EF.E
T.3EF.W
T.4BC.E
T.4BC.W
T.4CD.E
T.4CD.W
T.4DE.E
T.4DE.W
T.4EF.E
T.4EF.W
T.B1.2.N
T.B1.2.S
T.B2.3.N
T.B2.3.S
T.B3.4.N
T.B3.4.S
T.C1.2.N
T.C1.2.S
T.C2.3.N
T.C2.3.S
T.C3.4.N
T.C3.4.S
T.D1.2.N
T.D1.2.S
T.D2.3.N
T.D2.3.S
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
Product
Code
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
Tag ID
T.D3.4.N
T.D3.4.S
T.E1.2.N
T.E1.2.S
T.E2.3.N
T.E2.3.S
T.E3.4.N
T.E3.4.S
T.F1.2.N
T.F1.2.S
T.F2.3.N
T.F2.3.S
T.F3.4.N
T.F3.4.S
Tag ID
T.1AB.E
T.1AB.W
T.1BC.E
T.1BC.W
T.1CD.E
T.1CD.W
T.1DE.E
T.1DE.W
T.1EF.E
T.1EF.W
T.1FG.E
T.1FG.W
T.2BC.E
T.2BC.W
T.2CD.E
T.2CD.W
T.2DE.E
T.2DE.W
T.2EF.E
T.2EF.W
T.3BC.E
T.3BC.W
T.3CD.E
T.3CD.W
T.3DE.E
T.3DE.W
Trusses
TOTAL (lb)
B1424
B1424
B1424
B1424
Product
Code
B1424
6380
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97

Appendix D.2
Page 19 of 32
April 3, 2012
TOTAL (lb)
Product Code
23830-01
135 degree gate
B1361
B1362
135 degree gate
23830-01
23830-01
135 degree gate
B1361
B1362
135 degree gate
23830-01
406
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
19.25
8.5
77
70.5
8.5
19.25
19.25
8.5
77
70.5
8.5
19.25
*
*
*
Tag ID
OR.A1.B.NW
OR.A1.B.SW
OR.A1.T.NW
OR.A1.T.SW
OR.G1.B.NE
OR.G1.B.SE
OR.G1.T.NE
OR.G1.T.SE
Outriggers
TOTAL (lb)
Product
Code
156
Catalog
Weight**
(lb)
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
Tag ID
P.BC.1.2.N
P.BC.1.2.S
P.BC.2.3.E.N
P.BC.2.3.E.S
P.BC.2.3.W.N
P.BC.2.3.W.S
P.BC.3.4.E.N
P.BC.3.4.E.S
P.BC.3.4.W.N
P.BC.3.4.W.S
P.CD.2.3.N
P.CD.2.3.S
P.CD.3.4.N
P.CD.3.4.S
P.DE.2.3.S
P.DE.3.4.N
P.DE.3.4.S
P.EF.1.2.N
P.EF.1.2.S
P.EF.2.3.E.N
P.EF.2.3.E.S
P.EF.2.3.W.N
P.EF.2.3.W.S
P.EF.3.4.E.N
P.EF.3.4.E.S
P.EF.3.4.W.N
P.EF.3.4.W.S
Purlins
Note: Weights for pieces without product codes approximated based on weights of
similar pieces
* Exact Product Code not included in Thomas Product Range 2006;
weight approximated as 1/2 x weight of 2'-6" piece
** Outrigger weights approximated based on typical sections in Thomas Product Range 2006
Tag ID
S.AB.1
S.AB.2
S.AB.3
S.AB.4
S.AB.5
S.AB.6
S.FG.1
S.FG.2
S.FG.3
S.FG.4
S.FG.5
S.FG.6
Struts
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
97
97
77
77
97
97
77
77
97
97
77
77
77
77
77
70.5
77
97
97
97
97
77
70.5
97
97
77
77
2306
Product
Code
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B1361
B1361
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B1361
B1361
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B1361
B1361
B1361
B1361
B1361
B1362
B1361
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B1361
B1362
B0200-CL
B0200-CL
B1361
B1361
TOTAL (lb)

Appendix D.2
Page 20 of 32
April 3, 2012
Tag ID
GW.C1.1
GW.C2.1
GW.D1.1
GW.D2.1
GW.D3.1
GW.E1.1
GW.E2.1
GW.C1.2
GW.C2.2
GW.D1.2
GW.D2.2
GW.D3.2
GW.E1.2
GW.E2.2
GW.C1.3
GW.C2.3
GW.D1.3
GW.D2.3
GW.D3.3
GW.E1.3
GW.E2.3
GW.C1.4
GW.C2.4
GW.D1.4
GW.D2.4
GW.D3.4
GW.E1.4
GW.E2.4
Gable Roof
Product
Code
51
67
51
51
67
51
51
67
51
51
67
51
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
3262
75 *
T SR ST 30.5 CM Apex
30.5 cm Apex 4 way
RG.N4
TOTAL (lb)
75 *
75 *
75 *
30.5 cm Apex 4 way
30.5 cm Apex 4 way
30.5 cm Apex 4 way
Product Code
RG.N3
RG.N2
RG.N1
Tag ID
RF.N1.E.1
RF.N1.W.1
RF.N2.E
RF.N2.W
RF.N3.E
RF.N3.W
RF.N4.E
RF.N4.W
RG.1.2.S
RG.2.3.C
RG.3.4.N
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
123
123
123
Note: Gable roof weights approximated based on typical weights of

Thomas 12 x 12 super truss pieces
* RG Node weight approximated at 75 lbs based on median weight of main truss nodes
Tag ID
RF.BC.1
RF.BC.2
RF.BC.3
RF.BC.4
RF.CD.1.E
RF.CD.1.W
RF.CD.2.W
RF.CD.3.E
RF.CD.3.W
RF.CD.4.E
RF.CD.4.W
RF.DE.1.E
RF.DE.1.W
RF.DE.2.E
RF.DE.2.W
RF.DE.3.E
RF.DE.3.W
RF.DE.4.E
RF.DE.4.W
RF.EF.1
RF.EF.2
RF.EF.3
RF.EF.4
Product
Code
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
87
87
87
87
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
87
87
87
87

Appendix D.2
Page 21 of 32
April 3, 2012
D2
D1
C4
C3
C2
C1
B4
B3
B2
B1
A1
109.2
NA, B1405A, NA, NA, ST PRT

15in Top Sleeve, B1409B
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
B1405A, NA, NA, B1405A,
B1409B, NA
NA, Illegible, NA, B1405A,
B1409B, NA
NA, NA, NA, NA, B140__,
B1408V
NA, NA, NA, NA, B1408V,
B1408_
B1404, NA, NA, NA,
B1408V, Illegible
NA, B1404, NA, NA,
B1408, B1408V
NA, NA, NA, NA, B1408,
B1408V
74.9
77.3
74.9
74.9
77.3
77.3
74.9
74.9
109.2
152
Product Code
238830-02, NA, NA, NA,
NA, NA
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,
B1408, B1408V
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
G1
F4
F3
F2
F1
E4
E3
E2
E1
D4
D3
Tag ID
TOTAL (lb)
Product Code
NA, NA, NA, NA, B1408V,
B1408
B1404, NA, NA, B1408V,
B1408, NA
NA, B1404, NA, NA,
B1408, Illegible
B1408V
B1408V
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,
B1409B, B1405A
NA, B1405A, NA, NA, NA,
B1409B
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,
B1409, B1409B #208
NA, NA, B1405A, NA, NA,
B1405A #279
B1405A, NA, NA, NA, NA,
B1405A #279
23830-02, NA, NA,
Illegible, Illegible, NA
1953.6
152
74.9
109.2
109.2
74.9
74.9
77.3
77.3
74.9
74.9
77.3
Catalog
Weight
(lb)
Tag ID
Nodes

Appendix D.2
Page 22 of 32
April 3, 2012
Group1
Group2
Group3
Group4
Group5
Group6
Group7
Group8
Group9
Group10
Group11
Group12
Group13
Group14
Group15
Group16
Group17
Group18
Group19
Group20
Group21
Group22
Group23
Group24
Group25
Group26
Groups
FIELD
Catalog
Weight (lb) Weight (lb)
296
247.5
350
327.25
115
86
140
75
187
97
496
465.3
405
268.9
387
303.2
102
97
92
97
165
152
169
74.9
70
77.3
74
75
124
109.2
108
152
582
583
525
505
506
511.5
508
511.5
537
543.5
361
441
160
154
163
194
117
123
859
740
FIELD TO CATALOG WEIGHT COMPARISON
Piece
A1
B1
B2
B3
B4
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
D4
E1
E2
E3
E4
F1
F2
F3
F4
G1
Total (lb)
Nodes
Group #
11
14
15
15
12
14
13
13
14
14
13
13
14
14
13
13
14
14
15
15
12
16
FIELD
CATALOG
165
152
74
74.9
124
109.2
124
109.2
169
74.9
74
74.9
70
77.3
70
77.3
74
74.9
74
74.9
70
77.3
70
77.3
74
74.9
74
74.9
70
77.3
70
77.3
74
74.9
74
74.9
124
109.2
124
109.2
169
74.9
108
152
2119
1953.6

Appendix D.2
Page 23 of 32
April 3, 2012
Piece
C.A1
C.B1
C.B2
C.B3
C.B4
C.C3.5
C.D3.5
C.E5.5
C.F1
C.F2
C.F3
C.F4
C.G1
Total (lb)
Columns
Group #
17
18
19
20
21
22
22
22
18
19
20
21
17
FIELD
CATALOG
582
583
525
505
506
511.5
508
511.5
537
543.5
361
441
361
441
361
441
525
505
506
511.5
508
511.5
537
543.5
582
583
6399
6632
Piece
P.BC.1.2
P.BC.2.3.E
P.BC.2.3.W
P.BC.3.4.E
P.BC.3.4.W
P.CD.2.3
P.CD.3.4
P.DE.2.3
P.DE.3.4
P.EF.1.2
P.EF.2.3.E
P.EF.2.3.W
P.EF.3.4.E
P.EF.3.4.W
Total (lb)
Purlins
24
23
24
24
Group #
24
23
24
23
24
23
23
FIELD
CATALOG
163
194
160
154
163
194
160
154
163
194
160
154
160
154
160
77
160
147.5
163
194
163
194
160
147.5
163
194
160
154
2258
2306

Appendix D.2
Page 24 of 32
April 3, 2012
Piece
T.1AB.E
T.1AB.W
T.1BC.E
T.1BC.W
T.1CD.E
T.1CD.W
T.1DE.E
T.1DE.W
T.1EF.E
T.1EF.W
T.1FG.E
T.1FG.W
T.2BC.E
T.2BC.W
T.2CD.E
T.2CD.W
T.2DE.E
T.2DE.W
T.2EF.E
T.2EF.W
T.3BC.E
T.3BC.W
T.3CD.E
T.3CD.W
Roof Trusses
FIELD
CATALOG
Group # Weight (lb) Weight (lb)
9
102
97
3
115
86
9
102
97
5
187
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
10
92
97
3
115
86
9
102
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
5
187
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
Piece
T.3DE.E
T.3DE.W
T.3EF.E
T.3EF.W
T.4BC.E
T.4BC.W
T.4CD.E
T.4CD.W
T.4DE.E
T.4DE.W
T.4EF.E
T.4EF.W
T.B1.2.N
T.B1.2.S
T.B2.3.N
T.B2.3.S
T.B3.4.N
T.B3.4.S
T.C1.2.N
T.C1.2.S
T.C2.3.N
T.C2.3.S
T.C3.4.N
T.C3.4.S
FIELD
CATALOG
9
102
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
5
187
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
9
102
97
5
187
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97

Appendix D.2
Page 25 of 32
April 3, 2012
Piece
T.D1.2.N
T.D1.2.S
T.D2.3.N
T.D2.3.S
T.D3.4.N
T.D3.4.S
T.E1.2.N
T.E1.2.S
T.E2.3.N
T.E2.3.S
T.E3.4.N
T.E3.4.S
T.F1.2.N
T.F1.2.S
T.F2.3.N
T.F2.3.S
T.F3.4.N
T.F3.4.S
Total (lb)
FIELD
CATALOG
Group #
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
10
92
97
7183
6380
Roof Trusses (continued)
Piece
S.AB.1
S.AB.2
S.AB.3
S.AB.4
S.AB.5
S.AB.6
S.FG.1
S.FG.2
S.FG.3
S.FG.4
S.FG.5
S.FG.6
Total (lb)
Struts
FIELD
CATALOG
19.25
8.5
2
223
77
70.5
8.5
35
19.25
19.25
8.5
2
223
77
70.5
8.5
35
19.25
516
406
Group #

Appendix D.2
Page 26 of 32
April 3, 2012
Piece
RF.BC.4
GW.C1.4
GW.C2.4
RF.N4.W
RF.CD.4.W
RF.CD.4.E
GW.D1.4
GW.D2.4
GW.D3.4
RF.EF.4
RF.N4.E
RF.DE.4.E
RF.DE.4.W
GW.E2.4
GW.E1.4
RG.N4
Total (lb)
Piece
RG.1.2.S
RG.2.3.C
RG.3.4.N
Total (lb)
Gable roof
Group #
26
859
859
51
75
740
67
87
27
67
67
51
27
67
67
FIELD
CATALOG
87
FIELD
CATALOG
117
123
25
117
123
25
25
117
123
351
369
Total (lb)
Weight
(lb)
FIELD
CATALOG
3787
3329
FIELD
CATALOG
Additional Group 26
Piece
Piece
RF.BC.3
RF.BC.2
GW.C1.3
GW.C1.2
GW.C2.3
GW.C2.2
RF.N3.W
RF.N2.W
RF.CD.3.W
RF.CD.2.W
RF.CD.3.E
RF.CD.2.E
GW.D1.3
GW.D1.2
GW.D2.3
GW.D2.2
GW.D3.3
GW.D3.2
RF.EF.3
RF.EF.2
RF.N3.E
RF.N2.E
RF.DE.3.E
RF.DE.2.E
RF.DE.3.W
RF.DE.2.W
GW.E2.3
GW.E2.2
GW.E1.3
GW.E1.2
RG.N3
RG.N2
859
859
740
740
Piece
RF.BC.1
GW.C1.1
GW.C2.1
RF.N1.W
RF.CD.1.W
RF.CD.1.E
GW.D1.1
GW.D2.1
GW.D3.1
RF.EF.1
RF.N1.E
RF.DE.1.E
RF.DE.1.W
GW.E2.1
GW.E1.1
RG.N1
859
740

Appendix D.2
Page 27 of 32
April 3, 2012
FIELD
CATALOG
Weight
Weight
250
220
214
220
213
220
210
220
212
220
213
220
213
220
215
220
218
220
213
220
2171
2200
Piece
West Roof Tarp
SE on Megaphone Pole.1
Tarp Rods
Total (lb)
Roof Tarp
FIELD
Weight
250
214
213
210
887
*Hoist weight for catalog assumed due to chain length weight
Piece
H.A1
H.B1
H.B2
H.B3
H.B4
H.F1
H.F2
H.F3
H.F4
H.G1
Total (lb)
Hoist on Columns
FIELD
CATALOG
Weight
Weight
Piece
West Roof Tarp 338
220
Total (lb)
338
220
*Catalog cable weight for 3/8" diameter cable 0.236lb/ft
Guy Wires
Group 1
296 lb
T.1CD.E, T.1CD.W, Node C1 (south, top, bottom)
Group 2
350 lb
S.FG.1, S.FG.2, S.FG.3, S.FG.4, Node G1
Group 3
T.1FG.E
115 lb
Group 4
140 lb
Node F1 (south, top, bottom), T.1FG.W.X8
Group 5
T.1EF.E
187 lb
Group 6
496 lb
T.D1.2.N, T.D1.2.S, D2 (top, bottom), T.2DE.E, T.2DE.W

Appendix D.2
Page 28 of 32
April 3, 2012
Group 7
405 lb
T.F3.4.N, T.F3.4.S, Node F4 (north, east, top, bottom)
Group 9
T.1DE.E
102 lb
Group 8
387 lb
T.F2.3.N, T.F2.3.S, Node F3 (east, top, bottom)
(node weight)
Group 10
T.C1.2.S
92 lb
(node weight)
Group 17
582 lb
C.A1.1 - C.A1.5, OR.A1.B.NW, OR.A1.B.SW, OR.A1.T.NW, OR.A1.T.SW, C.A1.6

Appendix D.2
Page 29 of 32
April 3, 2012
Group 18
525 lb
C.B1.1 - C.B1.6, C.B1.7
Group 19
506 lb
C.B2.1 - C.B2.5, C.B2.6
Group 20
508 lb
C.B3.1 - C.B3.5, C.B3.6

Appendix D.2
Page 30 of 32
April 3, 2012
Group 21
537 lb
C.B4.1 - C.B4.6, C.B4.7
Group 22
CE.3.5.1 - CE.3.5.4
361 lb
Group 23
160 lb
P.EF.3.4.W.N, P.EF.3.4.W.S
Group 24
163 lb
P.EF.3.4.E.N, P.EF.3.4.E.S

Group 25
RG.3.4.N
Appendix D.2
Page 31 of 32
117 lb
April 3, 2012
Group 26
859 lb
RF.BC.4, GW.C1.4, GW.C2.4, RF.N4.W, RF.CD.4.W, RF.CD.4.E,
GW.D1.4, GW.D2.4, GW.D3.4, RF.EF.4, RF.N4.E,
RF.DE.4.E, RF.DE.4.W, GW.E2.4, GW.E1.4, RG.N4

Appendix D.2
Page 32 of 32
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.3
Jersey Barrier Capacity Calculations

Appendix D.3
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.3
April 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIER CAPACITY CALCULATIONS

The lateral support system of the Indiana State Fair Structure consists of guy lines attached to the
structure at roof level and restrained at ground level by concrete Jersey barriers. The Jersey barriers act
as ballast restraints resisting the guy wire force only with dead weight and friction with the ground. The
performance and capacity of the ISF structure under the influence of wind loads depends on the capacity
of the Jersey barriers. This appendix outlines the capacities calculated and expected failure
mechanisms of the Jersey barriers.
There are a total of 10 Jersey barriers attached to guys four on the East and West sides of the stage
and two on the north side. Their placement and nomenclature is illustrated in Figure 1 below. In the
finite element analysis model the Jersey barriers are modeled as pin support.
JB.W2, JB.W3, JB.E2, and JB.E3 have a guy line attached to both sides. The balance of the Jersey
barriers only connect to one guy line each.
Figure 1A. Jersey Barrier layout with tagging nomenclature shown. The red lines represent where the guy
lines connect to the Jersey barriers and Structure.
Wind forces from the north are resisted by 4 barriers: JB.NW, JB.NE, JB.W3 and JB.E3 with the NW and
NE barriers providing most of the resistance. JB.W1, JB.W2, JB.W3, and JB.W4 resist westerly wind

Appendix D.3
Page 1 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
forces. For wind forces from the south only JB.W2 and JB.E2 provide support to the ISF structure in
such cases.
The Jersey barriers used at the Indiana State Fair are 10 feet long and 32 inches high with a flared foot
at the base that is typical of such barriers. The guys are attached to steel hooks embedded in the face
of the barrier and located 28 inches off the ground.
The sliding resistance of each Jersey barrier was determined using on-site static friction tests of 5 of the
barriers. For the barriers that were not tested, it is assumed the coefficient of static friction () is similar
for a similarly placed barrier. For example JB.W2, JB.W3, JB.E2, and JB.E3 are all located near the
stage on the west and east side. The force needed to cause JB.W2 to start sliding was measured in the
field and the determined. This same value of was then used far JB.W3, JB.E2, and JB.E3. Table 1
gives the used for each barrier. If is based on the test of another similarly place barrier, then the
value is shown in red. Every barrier was weighed.
Jersey
Barrier
Weight (lbs)
JB.W1
4190
0.77
JB.W2
4354
0.66
JB.W3
4378
0.66
JB.W4
4345
0.69
JB.NW1
4109
0.73
JB.NE1
4249
0.72
JB.E4
4280
0.69
JB.E3
4279
0.66
JB.E2
4102
0.66
JB.E1
4368
0.77
Table 1: Jersey barrier weights and friction tests results.
The sliding capacity of the barriers is equivalent to the value given above times the weight of the
Jersey barrier minus any uplift on the barrier due to the angle of the cable. The steeper the angle of the
cable, the more uplift will be imposed on the barrier, and the less the frictional resistance available. It
should be noted that the values obtained are actually greater (i.e. providing more resistance) than the
published design values that would customarily be used by an engineer manually calculating capacities
provided by such ballast.

Appendix D.3
Page 2 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
Figure 2: Forces imposed on Jersey barrier.
In addition to the angle of the guy line to the ground, the guys have a plan orientation that determines
which direction they resist loads from. The 10 barriers can be grouped as follows
Provides resistance against north winds: JB.NW1, JB.NE.1, JB.W3, JB.E3

Provides resistance for west winds: JB.W1, JB.W2, JB.W3, and JB.W4
Provides resistance against east winds: JB.E1, JB.E2, JB.E3, and JB.E4
Provides resistance against south winds: JB.W2, and JB.E2
The maximum capacity of each Jersey barrier for lateral forces in the north and west directions are
calculated and shown below in table 2. For the Jersey barriers with two guys attached, it was assumed
that each guy is carrying the same tension force for this calculation. In the Finite Element analysis the
actual force carried by each will be used to determine if the barrier has exceeded its sliding capacity.
Available Resistance (lbs)
Jersey Barrier
West
North
JB.W1
2198
JB.W2
1052
JB.W3
1111
970
JB.W4
2031
JB.NW1
2071
JB.E1
JB.E2
JB.E3
750
JB.E4
JB.NE1
2119
Table 2. Frictional Resistance of Jersey Barriers.

Note 1: Where resistance is < 100 pounds, zero (0) capacity has been shown.
Note 2: Values are for initial resistance only and do not consider resistance provided subsequent to displacement of Jersey barrier.
Note 3: As noted below, governing failure mechanism of JB.NW1 & JB.NE1 is tipping, not the sliding capacity noted above.

Appendix D.3
Page 3 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
On the north side of the stage JB.NW1 and JB.NE1 are both positioned to the north of another Jersey
barrier that has no guy wire attached. It is believed that arrangement was to provide the two north side
Jersey barriers additional resistance. When JB.NW1 and JB.NE1 started to slide, they will push up
against the second barrier. In the arrangement as constructed at the ISF, however, the governing failure
mechanism for the north side Jersey barriers was tipping, not sliding. Figure 3 below shows the forces
that would cause a Jersey barrier to pivot around its front edge. Table 3 gives the values at which
tipping would occur in Jersey barrier JB.NW1 and JB.NE1.
Tipping limit (lbs)
JB.NW
2417
JB.NE
2439
Table 3. Horizontal component in guy wire force tied to JB.NE and JB.NW which causes movement of the
barrier by tipping.
Figure 3. Forces in a Jersey barrier that would lead to tipping
Within the Finite Element analysis a Jersey barrier was considered to have failed if it surpassed its
sliding or tipping capacity. If the barrier started to slide, the model was adjusted so that barrier could not
take on any more load, but that it did not release all of the load it was already carrying. This was
accomplished by removing the cable and replacing it with a force in the same direction with 90% of the
cable load as a very conservative estimate of kinetic friction capacity. If a barrier failed by pivoting about
one end, instead, then the barrier not only could not carry any additional load, it would release the load it
was carrying. This was modeled by removing the cables attached to that Jersey barrier.
Assuming the Jersey barriers are all loaded to their capacity, then the maximum lateral forces the Jersey
barrier tie backs can support are:
6400 lbs for a west wind

6576 lbs for a north wind

Appendix D.3
Page 4 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIER FRICTION MEASUREMENT

As noted above, a series of tests were performed to determine the static friction resistance offered by the
th
Jersey barriers. The testing took place at the ISF Fairgrounds on 10 November, 2011. The tests were
performed on the following categories of Jersey barriers:
Displaced: Displaced Jersey barriers serving as ground anchor points that were moved by the
collapsing structure. These Jersey barriers were moved back to their approximate pre-collapse location
to be evaluated.
Non-displaced: Jersey barriers serving as ground anchor points that were not displaced by the
collapsing structure and are still in their original pre-collapse location. The testing procedure displaced
these barriers from their undisturbed positions.
The location of each barrier was documented and photographed before, during and after each test.
Figure 4: Jersey barrier friction evaluation - Setup
The friction evaluation involved four configurations:
Longitudinal - Horizontal
Longitudinal - Inclined
Transverse - Horizontal
Transverse - Inclined

Appendix D.3
Page 5 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
The frictional resistance of the Jersey barriers was evaluated using the angles of inclination at
which they were originally attached by the guy lines to the ISF Structure. The angles of
inclination varied between 31 and 61 to the horizontal plane (i.e. to the ground).
By mean of this evaluation, the inclined static friction resistance of the Jersey barriers was
determined. The Jersey barriers were also evaluated for their horizontal static friction resistance
where the Jersey barriers were drag tested with the cables parallel to the ground (i.e. angle of
inclination = 0 ).
Photographs of the types of tests are shown below. It must be noted not all four tests not
performed on all Jersey barriers and in some cases the Jersey barriers were only weighed.
Figure 5. Orthogonal view of Jersey Barrier Lateral Force Resisting System.
Figure 6. Photograph depicting Longitudinal Inclined friction test.

Source: Thornton Tomasetti. Image capture on 11/10/2011

Appendix D.3
Page 6 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
Figure 7. Photograph depicting Longitudinal Horizontal friction test.

Figure 8. Photograph depicting Transverse - Horizontal friction test.


Appendix D.3
Page 7 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
Figure 9. Photograph depicting Transverse Inclined friction test.

WIRE ROPE PRE-TENSION CAPACITY EVALUATION:

The ratchet straps that connected the wire rope to the Jersey barriers were tested to assess the
maximum amount of pre-tensioning force that could be applied on them.
The ratchet straps were attached to the Jersey barriers at an angle that would effectively capture the
behavior of the various configurations (i.e. location and orientation, of the straps.) A Dillon dynamometer
was attached between the shackle and the strap so that the pre-tensioning force in the strap could be
measured. The strap was tensioned by means of the ratchet and the maximum pre-stressing force that
could be applied until the ratchet could no longer tension the strap was recorded on the dynamometer.
The average pre-stress force that could be ratcheted into the strap was found to be approximately 950
lbs.

Appendix D.3
Page 8 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
Figure 10. Photo showing ratchet strap being pre-tensioned.

Figure 11. Photograph showing a sample pre-tension force recorded on the Dillon Dynamometer

Appendix D.3
Page 9 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
JB.W1
JB.W4
JB.W2
JB.W
3
Pre / Post Collapse Jersey Barrier Locations

Appendix D.3
Page 10 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
JB
.
NE
1
Pre / Post Collapse Jersey Barrier Locations
W
B.N

Appendix D.3
Page 11 of 11
Apriil 3, 2012
Appendix D.4
TT Column Splice Capacity Calculations

Appendix D.4
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
April 3, 2012
Preliminary field analysis based on available data and dimensions

Appendix D.4
Page 1 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 2 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 3 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 4 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 5 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 6 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 7 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 8 of 9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.4
Page 9 of 9
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.5
TT Fin Plate Capacity Calculations

Appendix D.5
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 1 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 2 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 3 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 4 of 14
April 3, 2012
2" DIAMETER
PIPE

Appendix D.5
Page 5 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 6 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 7 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 8 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 9 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 10 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 11 of 14
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.5
Page 12 of 14
April 3, 2012
59 mph wind case with scrim and LED loads
Pin
M=PL/4
Pin
Mmax=M/2
F1
Fix
M=PL/8
L/2
F3
F2*4''
L=
F3*4''
F3
M=F3*4''
28 in
Mcz=
Mcxy=
F limit=
6.76 kip-in
12.25 kip-in
8.8 kip
IF MEMBER WITH CROSS SECTION WELD AFFECTED

2'' pipe
from LPI testing
Load case 1a-59mph North Case A

TABLE: Element Joint Forces - Frames
Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
-0.18
234
151
1
-0.72
239
163
1
0.01
240
163
1
-0.01
245
164
1
-0.82
246
164
1
-1.79
F2
Kip
-0.01
-0.04
0.00
-0.01
0.11
1.88
F3
Kip
-0.61
-0.03
-0.02
0.00
-6.10
0.15
M1
Kip-in
0.03
-0.03
0.01
-0.01
-0.70
0.73
M2
Kip-in
-6.63
3.93
0.05
-0.13
-27.70
2.47
M3
Kip-in
0.20
0.04
0.31
-0.29
-0.92
-7.52
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
-0.11
0.22
-0.01
0.02
0.95
2.15
0.00
-0.02
0.00
-0.01
0.10
1.21
-0.01
-0.09
-0.05
0.03
-4.58
0.20
-0.03
0.03
0.02
-0.02
-0.69
0.19
0.33
0.07
-0.22
0.32
21.59
-2.97
0.14
-0.23
-0.08
0.04
0.43
4.80
F4 pipe 303
210
-0.22
0.02
0.09
-0.05
-0.29
B4 north 235
236
162
162
1
1
-0.04
-0.03
2.44
7.33
-5.86
-0.10
-40.21
11.92
F4 north 304
305
215
215
1
1
0.00
0.36
2.54
8.05
-6.79
0.27
Load case 1b-59mph North Case B

Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
0.14
234
151
1
-0.96
239
163
1
0.65
240
163
1
-0.66
245
164
1
0.10
246
164
1
-2.34
F2
Kip
-0.01
-0.04
0.00
-0.01
0.10
1.62
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
-0.43
0.52
-0.54
0.55
-0.04
2.60
F4 pipe 303
210
B4 north 235
236
162
162
F4 north 304
305
215
215
NODE
B4
3
2
Md
pin [x dir] pin [y dir] pin [X +Y dir] fix [z dir]
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-5.05
-0.08
-5.14
-0.11
0.42
0.02
0.43
-0.08
-0.01
-0.09
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.01
-12.55
3.75
-8.80
0.53
0.72
0.08
0.80
1.56
-0.04
1.52
-0.30
0.12
0.05
0.17
0.17
-0.02
0.15
0.10
0.01
0.02
0.03
15.08
2.42
17.50
0.71
1.43
0.10
1.53
0.23
-1.56
0.04
-1.52
0.30
0.12
0.05
0.17
-0.39
0.44
-0.71
1.11
-0.22
14.66
14.44
-0.35
1.18
0.05
1.23
-44.72
13.75
0.17
-0.15
-0.53
-1.16
2.55
16.09
18.64
0.95
1.52
0.14
1.66
F3
Kip
-0.46
-0.12
0.17
-0.18
-4.96
-0.15
M1
Kip-in
0.04
-0.04
0.00
0.00
-0.66
0.68
M2
Kip-in
-7.96
5.50
-1.69
1.61
-26.06
4.36
M3
Kip-in
0.23
-0.02
0.27
-0.25
-0.79
-6.53
0.00
-0.02
0.00
-0.01
0.10
1.00
0.10
-0.18
0.09
-0.12
-3.51
-0.10
-0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
-0.64
0.23
1.26
-0.92
1.12
-1.03
20.05
-4.72
0.08
-0.16
-0.10
0.07
0.33
4.02
-0.52
0.02
0.18
-0.03
0.40
0.16
1
1
-0.04
-0.04
2.67
7.97
-6.42
-0.06
-43.59
12.84
-0.40
0.45
1
1
0.01
0.39
2.80
8.77
-7.41
0.29
-48.75
14.94
Load case 1c-59mph West Case A

Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
-1.71
234
151
1
-4.18
239
163
1
0.07
240
163
1
-1.68
245
164
1
0.36
246
164
1
-1.92
F2
Kip
-0.56
-1.50
-0.06
-1.40
0.06
1.04
F3
Kip
-5.20
0.05
-3.57
-0.07
-3.28
-0.19
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.01
0.06
-0.15
0.16
-0.37
0.38
0.00
-0.03
0.00
-0.01
0.00
0.00
F4 pipe 303
210
-0.06
B4 north 235
236
162
162
1
1
F4 north 304
305
215
215
1
1
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
NODE
B4
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
NODE
B4
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
Md
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-6.72
-0.08
-6.80
-0.41
0.55
0.06
0.61
-4.61
-0.01
-4.62
-0.64
0.38
0.10
0.47
-16.40
3.24
-13.16
-0.53
1.07
0.08
1.15
3.61
-0.03
3.58
-0.64
0.29
0.09
0.39
3.84
-0.02
3.83
-0.40
0.31
0.06
0.37
18.20
1.99
20.19
-0.34
1.65
0.05
1.70
-3.61
0.03
-3.58
0.64
0.29
0.09
0.39
-0.84
1.28
-0.26
15.93
15.67
-0.21
1.28
0.03
1.31
0.23
-0.20
-0.47
-1.36
2.72
17.54
20.25
1.03
1.65
0.15
1.81
M1
Kip-in
3.12
-3.13
0.55
-0.57
-0.41
0.42
M2
Kip-in
-42.60
20.76
-18.62
3.16
-18.78
4.04
M3
Kip-in
2.44
6.31
0.84
5.39
-0.67
-3.99
-0.09
0.02
0.02
-0.05
0.09
-0.11
0.01
-0.01
0.02
-0.02
0.00
0.00
0.28
0.03
0.29
-0.18
1.07
-0.97
0.00
-0.13
0.29
-0.33
0.04
-0.02
0.03
-0.01
-0.02
-0.09
-0.04
0.03
0.24
0.60
-0.64
0.11
-3.77
1.26
0.00
0.02
0.19
0.59
-0.52
0.03
-3.34
1.02
Md
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-29.25
-2.99
-32.25
0.17
2.63
0.02
2.66
-11.75
-2.80
-14.55
-0.26
1.19
0.04
1.23
-13.41
2.08
-11.34
-0.67
0.93
0.10
1.02
0.39
-0.06
0.33
0.05
0.03
0.01
0.03
1.10
-0.02
1.08
-0.16
0.09
0.02
0.11
2.67
0.00
2.67
-0.39
0.22
0.06
0.28
0.13
-0.39
0.06
-0.33
-0.05
0.03
0.01
0.03
-0.33
0.33
-0.10
0.15
-0.30
0.24
0.48
1.20
0.18
1.44
-2.24
0.39
0.01
0.12
0.33
0.06
0.35
0.18
0.04
-0.03
-0.11
0.01
0.03
0.13
0.37
1.17
0.40
1.31
-1.80
0.09
0.03
0.11
0.27
0.01
0.30
0.12

Appendix D.5
Page 13 of 14
April 3, 2012
Load case 1d-59mph West Case B

Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
-1.71
234
151
1
-3.89
239
163
1
-0.11
240
163
1
-1.55
245
164
1
0.10
246
164
1
-1.72
F2
Kip
-0.55
-1.47
-0.07
-1.44
0.06
1.08
F3
Kip
-5.02
0.07
-3.74
-0.02
-3.50
-0.10
M1
Kip-in
3.06
-3.07
0.56
-0.58
-0.42
0.44
M2
Kip-in
-40.23
19.28
-18.71
2.79
-18.68
3.42
M3
Kip-in
2.40
6.19
0.87
5.54
-0.69
-4.13
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.01
0.07
-0.02
0.04
-0.03
0.04
0.00
-0.03
0.00
-0.01
0.00
0.01
-0.10
0.02
-0.02
-0.01
-0.02
-0.01
0.00
0.00
0.03
-0.03
0.03
-0.03
0.20
0.14
-0.14
0.26
0.19
-0.09
0.05
-0.20
0.47
-0.51
0.04
-0.02
F4 pipe 303
210
-0.07
0.03
-0.02
-0.03
-0.22
B4 north 235
236
162
162
1
1
-0.04
0.03
0.22
0.57
-0.57
0.08
-3.58
1.23
F4 north 304
305
215
215
1
1
0.00
0.02
0.20
0.65
-0.57
0.04
Load case 1e-59mph North West Case A

Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
-1.31
234
151
1
-4.36
239
163
1
1.09
240
163
1
-1.12
245
164
1
0.54
246
164
1
-2.77
F2
Kip
-0.09
-0.25
0.00
-0.03
0.10
1.53
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
-0.43
0.47
-0.72
0.73
-0.94
0.96
F4 pipe 303
210
B4 north 235
236
162
162
F4 north 304
305
215
215
NODE
B4
Md
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-27.24
-2.94
-30.18
0.26
2.46
0.04
2.50
-10.83
-2.88
-13.71
-0.06
1.12
0.01
1.13
-12.01
2.15
-9.85
-0.35
0.80
0.05
0.86
0.50
-0.07
0.44
0.05
0.04
0.01
0.04
0.27
-0.02
0.25
-0.04
0.02
0.01
0.03
0.31
0.02
0.32
-0.03
0.03
0.00
0.03
0.20
-0.50
0.07
-0.44
-0.05
0.04
0.01
0.04
-0.34
0.35
-0.11
0.15
0.24
1.13
1.37
0.28
0.11
0.04
0.15
-3.64
1.10
0.02
-0.02
-0.21
0.10
0.15
1.29
1.44
0.12
0.12
0.02
0.14
F3
Kip
-3.80
-0.07
0.23
-0.30
-4.64
-0.32
M1
Kip-in
0.51
-0.52
0.01
-0.01
-0.65
0.67
M2
Kip-in
-38.54
22.16
-3.25
2.95
-26.70
5.65
M3
Kip-in
0.52
0.89
0.09
0.02
-0.88
-6.03
0.00
-0.01
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.11
-0.17
0.19
-0.21
0.25
-0.29
-0.01
0.01
0.03
-0.03
-0.05
0.05
1.24
-1.02
1.78
-1.70
2.54
-2.38
-0.06
-0.01
-0.06
0.04
-0.15
0.18
-0.47
0.01
0.17
-0.02
0.55
1
1
-0.06
-0.03
1.58
4.67
-3.92
0.09
-25.89
7.71
1
1
0.00
0.24
2.15
6.70
-5.67
0.20
Load case 1f-59mph North West Case B

Frame
Joint
StepNum
F1
Text
Text
Unitless
Kip
233
151
1
-1.53
234
151
1
-4.24
239
163
1
0.52
240
163
1
-0.89
245
164
1
-0.03
246
164
1
-2.51
F2
Kip
-0.10
-0.25
-0.01
-0.31
0.11
1.75
302
303
280
281
278
279
214
214
198
198
189
189
1
1
1
1
1
1
-0.17
0.22
-0.03
0.04
-0.24
0.27
F4 pipe 303
210
B4 north 235
236
162
162
F4 north 304
305
215
215
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
NODE
B4
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
NODE
B4
B3
B2
F4
F3
F2
Md
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-30.55
-0.49
-31.04
-0.24
2.53
0.04
2.57
-7.83
-0.05
-7.88
-1.05
0.64
0.15
0.80
-19.36
3.06
-16.30
-1.13
1.33
0.17
1.50
3.31
-0.03
3.29
-0.58
0.27
0.09
0.35
5.10
0.00
5.10
-0.74
0.42
0.11
0.53
6.70
-0.01
6.69
-1.01
0.55
0.15
0.70
0.01
-3.31
0.03
-3.29
0.58
0.27
0.09
0.35
-0.48
0.51
-0.59
1.03
-0.40
-0.18
3.16
9.35
2.76
9.17
-13.72
0.32
0.23
0.75
2.03
0.05
2.25
0.80
-37.70
11.75
0.16
-0.14
-0.28
-0.85
0.01
1.71
4.30
13.41
4.30
15.12
-19.83
0.70
0.35
1.23
2.93
0.10
3.28
1.34
F3
Kip
-3.94
0.00
-0.68
-0.15
-5.55
-0.13
M1
Kip-in
0.52
-0.52
0.12
-0.12
-0.69
0.72
M2
Kip-in
-37.97
21.26
-5.53
2.01
-28.82
4.70
M3
Kip-in
0.50
0.98
0.30
1.07
-1.00
-6.89
0.00
-0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.03
-0.08
0.01
-0.03
0.01
-0.06
-0.02
0.02
0.04
-0.04
0.01
-0.02
0.26
-0.03
-0.21
0.30
0.86
-0.65
0.06
-0.13
0.11
-0.14
-0.17
0.23
-0.22
0.01
0.08
-0.04
-0.19
1
1
-0.06
-0.02
1.52
4.49
-3.74
0.06
-24.90
7.44
1
1
0.01
0.23
2.04
6.42
-5.41
0.19
-36.00
11.20
Md
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
kip-in
-29.71
-0.50
D/C
pin[xy] fix[z]
-30.21
-0.02
2.47
0.00
2.47
-6.22
-0.62
-6.84
-0.52
0.56
0.08
0.63
-17.60
3.50
-14.10
-0.47
1.15
0.07
1.22
1.53
-0.03
1.51
-0.29
0.12
0.04
0.17
0.25
-0.01
0.24
-0.09
0.02
0.01
0.03
1.90
0.03
1.93
-0.20
0.16
0.03
0.19
0.13
-1.53
0.03
-1.51
0.29
0.12
0.04
0.17
-0.50
0.53
-0.49
0.91
-0.41
-0.14
3.03
8.97
2.62
8.83
-13.08
0.21
0.21
0.72
1.93
0.03
2.15
0.75
0.14
-0.12
-0.46
-0.62
0.05
1.60
4.07
12.84
4.12
14.44
-18.92
0.65
0.34
1.18
2.80
0.10
3.14
1.27

Appendix D.5
Page 14 of 14
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.6
Wind Loading Analysis

Appendix D.6
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.6
April 3, 2012
1.0
WIND ANALYSIS
1.1
Wind Analysis Procedures and Factors

TT calculated the wind forces to the main wind force resisting system of the ISF Structure
using ASCE 7-05, the standard adopted by the Indiana State Building Code. The following
procedures and factors were used:
The ISF Structure has an open gable roof structure with the suspended scrim curtain
causing an obstructed wind flow in the north-south direction. (Note: the scrim curtain does
not account for 50% or more of the blockage in the underside of the canopy in the west to
east direction but does in the north to south direction.) Loading of the roof is calculated in
accordance with ASCE 7-05 section 6.5.13.2 and Figure 6-18B and Figure 6-18D for cases
Case A and B.
The superstructure and columns are lattice frameworks, and wind loads on these elements
are calculated in accordance with ASCE 7-05 section 6.5.15 and Figure 6-22.
The wind loads on the eaves of the structure are assumed to behave as free standing signs
partially covered with the tarp. This is done to account for the drag loads imposed at the
eave by the roof tarp covering a portion of the perimeter trusses. The loading on the main
wind force resisting system was performed in accordance with ASCE 7-05 section 6.5.14
design wind loads on solid free standing walls and solid signs (See Figure 6).
Gable end (triangle) of the gable roof loaded in the North-South direction is assumed to be
loaded in a similar manner as a free standing sign in accordance with ASCE 7-05 section
6.5.14 design wind loads on solid free standing walls and solid signs. Note that in both the
eave and gable end wind forces, windward and leeward pressures are applied to each side
of the structure as the plan dimensions of the structure (See Figure 7) are too large to
develop any shielding effect.
Wind loads on the rigged trusses, light fixtures and other smaller overhead entertainment
equipment are not included in analysis as part of the TT wind loads. Note that the loads on
the scrim curtain are calculated but are not added as part of the total drag in the forensic
wind load cases calculated by TT as the range in potential wind forces on the scrim were
large. The total scrim curtain and LED screen loads added to the final forensic wind loads
cases on the ISF Structure were derived from the RWDI wind tunnel rest results described in
the RWDI report.
The fundamental period of vibration for the structure, based on TTs SAP model is 1.5
seconds when the structure is fully loaded (Note: the gust factors for flexible structures are
dependent on the natural frequency, and therefore also the mass of the structure.)
Therefore, the fully-loaded structure falls into ASCE 7s definition of a flexible structure, and
the gust effect factors, G, are calculated in accordance with ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.8.2, and
range between 0.90 and 1.04 depending on the direction of the wind and wind speed. The
damping ratio is assumed to be 1% due to the friction and column bending inducing
connections between the columns and the main truss.

Appendix D.6
Page 1 of 71
April 3, 2012
Given the open field and race track to the north, east, and west and the small scattered
obstructions beyond, the exposure category is C in accordance with ASCE 7-05 section
6.5.6.3. Please refer to the site description section of this report for detailed site specifics
and exposures. Based on the exposure category and the height of the ISF Structure the
velocity pressure exposure coefficient, Kh, is 1.09 in accordance with ASCE 7-05 section
6.5.6.6 and Table 6-3. In accordance with ASCE 7-05 section 6.5.7.2, the topographical
factor, Kzt, is 1.0.
The wind directionality factor, Kd, and the importance factor, I, are applied to design wind
load cases only. The Kd factor, according to ASCE 7-05 Table 6-4, is 0.85. Assuming
Occupancy Category III as per Table 1-1 of ASCE 7-05 and Section Exposure C section
6.5.6.6 and Table 6-3, the importance factor is taken as 1.15.
Wind loads are applied in 4 orthogonal directions and 1 skewed/ angular wind load case
from the North West Direction at a 315 degree wind load direction (See Figure 1).
Figure 1. Wind Analysis Directions
These wind load calculations do not change when the latest version of ASCE 7, ASCE 7-10,
is used instead of ASCE 7-05 when the importance factor is not considered (See the ASCE
7-05 to ASCE 7-10 comparison in this Appendix).

Appendix D.6
Page 2 of 71
April 3, 2012
Figure 2. Overall Dimensions
1.2
Forensic Wind Loads

1.2.1
ASCE 7-05 Forensic Loads V=52 mph

Based on the RWDI research and analysis, the highest reported wind speed was 52
mph at the time of the collapse. TT calculated wind forces in accordance with the ASCE
7-05 analytical method using this wind speed and considering the factors appropriate for
a forensic investigation as opposed to a design case. These factors are described
below:
Wind Directionality Factor, Kd: Per video reviewed and information provided by RWDI
the wind flow during the collapse was a west to east direction, with some minor north to
south wind flow. Note that the exact angle to which the wind direction came from is not
known but it is known that west to east was the predominant wind direction. As
mentioned in the ASCE 7-05 section C6.5.4.4 this factor accounts for two effects: (1)
The reduced probability of maximum winds coming from any given direction and (2) the
reduced probability of the maximum pressure coefficient occurring for any given wind
direction. Therefore, since this is a forensic wind load case, and the analysis considers
the actualized wind speed and direction, this reduction factor does not apply.
Importance Factor, I: This factor is not applied to the forensic case as this factor is only
applied during design cases to adjust the reliability of the structure relative to building
use classification. Note that specific design importance factors are specified in ASCE 705 Table 6-1. For the forensic wind load case the importance factor is not applied.
Gust Effect Factor, G: The ISF Structure, loaded as it was at the time of the collapse,
had a period of 1.5 seconds, which classifies it as a flexible structure according to
ASCE 7-05. Therefore, the gust effect factor is increased to 0.93 in the north-south

Appendix D.6
Page 3 of 71
April 3, 2012
direction and 0.92 in the east-west direction from the 0.85 factor used for rigid
structures.
The forces calculated were applied in all orthogonal directions and one diagonal wind
load from the northwest direction. TT calculated wind loads using ASCE 7-05 for the ISF
Structures roof and columns. TT did not calculate the scrim curtain loads using ASCE
7-05 and instead relied upon data from RWDI.
RWDI performed a wind tunnel test on a scaled rigid model of the ISF structure with and
without the suspended production equipment to ascertain the total wind force on the
structure incurred from their established time-of-collapse wind speed. It is RWDIs
opinion that this type of downburst which occurred at the time of the collapse produces
wind contours more similar to that found with an Exposure Category D than the
Exposure Category C specified by ASCE 7-05 for the sites surface roughness.
Therefore, RWDI performed the test with Exposure Category D conditions. When
compared with TTs calculated ASCE 7-05 wind loads for a rigid structure assumption
(G=0.85), RWDIs results for the model without the suspended production equipment
differ by 2.5% from ASCE 7-05 loads in the west to east direction for case B and 13%
for case A, and RWDIs values differ by 17% from ASCE 7-05 wind loads for both cases
in the south to north direction. This larger difference in the north to south direction can
be attributed to the fact that RWDI included the suspended production equipment in their
model while TT considered only the aluminum structure, the fabric roof and the gable
end.
TTs rigid structure wind loads (G = 0.85) were scaled to match the wind tunnel test
results for the final forensic wind load cases. The total scaled drag loading the ISF
Structure is the following:
ASCE 7-05 Scaled Base Reactions, per Wind Tunnel Test: Without Scrim
Curtain
Drag Force
Drag Force
West to East
Scale Factor Scale Factor
North South or
or East to
West
to East
North South
South to North
Load Case
West
or East to
or South to
RWDI
RWDI
West
North
52 mph
52 mph
Lb
Lb
Lb
Lb
NW 52 A
7900
12500
1.48
1.56
NW 52 B
7900
12500
1.29
1.56
WE 52 A
8100
0.87
0.87
WE 52 B
8100
0.97
0.98
NS 52 A
13000
1.17
1.17
NS 52 B
13000
1.17
1.17
Note: Values are rounded

Table 1: ASCE 7-05 Scaled Base Reactions, Per Wind Tunnel Test
(See Wind Load Calculation Section in this Appendix for detailed wind load data)

Appendix D.6
Page 4 of 71
April 3, 2012
Scrim curtain loads were derived from wind tunnel test results provided by RWDI (Refer
the RWDI Report in the Analysis Appendix). Based on the wind tunnel test results the
scrim curtain loads for a wind speeds of 52 mph are the following:
West to east a total of 5300 lbs of drag

East to West a total of 5300 lbs of drag (assumed equal to west to east
direction)
North to South a total of 14200 lbs of drag
South to North a total of 14200 lbs of drag (assumed equal to north to south
direction)
North West direction drag receives contribution from both orthogonal wind directions. A
total of 4300lbs from the west to east direction and 6200 lbs of drag from the north to
south direction. Therefore, making the resultant North West drag force equal to 7500
lbs.
The above rigid ISF structure and scrim curtain loads must be amplified by 1.08 for the
west to east direction and 1.09 for the north to south direction to account for the
increase in the gust effect factor for a flexible structure from the rigid value of 0.85.
1.2.2
ASCE 7-05 Forensic Loads V=59 mph

RWDI determined using the Wind Atlas Analysis and Application Program (WAsP), that
the local wind speeds at the time of the collapse may have been as high as 59 mph at
the site. TT calculated wind forces in accordance with the ASCE 7-05 analytical method
for the time-of-collapse wind speed of 59 mph considering the factors appropriate for a
forensic investigation as opposed to a design case. These factors are the same as the
above section for 52 mph wind speeds with the exception of the gust effect factor, which
changes slightly. Note that these wind loads are only calculated to facilitate answers in
regards to the resistance of the lateral wind force resisting system of the ISF Structure if
anchor points to guy wire system were to be considered immovable.
Gust Effect Factor, G: The ISF Structure, loaded as it was at the time of the collapse,
had a period of 1.5 seconds, which classifies it as a flexible structure according to
ASCE 7-05. Therefore, the gust effect factor is increased to 0.95 in the north-south
direction and 0.93 in the east-west direction from the 0.85 factor used for rigid
structures.
TTs scaled 52 mph wind loads (see Table 1 above) were amplified for the increase in
2
wind speed by a factor of 1.29 [(59mph/52mph) ]. The total scaled drag loading the ISF
structure is the following:

Appendix D.6
Page 5 of 71
April 3, 2012
ASCE 7-05 Scaled Base Reactions: Without Scrim

Curtain (Flexible)
Drag Force
West to East or
East to West
Drag Force
North South or
South to North
Lb
Lb
NW 59 A
11300
17300
NW 59 B
13600
18100
WE 59 A
11700
WE 59 B
11700
NS 59 A
60
18600
NS 59 B
18600
EW 59 A
11700
EW 59 B
11700
Load Case
Table 2: ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions w/o Scrim Curtain
Table 2 values are amplified by 1.10 for the west to east direction and 1.12 for the north
to south direction to account for the increase in the gust effect factor for a flexible
structure from the rigid value of 0.85. (See Wind Pressure section of this Appendix for
detailed calculations.).
Scrim curtain loads were derived from wind tunnel test results provided by RWDI and
2
scaled for the increase in wind speed by a factor of 1.29 [(59mph/52mph) ]. The above
rigid-to-flexible structure amplification factors were also applied.
Wind Tunnel Scrim Wall Drag Forces (Lb)
Original Wind
Test Results
Tunnel
Adjusted for
59 mph Wind
Results
(52 mph)
West East / East-West
5300
6000
North-South / South-North
14200
15900
North -West
7500
8300
Adjusted
for
Flexible
Structure
7600
20400
10600
Table 3: Scrim Wall Drag Forces
1.2.3
August 8 and August 9, 2011 Wind Loads V=40mph (Using ASCE 7-05)
TT calculated wind forces in accordance with the ASCE 7-05 analytical method for the
maximum wind speeds that occurred during days subsequent to the erection of the ISF
Structure but prior to the collapse. It was reported to TT that high winds damaged the
roof tarp causing the center closure strip to be disengaged from the adjoining two tarp
segments (the west, east panels). Climatic data research resulted in a reported wind
speeds between 40 mph and 60 mph with a wind direction from west north west. TT
analyzed this wind load case similarly as a forensic wind load case, considering the
factors appropriate for a forensic investigation as opposed to a design case. These
factors are described below:

Appendix D.6
Page 6 of 71
April 3, 2012
Wind Directionality Factor, Kd and Importance Factor, I: Similarly to the 52 and 59 wind
load case these factors are not applied.
Gust Effect Factor, G: Due to the reduced amount of suspended production equipment
(i.e. minimal lighting and no scrim curtain or LED screen), the ISF Structure had a
smaller mass during the aforementioned date than during the August 13 collapse. Based
on TTs analyses of the approximate mass loads on this date, it is TTs opinion that the
fundamental period of the structure was approximately 1.2 seconds. Therefore, the gust
factors in the west to east to direction and the north to south direction are 0.88 and 0.89
respectively. The flexural amplification factors are 1.04 and 1.05 for the west to east and
north to south respectively.
TTs scaled 52 mph wind loads (see Table 1) were reduced for the decrease in wind
2
speed by a factor of 0.57 [(40mph/52mph) ]. The total scaled drag loading the ISF
structure is the following:
ASCE 7-05 Scaled Base Reactions: Without Scrim
Curtain (Flexible)
Load Case
Drag Force
Drag Force
West to East or North South or
East to West
South to North
Lb
Lb
NW 40 A
4200
6600
NW 40 B
4200
6600
WE 40 A
4300
WE 40 B
4300
NS 40 A
20
6800
NS 40 B
6800
Table 4: ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions (w/o Scrim Curtain)

(See the Wind Pressure section of this Appendix for detailed calculations)
Note that no scrim curtain was present during the aforementioned date and therefore the
additional wind load from the scrim is not added to this analysis.

Appendix D.6
Page 7 of 71
April 3, 2012
1.3
Design Wind Loads

1.3.1
ASCE 7-05 Design Wind Loads V=90mph

Neglecting temporary structure provisions, in accordance with ASCE 7-05 the design
wind speeds for the ISF Structure should be 90 miles per hour (mph). A wind
directionality factor of 0.85, an importance factor of 1.15, and gust effect factors of 1.02
for the west to east direction and 1.04 for the north to south direction are considered.
ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions: Without Scrim
Curtain
Load Case
Drag Force
Drag Force
West to East
North South or
or East to
South to North
West
Lb
Lb
NW 90 A
20000
29300
NW 90 B
23300
29300
WE 90 A
36200
WE 90 B
32100
NS 90 A
140
40000
NS 90 B
40000
EW 90 A
36200
EW 90 B
32100
10
SN 90 A
100
40800
SN 90 B
40800
Table 5: ASCE 7 05 Base Reactions without Scrim Curtain
Based on the assumptions made above, TT calculated wind forces in accordance with
the ASCE 7-05 analytical method for calculating wind forces. Similar to the forensic wind
load case, the loads on the scrim are based on the wind tunnel testing. The loads from
the wind tunnel however are amplified for the increase in wind speed by a factor of 3.00
2
[(90mph/52mph) ]. Based on the wind tunnel test results the scrim curtain loads for a
wind speeds of 90 mph are the following:
Wind Tunnel Scrim Curtain Drag Forces (Lb)
Original Wind Test Results
Adjusted
Tunnel
Adjusted for for ASCE 7
Results
90mph Wind
Design
(52 mph)
Parameters
5300
15900
15900
14200
42600
43800
North -West
7500
22400
22700
Table 6: Scrim Curtain Drag Forces
These scrim curtain wind tunnel loads are adjusted as follows to conform to ASCE 7-05
design criteria:
Appendix D.6
Page 8 of 71
April 3, 2012
Due to design load requirements, the importance factor of 1.15 and the
directionality factor of 0.85 are included.
Due to the flexibility of the structure, the loads are amplified by 1.20 for the west
to east direction and 1.23 for the north to south direction to account for the
increase in the gust effect factor from the rigid value of 0.85.
Due to the difference between the design exposure category and the exposure
category tested in the wind tunnel, the loads are factored by 0.86 to account for
the difference between the Exposure C Pressure Coefficient and the Exposure
D Pressure Coefficient. Using an elevation located at the center of the scrim
curtain
.
1.3.2
ASCE 7-05 Design Wind Loads V=68mph (ASCE 37-02 temp. structure
reduction)
In accordance with the ASCE 37-02 section 6.2.1 Design Velocity and ASCE 7-05 Table
C6-6, the wind speed is 68 mph. This wind speeds takes into account that the ISF
Structure is a temporary structure with duration of less than 6 weeks. A wind
directionality factor of 0.85, an importance factor of 1.15, and gust effect factors of 0.95
for the west to east direction and 0.97 for the north to south direction are considered.
ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions: Without Scrim Curtain
Load Case
Drag Force
West to East
or East to
West
Lb
Drag Force
North South or
South to North
NW 68 A
10700
15500
NW 68 B
12500
15500
Lb
WE 68 A
19400
WE 68 B
17200
NS 68 A
70
21300
NS 68 B
21300
EW 68 A
19400
EW 68 B
17200
SN 68 A
50
21700
SN 68 B
21700
Table 7: ASCE 7 -05 Base Reactions (Without Scrim)
the ASCE 7-05 analytical method for calculating wind forces. Similarly to the forensic
wind load case the loads on the scrim are based on the wind tunnel testing. The loads
from the wind tunnel however are amplified for the increase in wind speed by a factor of
2
(68mph/52mph) =1.71. Based on the wind tunnel test results the scrim curtain loads for
a wind speeds of 68 mph are the following:

Appendix D.6
Page 9 of 71
April 3, 2012

Original
Test Results
Wind Tunnel Adjusted for
Results
68mph Wind
(52 mph)
5300
9100
14200
24300
North -West
7500
12800
Adjusted
for ASCE 7
Design
Parameter
8500
23300
12100
These scrim wall wind tunnel loads are adjusted as follows to conform to ASCE 7 design
criteria:
1.3.3
D Pressure Coefficient.
ANSI E.1.2.1-2006 Design Wind Loads V= 40mph (Using ASCE 7-05)

As specified in the ANSI E.1.2.1-2006 the design wind speed is required to be 40 mph if
the structure is capable to being lowered in the event that wind speeds in excess of that
value are expected. A wind directionality factor of 0.85, an importance factor of 1.15,
and gust effect factors of 0.90 for the west to east direction and 0.90 for the north to
south direction are considered.

Appendix D.6
Page 10 of 71
April 3, 2012
ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions: Without Scrim Curtain

Drag Force
West to East or
East to West
Drag Force
North South or
South to North
Lb
Lb
NW 40 A
3500
4900
NW 40 B
4100
4900
WE 40 A
6300
WE 40 B
5600
NS 40 A
20
6800
NS 40 B
6800
EW 40 A
6300
EW 40 B
5600
SN 40 A
10
7000
SN 40 B
7000
Load Case
Table 9: ASCE 7-05 Base Reactions (w/o Scrim Curtain)

the ASCE 7-05 analytical method for calculating wind forces. Similarly to the forensic
wind load case the loads on the scrim are based on the wind tunnel testing. The loads
from the wind tunnel however are reduced for the decrease in wind speed by a factor of
2
(40mph/52mph) =0.59. Based on the wind tunnel test results the scrim curtain loads for
a wind speeds of 40 mph are the following:
Original
Test Results
Wind Tunnel Adjusted for
Results
40mph Wind
(52 mph)
5300
3100
14200
8400
North -West
7500
4400
Adjusted for
ASCE 7
Design
Parameter
2800
7600
3900
These scrim wall wind tunnel loads are adjusted as follows to conform to ASCE 7 design
criteria:

Appendix D.6
Page 11 of 71
April 3, 2012
2.0
D Pressure Coefficient.
LOAD DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE STRUCTURE (IMPLEMENTATION) TT WIND LOADS

Roof Tarp (See Figure 3 and Table 11):
Windward side pressure on the tarp transfer the loads to the rafters
Leeward side pressures on the tarp are transferred to the ridges and the eave only as there
is no connection between the rafters and the tarp. See magenta colored arrows below for
location of the loads.
Figure 3. Roof Tarp Load Distributions

Appendix D.6
Page 12 of 71
April 3, 2012
Rafter Loads (See Figure 4, 10, 11 and Table 11):
Load on rafters on the windward side are applied directly from the transfer of the pressure
from the roof tarp to the rafter
Loads on the leeward side are applied to the effective area of the rafter only, loads from the
tarp are transferred to the ridge and eave (See Figure 3)
Figure 4. Rafter Lattice Loads
Column Loads:
Wind loads on columns are applied in an increasing manner from the bottom to the top at
approximately 10-0 intervals (See Table 12 and Figure 10 and 11).
Effective area:
Effective area includes front face 2 diameter pipes plus the web members in the windward face
and only the web members in the back face (See Figure 5).

Appendix D.6
Page 13 of 71
April 3, 2012
Figure 5. Column Effective Area
Main Trusses and Purlin Loads:
TT has not loaded the purlins with additional uplift, as we assume that the obstructions
(lights and light rigged trusses will shelter these members from taking significant up-lift.
Note that the purlins and the interior main trusses will not experience any drag as they are
sheltered by the roof tarp the lights and light rigged trusses.
Please refer to the structure description section to for superstructure nomenclature.
The eave trusses are loaded assuming the eave is a solid free standing sign as shown in
Figure 6.
The gable end is also loaded as a free standing sign as shown in Figure 7.

Appendix D.6
Page 14 of 71
April 3, 2012
Figure 6. Eave Wind Loads
Figure 7. Gable end of the gable roof wind loads

Appendix D.6
Page 15 of 71
April 3, 2012
Scrim Curtain:
A porosity of 78% solid is assumed per the density of the mesh measured on site
The additional drag from the curtain was analyzed by TT; however, wind tunnel test data
was utilized to determine total drag the scrim curtain contributed to the lateral loads on the
structure.
West to East Direction
Roof Pressure (psf)
Windward
Leeward
40mph
Case Case
A
B
4.32
0.47
1.49
4.40
68mph
Case
Case A
B
13.31
1.45
4.60
13.55
52mph
Case
Case
A
B
7.65
0.83
59mph
Case
Case
A
B
10.01
1.09
90mph
Case
Case
A
B
24.87
2.71
2.64
3.46
8.59
7.78
10.19
25.33
North South Direction

Roof Pressure (psf)
Roof (h<)
Roof (h>)
40mph
Case
Case
A
B
4.76
1.98
1.98
1.98
68mph
Case
Case
A
B
14.81
6.17
6.17
6.17
52mph
Case
Case
A
B
8.47
3.53
3.53
3.53
59mph
Case
Case
A
B
11.11
4.63
4.63
4.63
90mph
Case
Case
A
B
27.84
11.60
11.60
11.60
Table 11: Roof Tarp Pressure per ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.13.2 and Figure 6.18B.
See the Wind Pressure section of this Appendix for detailed calculations.

Appendix D.6
Page 16 of 71
April 3, 2012
Figure 8. Wind Loads West to East
Figure 9. Wind Loads West to East

Appendix D.6
Page 17 of 71
April 3, 2012
Figure 10. Wind Loads North to South

Appendix D.6
Page 18 of 71
April 3, 2012
Columns
Load
Pattern
WE(+)40
WE(+)68
WE(+)52
WE(+)59
WE(+)90
EW(+)40
EW(+)68
EW(+)52
EW(+)59
EW(+)90
NS(+)40
NS(+)68
NS(+)52
NS(+)59
NS(+)90
SN(+)40
SN(+)68
SN(+)52
SN(+)59
SN(+)90
10FT
4.56
14.05
8.07
10.57
26.27
-4.56
14.05
8.07
10.57
26.27
4.61
14.34
8.20
10.75
26.95
4.61
14.34
8.20
10.75
26.95
20FT
4.85
14.93
8.58
11.23
27.91
4.85
14.93
8.58
11.23
27.91
4.90
15.24
8.71
11.42
28.64
4.90
15.24
8.71
11.42
28.64
p (psf)
30FT
5.28
16.26
9.34
12.23
30.40
5.28
16.26
9.34
12.23
30.40
5.34
16.59
9.48
12.44
31.19
5.34
16.59
9.48
12.44
31.19
Eave
40FT
5.61
17.28
9.93
12.99
32.29
5.61
17.28
9.93
12.99
32.29
5.67
17.63
10.08
13.22
33.14
5.67
17.63
10.08
13.22
33.14
46FT
5.77
17.79
10.22
13.38
33.26
5.77
17.79
10.22
13.38
33.26
5.84
18.15
10.38
13.61
34.13
5.84
18.15
10.38
13.61
34.13
p (psf)
46FT
7.51
23.13
13.29
17.39
43.24
7.51
23.13
13.29
17.39
43.24
7.59
23.60
13.49
17.70
29.58
7.59
23.60
13.49
17.70
29.58
p (psf)
46FT
5.00
15.42
8.86
11.60
28.82
5.00
15.42
8.86
11.60
28.82
5.06
15.73
8.99
11.80
29.58
5.06
15.73
8.99
11.80
29.58
Gable
End
p (psf)
50.5FT
7.38
22.74
13.07
17.10
42.51
7.38
22.74
13.07
17.10
42.51
7.46
23.21
13.26
17.40
43.62
7.46
23.21
13.26
17.40
43.62
Table 12: Column Pressures per ASCE 705 Section 6.5.15 and Figure 6.22

Appendix D.6
Page 19 of 71
April 3, 2012
3.0
RWDI TUNNEL TEST DATA

RWDI performed a wind tunnel test that provided base reactions for multiple wind directions
between west to east (260 degree) direction and north to south (360 degree). The scale physical
model of the ISF Structure was generated with the use of TTs SAP and Rhinoceros
computational models (Figure 11). TTs SAP analysis model was generated based on field
collected data. The SAP model was then imported into graphics based platform software
Rhinoceros to allow RWDI to utilize a 3D printer to generate the sections of the modeled ISF
Structure. Although the lattice frame work of the ISF Structure was modeled with very specific
details and the material is uniform, the overall rigidity of the structure was not modeled into the
ISF Structure scaled replica, and therefore dynamic behaviors were not tested. The overall wind
loads the model was tested with mean loads based on 3 second gust wind speeds at 330 as
reported in RWDIs meteorological report contained in this Appendix.
Significant objects in the surrounding near field environment were modeled to capture any
external wind effects attributed by the surrounding environment (See RWDIs report for results).
These objects included the trailers to the north of the ISF structure and other tents constructed
within foot print of the ISF Structure; please see the site description section for further details.
RWDIs configurations were generated to determine the effect of the scrim curtain on the ISF
Structure. Based on the wind tunnel test results it was determined that the scrim curtain and
LED screen contributed to a significant percentage of the ISF structures total drag forces as
indicated in the wind analysis section of this report.
Figure 11. Rendering of ISF Structure Model in Rhinoceros

Appendix D.6
Page 20 of 71
April 3, 2012
Forensic Wind Load Analysis MWFRS V=52 mph W E

Per ASCE 7 05 Open buildings (See 52 mph Case for Wind Pressure Figures)
Method 2: Analytical Procedure for Buildings of Any Height (Section 6.5)
Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
52
mph (RWDI Meteorological Wind Report)
Bldg. Classification =
III
(Table 1(1 Occupancy Cat.)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
(Gable or Monoslope)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
Direct. Factor, Kd =
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio, =
0.010
(Normal or Parallel to building ridge)
o
hr
h
he
(Sect. 6.5.7 & Figure 6(4) Forensic Case Factor Set 1.0
(Table 6(4) Forensic Case Factor Set 1.0
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.
(Sect. 6.2 & Figure 6(5)

Assumed per C6.8.5 for structures with steel MWFRS system
Open Structure
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
ft. (h = (hr+he)/2, for roof angle >10 deg.)
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
If z <= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/) , If z > 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/) (Table 6(3, Case 2a)
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
(Kh = Kz evaluated at z = h)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)
(Importance factor set 1.0 for forensic wind load case)
Velocity Pressure: qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I (Sect. 6.5.10, Eq. 6(15)

qh = 0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I (qz evaluated at z = h)
qh =
7.59
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
0.916
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.667
hz.
(f < 1, Flexible structure)
Normal to Ridge Wind Load for MWFRS

Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
p = Net Design Press. (psf)
(psf)
Roof (windward) Case A
1.10
7.65
Roof (windward) Case B
0.12
0.83
7.65
0.83
Roof (leeward) Case A
(0.38
(2.64
(2.64
Roof (leeward) Case B
(1.12
(7.78
(7.78
Note: 1. (+) and (() signs indicated wind pressures acting toward & away from respective surfaces.

Appendix D.6
Page 21 of 71
April 3, 2012
Gust Effect Factor, G:

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.
Parameters from Table 6(2:

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.
Parameters for Flexible Building Gust:

z(bar) =
30.30
= 0.6*h , but not < z(min) , ft.
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6
Gf for Flexible Building

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
= 1/T , Hz. (Natural Frequency)
V(fps) =
76.27
V(bar,zbar) =
48.93
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
= b(bar)*(z(bar)/33)^((bar))*V*(88/60) , ft./sec. , Eq. 6(14
N1 =
6.698
= f*Lz(bar)/(V(bar,zbar)) , Eq. 6(12
Rn =
0.042
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
3.165
Rh =
0.266
= 4.6*f*h/(V(bar,zbar))
= (1/h)(1/(2*h^2)*(1(e^((2*h)) for h>0, or = 1 for h=0 ,Eq. 6(13a,b
b =
4.701
RB =
d =
0.190
12.171
RL =
0.079
= 15.4*f*L/(V(bar,zbar))
= (1/d)(1/(2*d^2)*(1(e^((2*d)) for d>0, or = 1 for d=0 ,Eq. 6(13a,b
= 4.6*f*B/(V(bar,zbar))
= (1/b)(1/(2*b^2)*(1(e^((2*b)) for b>0, or = 1 for b=0,Eq. 6(13a,b
R=
0.347
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.916
= 0.925*(1+1.7*Iz(bar)*(gq^2*Q^2+gr^2*R^2)^(1/2))/(1+1.7*gv*Iz(bar)) ,Eq. 6(8
Use: G =
0.916

Appendix D.6
Page 22 of 71
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.6
Page 23 of 71
April 3, 2012
V=52 mph Wind Load Analysis
MWFRS N S
Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
52
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Obstructed Wind Flow
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
7.59
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
0.930
freq., f =
0.667
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Parallel to Ridge Wind Load for MWFRS
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(8.47
(8.47
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(6.35
(6.35
Roof Case B <h
0.50
3.53
3.53
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
3.53
3.53
Note: 1. (+) and (() indicates wind pressures acting toward & away from surfaces.

Appendix D.6
Page 24 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
76.27
V(bar,zbar) =
48.93
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
6.698
Rn =
0.042
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
3.165
Rh =
0.266
b =
3.635
RB =
d =
0.237
15.738
RL =
0.062
R=
0.385
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.930
Use: G =
0.930

Appendix D.6
Page 25 of 71
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.6
Page 26 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 52 mph WIND LOADING ANALYSIS Lattice and Misc. Components W E

Wind Speed, V =
52
mph
Class., Occ. Category =
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
Height of Structure, h =
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
freq., f = set = 1.0 for forensic wind case

G=
Velocity Pressure (Sect. 6.5.10, Eq. 6(15):

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.916
(Gust Factor, Sect. 6.5.8)
Note: Use force coefficients, Cf,
from Figures 6(20 and 6(22.
Net Design Wind Pressures (Sect. 6.5.15):

p = qz*G*Cf (psf), where 'qz' is evaluated at
height 'z' of the centroid of projected area.
Open Structure Net Design Wind Pressures, p
z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz
Cf, Curtain Cf, Gable EndCf, Rafter

1.50
0.85
5.88
5.38
8.07
10.50
8.02
10.12
8.07
10
0.85
5.88
5.38
8.07
10.50
8.02
10.12
8.07
20
0.90
6.24
5.72
8.58
11.15
8.52
10.75
8.58
25
0.95
6.54
5.99
8.99
11.69
8.93
11.27
8.99
30
0.98
6.80
6.23
9.34
12.15
9.28
11.71
9.34
35
1.01
7.02
6.43
9.65
12.55
9.59
12.10
9.65
40
1.04
7.22
6.62
9.93
12.90
9.86
12.44
9.93
46
1.07
7.44
6.81
10.22
13.29
10.15
12.81
10.22
50
1.09
7.57
6.94
10.40
13.52
10.33
13.04
10.40
50.5
1.10
7.59
6.95
10.43
13.55
10.36
13.07
10.43
For Rounded Members (Column and Rafters) from ASCE 7 05 Figure 6 22:
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
9.93
psf
Solid Area =
6.05
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.484
ft.^2
= Solid Area/Gross Area
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.53
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
For Eave, Curtain and Gable End from ASCE 7 05 Figure 6 20:
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 27 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 52 mph WIND LOADING ANALYSIS Lattice and Misc. Components N S

Wind Speed, V =
52
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
Assumed per C6.8.5 for structures with steel MWFR system
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=
0.930

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz
Cf, Curtain Cf, Gable End

Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
5.88
5.46
8.20
10.65
8.14
10.27
8.20
10
0.85
5.88
5.46
8.20
10.65
8.14
10.27
8.20
20
0.90
6.24
5.81
8.71
11.32
8.65
10.91
8.71
25
0.95
6.54
6.08
9.13
11.86
9.07
11.44
9.13
30
0.98
6.80
6.32
9.48
12.33
9.42
11.89
9.48
35
1.01
7.02
6.53
9.80
12.74
9.73
12.28
9.80
40
1.04
7.22
6.72
10.08
13.10
10.01
12.63
10.08
46
1.07
7.44
6.92
10.38
13.49
10.31
13.01
10.38
50
1.09
7.57
7.04
10.56
13.73
10.49
13.24
10.56
50.5
1.10
7.59
7.05
10.58
13.76
10.51
13.26
10.58
D=
0.167
qz =
10.08
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.484
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.53
ft.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 28 of 71
April 3, 2012
V=52 mph 45 Degree Eave (Case c)

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
52
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
58.00
ft.
Damping Ratio,
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Hz. (f < 1) Flexible
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
G=
0.916 (Gust Factor, Sect. 6.5.8)


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
0.85
5.88
5.38
20.83
13.73
10.50
9.96
9.96
5.92
2.96
10
0.85
5.88
5.38
20.83
13.73
10.50
9.96
9.96
5.92
2.96
18.6
0.89
6.15
5.63
21.80
14.36
10.98
10.42
10.42
6.20
3.10
25
0.95
6.54
5.99
23.20
15.28
11.69
11.09
11.09
6.59
3.30
3.43
30
0.98
6.80
6.23
24.10
15.88
12.15
11.52
11.52
6.85
36.5
1.02
7.09
6.49
25.12
16.55
12.66
12.01
12.01
7.14
3.57
40
1.04
7.22
6.62
25.61
16.87
12.90
12.24
12.24
7.28
3.64
46
1.07
7.44
6.81
26.37
17.38
13.29
12.61
12.61
7.50
3.75
50
1.09
7.57
6.94
26.84
17.69
13.52
12.83
12.83
7.63
3.81
50.5
1.10
7.59
6.95
26.90
17.72
13.55
12.86
12.86
7.65
3.82
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 29 of 71
April 3, 2012
V=52 mph 45 Degree Gable end assuming solid sign behavior

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
52
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
75.00
ft.
Damping Ratio,
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
0.85
5.88
5.46
19.83
14.15
10.87
8.41
7.70
5.03
3.01
10
0.85
5.88
5.46
19.83
14.15
10.87
8.41
7.70
5.03
3.01
18.6
0.89
6.15
5.72
20.75
14.81
11.38
8.80
8.06
5.26
3.14
25
0.95
6.54
6.08
22.09
15.76
12.11
9.37
8.58
5.60
3.35
30
0.98
6.80
6.32
22.95
16.37
12.58
9.74
8.91
5.82
3.48
36.5
1.02
7.09
6.59
23.92
17.07
13.11
10.15
9.29
6.06
3.62
40
1.04
7.22
6.72
24.38
17.40
13.37
10.34
9.47
6.18
3.69
46
1.07
7.44
6.92
25.11
17.92
13.77
10.65
9.75
6.36
3.80
50
1.09
7.57
7.04
25.56
18.23
14.01
10.84
9.93
6.48
3.87
50.5
1.10
7.59
7.05
25.61
18.27
14.04
10.86
9.95
6.49
3.88
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 30 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic Wind Loading Analysis MWFRS W E

Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
40
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio, =
0.010
o
hr
h
he
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
4.49
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
0.884
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.833
hz.

Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
1.10
4.37
0.12
0.48
4.37
0.48
(0.38
(1.51
(1.51
(1.12
(4.45
(4.45

Appendix D.6
Page 31 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.146
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.200
SAP Analysis
f=
0.833
V(fps) =
58.67
V(bar,zbar) =
37.64
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
10.884
Rn =
0.031
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
5.144
Rh =
0.176
b =
7.639
RB =
d =
0.122
19.777
RL =
0.049
R=
0.191
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.884
Use: G =
0.884

Appendix D.6
Page 32 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic Wind Load Analysis
MWFRS N S
Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
40
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
4.49
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
0.892
freq., f =
0.833
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(4.81
(4.81
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(3.60
(3.60
Roof Case B <h
0.50
2.00
2.00
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
2.00
2.00

Appendix D.6
Page 33 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.146
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.200
SAP Analysis
f=
0.833
V(fps) =
58.67
V(bar,zbar) =
37.64
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
10.884
Rn =
0.031
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
5.144
Rh =
0.176
b =
5.907
RB =
d =
0.155
25.574
RL =
0.038
R=
0.214
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.892
Use: G =
0.892

Appendix D.6
Page 34 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic WIND LOADING ANALYSIS Lattice and Misc. Components W E

Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.884

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

1.50
0.85
3.48
3.07
4.61
6.00
4.58
5.78
4.61
10
0.85
3.48
3.07
4.61
6.00
4.58
5.78
4.61
20
0.90
3.69
3.27
4.90
6.37
4.87
6.14
4.90
25
0.95
3.87
3.42
5.14
6.68
5.10
6.44
5.14
30
0.98
4.02
3.56
5.34
6.94
5.30
6.69
5.34
35
1.01
4.16
3.68
5.51
7.17
5.48
6.91
5.51
40
1.04
4.27
3.78
5.67
7.37
5.63
7.11
5.67
46
1.07
4.40
3.89
5.84
7.59
5.80
7.32
5.84
50
1.09
4.48
3.96
5.94
7.73
5.90
7.45
5.94
50.5
1.10
4.49
3.97
5.96
7.74
5.92
7.46
5.96
D=
0.167
qz =
5.67
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.40
ft.
Cf =
1.5
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 35 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic WIND LOADING ANALYSIS Lattice and Misc. Components N

S
Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.892

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
3.48
3.10
4.65
6.05
4.62
5.83
4.65
10
0.85
3.48
3.10
4.65
6.05
4.62
5.83
4.65
20
0.90
3.69
3.30
4.94
6.43
4.91
6.20
4.94
25
0.95
3.87
3.45
5.18
6.74
5.15
6.49
5.18
30
0.98
4.02
3.59
5.38
7.00
5.35
6.75
5.38
35
1.01
4.16
3.71
5.56
7.23
5.52
6.97
5.56
40
1.04
4.27
3.81
5.72
7.44
5.68
7.17
5.72
46
1.07
4.40
3.93
5.89
7.66
5.85
7.38
5.89
50
1.09
4.48
4.00
5.99
7.79
5.95
7.51
5.99
50.5
1.10
4.49
4.01
6.01
7.81
5.97
7.53
6.01
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
5.72
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
ft.^2
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.40
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5

Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 36 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic 45 Degree Eave (Case c)

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
1.69
0.85
3.48
3.07
11.90
7.84
6.00
5.69
5.69
3.38
10
0.85
3.48
3.07
11.90
7.84
6.00
5.69
5.69
3.38
1.69
18.6
0.89
3.64
3.22
12.45
8.20
6.27
5.95
5.95
3.54
1.77
25
0.95
3.87
3.42
13.25
8.73
6.68
6.33
6.33
3.77
1.88
30
0.98
4.02
3.56
13.77
9.07
6.94
6.58
6.58
3.91
1.96
36.5
1.02
4.19
3.71
14.35
9.46
7.23
6.86
6.86
4.08
2.04
2.08
40
1.04
4.27
3.78
14.63
9.64
7.37
6.99
6.99
4.16
46
1.07
4.40
3.89
15.07
9.93
7.59
7.20
7.20
4.28
2.14
50
1.09
4.48
3.96
15.33
10.10
7.73
7.33
7.33
4.36
2.18
50.5
1.10
4.49
3.97
15.37
10.12
7.74
7.35
7.35
4.37
2.18
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 37 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 40 mph Forensic 45 Degree Gable end assuming solid sign behavior

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
1.96
0.85
4.00
3.57
12.95
9.24
7.10
5.49
5.03
3.28
10
0.85
4.00
3.57
12.95
9.24
7.10
5.49
5.03
3.28
1.96
18.6
0.89
4.18
3.73
13.55
9.67
7.43
5.75
5.26
3.43
2.05
25
0.95
4.45
3.97
14.42
10.29
7.90
6.12
5.60
3.65
2.18
30
0.98
4.63
4.13
14.98
10.69
8.21
6.36
5.82
3.80
2.27
36.5
1.02
4.82
4.30
15.61
11.14
8.56
6.62
6.07
3.96
2.37
2.41
40
1.04
4.92
4.39
15.92
11.36
8.73
6.75
6.18
4.03
46
1.07
5.06
4.52
16.39
11.70
8.99
6.95
6.37
4.15
2.48
50
1.09
5.15
4.60
16.68
11.90
9.15
7.08
6.48
4.23
2.53
50.5
1.10
5.16
4.61
16.72
11.93
9.17
7.09
6.49
4.24
2.53
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 38 of 71
April 3, 2012
V= 90 mph Wind Loading Analysis MWFRS W E

Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
90
mph (Wind Map, Figure 6(1)
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
Building Width =
58.00
ft.
Building Length =
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
Open Structure
o
hr
h
he
(Sect. 6.5.7 & Figure 6(4)
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.
(Table 6(4)
0.010
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle,
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
If z <= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
, If z > 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/) (Table 6-3, Case 2a)
9.50
zg =
Kh =
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)
(Importance factor)

qh =
22.22
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
1.018
qh = 0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
psf
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.667
(qz evaluated at z = h)
hz.

Surface
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
1.10
24.87
0.12
2.71
24.87
2.71
(0.38
(8.59
(8.59
(1.12
(25.33
(25.33

Appendix D.6
Page 39 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
132.00
V(bar,zbar) =
84.68
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
3.870
Rn =
0.060
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
1.829
Rh =
0.401
b =
2.716
RB =
d =
0.301
7.032
RL =
0.132
R=
0.653
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
1.018
Use: G =
1.018

Appendix D.6
Page 40 of 71
April 3, 2012
V=90 mph Wind Loading Analysis MWFRS N S

Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
90
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
22.22
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
1.044
freq., f =
0.667
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(27.84
(27.84
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(20.88
(20.88
Roof Case B <h
0.50
11.60
11.60
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
11.60
11.60

Appendix D.6
Page 41 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

Damping Ratio

=
0.010
Ct =
0.020
Period Coefficient
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
132.00
V(bar,zbar) =
84.68
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
3.870
Rn =
0.060
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
1.829
Rh =
0.401
b =
2.100
RB =
d =
0.364
9.093
RL =
0.104
R=
0.710
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
1.044
Use: G =
1.044

Appendix D.6
Page 42 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
90
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
(Table 6(2)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
1.018

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz
Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
17.21
17.51
26.27
34.15
26.09
32.92
26.27
10
0.85
17.21
17.51
26.27
34.15
26.09
32.92
26.27
20
0.90
18.28
18.61
27.91
36.28
27.72
34.98
27.91
25
0.95
19.16
19.50
29.25
38.03
29.06
36.66
29.25
30
0.98
19.91
20.26
30.40
39.52
30.19
38.10
30.40
35
1.01
20.57
20.93
31.40
40.82
31.19
39.35
31.40
40
1.04
21.15
21.53
32.29
41.98
32.08
40.48
32.29
46
1.07
21.78
22.17
33.26
43.24
33.04
41.68
33.26
50
1.09
22.17
22.57
33.85
44.00
33.62
42.42
33.85
50.5
1.10
22.22
22.61
33.92
44.09
33.69
42.51
33.92
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
32.29
psf
Solid Area =
6.05
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.484
ft.^2
For a 10ft long section of Column
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.95
Cf =
1.5
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 43 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
90
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
(Table 6(2)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=
1.044

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.30
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz
Cf, Curtain Cf, Gable End Cf, Rafter

1.50
0.85
17.21
17.97
26.95
23.36
26.77
33.78
26.95
10
0.85
17.21
17.97
26.95
23.36
26.77
33.78
26.95
20
0.90
18.28
19.09
28.64
24.82
28.45
35.89
28.64
25
0.95
19.16
20.01
30.01
26.01
29.81
37.62
30.01
30
0.98
19.91
20.79
31.19
27.03
30.98
39.09
31.19
35
1.01
20.57
21.48
32.22
27.92
32.00
40.38
32.22
40
1.04
21.15
22.09
33.14
28.72
32.92
41.53
33.14
46
1.07
21.78
22.75
34.13
29.58
33.90
42.77
34.13
50
1.09
22.17
23.15
34.73
30.10
34.50
43.53
34.73
50.5
1.10
22.22
23.20
34.80
30.16
34.57
43.62
34.80
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
33.14
psf
Solid Area =
5.91
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.484
ft.^2
For a 10ft long section of Column
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.95
Cf =
1.5
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 44 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
90
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
9.63
0.85
17.21
17.51
67.78
44.66
34.15
32.40
32.40
19.26
10
0.85
17.21
17.51
67.78
44.66
34.15
32.40
32.40
19.26
9.63
18.6
0.89
18.00
18.32
70.92
46.73
35.73
33.90
33.90
20.16
10.08
25
0.95
19.16
19.50
75.47
49.73
38.03
36.08
36.08
21.45
10.73
30
0.98
19.91
20.26
78.42
51.67
39.52
37.49
37.49
22.29
11.15
36.5
1.02
20.75
21.12
81.73
53.85
41.18
39.07
39.07
23.23
11.62
40
1.04
21.15
21.53
83.32
54.90
41.98
39.83
39.83
23.68
11.84
46
1.07
21.78
22.17
85.81
56.54
43.24
41.02
41.02
24.39
12.19
50
1.09
22.17
22.57
87.33
57.54
44.00
41.75
41.75
24.82
12.41
50.5
1.10
22.22
22.61
87.51
57.66
44.09
41.83
41.83
24.87
12.44
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 45 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
90
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
58.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
75.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
9.88
0.85
17.21
17.97
65.23
46.54
35.76
27.67
25.34
16.53
10
0.85
17.21
17.97
65.23
46.54
35.76
27.67
25.34
16.53
9.88
18.6
0.89
18.00
18.80
68.25
48.70
37.42
28.96
26.51
17.30
10.34
25
0.95
19.16
20.01
72.64
51.83
39.82
30.82
28.21
18.41
11.01
30
0.98
19.91
20.79
75.48
53.85
41.38
32.02
29.32
19.13
11.44
36.5
1.02
20.75
21.67
78.66
56.12
43.12
33.37
30.55
19.94
11.92
12.15
40
1.04
21.15
22.09
80.19
57.22
43.96
34.02
31.15
20.32
46
1.07
21.78
22.75
82.59
58.92
45.27
35.04
32.08
20.93
12.51
50
1.09
22.17
23.15
84.05
59.97
46.08
35.66
32.65
21.30
12.73
50.5
1.10
22.22
23.20
84.22
60.09
46.17
35.73
32.72
21.35
12.76
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 46 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Open buildings (52 mph Case for Wind Pressure Figures)
Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
68
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio, =
0.010
o
hr
h
he
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
12.68
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
0.954
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.667
hz.

Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
1.10
13.31
0.12
1.45
13.31
1.45
(0.38
(4.60
(4.60
(1.12
(13.55
(13.55

Appendix D.6
Page 47 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
99.73
V(bar,zbar) =
63.98
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
5.122
Rn =
0.050
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
2.421
Rh =
0.328
b =
3.595
RB =
d =
0.240
9.307
RL =
0.102
R=
0.477
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.954
Use: G =
0.954

Appendix D.6
Page 48 of 71
April 3, 2012
MWFRS N S
Per ASCE 7 05 Open buildings (52 mph Case for Wind Pressure Figures)
Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
68
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
12.68
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
0.973
freq., f =
0.667
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(14.81
(14.81
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(11.11
(11.11
Roof Case B <h
0.50
6.17
6.17
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
6.17
6.17

Appendix D.6
Page 49 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
99.73
V(bar,zbar) =
63.98
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
5.122
Rn =
0.050
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
2.421
Rh =
0.328
b =
2.780
RB =
d =
0.295
12.035
RL =
0.080
R=
0.524
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.973
Use: G =
0.973

Appendix D.6
Page 50 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
68
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.954

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

1.50
0.85
9.82
9.37
14.05
18.27
13.96
17.61
14.05
10
0.85
9.82
9.37
14.05
18.27
13.96
17.61
14.05
20
0.90
10.44
9.95
14.93
19.41
14.83
18.71
14.93
25
0.95
10.94
10.43
15.65
20.34
15.54
19.61
15.65
30
0.98
11.37
10.84
16.26
21.14
16.15
20.38
16.26
35
1.01
11.74
11.20
16.80
21.84
16.68
21.05
16.80
40
1.04
12.08
11.52
17.28
22.46
17.16
21.65
17.28
46
1.07
12.44
11.86
17.79
23.13
17.67
22.30
17.79
50
1.09
12.66
12.07
18.11
23.54
17.99
22.69
18.11
50.5
1.10
12.68
12.10
18.14
23.59
18.02
22.74
18.14
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
17.28
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
ft.^2
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.69
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 51 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
68
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=
0.973

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
9.82
9.56
14.34
18.64
14.24
17.97
14.34
10
0.85
9.82
9.56
14.34
18.64
14.24
17.97
14.34
20
0.90
10.44
10.16
15.24
19.81
15.13
19.09
15.24
25
0.95
10.94
10.65
15.97
20.76
15.86
20.01
15.97
30
0.98
11.37
11.06
16.59
21.57
16.48
20.80
16.59
35
1.01
11.74
11.43
17.14
22.28
17.03
21.48
17.14
40
1.04
12.08
11.75
17.63
22.92
17.51
22.09
17.63
46
1.07
12.44
12.10
18.15
23.60
18.03
22.75
18.15
50
1.09
12.66
12.32
18.48
24.02
18.35
23.16
18.48
50.5
1.10
12.68
12.34
18.52
24.07
18.39
23.21
18.52
D=
0.167
qz =
17.63
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.69
ft.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 52 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Open buildings
Wind Speed, V =
68
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
5.15
0.85
9.82
9.37
36.26
23.89
18.27
17.33
17.33
10.31
10
0.85
9.82
9.37
36.26
23.89
18.27
17.33
17.33
10.31
5.15
18.6
0.89
10.28
9.80
37.93
25.00
19.11
18.13
18.13
10.78
5.39
25
0.95
10.94
10.43
40.37
26.60
20.34
19.30
19.30
11.48
5.74
30
0.98
11.37
10.84
41.95
27.64
21.14
20.05
20.05
11.92
5.96
36.5
1.02
11.84
11.30
43.72
28.81
22.03
20.90
20.90
12.43
6.21
40
1.04
12.08
11.52
44.57
29.37
22.46
21.31
21.31
12.67
6.33
46
1.07
12.44
11.86
45.90
30.25
23.13
21.94
21.94
13.05
6.52
50
1.09
12.66
12.07
46.71
30.78
23.54
22.33
22.33
13.28
6.64
50.5
1.10
12.68
12.10
46.81
30.85
23.59
22.38
22.38
13.31
6.65
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 53 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
68
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
5.26
0.85
9.82
9.56
34.70
24.76
19.02
14.72
13.48
8.80
10
0.85
9.82
9.56
34.70
24.76
19.02
14.72
13.48
8.80
5.26
18.6
0.89
10.28
10.00
36.31
25.91
19.91
15.40
14.10
9.20
5.50
25
0.95
10.94
10.65
38.64
27.57
21.18
16.39
15.01
9.79
5.85
30
0.98
11.37
11.06
40.15
28.65
22.01
17.04
15.60
10.18
6.08
36.5
1.02
11.84
11.53
41.85
29.86
22.94
17.75
16.25
10.61
6.34
6.46
40
1.04
12.08
11.75
42.66
30.44
23.39
18.10
16.57
10.81
46
1.07
12.44
12.10
43.94
31.35
24.09
18.64
17.07
11.14
6.66
50
1.09
12.66
12.32
44.71
31.90
24.51
18.97
17.37
11.33
6.77
50.5
1.10
12.68
12.34
44.81
31.97
24.56
19.01
17.40
11.36
6.79
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 54 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
40
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio, =
0.010
o
hr
h
he
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
4.39
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
0.895
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.667
hz.

Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
1.10
4.32
0.12
0.47
4.32
0.47
(0.38
(1.49
(1.49
(1.12
(4.40
(4.40

Appendix D.6
Page 55 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
58.67
V(bar,zbar) =
37.64
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
8.707
Rn =
0.036
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
4.115
Rh =
0.213
b =
6.111
RB =
d =
0.150
15.822
RL =
0.061
R=
0.252
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.895
Use: G =
0.895

Appendix D.6
Page 56 of 71
April 3, 2012
MWFRS N S
Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
40
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
0.85
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.15
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
4.39
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
0.904
freq., f =
0.667
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(4.76
(4.76
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(3.57
(3.57
Roof Case B <h
0.50
1.98
1.98
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
1.98
1.98

Appendix D.6
Page 57 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
58.67
V(bar,zbar) =
37.64
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
8.707
Rn =
0.036
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
4.115
Rh =
0.213
b =
4.726
RB =
d =
0.189
20.459
RL =
0.048
R=
0.282
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.904
Use: G =
0.904

Appendix D.6
Page 58 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.895

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

1.50
0.85
3.40
3.04
4.56
5.93
4.53
5.72
4.56
10
0.85
3.40
3.04
4.56
5.93
4.53
5.72
4.56
20
0.90
3.61
3.23
4.85
6.30
4.81
6.07
4.85
25
0.95
3.78
3.39
5.08
6.60
5.04
6.37
5.08
30
0.98
3.93
3.52
5.28
6.86
5.24
6.61
5.28
35
1.01
4.06
3.63
5.45
7.09
5.41
6.83
5.45
40
1.04
4.18
3.74
5.61
7.29
5.57
7.03
5.61
46
1.07
4.30
3.85
5.77
7.51
5.74
7.24
5.77
50
1.09
4.38
3.92
5.88
7.64
5.84
7.37
5.88
50.5
1.10
4.39
3.93
5.89
7.66
5.85
7.38
5.89
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
5.61
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
ft.^2
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.39
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 59 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.15
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=
0.904

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
3.40
3.07
4.61
5.99
4.58
5.78
4.61
10
0.85
3.40
3.07
4.61
5.99
4.58
5.78
4.61
20
0.90
3.61
3.27
4.90
6.37
4.87
6.14
4.90
25
0.95
3.78
3.42
5.13
6.67
5.10
6.44
5.13
30
0.98
3.93
3.56
5.34
6.94
5.30
6.69
5.34
35
1.01
4.06
3.67
5.51
7.16
5.47
6.91
5.51
40
1.04
4.18
3.78
5.67
7.37
5.63
7.10
5.67
46
1.07
4.30
3.89
5.84
7.59
5.80
7.32
5.84
50
1.09
4.38
3.96
5.94
7.72
5.90
7.45
5.94
50.5
1.10
4.39
3.97
5.95
7.74
5.91
7.46
5.95
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
5.67
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
ft.^2
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.39
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 60 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
1.67
0.85
3.40
3.04
11.77
7.75
5.93
5.62
5.62
3.34
10
0.85
3.40
3.04
11.77
7.75
5.93
5.62
5.62
3.34
1.67
18.6
0.89
3.56
3.18
12.31
8.11
6.20
5.89
5.89
3.50
1.75
25
0.95
3.78
3.39
13.10
8.63
6.60
6.26
6.26
3.72
1.86
30
0.98
3.93
3.52
13.62
8.97
6.86
6.51
6.51
3.87
1.93
36.5
1.02
4.10
3.67
14.19
9.35
7.15
6.78
6.78
4.03
2.02
2.06
40
1.04
4.18
3.74
14.47
9.53
7.29
6.91
6.91
4.11
46
1.07
4.30
3.85
14.90
9.82
7.51
7.12
7.12
4.23
2.12
50
1.09
4.38
3.92
15.16
9.99
7.64
7.25
7.25
4.31
2.15
50.5
1.10
4.39
3.93
15.19
10.01
7.66
7.26
7.26
4.32
2.16
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 61 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
40
mph
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.15
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
0.85
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
1.69
0.85
3.40
3.07
11.16
7.96
6.12
4.73
4.33
2.83
10
0.85
3.40
3.07
11.16
7.96
6.12
4.73
4.33
2.83
1.69
18.6
0.89
3.56
3.22
11.68
8.33
6.40
4.95
4.53
2.96
1.77
25
0.95
3.78
3.42
12.43
8.87
6.81
5.27
4.83
3.15
1.88
30
0.98
3.93
3.56
12.91
9.21
7.08
5.48
5.02
3.27
1.96
36.5
1.02
4.10
3.71
13.46
9.60
7.38
5.71
5.23
3.41
2.04
2.08
40
1.04
4.18
3.78
13.72
9.79
7.52
5.82
5.33
3.48
46
1.07
4.30
3.89
14.13
10.08
7.74
5.99
5.49
3.58
2.14
50
1.09
4.38
3.96
14.38
10.26
7.88
6.10
5.58
3.64
2.18
50.5
1.10
4.39
3.97
14.41
10.28
7.90
6.11
5.60
3.65
2.18
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 62 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Direction =
Normal
Wind Speed, V =
59
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio, =
0.010
o
hr
h
he
L = 58 ft.
B = 75 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18B
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Windward Roof Cn =
1.10
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Windward Roof Cn =
0.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(0.38
Case A
Clear Wind Flow
Leeward Roof Cn =
(1.12
Case B
Clear Wind Flow
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
9.77
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.871
Gust Factor, G =
0.931
freq., f =
(Sect. 6.5.8)
0.667
hz.

Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
1.10
10.01
0.12
1.09
10.01
1.09
(0.38
(3.46
(3.46
(1.12
(10.19
(10.19

Appendix D.6
Page 63 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.889
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
86.53
V(bar,zbar) =
55.51
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
5.903
Rn =
0.046
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
2.790
Rh =
0.294
b =
4.143
RB =
d =
0.212
10.727
RL =
0.089
R=
0.404
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.931
Use: G =
0.931

Appendix D.6
Page 64 of 71
April 3, 2012
MWFRS N S
Wind Direction =
Parallel
Wind Speed, V =
59
III
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
Ridge Height, hr =
55.00
ft. (hr >= he)
Eave Height, he =
46.00
ft. (he <= hr)
B=
58.00
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
Roof Type =
Gable
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
1.00
1.00
Enclosed? (Y/N)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
0.010
hr
h
he
L = 75 ft.
B = 58 ft.

Open Structure
Figure 6(18D
Roof Angle, =
13.32
deg.
Mean Roof Ht., h =
50.50
Roof Cn case A h>
(1.20
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case B <h =
0.50
0.00
Case B
Roof Cn Case B >h =
0.50
0.00
Case A
Roof Cn Case A h< =
(0.90
0.00
Case B
=
9.50
zg =
Kh =
I=
1.10
1.00
(Table 6(1)
900
(Table 6(2)

qh =
9.77
psf
Ratio h/L =
0.673
Gust Factor, G =
0.948
freq., f =
0.667
hz.
(Sect. 6.5.8)
Case
Kz
(ft.)
qz
Cn
(psf)
Roof (<h) Case A
(1.20
(11.11
(11.11
Roof (h<) Case A
(0.90
(8.33
(8.33
Roof Case B <h
0.50
4.63
4.63
Roof (h>) Case B
0.50
4.63
4.63

Appendix D.6
Page 65 of 71
April 3, 2012

Building Flexible
Yes
f < 1 Hz.

a^ =
0.105
b^ =
(bar) =
0.154
b(bar) =
0.65
c=
l=
0.20
(bar) =
0.200
z(min) =
15
1.00
500
ft.
ft.

z(bar) =
30.30
Iz(bar) =
0.203
Lz(bar) =
491.54
= c*(33/z(bar))^(1/6) , Eq. 6(5

= l*(z(bar)/33)^((bar)) , Eq. 6(7
gq =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gv =
3.4
(3.4, per Sect. 6.5.8.1)
gr =
4.092
= (2*(LN(3600*f)))^(1/2)+0.577/(2*LN(3600*f))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(9
Q=
0.897
= (1/(1+0.63*((B+h)/Lz(bar))^0.63))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(6

=
0.010
Damping Ratio
T=
1.500
SAP Analysis
f=
0.667
V(fps) =
86.53
V(bar,zbar) =
55.51
= V(mph)*(88/60) , ft./sec.
N1 =
5.903
Rn =
0.046
= 7.47*N1/(1+10.3*N1)^(5/3) , Eq. 6(11
h =
2.790
Rh =
0.294
b =
3.204
RB =
d =
0.263
13.871
RL =
0.069
R=
0.446
= ((1/)*Rn*Rh*RB*(0.53+0.47*RL))^(1/2) , Eq. 6(10
Gf =
0.948
Use: G =
0.948

Appendix D.6
Page 66 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
59
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
mph
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
75.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
0.931

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

1.50
0.85
7.56
7.05
10.57
13.74
10.50
13.25
10.57
10
0.85
7.56
7.05
10.57
13.74
10.50
13.25
10.57
20
0.90
8.04
7.49
11.23
14.60
11.15
14.07
11.23
25
0.95
8.42
7.85
11.77
15.30
11.69
14.75
11.77
30
0.98
8.75
8.15
12.23
15.90
12.15
15.33
12.23
35
1.01
9.04
8.42
12.63
16.42
12.55
15.83
12.63
40
1.04
9.30
8.66
12.99
16.89
12.91
16.28
12.99
46
1.07
9.58
8.92
13.38
17.39
13.29
16.77
13.38
50
1.09
9.75
9.08
13.62
17.70
13.53
17.07
13.62
50.5
1.10
9.77
9.10
13.65
17.74
13.55
17.10
13.65
D=
0.167
ft.
qz =
12.99
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
ft.^2
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.60
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 67 of 71
April 3, 2012

Wind Speed, V =
59
III
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
mph
9.50
(Table 6(2)
zg =
I=
900
(Table 6(2)
1.00
(Table 6(1)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
50.50
ft.
L=
58.00
ft.
B=
Damping Ratio, =
75.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?

G=
0.948

qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf, Col.
Cf, Eave
qz
qz*G
1.50
1.95
1.49
1.88
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
Kz

Cf, Rafter
1.50
0.85
7.56
7.17
10.75
13.98
10.68
13.48
10.75
10
0.85
7.56
7.17
10.75
13.98
10.68
13.48
10.75
20
0.90
8.04
7.62
11.42
14.85
11.35
14.32
11.42
25
0.95
8.42
7.98
11.97
15.57
11.89
15.01
11.97
30
0.98
8.75
8.30
12.44
16.18
12.36
15.60
12.44
35
1.01
9.04
8.57
12.85
16.71
12.77
16.11
12.85
40
1.04
9.30
8.81
13.22
17.19
13.13
16.57
13.22
46
1.07
9.58
9.08
13.61
17.70
13.52
17.06
13.61
50
1.09
9.75
9.24
13.86
18.01
13.76
17.37
13.86
50.5
1.10
9.77
9.26
13.88
18.05
13.79
17.40
13.88
D=
0.167
qz =
13.22
psf
Solid Area =
5.97
ft.^2
ft.^2
Gross Area =
12.50
Solidity Ratio, e =
0.478
D*(qz)^(1/2) =
0.60
ft.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) <= 2.5
Cf =
1.5
Cf =
N.A.
Cf for D*(qz)^(1/2) > 2.5
Use: Cf =
1.5
Cf from Figure 6(22
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 68 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
59
III
mph
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.87
2.55
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.95
1.85
Cf 4s(5s
1.85
1.10
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
3.88
0.85
7.56
7.05
27.27
17.97
13.74
13.03
13.03
7.75
10
0.85
7.56
7.05
27.27
17.97
13.74
13.03
13.03
7.75
3.88
18.6
0.89
7.92
7.37
28.53
18.80
14.38
13.64
13.64
8.11
4.05
25
0.95
8.42
7.85
30.36
20.01
15.30
14.51
14.51
8.63
4.32
30
0.98
8.75
8.15
31.55
20.79
15.90
15.08
15.08
8.97
4.48
36.5
1.02
9.12
8.50
32.88
21.67
16.57
15.72
15.72
9.35
4.67
40
1.04
9.30
8.66
33.52
22.09
16.89
16.02
16.02
9.53
4.76
46
1.07
9.58
8.92
34.52
22.75
17.39
16.50
16.50
9.81
4.91
50
1.09
9.75
9.08
35.13
23.15
17.70
16.79
16.79
9.99
4.99
50.5
1.10
9.77
9.10
35.21
23.20
17.74
16.83
16.83
10.01
5.00
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 69 of 71
April 3, 2012

Per ASCE 7 05 Code
Wind Speed, V =
59
III
mph
(Table 1(1)
If z < 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(15/zg)^(2/)
Exposure Category =
(Sect. 6.5.6)
If z >= 15 then: Kz = 2.01*(z/zg)^(2/)
(Sect. 6.5.7)
9.50
50.50
ft.
zg =
900
(Table 6(2)
L=
75.00
ft.
1.00
(Table 6(1)
freq., f =
0.952
Topo. Factor, Kzt =
B=
(Table 6(2)
58.00
ft.
0.010
1.00
(Table 6(4)
Hurricane Region?
Damping Ratio,
G=


qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I

z
Kz
(ft.)
For z = h:
Cf 0(2s
Cf s(2s
Cf 5s(10s
Cf 10s<
qz
qz*G
3.63
2.59
Cf 2s(3s Cf 3s(4s
1.99
1.54
Cf 4s(5s
1.41
0.92
0.55
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
(psf)
4.53
0.85
8.70
8.24
29.93
21.35
16.41
12.70
11.62
7.58
10
0.85
8.70
8.24
29.93
21.35
16.41
12.70
11.62
7.58
4.53
18.6
0.89
9.10
8.63
31.31
22.34
17.17
13.28
12.16
7.94
4.74
25
0.95
9.69
9.18
33.32
23.78
18.27
14.14
12.94
8.45
5.05
30
0.98
10.07
9.54
34.63
24.71
18.98
14.69
13.45
8.78
5.25
36.5
1.02
10.49
9.94
36.09
25.75
19.78
15.31
14.02
9.15
5.47
40
1.04
10.69
10.14
36.79
26.25
20.17
15.61
14.29
9.32
5.57
46
1.07
11.01
10.44
37.89
27.03
20.77
16.07
14.72
9.60
5.74
50
1.09
11.21
10.62
38.56
27.51
21.14
16.36
14.98
9.77
5.84
50.5
1.10
11.23
10.64
38.64
27.57
21.18
16.39
15.01
9.79
5.85
Area
s/h
B/s
Eave
1.08
46.00
0.02
58.00
53.54
Gable End
4.50
50.50
0.09
76.00
16.89
Curtain
30.00
30.00
1.00
24.00
0.80

Appendix D.6
Page 70 of 71
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.6
Page 71 of 71
April 3, 2012
1
Flexible
Same equations
p = qh*G*Cn
Table 6-1
Section 6.2
Section 6.5.8
Section 6.5.13.3
Importance Factor I***
Flexibility of Structure
Gust Factor G
Net Design Pressure for
MWFRS of Open Buildings
with Monoslope, Pitched or
Troughed Roofs p
Section 29.5
Figure 29.4-1
Figure 29.5-1
Figure 29.5-2
Figure 29.5-3
F = qz*G*Cf*Af
Cf Columns = 1.5
Cf Rafter = 1.5
Cf Eave = 1.95
Cf Gable End = 1.88
Cf Curtain = 1.49
Section 6.5.15
Figure 6-20
Figure 6-21
Figure 6-22
Figure 6-23
Design Wind Loads on Other

Structures F
Force Coefficients Cf
Cf Columns = 1.5
Cf Rafter = 1.5
Cf Eave = 1.95
Cf Gable End = 1.88
Cf Curtain = 1.49
F = qz*G*Cf*Af
qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2
Section 27.3.2
Eq. 27.3-1
Section 28.3.2
Eq. 28.3-1
Section 29.3.2
Eq. 29.3-1
Section 30.3.2
Eq. 30.3-1
Section 6.5.10
Eq. 6-15
p = qh*G*Cn
Flexible
Same equations
N/A
Same values
Kh = 1.1
Kz = same values
0.01
Cn Windward = 1.1 (Case A)
Cn Windward = 0.1 (Case B)
Cn Leeward = -0.38 (Case A)
Cn Leeward = -1.12 (Case B)
Not in Hurricane Prone Region
Not Enclosed
III
Section 27.4.3
Section 26.2
Section 26.9.5
N/A
Table 26.9-1
Table 27.3-1
Table 28.3-1
Table 29.3-1
Table 30.3-1
Figure 27.4-5
C26.9
Section 6.2
Section 26.2
Table 26.6-1
Section 26.8.1
Section 26.8.2
Figure 26.8-1
Section 26.7.2
Section 26.7.3
Table 1.5-1
52 mph
Figure 26.5-1A
Figure 26.5-1B
Figure 26.5-1C
Velocity Pressure qz
qz = 0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*V^2*I
Same values
Table 6-2
0.01
Cn Windward = 1.1 (Case A)
Cn Windward = 0.1 (Case B)
Cn Leeward = -0.38 (Case A)
Cn Leeward = -1.12 (Case B)
C6.5.8
Damping Ratio
Terrain Exposure Constants
Not in Hurricane Prone Region
Section 6.2
Hurricane Prone Region
Kh = 1.1
Kz = same values
Not Enclosed
Section 6.2
Enclosing Classification
Table 6-3
Table 6-4
Directionality Factor Kd **
Velocity Pressure Exposure

Coefficients Kh and Kz
Section 6.5.7.1
Section 6.5.7.2
Figure 6-4
Topographic Factor Kzt
Figure 6-18B
Exposure Category
Net Pressure Coefficient Cn
III
Table 1-1
Section 6.5.6.2
Section 6.5.6.3
52 mph
Figure 6-1
Wind Speed V *
Value
ASCE 7-10
Reference
Code Version
Building Classification
Value
ASCE 7-05
Reference
Parameter
*** Set equal to 1 .0 for forensic

analyses
** Set equal to 1.0 for forensic

analyses
* Set equal to 52 mph for forensic

analyses
loads exceed the specified allowable stresses for the materials of

construction.
1.7 LOAD TESTS
A load test of any construction shall be conducted when required
by the authority having jurisdiction whenever there is reason to
question its safety for the intended occupancy or use.
1.8 CONSENSUS STANDARDS AND OTHER
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
This section lists the consensus standards and other documents
which are adopted by reference within this chapter:
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration
200 Constitution Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20210
29 CFR 1910.1200 Appendix A with Amendments
as of February 1,2000.
Section 1.2
OSHA Standards for General Industry, 29 CFR
(Code of Federal Regulations) Part 1910.1200
Appendix
A, United States Department of Labor,
..
Occupational Safety and Health Administration,
Washington DC, 2005.
TABLE 1-1 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY OF BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES FOR FLOOD, WIND, SNOW, EARTHQUAKE,
AND ICE LOADS
Nature of Occupancy
Buildings and other structures that represent a low hazard to human life in the event of failure, including, but not limited to:
I
I
Occupancy
Cateaorv
I1
I
I
Agricultural facilities
Certain temporary facilities
Minor storage facilities
All buildings and other structures exceot those listed in Occuoancv Categories I. 111. and IV
Buildings and other structures that represent a substantial hazard to human life in the event of failure, including, but not limited to:
Buildings and other structures where more than 300 people congregate in one area
Buildings and other structures with davcare facilities with a capacity greater than 150
~ u i l d i n g sand other structures with elementary school or secondary sihool facilities with a capacity greater than 250
Buildings and other structures with a capacity greater than 500 for colleges or adult education facilities
Health care facilities with a capacity of 50 or more resident patients, but not having surgery or emergency treatment facilities
Jails and detention facilities
Buildings and other structures, not included in Occupancy Category IV, with potential to cause a substantial economic impact and/or mass
disruption of day-to-day civilian life in the event of failure, including, but not limited to:
Power generating stationsu
Water treatment facilities
Sewage treatment facilities
Telecommunication centers
Buildings and other structures not included in Occupancy Category IV (including, but not limited to, facilities that manufacture, process,
handle, store, use, or dispose of such substances as hazardous fuels, hazardous chemicals, hazardous waste, or explosives) containing
sufficient quantities of toxic or explosive substances to be dangerous to the public if released.
Buildings and other structures containing toxic or explosive substances shall be eligible for classification as Occupancy Category I1
structures if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction by a hazard assessment as described in
Section 1.5.2 that a release of the toxic or explosive substances does not pose a threat to the public.
Buildings and other structures designated as essential facilities, including, but not limited to:
Hospitals and other health care facilities having surgery or emergency treatment facilities
Fire, rescue, ambulance, and police stations and emergency vehicle garages
Designated earthquake, hurricane, or other emergency shelters
Designated emergency preparedness, communication, and operation centers and other facilities required for emergency response
Power generating stations and other public utility facilities required in an emergency
Ancillary structures (including, but not limited to, communication towers, fuel storage tanks, cooling towers, electrical substation
structures, fire water storage tanks or other structures housing or supporting water, or other fire-suppression material or equipment)
required for operation of Occupancy Category IV structures during an emergency
Aviation control towers, air traffic control centers, and emergency aircraft hangars
Water storage facilities and pump structures required to maintain water pressure for fire suppression
Buildings and other structures having critical national defense functions
Buildings and other structures (including, but not limited to, facilities that manufacture, process, handle, store, use, or dispose of such
substances as hazardous fuels, hazardous chemicals, or hazardous waste) containing highly toxic substances where the quantity of the
material exceeds a threshold quantity established by the authority having jurisdiction.
Buildings and other structures containing highly toxic substances shall be eligible for classification as Occupancy Category I1 structures if
it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction by a hazard assessment as described in Section 1.5.2 that a
release of the highly toxic substances does not pose a threat to the public. This reduced classification shall not be permitted if the buildings
or other structures also function as essential facilities.
uCogeneration power plants that do not supply power on the national grid shall be designated Occupancy Category 11.
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
Other Structures - Method 2

Figure 6-22
Force Coefficients, Cf
All Heights
Open Signs &

Lattice Frameworks
Rounded Members
E
F"t-Sided
Members
r."---
U%/q,5 2.5
(D
&L 5 5.3)
D&
(D
> 2.5
&L > 5.3)
< 0.1
2.0
I .2
0.8
0.1 to 0.29
1.8
1.3
0.9
0.3 to 0.7
1.4
1.5
1.1
Notcs:
1 . Signs with openings comprising 30% or more of the gross area are
classified as open signs.
2. The calculation of the design wind forces shall be based on the area of
all exposed members and elements projected on a plane normal to the
wind direction. Forces shall be assumed to act parallel to the wind
direction.
3. The area Afconsistent with these force coefficients is Ihe solid area
projected normal to the wind direction.
4. Notation:
E : ratio of solid area to gross area;
D: diameter of a typical round member, in feet (meters);

q,: velocity pressure evaluated at height z above ground in pounds per
square foot (N/m2).
Importance Factor, 1 (Wind Loads)
Table 6-1
Category
Non-Hurricane Prone Regions

and Hurricane Prone Regions
with V = 85-100 mph
and Alaska
Hurricane Prone Regions

with V > 100 mph
0.87
0.77
11
1.oo
1.oo
111
1.15
1.15
1V
1.15
1.15
Note:
1. The building and structure classification categories are listed in Table 1-1.
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, Kh and K,

Table 6-3
Notes:
1. Case 1: a. All components and cladding.
b. Main wind force resisting system in low-rise buildings designed using Figure 6- 10.
Case 2: a. All main wind force resisting systems in buildings except those in low-rise buildings
designed using Figure 6-10.
b. All main wind force resisting systems in other structures.
2.
The velocity pressure exposure coefficient K, may be determined from the following formula:
For 15 ft. 5 z 5 z,
K,
2.0 1 ( Z / Z , ) ~ / ~
F o r z < 15 ft.
K,
= 2.01
(1.51~~)~~"
Note: z shall not be talcen less than 30 feet for Case 1 in exposure B.
3.
a and z, are tabulated in Table 6-2.
4.
Linear interpolation for intermediate values of height z is acceptable.
5.
Exposure categories are defined in 6.5.6.
79
Wind Directionality Factor, Kd

Table 6-4
Structure Type
Directionality Factor Kd*
Buildings
Main Wind Force Resisting System
Components and Cladding
0.85
0.85
Arched Roofs
0.85
Chimneys, Tanks, and Similar Structures

Square
Hexagonal
Round
0.90
0.95
0.95
Solid Signs
0.85
Open Signs and Lattice Framework
0.85
Trussed Towers
Triangular, square, rectangular
All other cross sections
0.85
0.95
"Directionality Factor Kd has been calibrated with combinations of loads

specified in Section 2. This factor shall only be applied when used in
conjunction with load combinations specified in 2.3 and 2.4.
ASCE 7-05
Main Wind Force Resisting System

Figure 6 - 1 8 ~
Net Pressure Coefficient, CN
Open Buildings
0.25 5 h/L 5 1.0
Pitched Free Roofs

8 I45", y = oO,180"
Notes:
1.
CNWand CNLdenote net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of
roof surfaces, respectively.
2.
Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blocltage less than or equal to 50%. Obstructed
wind flow denotes objects below roof inhibiting wind flow (>50% blocltage).
3.
For values of 9 between 7.5' and 45", linear interpolation is permitted. For values of 9 less than 7.5", use
monoslope roof load coefficients.
4.
Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface, respectively.
5.
All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
6.
Notation:
L
: horizontal dimension of roof, measured in the along wind direction, ft. (m)
h
: mean roof height, ft. (nl)
: direction of wind, degrees
y
9
: angle of plane of roof from horizontal, degrees
67
All Heights
Other Structures -Method 2

Figure 6-20
Solid Freestanding Walls

& Solid Signs
Force Coefficients, Cf
CASE B
CASE A: resultant force acts normal to the face of the sign through the geometric center.
CASE B: resultant force acts normal to the face of the sign at a distance from the geometric center
toward the windward edge equal to 0.2 times the average width of the sign.
For Bis 2 2, CASE C must also be considered:
CASE C: resultant forces act normal to the face of the sign through the geometric centers of each region.
The same cases as above except that the vertical locations of the resultant forces occur at a distance above
the geometric center equal to 0.05 times the average height of the sign.
B: horizontal dimension of sign, in feet (meters);

h: height of the sign, in feet (meters);
73
6.5.12.4.2 Buildings with h > 60 ft (18.3 m). Design wind

pressures on components and cladding for all buildings with h >
60 ft (18.3 m) shall be determined from the following equation:
where
q = q, for windward walls calculated at height z above the
ground
q = qj, for leeward walls, side walls, and roofs, evaluated
at height h
q, = qj, for windward walls, side walls, leeward walls, and
roofs of enclosed buildings and for negative internal
pressure evaluation in partially enclosed buildings
q, = q, for positive internal pressure evaluation in partially
enclosed buildings where height z is defined as the level
of the highest opening in the building that could affect
the positive internal pressure. For buildings sited in
wind-borne debris regions, glazing that is not impact
resistant or protected with an impact-resistant covering, shall be treated as an opening in accordance with
Section 6.5.9.3. For positive internal pressure evaluation, q, may conservatively be evaluated at height h
(q, = YI,)
(GCp) = external pressure coefficient from Fig. 6-17
(GC,,,) = internal pressure coefficient given in Fig. 6-5.
q and q; shall be evaluated using exposure defined in Section
6.5.6.3.
6.5.12.4.3 Alternative Design Wind Pressures for Components and Cladding in Buildings with 60 ft (18.3 m) < h <
90 ft (27.4 m). Alternative to the requirements of Section
6.5.12.4.2, the design of components and cladding for buildings
with a mean roof height greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) and less than
90 ft (27.4 m) values from Figs. 6- 11 through 6- 17 shall be used
only if the height to width ratio is one or less (except as permitted
by Note 6 of Fig. 6-17) and Eq. 6-22 is used.
6.5.12.4.4 Parapets. The design wind pressure on the components and cladding elements of parapets shall be designed by the
following equation:
where
qp = velocity pressure evaluated at the top of the parapet
GCp = external pressure coefficient from Figs. 6-1 1 through
6-17
GCp; = internal pressure coefficient from Fig. 6-5, based on the
porosity of the parapet envelope
Two load cases shall be considered. Load Case A shall consist
of applying the applicable positive wall pressure from Fig. 6-1 1A
or Fig. 6-17 to the front surface of the parapet while applying the
applicable negative edge or corner zone roof pressure from Figs.
6- 11 through 6- 17 to the back surface. Load Case B shall consist
of applying the applicable positive wall pressure from Fig. 6-1 1A
or Fig. 6-17 to the back of the parapet surface, and applying the
applicable negative wall pressure from Fig. 6-1 l A or Fig. 6-17
to the front surface. Edge and corner zones shall be arranged
as shown in Figs. 6-1 1 through 6-17. GCp shall be determined
for appropriate roof angle and effective wind area from Figs. 6-1 1
through 6- 17. If internal pressure is present, both load cases should
be evaluated under positive and negative internal pressure.
6.5.13 Design Wind Loads on Open Buildings with

Monoslope, Pitched, or Troughed Roofs.
6.5.13.1 General.
6.5.13.1.1 Sign Convention. Plus and minus signs signify

pressure acting toward and away from the top surface of the roof,
respectively.
6.5.13.1.2 Critical Load Condition. Net pressure coefficients C N include contributions from top and bottom surfaces.
All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
6.5.13.2 Main Wind-Force Resisting Systems. The net design
pressure for the MWFRSs of monoslope, pitched, or troughed
roofs shall be determined by the following equation:
where
qj, = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h using the
exposure as defined in Section 6.5.6.3 that results in the
highest wind loads for any wind direction at the site
G = gust effect factor from Section 6.5.8
C N = n e t pressure coefficient determined from Figs. 6-18A
through 6-18D
For free roofs with an angle of plane of roof from horizontal
0 less than or equal to 5' and containing fascia panels, the fascia
panel shall be considered an inverted parapet. The contribution
of loads on the fascia to the MWFRS loads shall be determined
using Section 6.5.12.2.4 with qp equal to qj,.
6.5.13.3 Component and Cladding Elements. The net design

wind pressure for component and cladding elements of monoslope, pitched, and troughed roofs shall be determined by the
following equation:
where
qj, = velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h using the
exposure as defined in Section 6.5.6.3 that results in the
highest wind loads for any wind direction at the site
G = gust-effect factor from Section 6.5.8
C N = n e t pressure coefficient determined from Figs. 6-19A
through 6-19C
6.5.14 Design Wind Loads on Solid Freestanding Walls and

Solid Signs. The design wind force for solid freestanding walls
and solid signs shall be determined by the following formula:
where
qj, = the velocity pressure evaluated at height h (defined in
Fig. 6-20) using exposure defined in Section 6.5.6.4.1
C = net force coefficient from Fig. 6-20
A, = the gross area of the solid freestanding wall or solid sign,
in ft2 (m2)
6.5.15 Design Wind Loads on Other Structures. The design

wind force for other structures shall be determined by the following equation:
where
q, = velocity pressure evaluated at height z of the centroid of
area A using exposure defined in Section 6.5.6.3
C j = force coefficients from Figs. 6-21 through 6-23
A = projected areanormal to the wind except where C is specified for the actual surface area, ft2 (m2)
pressure determination." The positive internal pressure is dictated

by the positive exterior pressure on the windward face at the point
where there is an opening. The positive exterior pressure at the
opening is governed by the value of q at the level of the opening,
not qj,. Therefore the old provision that used qj, as the velocity
pressure is not in accord with the physics of the situation. For low
buildings this does not make much difference, but for the example
of a 300 ft tall building in Exposure B with a highest opening at
60 ft, the difference between q300and q60 represents a 59 percent
increase in internal pressure. This is unrealistic and represents
an unnecessary degree of conservatism. Accordingly, q; = qr for
positive internal pressure evaluation in partially enclosed buildings where height z is defined as the level of the highest opening
in the building that could affect the positive internal pressure. For
buildings sited in wind-borne debris regions, glazing that is not
impact resistant or protected with an impact-resistant covering,
q, should be treated as an opening. For positive internal pressure evaluation, q, may conservatively be evaluated at height h
(q, = Y I ~ .
C6.5.12.3 Design Wind Load Cases. Recent wind tunnel research [Refs. C6-7 1, C6-72, C6- 125, C6- 1261 has shown that torsional load requirements of Fig. 6-9 in ASCE 7-98 often grossly
underestimate the true torsion on a building under wind, including those that are symmetric in geometric form and stiffness. This
torsion is caused by nonuniform pressure on the different faces
of the building from wind flow around the building, interference
effects of nearby buildings and terrain, and by dynamic effects
on more flexible buildings. The revision to Load Cases 2 and 4
in Fig. 6-9 increases the torsional loading to 15 percent eccentricity under 75 percent of the maximum wind shear for Load
Case 2 (from the ASCE 7-98 value of 3.625 percent eccentricity
at 87.5 percent of maximum shear). Although this is more in line
with wind tunnel experience on square and rectangular buildings
with aspect ratios up to about 2.5, it may not cover all cases, even
for symmetric and common building shapes where larger torsions
have been observed. For example, wind tunnel studies often show
an eccentricity of 5 percent or more under full (not reduced) base
shear. The designer may wish to apply this level of eccentricity at
full wind loading for certain more critical buildings even though
it is not required by the standard. The present more moderate torsional load requirements can in part be justified by the fact that
the design wind forces tend to be upper-bound for most common
building shapes.
In buildings with some structural systems, more severe loading can occur when the resultant wind load acts diagonally to the
building. To account for this effect and the fact that many buildings exhibit maximum response in the across-wind direction (the
standard currently has no analytical procedure for this case), a
structure should be capable of resisting 75 percent of the design
wind load applied simultaneously along each principal axis as
required by Case 3 in Fig. 6-9.
For flexible buildings, dynamic effects can increase torsional
loading. Additional torsional loading can occur because of eccentricity between the elastic shear center and the center of mass at
each level of the structure. The new Eq. 6-21 accounts for this
effect.
It is important to note that significant torsion can occur on lowrise buildings also [Ref. C6-721 and, therefore, the wind loading
requirements of Section 6.5.12.3 are now applicable to buildings
of all heights.
As discussed in Section 6.6, the wind tunnel Method 3 should
always be considered for buildings withunusual shapes, rectangular buildings with larger aspect ratios, and dynamically sensitive
buildings. The effects of torsion can more accurately be determined for these cases and for the more normal building shapes
using the wind tunnel procedure.
C6.5.13 Design Wind Loads on Open Buildings with Monoslope, Pitched, or Troughed Roofs. New Figs. 6-18 and 6-19
are presented for wind loads on MWFRSs and components and
cladding of open buildings with roofs as shown, respectively. This
work is based on the Australian Standard AS 1170.2-2000, Part 2:
Wind Actions, with modifications to the MWFRS pressure coefficients based on recent studies [C6-127 and C6- 1281.
The roof wind loading on open building roofs is highly dependent upon whether goods or materials are stored under the
roof and restrict the wind flow. Restricting the flow can introduce substantial upward-acting pressures on the bottom surface
of the roof, thus increasing the resultant uplift load on the roof.
Figs. 6- 18 and 6-19 offer the designer two options. Option 1 (clear
wind flow) implies little (less than 50 percent) or no portion of
the cross-section below the roof is blocked. Option 2 (obstructed
wind flow) implies that a significant portion (more than 75 percent is typically referenced in the literature) of the cross-section
is blocked by goods or materials below the roof. Clearly, values
would change from one set of coefficients to the other following
some sort of smooth, but as yet unknown relationship. In developing the provisions included in this standard, the 50 percent
blockage value was selected for Option 1, with the expectation
that it represents a somewhat conservative transition. If the designer is not clear about usage of the space below the roof or if
the usage could change to restrict free air flow, then design loads
for both options should be used.
In determining loads on component and cladding elements for
open building roofs using Fig. 6-19, it is important for the designer to note that the net pressure coefficient C N is based on
contributions from the top and bottom surfaces of the roof. This
implies that the element receives load from both surfaces. Such
would not be the case if the surface below the roof was separated
structurally from the top roof surface. In this case, the pressure
coefficient should be seuarated for the effect of tou and bottom
pressures, or conservatively, each surface could be designed using
the C N value from Fig. 6-19.
C6.6 METHOD 3-WIND-TUNNEL
PROCEDURE
Wind tunnel testing is specified when a structure contains any of

the characteristics defined in Section 6.5.2 or when the designer
wishes to more accurately determine the wind loads. For some
building shapes wind tunnel testing can reduce the conservatism
due to enveloping of wind loads inherent in Methods 1 and 2. Also,
wind tunnel testing accounts for shielding or channeling and can
more accurately determine wind loads for a complex building
shape than Methods 1 and 2. It is the intent of the standard that
any building or other structure be allowed to use the wind tunnel
testing method to determine wind loads. Requirements for proper
testing are given in Section 6.6.2.
Wind tunnel tests are recommended when the building or other
structure under consideration satisfies one or more of the following conditions:
1. Has a shape which differs significantly from a uniform rectangular prism or "box-like" shape.
2. Is flexible with natural frequencies normally below 1 Hz.
3. Is subject to buffeting by the wake of upwind buildings or
other structures.
ASCE 7-05
Appendix D.7
Distributed Component Weights

Appendix D.7
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.7
April 3, 2012
Project No : C11137.00
Date : 12/1/2011
Component Weights
Component Type
Hoists 2
Speaker Hoists
Purlin
Columns
Truss
Component Tag
Net Weight (lbs) 1
H.T.B2.3.S.1.ECS
H.P.CD.2.3.N.1.LTB.2
H.P.EF.2.3.ES1.LTP.14
H.T.4.3.EF.W.1.LTT6
H.T.4.BC.E1.LTT.2
H.T.D2.3.N.1.LTB.3
H.LTP.3.1.LTV.1.2
H.T.B2.3.N.1.ECS
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S.1.LTW.1
H.T.B.2.3.S.2.ECS
H.P.EF.1.2.S.1.LTR.8
H.P.BC.1.2.N.1.LTO.1.S
H.T.B.1.2.S.2.ECS
H.P.BC.1.2.S.1.LTR.0
H.T.D.1.2.N.1.LTO.3.S
H.P.BC.1.2.N.2.LTO.1.N
H.P.EF.1.2.N.1.LTO.7S
H.T.D.1.2.N.2.LTO3.N
H.P.EF.1.2.N.2.LTO.7.N
H.A1
H.B1
H.B2
H.B3
H.B4
H.F1
H.F2
H.F3
H.F4
H.G1
H.T.1DE.E.1.LTR.5
H.T.1.BC.W.1.LTR.1
H.T.1.EF.E.1.LTR.7
H.T.1.CD.W.2.LTR.3
H.T.1FG.W.2.SPK.FG1.W
H.T.1FG.W.1.SPK.FG1.W
H.T.1FG.E.1.SPK.FG1.E
H.T.1FG.W3.SPK.FG1.E
H.T.1.AB.W.1.SPK.AB1.W
H.T.1.AB.E.2.SPK.AB1.E
H.T.1AB.E.1.SPK.AB1.E
H.T.1.AB.E.2.SPK.AB1.W (S1.S2)
P.EF.3.4.W.N, P.EF.3.4.W.S
P.EF.3.4.E.S, P.EF.3.4.N
C.A1.1 C.A1.5
C.A1.6
C.B1.1 C.B1.6
C.B1.7
C.B2.6
C.B2.1 C.B2.5
C.B3.1 C.B3.5
C.B3.6
C.B4.1 C.B4.6
C.B4.7
98
257
163
103
104
269
98
99
163
100
164
97
98
164
96
96
97
97
98
213
214
213
210
212
213
213
215
218
213
170
191
164
164
241
237
177
178
173
243
239
172
160
163
424
158
362
163
159
347
353
155
378
159
T.D1.2S + T.D.1.2.N +
D2 (Top and Bottom plate) + T2.DE.W + T2.DE.E
496
T.1DE.E (square ends)

T.C1.2S (round ends)
T1.FG.E
102
92
115
TF.3.4.N, TF.3.4.S, F4
401
T1.CD.E,T1.CD.W, Node C1
( Top plate, Bottom plate, South face)
T.F.3.4.N, T.F.3.4.S, NS F4, Node F4
(Top plate, Bottom plate, North face, East face)
Node F3 (Top Plate, Bottom Plate, East Face),
T.F2.3.N , T.F.2.3.S, NS F3, Misc Lights
T1.FG.W.X8 , Node F1
(Top Plate, Bottom Plate, South face)
T1.FG.W.X1 X7
LTT.5 LTT.7
LTT.1 LTT.4
T1.EF.E
296
405
387
140
132
127
165
187
Date : 12/1/2011
Component Weights
Component Type
Component Tag
Net Weight (lbs) 1
Strut
Black Columns
Ridge Truss
S.FG.1 ,S.FG2,S.FG3,S.FG4, Node G1

CE.3.5.1 CE.3.5.4
RG.3.4.N
RF.BC.4,GW.C.1.4 , GW.C.2.4, RF.N4.W,
RF.CD.4.W, RF.CD.4.E, GW.D1.4,GW.D2.4,
GW.D3.4, RF.EF.4, RF.N4.E,
RF.DE.4.E,RF.DE.4.W,GW.E2.4, GW.E1.4,
RG.N4
LED Curtain 1,2 of 6
LED Curtain 3,4 of 6
LED Curtain 5 of 6
LED Curtain 6 of 6
Pallet w/ Scenery Debris
Pallet w/ light bulb & spotlight housing debris
Pallet w/ light bulb debris
Surround Gear( For Video Screen)
Pallet w/ Speaker Cables, SPK.AB1.W, Misc chain
West Roof Tarp
Tarp Rods (19 in the bundle)
NS.F4.JB.NE1.S
NS.G1.JB.E1.W
NS.B4.JB.NW1.S
NS.B2.JB.W3.E
NS.A1.JB.W1.E.X2
NS.F4.JB.E4.E
NS.F4.JB.E2.E
NS.F1.JB.E3.E
NS.B4.JB.W2.W
NS.B4.JB.W4.E
NS.B4.JB.W2.E
NS.F3.JB.E2.W
NS.B1.JB.W3.W.X1
NS.F2.JB.E3.W
SPK.AB1.E.17
SPK.AB1.E.18
SPK.AB1.E.19
SPK.AB1.E.20
SPK.FG1.W.16
SPK.FG1.W.17
SPK.FG1.W.18
SPK.FG1.W.19
SPK.FG1.W.20
SPK.AB1.E (Spreader Bar)
SPK.AB1.W.07
SPK.AB1.E.12
SPK.AB1.E.17
SPK.AB1.W.06
SPK.AB1.E.20
SPK.FG1.W.21
L.Acoustics.ARC.720
L.Acoustics.ARC.712
SPK.AB1.W.08
SPK.FG1.E + 2 Speaker Support Chains
SKP.FG1.W
350
361
117
Gable Roof Section
LED Soft Screen Fabric
Misc Items + Debris 3
Roof Tarp /
Roof Tarp Components
Tie Down Strap

(Nylon Strap)
Speakers + Speaker
Components
859
417
431
212
217
73
57
58
50
205
278
198
252
216
7
6
6
5
2
5
7
5
6
6
6
5
5
5
258
245
251
248
255
263
253
252
262
161
249
226
258
261
248
247
126
126
230
77
162
Notes:
1. Component weights obtained at warehouse using Dillon EDXtreme (5000 lb capacity) with an accuracy of +/ 5 lbs
2. Hoist weights include motor body, hoist chain, and chain bag. Amount of chain per bag may vary and was not verified.
3. Weights for item(s) on pallets are reported as net weight
Date : 12/1/2011
Component Weights
Component Type
Component Tag
Length (ft)
Net Weight (lbs) 1
Electrical / Sound Cables 2
1.SPK.AB1.E
2.SPK.AB1.E
3.SPK.AB1.W
4.SPK.AB1.W
7 LTO.S
8.LTO.N
9.LTR
9.LTR.1
9.LTR.2
10.LTW.1
10.LTW.2
11.LTB
12.LTP (1)
12.LTP (2)
12.LTP (3)
13 B4 (Cut 1)
13 B4
13 B4
14 (West LED Curtain)
15.LTV.1
16 LED Curtain
17 LTV 2
18 LTV 3
19 LED Curtain
20 LTV 4
21.LT5
22 LED Curtain
23 LED Curtain
24 LED Curtain
25 LED Curtain
26 LTV6
Cable attached to video wall control box
Cable Splitter
102
100
86
97
64
97
109
94
119
113
58
80
174
124
150
182
135
146
30
50
30
75
75
108
100
100
30
30
30
30
125
100
118
28
44
38
45
76
502
146
276
272
254
405
396
272
239
178
90
25
81
32
79
49
49
120
65
65
79
81
81
79
74
18
3
Notes:
1. Component weights obtained at warehouse using Dillon EDXtreme (5000 lb capacity) with an accuracy of +/ 5 lbs
2. Cable refers to a bundle of multiple individual cables of various diameters and lengths
Rigging Hardware Weight (lbs)

184
90
90
184
184
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
124
124
124
124
200
232
58
58
58
90
64
76
90
90
76
76
86
Component Tag
LTR.1 LTR.7
LTR.8
LTR.0
LTO.1.S LTO.7.S
LTO.1.N LTO.7.N
LTV.1.1
LTV.1.2
LTV.2.2
LTV.3.1
LTV.4.1
LTV.5.1
LTV.6.1
LTP.11 LTP.14
LTP.8 LTP.10
LTP.5 LTP.7
LTP.1 LTP.4
LTW.1 LTW.5
LTB.1 LTB.6
CIRC LTB.3 and LTB.4
CH1 (West Chandelier, LTW.2)
CH2 (East Chandelier, LTW.4)
Prop 1 ( Gear West.LTB 2)
Prop 2 ( Gear East, LTB 5)
Spotlight
C.F2
LED Screen
4070
484
670
582
930
398
634
658
614
626
778
908
1848
1068
1050
1816
4674
4716
288
560
304
126
746
746
268
280
246
432
2942
Total Pick Weight (lbs)
Notes:
1. Component weights obtained at ISF site utilizing Dillon EDXtreme (10000 lb capacity) with an accuracy of +/ 10 lbs
Spotlight
Column
LED Display
Props
Chandeliers
LED Surround
White Truss
Blue Truss
Purple Truss
Vertical Truss
Orange Truss
Red Truss
Component Type
Component Weights
3886
394
580
398
746
308
544
568
524
536
688
818
1724
944
926
1692
4474
4484
230
502
246
36
682
670
178
190
170
356
2856
Net Component Weight (lbs) 1
Date : 12/1/2011
Appendix D.8
Wire Rope Stiffness Calculations

Appendix D.8
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.8
April 3, 2012
LATERAL STIFFNESS OF ISF STRUCTURE

The lateral load resisting system consisted of fourteen (14) guy wires that were connected to ten (10)
reinforced concrete jersey barriers.
Figure 1: The lateral system of the ISF Structure consists of guy wires tied back to concrete jersey barriers
as shown here.
The global behavior of the ISF structure can be idealized as two degrees of freedom system where a
number of springs are connected in parallel to the stage, considered as a mass. The stiffness of each
guy wire has been calculated using the displacement method and then has been linearly combined with
the stiffness of the other guy wires that are engaged in the same direction. For this calculation it is
assumed the guy wires have been initially tightening enough to remove any significant sag allowing the
wires to act as axially loaded tension members.

Appendix D.8
Page 1 of 6
April 3, 2012
Figure 2: two degrees of freedom system
Each cables stiffness has been calculated in the global coordinate system and the total stiffness in the
two directions WE (X) and NS (Y) is summarized in the following table:
WE (X)
Kx = 3416
Mass =
180
Frequency = 0.70
Calculated T = 1.44
NS (Y)
Ky = 3005
Mass =
180
Frequency =
0.65
Calculated T=
1.53
lb/in
lb sec^2/in
Hz
sec
lb/in
lb sec^2/in
Hz
sec
Figure 3 a) In red are the guy wires that contribute to the WE stiffness, b) In red are the guy wires that
contribute to the NS stiffness.
The aluminum components that make up the columns and gable roof trusses have a minor contribution
to the overall stiffness of the structure compared to the guy cables. The attached calculations assume
the columns are moment connected to the roof trusses, the base of the columns are pins, and the
stiffness of the roof level truss are much larger than the stiffness of the column trusses. The total
stiffness of the aluminum frame is 312 lbs/in in each direction, or an order of magnitude less than what
is provided by the guy wires.
Accounting for the stiffness of the frame and guy wires the expected displacement under 59 mph wind
from the north and west are shown in Table 1 below along with a comparison of the value determined by
SAP. The hand calculations predict larger displacements then the SAP model, which can be partially

Appendix D.8
Page 2 of 6
April 3, 2012
attributed to the assumption of pinned column base. The SAP model includes the partial fixity due to the
channel xs at the base of the columns.
Case
Max Lateral
Load
Total
stiffness
Displacement of
Roof level
Displacement
from SAP
lbs
lbs/in
in
in
%
difference
North wind
38580
3317
11.6
10.7
8%
North wind
38580
3317
11.6
11.9
-2%
West wind
18696
3728
5.0
4.7
6%
West wind
18692
3728
5.0
4.4
13%
Table 1: Comparison of displacements calculated by hand and via the SAP 2000 FE model.

Appendix D.8
Page 3 of 6
April 3, 2012
Calculation of Frame Stiffness:

Appendix D.8
Page 4 of 6
April 3, 2012
Calculation of Cable Stiffness:

Appendix D.8
Page 5 of 6
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.8
Page 6 of 6
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.9
Simplified Analysis Calculations

Appendix D.9
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.9
April 3, 2012
SIMPLE MODEL CALCULATIONS:

Refer to section 6.5 of the report for assumptions and discussion of results.
DEAD LOAD CALCULATIONS:
The self weight is the weight of a structural component and forms a major component of the dead load.
This figure shown below indicates the self weight of the various components.
Figure 1. Structure - Self weight

Appendix D.9
Page 1 of 12
April 3, 2012
Figure 2. Configuration of Structure

Appendix D.9
Page 2 of 12
April 3, 2012
Figure 3. Optimized Guy Wire and Ballast Layout
Figure 4. Application of self weight loads

Self Weight Loads:
1 - 194 x 3/2 + 474 /4
2 - 194 x 4/2 +32
3 - 194 x 4/2 + 32 +97
4 - 474/2 + 97
5 - 474/2 + 32 + 97
= 0.41k
= 0.42k
= 0.52k
= 0.33k
= 0.37k

Appendix D.9
Page 3 of 12
April 3, 2012
TRUSS END SUPPORT REACTIONS DUE TO SELF WEIGHT:

End Truss:
(194 x4 + 194 x 5/2 + 48 x 3 + 474x 2 + 97 + 48+ 97 x 5/2) / 2 = 1370 lbs
Interior Truss:
(194 x4 + 194 x5 + 32 x 3 + 474x 2 + 97 + 32+ 97 x 5) / 2 = 1700 lbs
Superimposed Dead Loads:
The rigging plot (See Appendix B.3 ) provided to TT by the ISF provides information about the estimated
weight and location of some of the suspended equipment.
Known loads hanging from the North half of the structure:
L1 to L16 = 1450 + 1275 x 2 + 1250 x 2 + 1350 + 1600 + 1650 + 2650 + 1650 +1600 + 1200 + 1750 x 2
+ 1200 + 475 = 23,375 lbs
D1 to D3 = 885 + 885 + 675 = 2445 lbs
Total = 25820 / (76.5 x 58/2) = 11.6 psf
Known hanging loads on the South half of the structure:
L17 to L24 = 550 + 425 + 850 + 900 +1500 x 2 +900 + 850 = 7475 lbs
Total = 7475 / (76.5 x 58/2) = 3.4 psf
Loads hanging along length of west eave line:
SR1, SR2, SR5, SR6 = 885 + 885 + 1000 + 1000 = 3,770 lbs
CP1 to CP3 = 500 + 525 + 650 = 1675 lbs
Total = 5445 / 58 = 94 plf
Loads hanging along length of east eave line:
SL1, SL2, SL5, SL6 = 885 + 885 + 1000 + 1000 = 3,770 lbs
Total = 3770/ 58 = 65 plf

Appendix D.9
Page 4 of 12
April 3, 2012
WIND LOAD CRITERIA AND CALCULATIONS

Wind Load Criteria
Mean roof height
Length of building perpendicular to ridge
Width of building parallel to ridge
Basic Wind Speed
Importance Factor
Exposure Category
Topographic Factor
Gust Effect Factor
Enclosure Classification
Internal Pressure Coefficient
Velocity Pressure Coefficient
Directionality Factor
h = 44 feet
L = 76.5 feet
B = 58 feet
V = 90 mph
I = 1.15
C
Kzt = 1.0
G = 0.85
Open
0
Kh = 1.06
Kd = 0.85
DETERMINATION OF LOADS:
Baseline Velocity Pressure (qh):
2
qh = 0.00256 x Kh x Kzt x Kd x V x I
2
qh = 0.00256 x 1.06 x 1.0 x 0.85 x 90 x 1.15 = 21.50 psf

Velocity Pressure including Basic Wind Speed Reduction per ASCE 37-02:
2
qh = 0.00256 x 1.06 x 1.0 x 0.85 x 67.5 x 1.15 = 12.0 psf

Appendix D.9
Page 5 of 12
April 3, 2012
WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE:

The net pressure coefficients (CN) and wind pressures for wind load applied perpendicular to the ridge
line per ASCE 7-05 Figure 6-18B are calculated below for the roof with angle of pitch = 15 degrees.
Load
Case
Clear Wind Flow
A
B
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CNW
CNL
CNW
CNL
1.1
-0.4
-1.2
-1
0.1
-1.1
-0.6
-1.6
Table 1: Net Pressure Co-efficients
Baseline wind pressures p = qh x G x CN (All pressures in psf) are calculated below:
Load
Case
Clear Wind Flow
A
B
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CNW
CNL
CNW
CNL
20.1
-7.3
-21.9
-18.3
1.8
-20.1
-11
-29.2
Table 2: Baseline Wind Pressures
ASCE 37-02 wind pressures p = qh x G x CN (All pressures in psf) are calculated below:
Load
Case
A
B
Clear Wind Flow

CNW
CNL
11.3
-4.1
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CNW
CNL
-12.3
-10.3
1.0
-11.3
-6.2
-16.4
Table 3: ASCE 37-02 Wind Pressures

Appendix D.9
Page 6 of 12
April 3, 2012
WIND PARALLEL TO THE RIDGE:

The net pressure coefficients (CN) and wind pressures for wind load applied parallel to the ridge line per
ASCE 7-05 Figure 6-18D are calculated below:
Clear Wind
Flow
CN
-0.8
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CN
-1.2
0.8
0.5
h,2h
-0.6
-0.9
Distance from
Windward
Edge
h
h,2h
Load
Case
B
0.5
Table 4: Net Pressure Co-efficients
0.5
Baseline wind pressures p = qh x G x CN (All pressures in psf ) are calculated below:

Clear Wind
Flow
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CN
CN
-14.6
-21.9
14.6
9.1
h,2h
-11
-16.4
Distance from
Windward
Edge
Load
Case
h,2h
B
9.1
Table 5: Baseline Wind Pressures
9.1
ASCE 37-02 wind pressures p = qh x G x CN (All pressures in psf) are calculated below:
Clear Wind
Flow
Obstructed Wind
Flow
CN
CN
-8.2
-12.3
8.2
5.1
h,2h
-6.2
-9.2
Distance from
Windward
Edge
Load
Case
h,2h
B
5.1
5.1
Table 6: ASCE 37-02 Wind Pressures

Appendix D.9
Page 7 of 12
April 3, 2012
WIND LOAD APPLIED TO COLUMNS:

Perpendicular to Wind Area Column Face
Af = 2 x 2 x 30 + 4 x 1 x (15-1)/ sin 45
2
=182 in
At = 15 x 30
2
= 450 in
= 182/450 = 0.40

45 deg to Wind Area Column Face
Af = 3 x 2 x 30 + 8 x 1 x [ ((21.1
2
(30/2) ]
2
= 314.5 in
At = 21.2 x 30
2
= 636 in
= 314.5/636 = 0.49
Appendix D.9
Page 8 of 12
3 x 2) /2) +
April 3, 2012
COLUMN LOADS PERPENDICULAR TO COLUMN FACE:

F= qz G Cf Af where is evaluated at centroid of Af
Kz = 23 = 0.924, K zt = 1.0, Kd = 0.85, V = 90 or 67.5 mph, I = 1.15
2
qz = 0.00256 x Kz x Kzt x Kd x V x I
2
qz baseline = 0.00256 x0.924 x 1.0 x 0.85 x 90 x 1.15 = 18.72 psf

2
qz ASCE37 = 0.00256 x0.924 x 1.0 x 0.85 x 67.5 x 1.15 = 10.53 psf
Af =
182
144
2
30 x 40 = 20.2 ft
12
G = 0.85
Cf = 1.5 per ASCE 7 Figure 6-22
F baseline = 18.72 x 0.85 x 20.2 x 1.5 = 480 lbs
F ASCE 37 = 10.53 x 20.2 x 0.85 x 1.5 = 270lbs
Figure 5. Column Dimensions

Appendix D.9
Page 9 of 12
April 3, 2012
Applying the same methodology to spandrels 30 wide x 26 deep and truss bottom chord 30 wide x 26
deep
Figure 6. Spandrel Configuration

Kz = 39= 1.03, K zt = 1.0, Kd = 0.85, V = 90 or 67.5 mph, I = 1.15
As =
26
12
x 17.25 x
G = 0.85
Cf = 1.5
182
144
30
12
= 18.9 ft
qz = 0.00256 x Kz x Kzt x Kd x V x I
2
qz baseline = 0.00256 x 1.03 x 1.0 x 0.85 x 90 x 1.15 = 20.87 psf

2
qz ASCE37 = 0.00256 x 1.03x 1.0 x 0.85 x 67.5 x 1.15 = 11.74 psf
F baseline = 20.87 x 0.85 x 1.5 x 18.9 = 500 lbs
F ASCE 37 = 11.74 x 0.85 x 1.5 x 18.9 = 280 lbs
Truss bottom chord is 76.5 long
As =
26
12
x 76.5 x
182
144
30
12
= 84.5 ft
F baseline = 20.87 x 0.85 x 1.5 x 84.5 = 2250 lbs applied at centroid

F ASCE37 = 11.74 x 0.85 x 1.5 x 84.5 = 1265 lbs applied at centroid

Appendix D.9
Page 10 of 12
April 3, 2012
WIND LOADS AT GABLE END UTILIZE SOLID SIGN METHODOLOGY IN FIG 6-20 ASCE 7:
Figure 7. Structure Configuration

s/h = 0.09
B/s = 19.1
Kh = 1.06, K zt = 1.0, Kd = 0.85, I = 1.15
Cf = 1.90
2
As = 0.5 x 8 x 76.5 = 306 ft
2=
qz baseline = 0.00256 x 1.06 x 1 x 0.85 x 1.15 x 90 21.48 psf

2=
qz ASCE37 = 0.00256 x 1.06 x 1 x 0.85 x 1.15 x 67.5 12.08 psf
F baseline = 21.48 x 1.9 x 0.85 x 306 = 10,615 lbs
F ASCE 37 = 12.08 x 1.9 x 0.85 x 306 = 5970 lbs
Minimum wind loads per ASCE 7 section 6.1.4.1:

2
The design wind force for open buildings and other structures shall be not less than 10lb/ft multiplied by
the area Af where Af = area of open buildings and other structures either normal to the wind direction or
projected on a plane normal to the wind direction, in ft2

Appendix D.9
Page 11 of 12
April 3, 2012
Figure 8. Wind Loading perpendicular to ridge
Figure 9. Wind Loading parallel to ridge
Wind Load perpendicular to Ridge

2
Af column = 20.2 ft
2
Af spandrel = 18.9 ft
2
Af roof = 8 x 18.5 = 148 ft
Wind Load parallel to Ridge

2
Af column = 20.2 ft
2
Af spandrel = 84.5 / 2 = 42.25 ft
2
Af gable end = 306/2 = 153 ft
Af Total = 187.1 ft
Af total = 216 ft
Ftotal = 187.1 x 10 = 1870 lbs
Ftotal = 216 x 10 = 2160 lbs
Table 7: Wind Load (Parallel and Perpendicular to the Ridge)

Appendix D.9
Page 12 of 12
April 3, 2012
Appendix D.10
TT Review of James Thomas
Engineering Calculations

Appendix D.10
April 3, 2012

Appendix D.10
April 3, 2012
Item numbers are hyperlinked

to respective sections in JTE
calculations
TT REVIEW OF JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS:

TT reviewed a calculation package prepared by Jesse Mise, P.E. titled Indiana State Fair by Mid
America Sound dated 7/22/2010, 7/23/2010, and 7/24/2010. An annotated copy of these calculations
follows this section.
These calculations are a structural analysis of the ISF Structure that were reportedly prepared for James
Thomas Engineering for the 2010 concert productions at the Indiana State Fair. These calculations
included gravity load and wind load checks for three scheduled shows. Statements made by Mr. Mise to
IOSHA investigators indicate that calculations were not prepared for the 2011 concert
Thornton Tomasettis review focuses primarily on the determination of wind loads and ballast
requirements in terms of code requirements and best practices. The wind analysis calculations and guy
wire load requirements are located on pages 7 through 9, 15, and 16 of the calculation package. TTs
review has identified many inconsistencies, questionable engineering assumptions and unreasonable
operational assumptions.
TT has annotated specific items within this Appendix copy of the Mise calculations that correspond to the
discussion below:
Item 1:
This calculation package was prepared for the 2010 ISF Structure installation and a separate package
for the installation 2011 was not prepared. Of note are several discrepancies and differences between
the two installations. These include: three supplemental columns provided in 2011 compared to five
required in 2010; diameter guy wires specified in the 2010 calculations and the 3/8 diameter wire
ropes provided in 2011; variations in the guy line arrangement specified in 2010 and the arrangement
provided in 2011; additional snap bracing called for in 2010 not installed in 2011; and no mention of the
LED scrim in 2010 that was installed in 2011.
Item 2:
ASCE 37-05 is repeatedly referenced throughout the calculation package however it was not published
or revised in 2005.
Item 3:
The 50% porosity approximation for the column truss towers, although not calculated, is similar to
porosity calculated by TT.
Item 4:
The referenced equation in ASCE 7 section 6.5.13.3 is used for the determination of wind loads applied
to component and cladding elements attached to a structure, not for the calculation of wind loads to be
applied to a structure. Generally these loads are higher than those applied over an entire structure as
they are intended to capture local effects on smaller areas; this methodology could result in overly
conservative results.
Item 5:
The gust effect factor is determined assuming the structure is rigid. As shown in previous analyses,
these structures can behave as flexible structures due to the guy lines, slender elements and large
suspended weight associated them.
Appendix D.10
Page 1 of 3
April 3, 2012

calculations
Item 6:
A force coefficient (Cf) of 1.3 was calculated based on Figure 6-21 in ASCE 7. This figure is intended to
calculate force coefficients for chimneys, tanks, rooftop equipment and similar structures based on their
aspect ratios (height to diameter/width relationship). These elements are generally solid shapes
mounted on a building or free standing on the ground. It is unclear why this method would be applied to
a clearly open structure. Additionally, the calculation of the aspect ratio (h/D) equal to 2 is incorrect.
Using h equal to 45 and D being the least horizontal dimension of 60 (per measurements in Mises
diagrams), the aspect ratio should be 0.75. Although the calculation is incorrect, the force coefficient
would likely remain 1.3 if this methodology were appropriate for an application such as the ISF Structure.
Item 7:
A net pressure coefficient (CN) of 0.80 appears to have been calculated based on Figure 6-19B in ASCE
7. This figure is intended for determination components and cladding loads for pitched free roofs. It
appears that obstructed flow was assumed based on the value selected from the table. What is even
more unclear is why the corresponding negative net pressure coefficient was not also used, which is
equal to -2.4 and acts upward, or away from the top of the roof surface. Had clear flow been evaluated
the values of CN would have been 1.7 and -1.7 based on the methodology employed.
Item 8:
An importance factor of 1.0 was utilized and would likely be a common assumption among engineers.
Based on TTs evaluation of the building code discussed in Section 5 of this report, a value of 1.15 is
more representative of the intent of the code.
Item 9:
The vertical pressure of 7 psf calculated is based on the net pressure coefficient discussed in Item 7 and
should act toward the top surface of the roof. Assuming the procedure to this point had been correct, a
pressure acting away from the top surface of the roof should also have been calculated based on a net
pressure coefficient of -2.4. Utilizing the same methodology, a pressure of 22 psf would act away from
the roof surface.
Item 10:
Here the base is assumed to be capable of resisting the wind load tributary to the bottom of the column
which is 153 lbs. As long as there is not a net uplift, the magnitude of this load small enough that can
likely be resisted by frictional forces.
Item 11:
The uplift force of 2,811 lbs is calculated here based on the 7 psf pressure discussed in Item 9, which as
previously discussed actually would act downward based on the methodology used. Had the negative
pressure associated with this methodology been used this value would be approximately 8,740 lbs.
Item 12:
Here the total uplift of 4,752 lbs is calculated by adding the effects of overturning due to the horizontal
loading. Carrying through with the prior methodology, this value would be 10,680 lbs.
Item 13:
The net uplift is calculated here by subtracting the self weight of the structure and superimposed dead
loads yielding 3,379 lbs. Again carrying through with the prior methodology this value would be 9,310
lbs. This would be the upward net upward load that would need to be resisted by the guy line system.
Appendix D.10
Page 2 of 3
April 3, 2012

calculations
Item 14:
The maximum cable load appears to be calculated based on the cable being arranged such that it is
oriented at 45 degrees to the main structural grid lines, and also at 45 degrees with respect to the
ground. It also appears to assume that the restraint requirements in both horizontal directions are equal
to the uplift restraint requirement. The horizontal load restraint in the north-south direction was
calculated equal to 2505 lbs as part of determining the overturning moment. A calculation for in the eastwest direction was not performed. Assuming the methodology used in the calculation is correct, and
using the uplift value from Item 13, the maximum cable load would be 16,123 lbs. This value exceeds
the allowable load for both 3/8 and diameter wire ropes and exceeds the flexural capacity of the tube
members to which the fin plates are attached to.
Item 15:
The guy wire system layout assumes that the stage superstructure can deliver all of the necessary
lateral loads to four points on the structure and there is no mention of, or recommendations regarding
ballast requirements. The layout is also significantly different from the actual 2011 installation.
Item 16:
The note suggesting the superstructure grid be lowered for winds above 50 mph is unrealistic. The
superstructure grid could not be lowered in a timely fashion considering first the suspended production
rigging and other equipment including the LED scrim and LED video wall would need to be lowered and
removed. In addition, the supplemental columns clamped to the bottom of the structure would need to be
disconnected and removed. Next all of the safety straps which support the weight of the roof would need
to be removed in order for the chain hoists to engage the superstructure and lower it. Likewise, removal
of the tarp would be similarly unrealistic to achieve in a timely fashion due to the mechanical connection
of it to the trusses.
Summary:
Thornton Tomasetti has identified three significant shortcomings in the review of the calculation package
prepared for the 2010 installation:
The most significant deficiency is the decision to blindly apply the requirements of the 2010
installation, which were inadequate, to the 2011 installation and the further failure to implement
even the totality of the requirements specified in 2010.
The lack of understanding of the wind load provisions of ASCE 7, the haphazard and incorrect
application of provisions not specific to the structure, and the failure to provide a complete load
path including ballast requirements.
The operational recommendations for handling a high-wind event which could not be
implemented in a time frame consistent with typical weather warning systems.

Appendix D.10
Page 3 of 3
April 3, 2012
Annotated James Thomas

Engineering Calculations

Appendix D.10
April 3, 2012
Back to TT Review
1
5
6
7
Back to TT Review
10
10
11
12
13
14
Back to TT Review
15
16
Appendix E.1
Jersey Barrier Friction Testing Protocol

Appendix E.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.1
April 3, 2012
Testing Protocol
PROJECT NO
C11137.00
PROJECT
NAME
JERSEY BARRIER TEST PROTOCOL

Indianapolis State Fair Collapse
FROM
Incident
Scott Nacheman
PROJECT
LOCATION
Indianapolis, IN
Vice President
DATE
TITLE
November 4, 2011
Purpose:
Concrete barriers, commonly referred to as Jersey barriers, or K-rails were used as
ballast that served as the ground anchor points for the rigging structure system at the
above referenced property. Therefore, in order to evaluate the lateral stability of roof
structure system, the static friction resistance of the ground anchor points needs to be
determined through testing. The determination of the ultimate static friction resistance
will be based upon the procedures outlined below. The testing procedure will be
performed in situ and result in disturbed ground conditions surrounding the location of
the barriers and may further deteriorate the current condition of the Jersey barriers.
Notification/Evaluation:
All involved parties/stakeholders shall be notified of the testing time and location.
Notifications shall be issued by the regular distribution process posted at:
www.IN.gov/sfc/
Said notifications and evaluation of tests shall be in conformance with ASTM E860 - 07
Standard Practice for Examining And Preparing Items That Are Or May Become
Involved In Criminal or Civil Litigation.
It is anticipated that labor and equipment from F. A. Wilhelm Construction will be
utilized to execute the testing procedure.
Testing Specimen Quantity and Location:
The testing procedure will be performed on the following categories of Jersey barriers:
Displaced: Displaced Jersey barriers serving as ground anchor points that were moved
by the collapsing structure. These Jersey barriers will be moved back to their
approximate pre-collapse location to be tested. Namely JBW2, JBW3, JBNW1, JBNE1.
Non displaced: Jersey barriers serving as ground anchor points that were not
displaced by the collapsing structure and are still in their original pre-collapse location.
Testing Protocol
TT Project: C11137.00
Jersey Barrier Test Protocol - Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident
November 4, 2011, Page 2 of 5
The testing procedure will displace these barriers from their undisturbed positions.
Namely JBW1, JBE1, JBE2, JBE3, JBE4.
Ancillary: Jersey barriers not used as ground anchor points. These barriers will be
tested at various locations around the site to serve as a control group.
The location of each barrier shall be documented and photographed before, during and
after each test. The pre-collapse locations of displaced Jersey barriers will be
coordinated by Thornton Tomasetti. Documentation shall include notation that
identifies the location and ID number of each barrier.
Site Access Contact:
Authorized Individuals whom wish to observe the testing process shall request access
through siteaccess@sfc.in.gov
Testing Methodology:
This testing procedure was developed by Thornton Tomasetti based on ASTM G 11504 Standard Guide for Measuring and Reporting Friction Coefficients and is designed to
determine the ultimate static friction capacity of the Jersey barriers with the rigging
components in their respective pre-collapse configuration and geometry. ASTM G 11504 provides guidance for the selection of a method for measuring the frictional
properties of materials, requirements for minimum data, and a suggested format for
presenting the data.
Test Equipment
o Dillon Dynamometer(s)
10,000lb service capacity, stated accuracy 0.1% of service capacity.
5,000lb service capacity, stated accuracy 0.1% of service capacity.
o Lull Forklifts
o Chain hoist winches
o 1/2 inch diameter wire rope and hardware (shackles, U-bolts, etc.)
o Nylon tie-down strap.
Jersey barrier pull tests will be conducted using a nylon tie-down strap
with length similar to that of the original guy system setup to ensure
similar elastic properties in the test apparatus. The name and material
properties of all testing and rigging components will be documented.
Test Procedure
The following procedure for determining the ultimate static friction resistance shall be
performed:
1. Equipment will be setup following Diagram 1, Jersey Barrier Test Configuration
(see attached). A combination of the following cable angle/configurations shall be
implemented:
Testing Protocol
Jersey Barrier Test Protocol - Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident
November 4, 2011, Page 3 of 5
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
a. A horizontal force will be applied to the barrier in line with its longitudinal
axis at an angle horizontal to the ground plane.
b. In addition, a force applied at a vertical angle will be evaluated. The vertical
angle (V) of the cable will approximately represent the pre-collapse
configuration.
c. Equipment setup will be duplicated for test cases where the Jersey barrier
was attached by two separate cables to the rigging structure.
Document and photograph Jersey barrier and local ground conditions.
Document temperature and weather conditions
Recording of force/time data will begin.
a. Sampling rate of data will be established in the preliminary test.
Using a mechanical advantage device (chain-hoist winch) apply an increasing force
to the cable until the Jersey barrier is displaced. The applied force (as a measure of
increased load in the dynamometer) will be recorded. The movement of the Jersey
barrier will also be measured and recorded (L3).
a. Preliminary tests will establish which method of applying force is most
suitable.
Recording of force/time data will end.
b. Record data output.
c. Document peak force during test.
Document and photograph any displacement of the Jersey barrier.
Document any noticeable damage and/or wear to the Jersey barriers and ground
conditions.
Attach a 2-point bridle arrangement to opposite ends of the Jersey barrier and lift
the barrier using the forklift. Document the weight of each Jersey barrier using the
Dillon Dynamometer
Document the condition and surface area of the contact surface between Jersey
barrier and ground while barrier is suspended during weight determination noted
above (#9).
The testing procedure will be repeated for each of the displaced and non-displaced
barriers a minimum of five times in accordance with the guidance of ASTM G 115-04. In
the event a barrier experiences deterioration such that its friction capacity is no longer
representative of the pre-collapse condition, an ancillary barrier will be substituted and
testing will continue using the ancillary barrier.
In order to refine the execution of the testing procedure before disturbing the displaced
and non-displaced barriers, preliminary tests will be conducted using ancillary Jersey
barriers.
Amendments to Protocol:
It should be noted that the above-listed Protocol may require modification based on
actual field conditions encountered at the Indiana State Fair site. Any modifications
shall be disseminated to Interested Parties when the results from the tests are made
available.
END OF PROTOCOL
NYLON
TIE-DOWN
STRAP
ELEVATION
L3
PLAN
L3
CHAIN
HOIST
SLING
CHAIN
HOIST
L1
11/4/2011
Diagram1
C11137.00
Jersey Barrier Test Configuration
SLING
DILLON
DYNAMOMETER
LULL FORKLIFT
HOOK ATTACHMENT
1/2" DIA.
CABLE
1/2" DIA.
CABLE
NYLON
TIE-DOWN
STRAP
L1 = VERTICAL DISTANCE OF CABLE

L2 = HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF CABLE
L3 = JERSEY BARRIER DISPLACEMENT
V = VERTICAL ANGLE OF CABLE
JERSEY
BARRIER
(POST-TEST)
JERSEY
BARRIER
(PRE-TEST)
JERSEY
BARRIER
(POST-TEST)
JERSEY
BARRIER
(PRE-TEST)
DILLON
DYNAMOMETER
LULL FORKLIFT
HOOK ATTACHMENT
L2
LULL FORKLIFT
LULL FORKLIFT
Appendix E.2
Jersey Barrier Friction Testing Results

Appendix E.2
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.2
April 3, 2012
TTProjectNo:C11137.00
Date:12/1/2011
JerseyBarrierStatic
FrictionResistanceSummary1
JERSEYBARRIERIDNUMBER:
JB.W1
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
4220
30
4190
INCLINEANGLE:31 O
LONGITUDINALINCLINEDSTATICFRICTIONRESISTANCE
LENGTHOFNYLONSTRAP[FT] 3:
TEST#
1
2
2
LOAD[LBS]
2572
2611
10.1
3
2574
2523
2584
LONGITUDINALHORIZONTALSTATICFRICTIONRESISTANCE
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
3113
3029
3279
LENGTHOFNYLONSTRAP[FT] :
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
2676
3408
9.6
4384
30
4354
2297
2463
TEST#
1
2
3
LOAD[LBS]
3339
JB.W2
3
LONGITUDINALINCLINEDSTATICFRICTION
TEST#
1
2
LOAD[LBS]
2188
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
2833
2806
TRANSVERSEHORIZONTALSTATICFRICTIONRESISTANCE
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
1047
1109
1174
TRANSVERSEINCLINESTATICFRICTIONRESISTANCE
TEST#
1
2
2
LOAD[LBS]
1298
1291
3
1290
INCLINEANGLE:61 O
4
5
2530
2575
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
2940
3026
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
1196
1286
INCLINEANGLE:60 O
4
5
1271
1274
JB.W3
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
4408
30
4378
JB.W4
3
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
5.5
4375
30
4345
INCLINEANGLE[DEGREES]:
36
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
2473
2556
2576
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
2797
3098
3021
INCLINEANGLE:36 O
4
2414
2411
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
3071
2946
JB.NW1
3
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
13.4
4139
30
4109
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
2140
2289
2329
TEST#
1
2
3
LOAD[LBS]2
Date:12/1/2011
JerseyBarrierStatic
2783
3037
3140
INCLINEANGLE:36 O
4
5
2331
2324
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
3029
3015
JB.NE1
3
13
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
4279
30
4249
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
2312
2586
2580
TEST#
1
2
3
2
LOAD[LBS]
2911
3153
3098
JB.E4
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
4310
30
4280
JB.E3
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
Date:12/1/2011
JerseyBarrierStatic
4309
30
4279
JB.E2
4132
30
4102
INCLINEANGLE:33 O
4
5
2487
2452
INCLINEANGLE:0 O
4
5
3127
3081
SUSPENDEDWEIGHT
TOTALWT[LBS]:
RIGGINGWT[LBS]:
NETJBWT[LBS]
JerseyBarrierStatic
Date:12/1/2011
JB.E2
4398
30
4368
NOTES:
1.Valuesgeneratedusing5,000lbcapacityDillonDynamometer.Statedaccuracy+/0.1%ofcapacity
2."LOAD"representstheobservedpeakforcethatdisplacedtheJerseybarrier
3.Approximatelengths+/2"
Appendix E.3
Metallurgical Testing Protocol

Appendix E.3
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.3
April 3, 2012
Testing Protocol
PROJECT NO
C11137.00
DATE
11 January 2012
PROJECT
NAME

Metallurgy Evaluation
FROM
Scott Nacheman
PROJECT
LOCATION
Indianapolis, IN
TITLE
Vice President
Purpose:
In order to properly evaluate the conditions and material properties of select structural
components of the above'referenced location, materials testing needs to be performed.
To facilitate laboratory testing, material specimens (coupons) need to be
procured/extracted from the structure at the Indiana State Fair (ISF) that is presently
located in the warehouse. Properties of baseline (control) specimens and distressed
materials shall be evaluated.
The intent of the testing is to establish baseline material properties for use in the
analysis of the structure.
The tests and requirements in this protocol define the requirements for destructive and
non'destructive materials testing of aluminum truss components and their welded
connections. It is understood that other testing protocols (i.e. jersey barrier friction
capacity) exist and have been implemented under a separate protocol.
Notification/Evaluation:
All involved parties/stakeholders shall be notified of the testing time and location.
Notifications shall be issued by the regular distribution process posted at:
www.IN.gov/sfc/
Said notifications and evaluation of tests shall be in conformance with ASTM E860 ' 07
Standard Practice for Examining And Preparing Items That Are Or May Become
Involved In Criminal or Civil Litigation.
Material Specimen Procurement Quantity:
Identification of locations for specimen/coupon extraction will be the responsibility of
Thornton Tomasetti. Specimen location may be modified in the field as conditions
warrant at the sole discretion of Thornton Tomasetti. Location of each specimen shall
be documented and photographed before and after extraction. Documentation shall
include notation on a scaled drawing that identifies the location and ID number (see
below) of each specimen. Note, the size of the sample set is such to establish baseline
and comparison of material properties, not to establish a statistically representative
example of properties.
Testing Protocol
Indiana State Fair Collapse Incident Metallurgy Evaluation
11 January 2012, Page 2 of 6
Naming Convention (ID Number) for Material Specimens:

All specimens (and/or their containers) shall be marked in conformance with ASTM E
1188, Standard Practice for Collection and Preservation of Information and Physical
Items by a Technical Investigator and ASTM E 1459, Standard Guide for Physical
Evidence Labeling and Related Documentation.
At a minimum, all material specimens (and/or their containers) shall be labeled in
permanent ink using the established tagging nomenclature.
Material/Specimen Storage:
Materials samples will be securely packaged for shipping to the testing facility. The
packaging will preserve the integrity of the material specimen during the shipping
process. The testing facility responsible for the analysis of the specimens shall be
responsible for the storage of the specimens in a controlled environment until such time
they are returned to Thornton Tomasetti or disposition is authorized (see below).
Chain of Custody:
All specimens (and/or their containers) shall have a Chain of Custody label affixed. The
previous issued Chain of Custody Protocol shall be adhered to.
Disposition of Specimens:
No specimens shall be disposed until such time as express written authorization is
provided by Thornton Tomasetti and State of Indiana authorities. Notice of this action
will be disseminated to Interested Parties who have previously submitted their contact
information and qualifications to siteaccess@sfc.in.gov.
Site Access Contact:
Authorized Individuals whom wish to observe the material extraction shall request
access by sending a request to: siteaccess@sfc.in.gov following the established
protocol.
Authorized Testing Agency
Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
304 Hudson Street
New York, NY 10013
Tel: (212) 233'2737
Testing Protocol
Specimen Procurement Method:

In general, material specimens of a size and configuration as required by the Standard
to be implemented will be cut or removed from the parent material with electric,
pneumatic, and/or hand tools. Based on the nature of obtaining the required material
samples, components and/or systems of the aluminum structural and/or lighting
trusses, columns, gables, ridges, etc. may be irreversibly altered from their current
(post'collapse) condition.
Testing Methodology:
The following standards may be utilized in the evaluation of the subject components:
Aluminum & Filler Metal:
The intent of the evaluations is to establish the alloy, temper, and material
properties for the aluminum utilized in the fabrication of the Structure at the ISF
associated with the collapse incident. The type and properties of the filler (weld)
metal/electrode utilized will be evaluated in addition to the condition and quality
of the welded connections through the use of micro'structural evaluation of
quality and micro'hardness measurements of the materials.
Aluminum components to be evaluated include, but may not be limited to:
any/all of the silver and/or black colored columns (towers); any/all of the column
sleeve blocks; any/all of the structural trusses, purlin trusses, gable trusses,
ridge trusses, etc.; any/all of the lighting/scenery/prop trusses and/or
components.
The standards governing the extraction, analysis, comparison and evaluation of
the aluminum material specimens may include, but are not limited to the
following versions of the most current active standards:
1. ASTM B210 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy
Drawn Seamless Tubes.
This specification covers aluminum and aluminum'alloy drawn
seamless tubes in straight lengths and coils for general purpose and
pressure applications. Tensile properties of the tubes such as
tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined.
Extruded, Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes
This specification covers extruded bars, rods, wires, profiles, and
tubes made from aluminum and aluminum alloys. The chemical
composition of each material is determined in accordance with the
specified suitable chemical and spectrochemical test methods.
Samples for chemical analysis should be taken from the finished or
semi'finished products by drilling, sawing, milling, turning, or
clipping.
Testing Protocol

Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube.
This specification covers aluminum and aluminum'alloy seamless
pipe and seamless extruded tube. The determination of chemical
composition shall be made in accordance with suitable chemical
(test methods E 34) or spectrochemical (test methods E 227, E 607,
and E 1251) methods. The tension tests shall be made in
accordance with test methods B 557. The stress'corrosion cracking
test shall be performed on extruded tube. The stress'corrosion test
shall be made in accordance with test method G 47.
4. ASTM B308 Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6 Standard
Structural Profiles
This specification covers the standard structural profiles for 6061'T6
aluminum'alloy. The profiles are limited to I'beams, H'beams,
channels, angles, tees, and zees, which shall be produced by hot
extruding only. The determination of chemical composition shall be
made in accordance with suitable chemical or spectrochemical
methods. Tensile properties shall be tested with test methods for
tension testing wrought and cast aluminum' and magnesium'alloy
products.
Round Welded Tubes
This specification covers aluminum and aluminum'alloy tubes made
from formed sheet and seam welded by continuous methods.
Chemical conformance shall be determined by analyzing samples
taken from the finished or semi'finished product, following
conditions set in the specification. The temper of the tubes shall be
that of the sheet from which the tubes are formed, and the sheet
shall conform to the specified tensile property requirements. The
tube shall be subjected to tension, capability, and pressure tests.
6. ASTM B429 Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Extruded Structural

Pipe and Tube
This specification covers UNS A96061 or A96063 aluminum alloy
extruded pipes and tubes intended for use in structural applications.
Samples for chemical analysis should be taken from the materials
by drilling, sawing, turning, or clipping and subjected to suitable
chemical or spectrochemical methods of analysis.
7. ASTM B547 Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Formed and ArcWelded Tube
This specification covers aluminum and aluminum'alloy formed and
arc'welded round tube, made from formed sheet or plate, butt
welded by gas'tungsten or gas'metal arc'welding methods with or
without the use of filler metal. Tensile strength, yield strength, and
elongation of the specimens shall be determined by a tension test.
Testing Protocol
Specimens may be subjected to a pressure test and a radiographic

examination.
8. ASTM B557 Standard Methods of Tension Testing Wrought and Cast
Aluminum and Magnesium Alloy Products
Tension tests provide information on the strength and ductility of
materials under uniaxial tensile stresses. This information may be
useful in comparisons of materials, alloy development, quality
control, and design under certain circumstances. These test
methods are considered satisfactory for acceptance testing of
commercial shipments and have been used extensively in the trade
for this purpose
9. ASTM E55 Standard Test Method for Sampling Wrought Nonferrous Metals
and Alloys for Chemical Composition
This practice covers the sampling, for the determination of chemical
composition of nonferrous metals and alloys that have been
reduced to their final form by mechanical working; that is, by such
means as rolling, drawing, and extruding. The portion selection,
sample preparation, sampling details, sample size and storage, and
resampling are also detailed.
10. ANSI/AWS D1.2/D1.2M Structural Welding Code Aluminum
The welding requirements for any type structure made from
aluminum structural alloys, except for aluminum pressure vessels
and fluid'carrying pipe lines.
Testing Protocol
Material Specimen Types:

The following types of components and connections shall be extracted for testing and
evaluation. Both full connections and representative coupons shall be extracted.
Column Splice
Tube and splice locations from the main support
column members.
Column Node Fin Plate

Lateral guying cable connection plate on
column node members.
Amendments to Protocol:
Comments or questions regarding the content or amendments to this Protocol shall be
submitted to siteaccess@sfc.in.gov for consideration.
Parties shall not submit questions or comments directly to Thornton Tomasetti, Lucius
Pitkin or Indiana State Fair Commission personnel.
END OF PROTOCOL
Appendix E.4
Metallurgical Testing
Extracted Sample Locations

Appendix E.4
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.4
April 3, 2012
Node - Fin
- F4.East
- F4.North
- F3.East
Column Splice - Half

- CA1
- CB1
01/19/2012
C11137.00
Location of Extracted Samples
Material Testing
Column Splice - Full

- CB4
- CF3
Whole Node Gate

- B3.West
- B2.West
- B4.West
- B4.North
Appendix E.5
Metallurgical Testing Summary

Appendix E.5
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.5
April 3, 2012
METALLURGICAL TESTING SUMMARY

th
The samples for metallurgical testing of the ISF Structure components were extracted on January 19 ,
2011. This work was performed at the warehouse where the components from the ISF Structure are
presently stored. Components that were selected for testing consisted of two primary groups:
1. Typical column / column splice consisting of:
2 Tube
1 Tube
1 x 2 rectangular tube
Channel
2. Nodes Gates with the fin plate (to which the guy lines were attached) consisting of:
Fin plate
2 Tube
1 Tube
The samples were selected so as to obtain an accurate representation of the metallurgical properties of
the components being evaluated.
The process consisted of:
1. The samples locations were marked out and then were extracted using powered band and
circular saw and/or angle grinder with a metal cutting blade.
2. The extracted samples were then tagged and annotated utilizing the established tagging
nomenclature.
3. The extracted samples were then transported to Lucius Pitkin, Inc. for metallurgical and physical
evaluation.
Picture 1. Node Gate Fin Plate Sample

Appendix E.5
Page 1 of 4
April 3, 2012
Picture 2. Column Splice
The samples group consisted of failed components and representative/control samples. The control
samples allowed us to identify possible deficiencies in the failed components.
COMPOSITIONAL ANALYSIS:
The compositional profile of the base metal and the weld filler metal used in the column splices and fin
plate/ node gate was identified by LPI. For the base metal, Alloy 6061most closely matched the profile of
the column splice (12 samples were tested) and Alloy 6351 (8 samples were tested) most closely
matched the profile of the node gate/fin plate.
For the weld filler metal, Alloy 4043 most closely matched the profile of the column splice (3 samples
were tested) and Alloy 5356 most closely matched the profile of the node gate/fin plate filler material (4
samples were tested).
The material compositions of the various components of the ISF structure are tabulated below:
Material Composition
Base Metal
Weld Filler Metal
Column Splices
6061 - T6
4043
Fin Plate/ Node Gate
6351
5356
Table 1. Material Composition
Alloy compositional analysis was conducted for the various components of the column splices and the
node gates (shown below in Picture 4 and Picture 5)
Picture 4. Column Splice Components

Appendix E.5
Page 2 of 4
April 3, 2012
Picture 5. Node gate components
COLUMN SPLICE CAPACITY:

The capacity of the column splices was evaluated by means of monotonically loading a channel at its two
bolt hole locations so that the total load that was being applied is approximately distributed equally. The
reactions due to the applied loading were maintained by anchoring four 2 tubes. The maximum load that
each column splice sustained before failure is tabulated in Table 1.
Failure Mode:
Upon testing the column splice to failure, the region of the weld between the channel and the 1 x 2
rectangular tube failed as shown in Figure.
Sample ID
Peak Load (kips)
MTG.CF3-3
26.7
MTG.CF3-4
23.2
MTG.CB4-4
24.9
Table 2. Capacity of Column Splices
FIN PLATE MECHANICAL TESTING:
The capacity of the fin plates was evaluated by means of monotonically loading it while maintaining
reaction forces at the two 2 in. tubes.
Failure Mode:
Failure of the fin plate samples occurred at the weld between the plate and 2 tube. The peak load before
failure is tabulated below.
Sample ID
Peak Load (kips)
F3 East
14.8
F4 North
11.6
F4 North
8.8
Table 3. Capacity of Fin Plates

Appendix E.5
Page 3 of 4
April 3, 2012
TENSILE TESTING:
Tensile testing was performed on the specimens extracted from fin plate B4. North and column splice
(1x2 tube) MTG.CB4.5 and were tested in accordance with ASTM E8 and B557, as applicable. The
results of the tensile testing are tabulated below:
Yield
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Strength (ksi)
(ksi)
(%)
Alloy 6351-T6
37 min
42 min
10 min
B4.North 1
46
51
15
B4.North 2
45
51
14
Alloy 6061-T6
35 min
42 min
10 min
MTG.CB4.5 - 1
43.8
48.1
14
MTG.CB4.5 - 2
43.9
47.7
N/A
Table 4. Capacity of Fin Plates
(Note: Specimen MTG.CB4.5-2 fractured outside gage length)
Specimen ID
EVALUATION OF COLUMN SPLICE CHANNEL-TO-1X2 TUBE WELDS:

Welds were evaluated on an intact column splice specimen identified as MTG.CB4.5. Failure during the
column splice mechanical tests occurred by cracking along the channel-to-1x2 tube welds. The weld
evaluation revealed shrinkage cracks at both the locations. Also, it was noted that the size of the channelto-1x2 tube welds significantly violated good welding practice based on thickness of the joint materials.

Appendix E.5
Page 4 of 4
April 3, 2012
Appendix E.6
Lucius Pitkin Inc. (LPI)
Metallurgical Testing Results

Appendix E.6
April 3, 2012

Appendix E.6
April 3, 2012
Lucius Pitkin, Inc.
Consulting Engineers
Fitness-For-Service
Failure & Materials Evaluation
Nondestructive Engineering
March 9, 2012
Project No. F11406
Thornton Tomasetti
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 1500
Chicago, IL 60611
Attention: Mr. Scott G. Nacheman, MSc.Eng., AIA
Subject: INDIANA STATE FAIR RIGGING/ROOF COLLAPSE
TRANSMISSION OF DATA
We transmit herewith the observed results regarding the evaluation of
column splice and node gate/fin plate samples submitted to LPI by Thornton
Tomasetti (TT).
LPI performed the following work:
Chemical composition
Tensile testing
Mechanical testing
Evaluation of welds
Chemical composition
A test list submitted by TT on January 25, 2012 specifies a total of 27
locations for compositional analysis from the submitted samples. Identification of
sample locations is provided in Table 1.
No.
TABLE 1
LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPOSITION SAMPLES
TT ID
Type
Condition Location
Sample ID
MTG.CA1
Column Splice
Failed
2 in. Tube
CA1-2
MTG.CA1
Column Splice
Failed
1 in. Tube
CA1-10
MTG.CA1
Column Splice
Failed
1 x 2 in. Tube
CA1-1x2
MTG.CA1
Column Splice
Failed
Channel
CA1-C
MTG.CA1
Column Splice
Failed
Filler
CA1-F
304 Hudson Street, New York, NY 10013-1015

New York, NY
Tel: 212-233-2737
Amesbury, MA
Fax: 212-406-1417
Richland, WA
Ensuring the integrity of todays structures for tomorrows world TM
www.lpiny.com
Thornton Tomasetti
Attention: Scott G. Nacheman
March 9, 2012
F11406
No.
TT ID
Type
Condition
Location
Sample ID
MTG.CB1
Column Splice
Failed
2 in. Tube
CB1-2
MTG.CB1
Column Splice
Failed
1 in. Tube
CB1-1
MTG.CB1
Column Splice
Failed
1 x 2 in. Tube
CB1-1x2
MTG.CB1
Column Splice
Failed
Channel
CB1-C
10
MTG.CB1
Column Splice
Failed
Filler
CB1-F
11
MTG.CB4
Column Splice
Intact
2 in. Tube
CB4-2
12
MTG.CB4
Column Splice
Intact
1 in. Tube
CB4-1
13
MTG.CB4
Column Splice
Intact
1 x 2 in. Tube
CB4-1x2
14
MTG.CB4
Column Splice
Intact
Channel
CB4-C
15
MTG.CB4
Column Splice
Intact
Filler
CB4-F
16
MTG.B4W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
2 in. Tube
B4W-2
17
MTG.B4W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Plate
B4W-P
18
MTG.B4W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Filler
B4W-F
19
MTG.B4N
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
2 in. Tube
B4N-2
20
MTG.B4N
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Plate
B4N-P
21
MTG.B4N
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Filler
B4N-F
22
MTG.B3W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Intact
2 in. Tube
B3W-2
23
MTG.B3W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Intact
Plate
B3W-P
24
MTG.B3W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Intact
Filler
B3W-F
25
MTG.B2W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
2 in. Tube
B2W-2
26
MTG.B2W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Plate
B2W-P
27
MTG.B2W
Node Gate/Fin Plate
Failed
Filler
B2W-F
Composition of the submitted materials was determined using standard

chemical analysis techniques. Results of analyses for the structural elements
comprising the column splice are given in Table 2. The column splice materials
met the compositional requirements for aluminum Alloy 6061 per ASTM B221.
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
TABLE 2
COMPOSITION OF COLUMN SPLICE MATERIALS (Wt, %)
Sample ID
Si
Fe
Cu
Mn
Mg
Cr
Zn
Ti
Al
Alloy 6061
ASTM B221
0.400.80
0.7
max
0.150.40
0.15
max
0.80.12
0.040.35
0.25
max
0.15
max
Rem
CA1-C
0.66
0.3
0.27
0.03
0.8
0.05
0.05
0.02
Rem
CB4-C
0.69
0.3
0.28
0.04
0.9
0.06
0.05
0.02
Rem
CB1-C
0.66
0.3
0.27
0.03
0.8
0.05
0.05
0.02
Rem
CB1-1x2
0.51
0.2
0.26
0.04
0.8
0.04
<0.01
0.02
Rem
CB4-1x2
0.52
0.2
0.26
0.04
0.8
0.04
<0.01
0.02
Rem
CA1-1x2
0.50
0.2
0.24
0.03
0.8
0.05
<0.01
0.01
Rem
CB1-2
0.51
0.1
0.23
0.04
0.8
0.06
<0.01
0.01
Rem
CB4-2
0.50
0.1
0.23
0.04
0.8
0.06
<0.01
0.01
Rem
CA1-2
0.49
0.2
0.23
0.03
0.8
0.06
<0.01
0.01
Rem
CB4-1
0.61
0.2
0.21
0.03
0.9
0.09
<0.01
0.02
Rem
CB1-1
0.48
0.2
0.23
0.04
0.8
0.06
<0.01
0.01
Rem
CA1-1
0.49
0.2
0.24
0.03
0.8
0.05
<0.01
0.02
Rem
Results of analyses for the structural elements comprising the node gate/
fin plate are given in Table 3. The node gate and fin plate materials met the
compositional requirements for aluminum Alloy 6351 per ASTM B221, except for
samples B4N-2 and B3W-2 that had slightly lower than specified manganese
content.
TABLE 3
COMPOSITION OF NODE GATE AND FIN PLATE MATERIALS (Wt, %)
Sample ID
Si
Fe
Cu
Mn
Mg
Cr
Zn
Ti
Al
Alloy 6351
ASTM B221
0.71.3
0.5
max
0.1
max
0.40.8
0.40.8
NA
0.20
0.20
Rem
B2W-2
1.0
0.25
0.01
0.40
0.6
0.01
0.01
0.01
Rem
B4N-2
1.0
0.25
0.01
0.39
0.6
0.01
0.01
0.01
Rem
B3W-2
1.0
0.25
0.02
0.39
0.6
0.01
0.01
0.01
Rem
B4W-2
1.0
0.24
0.01
0.40
0.6
0.01
0.01
0.01
Rem
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Sample ID
Si
Fe
Cu
Mn
Mg
Cr
Zn
Ti
Al
B4W-P
1.0
0.39
0.05
0.60
0.8
0.02
0.06
0.02
Rem
B4N-P
0.9
0.38
0.05
0.59
0.8
0.02
0.06
0.02
Rem
B2W-P
1.1
0.33
0.07
0.50
0.7
0.02
0.05
0.03
Rem
B3W-P
1.1
0.35
0.08
0.51
0.8
0.02
0.05
0.03
Rem
Results of analyses for the weld filler metals are given in Table 4. In an
email dated February 22, 2012, TT provided a list of potential weld filler metals.
Of these, aluminum filler Alloy 4043 and Alloy 5356 most closely matched the
measured compositional profile of the column splice (Samples CA1-F, CB4-F,
CB1-F) and fin plate/node gate (Samples B2W-F, B3W-F, B4W-F, B4N-F) filler
metal materials, respectively.
Sample ID
TABLE 4
COMPOSITION OF FILLER MATERIAL (Wt, %)
Si
Fe
Cu
Mn
Mg
Cr
Zn
Ti
Al
Filler Alloy
4043
4.56.0
0.8
max
0.3
max
0.05
max
0.05
max
--
0.10
max
0.20
max
Rem
CA1-F
3.14
0.18
0.10
0.019
0.32
0.027
<0.01
0.007
Rem
CB4-F
2.00
0.20
0.12
0.020
0.42
--
0.02
--
Rem
CB1-F
2.64
0.19
0.12
0.021
0.44
0.042
<0.01
0.009
Rem
Filler Alloy
5356
0.25
max
0.4
max
0.1
max
0.050.20
4.55.5
0.050.20
0.10
max
0.060.20
Rem
B2W-F
0.18
0.19
0.16
0.20
3.8
0.12
0.1
0.07
Rem
B3W-F
0.19
0.16
<0.01
0.21
4.1
0.10
<0.01
0.07
Rem
B4W-F
0.14
0.18
0.01
0.20
4.0
0.11
<0.01
0.08
Rem
B4N-F
0.20
0.16
0.01
0.27
3.9
0.10
<0.01
0.07
Rem
Tensile testing
Tensile testing was performed on the fin plate and column splice
materials. Standard round and flat tensile test specimens were machined from
fin plate B4.NORTH and column splice (1x2 tube) MTG.CB4.5, respectively, and
tested in accordance with ASTM E8 and B557, as applicable. Results of tensile
testing are given in Table 5.
Thornton Tomasetti
Specimen ID
Alloy 6351-T6
B4.NORTH-1
B4.NORTH-2
Alloy 6061-T6
MTG.CB4.5-1
MTG.CB4.5-2
March 9, 2012
F11406
TABLE 5
TENSILE TESTING
Yield
Tensile
Strength
Strength
(ksi)
(ksi)
42.0 min
37 min
51
46
51
45
42.0 min
35 min
48.1
43.8
47.7
43.9
Elongation
(%)
10 min
15
14
10 min
14
N/A
Note: Specimen MTG.CB4.5-2 fractured outside the gage length.
Based on chemical composition analyses, the fin plate and column splice
materials met the compositional requirements for aluminum Alloy 6351 and Alloy
6061, respectively, per ASTM B221. The measured tensile properties of the fin
plate and column splice materials also met the mechanical property requirements
for aluminum Alloy 6351-T6 and Alloy 6061-T6, respectively, per ASTM B221.
Mechanical testing
Mechanical tests were performed on submitted intact column splice and
node gate/fin plate samples identified by TT in mechanical testing diagrams
submitted January 27, 2012.
Mechanical testing of three submitted intact column splice samples was
performed by monotonically loading a channel by its two bolt hole locations so
that the total load is distributed approximately equally, as shown in Figs. 1 and 2.
Reaction forces were maintained by anchoring the four two-inch tubes. The
maximum load each column splice sustained before failure is given in Table 6.
Failure of the column splice samples occurred in the region of the weld between
the channel and 1x2 in. tube, as shown in Figs. 3 through 5.
TABLE 6
MECHANICAL TESTING OF COLUMN SPLICES
Sample ID
Peak Load (kips)
MTG.CF3-3
26.7
MTG.CF3-4
23.2
MTG.CB4-4
24.9
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Mechanical testing of three submitted intact fin plate samples was

performed by monotonically loading the fin plate while maintaining reaction
forces at the two 2 in. tubes, as shown in Fig. 6. The maximum load each fin
plate sustained before failure is given in Table 7. Failure of the fin plate samples
occurred at the weld between the plate and the 2 in. tube, as shown in Figs. 7
through 9.
TABLE 7
MECHANICAL TESTING OF FIN PLATES
Sample ID
Peak Load (kips)
F3 EAST
14.8
F4 EAST
11.6
F4 NORTH
8.8
Evaluation of welds
Welds were evaluated on an intact column splice specimen, identified by
TT as MTG.CB4.5. Failure during column splice mechanical tests occurred by
cracking along channel-to-1x2 tube welds. Cross-sectional samples were
prepared from the intact column splice specimen MTG.CB4.5 at the throat of the
short and long welds, as shown in Fig. 10. Samples were polished and suitably
etched to reveal the weld and heat-affected zone regions, as shown in Fig. 11
and 12. Both cross-section locations exhibited shrinkage cracks.
Additionally, the size of the channel-to-1x2 tube welds significantly
violated good welding practice based on the thickness of the joint materials.
Respectfully submitted,
LPI (Lucius Pitkin, Inc.)
JPM:RSV/P:Projects/2011/F11406 Thornton Tomasetti Indiana State Fair Rigging/Roof Collapse

This report is rendered upon the condition that it is not to be reproduced wholly or in part for advertising or other purposes
over our signature or in connection with our name without special permission in writing. Be advised that all materials
submitted for evaluation will be retained for six months. After such time, all material will be discarded unless otherwise
notified in writing to retain beyond six months.
FORM 107-2/76
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 1 Front view of column splice mechanical test setup
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 2 Top view of column splice mechanical test setup
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 3 Failure of column splice CF3-3
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 4 Failure of column splice CF3-4
10
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 5 Failure of column splice CB4-4
11
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 6 Fin plate mechanical test setup
12
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 7 Failure of fin plate F3 EAST
13
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 8 Failure of fin plate F4 EAST
14
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 9 Failure of fin plate F4 NORTH
15
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 10 Location of cross-sections for weld throat evaluation
16
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 11 Cross-sectional profile of channel-to-1x2 tube at throat of short weld as

shown in Fig. 5. Bottom image is magnified image of top. Arrows point to
cracks.
17
Thornton Tomasetti
March 9, 2012
F11406
Fig. 12 Cross-sectional profile of channel-to-1x2 tube at throat of long weld as

shown in Fig. 5. Bottom image is magnified image of top. Arrows point to
cracks.
18
Appendix F.1
Select Recent Entertainment
Rigging Collapses

Appendix F.1
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.1
April 3, 2012
SELECTED RECENT ENTERTAINMENT RIGGING COLLAPSES

2011 CANADA: OTTAWA BLUES FEST
th
The incident occurred on July 17 , 2011 at Ottawa, Ontario. Heavy wind gusts of up to 57.5 mph were
reported. 3 people were hurt with minor injuries. The structure was constructed by Groupe Berger. The
Ontario Ministry of Labor investigated the failure. The structure was attached to a trailer truck weighing
approximately 180,000 pounds. The wind blew the roof of the trailer off but also pushed the base about
five feet on the ground, which destabilized the structure and caused the collapse. The failure was also
attributed to the inability to release the windscreens (which were secured using zip ties) quickly enough,
as the wind speeds built up very fast. The stage was supposed to sustain speeds of 75 mph, but a nearby
weather station recorded speeds of nearly 98 mph.
Photos:
http://electro3voice.com/sitefiles/pr_images/Blues_Fest_Ottawa_02_.jpg

Appendix F.1
Page 1 of 6
April 3, 2012
http://www.cbc.ca/gfx/images/news/topstories/2011/07/17/li36203collapse33cp997811.jpg
http://www.torontosun.com/2011/07/18/103people3injured3in3bluesfest3stage3collapse

Appendix F.1
Page 2 of 6
April 3, 2012
2011 USA: OKLAHOMA STAGE/SCREEN COLLAPSE

th
The incident occurred on 7 August, 2011 in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Heavy winds of 70 to 80 mph caused the
roof tarp to be blown off and the video screen to collapse onto the stage. The stage was evacuated as the
storm developed. No injuries or casualties were reported.
Photographs:
http://www.newson6.com/story/15224602/watch3brady3block3party3concert3goer3captures3stage3collapse
http://farm7.staticflickr.com/6013/6015869417_18de428cb4_z.jpg

Appendix F.1
Page 3 of 6
April 3, 2012
2011 BELGIUM: PUKKELPOP FESTIVAL STAGE COLLAPSE

th
The incident occurred on August 18 , 2011 in the village of Kiewit near Hasselt, Belgium. Severe storms
uprooted trees and caused failure of multiple structures. 4 fatalities and 70 injuries were reported.
Pictures:
http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2011/08/18/article3202760730D7B981F000005783608_634x413.jpg
L: http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2011/08/18/article3202760730D7BDC36000005783735_634x420.jpg
R: http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2011/08/18/article3202760730D7B97E9000005783218_634x355.jpg

Appendix F.1
Page 4 of 6
April 3, 2012
http://beatcrave.com/2011308318/stage3collapses3during3smith3westerns3set3at3pukkelpop3fest3killing3three/

Appendix F.1
Page 5 of 6
April 3, 2012
2009 CANADA: BIG VALLEY JAMBOREE FESTIVAL

st
The incident occurred on August 1 , 2009 in Camrose, Alberta. The stage roof structure collapsed in an
easterly direction and it fell to the point where it crushed and damaged the stage itself along with other
equipment that was being stored behind the stage. 1 person died and 75 others were injured. Wind
speed estimates provided by Environment Canada suggested that the speeds were in excess of 100kph
and based on analysis, the structure was likely to fail between 65 and 85 kph.
Photographs:
http://www.inews880.com/Channels/Reg/LocalNews/Story.aspx?id=1121236
http://media.washtimes.com/media/image/2009/08/02/Canadian_Stage_Collap_Lea_s640x412.jpg?ea66fbce325d4e
15b545912c341f51dada3e59ff

Appendix F.1
Page 6 of 6
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.2
Comparison of Previous Configurations
2003 - 2011

Appendix F.2
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.2
April 3, 2012
COMPARISON OF PREVIOUS STRUCTURE CONFIGURATIONS

The following configuration descriptions are based on the information provided by the Indiana State Fair
to Thornton Tomasetti. They do not represent all possible configurations that may have been in use for
the period starting from 2003 to 2011.
ISF STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION YEAR 2011
The 2011 ISF Structure consists of 10 exterior columns and 3 interior columns. The three interior columns
(depicted in black below) are located on gridline 3.5 at gridlines C, D and E. 12 Guy lines attached to 10
jersey barriers (ballast) for lateral support.

Appendix F.2
Page 1 of 13
April 3, 2012
Structure Configuration 2011 (Sugarland), ISF Photograph taken on 8/13/2011
Structure Configuration 2011 (Mercy Me), ISF Photograph 8/10/2011

Appendix F.2
Page 2 of 13
April 3, 2012
STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION YEAR 2010

This structure had 10 exterior columns as were present in the ISF structure configuration. However, there
th
were varying numbers of interior columns utilized. For the Rick Springfield concert on 12 August, 2010,
the structures configuration was the same as that in 2011 except that 2 additional interior columns were
used (along gridline 3, right next to the exterior columns) as shown in configuration 1 (total of 5 interior
th
columns). However, for the Sugarland concert on 20 August, 2010, only 3 interior columns were utilized.
The two on gridline 3 remained; however, two of the three on gridline 3.5 (at gridlines C and E) were
removed as shown in configuration 2. The structure was tied down using guy wires.

Appendix F.2
Page 3 of 13
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.2
Page 4 of 13
April 3, 2012
Configuration 1 2010, with 5 interior columns (Rick Springfield), ISF Photograph 8/12/2010
Configuration 2 2010, with 3 interior columns (Sugarland), Photograph 8/20/2010

http://www.flickr.com/photos/mwabdel/5044993353/in/set 572157625082206926

Appendix F.2
Page 5 of 13
April 3, 2012
STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION 1 YEAR 2006

This configuration had 10 exterior columns as were present in the 2010 and 2011 structure
configurations; however, at approximately 55 tall, the structure was of greater height (5 10 column
sections and 2 256 column sections). Six interior columns were utilized, two columns along gridline 2,
and two columns along gridline 3). Additionally, there were two more interior columns (on gridline 3.5 and
between gridlines C, D and E). Another noticeable difference is that the exterior columns seemed to be
braced laterally using wire rope cross bracing and horizontal trusses.

Appendix F.2
Page 6 of 13
April 3, 2012
Structure Configuration 2006, ISF Photograph 8/10/2006
Expanded View Example of Cross Bracing

and Horizontal Trusses

Appendix F.2
Page 7 of 13
April 3, 2012
STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION 1 YEAR 2005

This configuration had 10 exterior columns as were present in the 2011 structure configuration; however,
at approximately 32.5 tall, the structure was of lesser height (3 5 10 column sections and 1 5 256 column
section) as compared to the 2011 structure. Two interior columns were utilized and they were placed
along gridline 4 and offset from gridlines C and E.

Appendix F.2
Page 8 of 13
April 3, 2012
Structure Configuration 2005, ISF Photograph 8/2005

Appendix F.2
Page 9 of 13
April 3, 2012
PHOTOGRAPHS FROM PREVIOUS EVENTS:

The following photographs were provided to Thornton Tomasetti by the Indiana State Fair. These
photographs show the various structure configurations that were in use between the years 2003 and
2009. However, the exact dates of the provided photos could not be confirmed.

Appendix F.2
Page 10 of 13
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.2
Page 11 of 13
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.2
Page 12 of 13
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.2
Page 13 of 13
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.3
James Thomas Engineering Catalog 2006

Appendix F.3
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.3
April 3, 2012
JAMES
ENGINEERING
PRODUCT
RANGE 2006
Web Site: http://www.jthomaseng.com

JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING, INC.
10240 Caneel Drive, Knoxville, Tennessee 37931
TEL. (865) 692-3060 FAX. (865) 692-9020
email: salesus@jthomaseng.com
JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING LTD.

Navigation Complex, Navigation Road,
Diglis Trading Estate, Worcester WR5 3DE
United Kingdom
TEL. +44 (0) 1905 363600 FAX. +44 (0) 1905 363601
email: info@jamesthomas.co.uk
Member
CONDITIONS OF SALE
1. INTERPRETATION
In these Conditions:
"BUYER" means the person who accepts a quotation of the seller for the sale of the Goods or whose order for the Goods is accepted by the Seller
"GOODS" means the goods (including any installment of the goods or any parts for them) which the Seller is to supply in accordance with these
Conditions
"SELLER" means JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING LIMITED, Navigation Complex, Navigation Road, Diglis Trading Estate, Worcester WR5 3DE
and/or JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING, INCORPORATED, 10240 Caneel Drive, Knoxville Tennessee 37931
2. BASIS OF THE SALE
2.1. The Seller shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase the Goods in accordance with any written quotation of the Seller which is accepted by the Buyer, or
any written order of the Buyer which is accepted by the Seller, subject in either case to these Conditions, which shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of
any other terms and conditions subject to which any quotation is accepted or purported to be accepted, or any such is made or purported to be made, by the
buyer
2.2. No variation to these Conditions shall be binding unless agreed in Writing between the authorized representatives of the Buyer and the Seller
2.3. The Seller's employees or agents are not authorized to make any representations concerning the Goods unless confirmed by the Seller in Writing. In
entering into the Contract the Buyer acknowledges that it does not rely on, and waves any claim for breach of, any such representations that are not so
confirmed.
3. ORDERS AND SPECIFICATIONS
3.1. No order submitted by the Buyer shall be deemed to be accepted by the Seller unless and until confirmed in Writing by the Seller's authorized
representative
3.2. The Buyer shall be responsible to the Seller for ensuring the accuracy of the terms of any order (including any applicable specification) submitted by
the Buyer, and for giving the Seller any necessary information relating to the Goods within a sufficient time to enable the Seller to perform the Contract in
accordance with its terms
3.3. The quantity, quality and description of and any specification for the Goods shall be those set out in the Seller's quotation (if accepted by the Buyer)
or the Buyer's order (if accepted by the Seller)
3.4. If the Goods are to be manufactured or any process is to be applied to the Goods by the Seller in accordance with a specification submitted by the
Buyer, the Buyer shall indemnify the Seller against all loss, damages, costs and expenses awarded against or incurred by the Seller in connection with or
paid or agreed to be paid by the Seller in settlement of any claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, design, trade mark or other industrial or intellectual
property rights or any other person which results from the Seller's use of the Buyer's specification
3.5. The Seller reserves the right to make any changes in the specification of the Goods which are required to conform with any applicable safety or other
statutory requirements or, where the Goods are to be supplied to the Seller's specifications, which do not materially affect their quality of performance
3.6. No order which has been accepted by the Seller may be canceled by the Buyer except with the agreement in Writing of the Seller and on terms that
the Buyer shall indemnify the Seller in full against all loss (including loss of profit), costs (including the cost of all labor, design and materials used), damages,
charges and expenses incurred by the Seller as a result of cancellation
3.7. If the Goods are manufactured in accordance with the specification of the Buyer, the Seller shall be entitled to retain a copy of the specification
(including any relevant designs or drawings) on its file
3.8. Where the Goods are manufactured in accordance with the Seller's specification, the copyright in all designs and drawings and all other intellectual
property rights relating thereto belong to and remain the property of the Seller and the Buyer shall not unless the Seller otherwise agrees in writing acquire
any rights therein. The Buyer shall return any copies of drawings or designs provided by the Seller to the Seller on request
4. PRICE OF THE GOODS
4.1. The price of the Goods shall be the Seller's quoted price or, where no price has been quoted (or a quoted price is no longer valid), the price listed in
the Seller's published price list current at the date of dispatch of the goods. All prices quoted are valid for 30 days only or until earlier acceptance by the
Buyer, after which time they may be altered by the Seller without giving notice to the Buyer
4.2. The Seller reserves the right, by giving notice to the Buyer at any time before delivery, to increase the price of the Goods to reflect any increase in the
cost to the Seller which is due to any factor beyond the control of the Seller (such as, without limitation, any foreign exchange fluctuation, currency regulation,
alteration of duties, significant increase in the costs of labor, materials or other costs of manufacture), any change in delivery dates, quantities or specification
for the Goods which is requested by the Buyer, or any delay caused by any instructions of the Buyer or failure of the Buyer to give the Seller adequate
information or instructions
4.3. Except as otherwise stated under the terms of any quotation or in any price list of the Seller, and unless otherwise agreed in Writing between the
Buyer and the Seller, all prices are given by the Seller F.O.B. Seller's warehouse, Knoxville, Tennessee, and where the Seller agrees to deliver the Goods
otherwise than at the Seller's premises, the Buyer shall be liable to pay the Seller's charges for transport, packaging and insurance
4.4. The price is exclusive of any applicable value added tax including sales and use tax, which the Buyer shall be additionally liable to pay to the Seller
5. TERMS OF PAYMENT
5.1. Subject to any special terms agreed in Writing between the Buyer and the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price of the
Goods on or at any time after delivery of the Goods, unless the Goods are to be collected by the Buyer or the Buyer wrongfully fails to take delivery of the
Goods, in which event the Seller shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price at any time after the Seller has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready
for collection or (as the case may be) the Seller has tendered delivery of the Goods
5.2. The Buyer shall pay the price of the Goods within 28 days of the date of the Seller's invoice, notwithstanding that delivery may not have taken place
and the title to the Goods has not passed to the Buyer. The time of payment of the price shall be of the essence of the Contract
5.3. If the Buyer fails to make any payment on the date due without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be
entitled to:
5.3.1. cancel the contract or suspend any further deliveries to the Buyer;
5.3.2. appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods
(Or goods supplied under any other contract between the Buyer and the Seller) as the Seller may think fit ( notwithstanding any purported appropriation
by the Buyer);
5.3.3. charge the Buyer interest (both before and after any judgment) on the amount unpaid, at the rate of 3 per cent per annum above the Prime rate of
interest as reported in the Wall Street Journal, until payment in full is made ( a part of a month being treated as a full month for the purpose of calculating
interest).
5.3.4. cancel or withdraw any discounts given or offered to the Buyer
6. DELIVERY
6.1. Delivery of the Goods shall be made by the Buyer collecting the Goods at the Sellers premises at any time after the Seller has notified the Buyer that
the Goods are ready for collection or, if some other place for delivery is agreed by the Seller, by the Seller delivering the Goods to that place at the Buyer's
cost and risk
6.2. Any dates quoted for the delivery of the Goods are approximate only and the Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of the Goods
howsoever caused. Times for delivery shall not be of the essence unless previously agreed by the Seller in writing. The Goods may be delivered by the
Seller in advance of the quoted delivery date upon giving reasonable notice to the Buyer
6.3. Where the Goods are to be delivered in installments, each delivery shall constitute a separate contract and failure by the Seller to deliver any one or
more installments in accordance with these conditions or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more installments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat,
the Contract as a whole as repudiated
CONDITIONS OF SALE
6.4. If the Seller fails to deliver the Goods for any reason other than any cause beyond the Sellers reasonable control or the Buyer's fault, and the Seller is
accordingly liable to the Buyer, the Seller's liability shall be limited to the excess (if any) of the cost to the Buyer ( in the cheapest available market) of similar
goods to replace those not delivered over the price of the Goods. In no event shall Seller be liable to Buyer for special or consequential damages including,
without limitation, lost profits.
6.5. If the Buyer fails to take delivery of the Goods or fails to give the Seller adequate delivery instructions at the time stated for delivery (otherwise than
by reason of any cause beyond the Buyer's reasonable control or by reason of the Seller's fault) then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available
to the Seller, the Seller may:
6.5.1. store the Goods until actual delivery and charge the Buyer for the reasonable costs (including insurance) of storage; or
6.5.2. sell the Goods at the best price readily obtainable and (after deducting all reasonable storage and selling expenses) account to the Buyer for the
excess over the price under the Contract or charge the Buyer for any shortfall below the price under the Contract; or
6.5.3 terminate the contract; or
6.5.4 seek any and all damages or remedies available under the Uniform Commercial Code.
7. RISK AND PROPERTY
7.1. Risk of damage to or loss of the Goods shall pass to the Buyer:
7.1.1. in the case of Goods to be delivered at the Seller's premises, at the time when the Seller notifies the Buyer that the Goods are available for
collection; or
7.1.2. in the case of Goods to be delivered otherwise than at the Seller's premises, at the time at which the Goods leave the Seller's premises
7.2. Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk in the Goods, or any other provision of these Conditions, the title to the Goods shall not pass to the
Buyer until the Seller has received in cash or cleared funds payment in full of the price of the Goods and all other goods agreed to be sold by the Seller to the
Buyer for which payment is then due
7.3. Until such time as the title to the Goods passes to the Buyer, the Buyer shall hold the Goods as the Seller's fiduciary agent and bailee, and shall keep
the Goods separate from those of the Buyer and third parties and properly stored, protected and insured and indemnified as the Seller's property. Until that
time the Buyer shall be entitled to resell or use the Goods in the ordinary course of its business, but shall account to the Seller for the proceeds of sale or
otherwise of the Goods, whether tangible or intangible, including insurance proceeds, and shall keep all such proceeds separate from any moneys or
property of the Buyer and third parties and, in the case of tangible proceeds, properly stored, protected and insured
7.4. Until such time as the title to the Goods passes to the Buyer (and provided the Goods are still in existence and have not been resold), the Seller shall
be entitled at any time to require the Buyer to deliver up the Goods to the Seller and, if the Buyer fails to do so forthwith, to enter upon any premises of the
Buyer or any third party where the Goods are stored and repossess the Goods
7.5. The Buyer shall not be entitled to pledge or in any way charge by way of security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which remain the property of
the Seller, but if the Buyer does so all moneys owing by the Buyer to the Seller shall (without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Seller) forthwith
become due and payable
8. WARRANTIES AND LIABILITY
8.1. Subject as expressly provided in these Conditions. All warranties conditions or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the
fullest extent permitted by law
8.2. 2 weeks from the date of delivery. If delivery is not refused, and the Buyer does not notify the Seller accordingly, the Buyer shall not be entitled to
reject the Goods and the Seller shall have no liability for such defect or failure, and the Buyer shall be bound to pay the price as if the Goods had been
delivered in accordance with the Contract.
8.3. Where any valid claim in respect of any of the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to meet
specification is notified to the Seller in accordance with these Conditions, the Seller shall be entitled to replace or repair the Goods (or the part in question)
free of charge or, at the Seller's sole discretion, refund to the Buyer the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price), but the Seller shall have no
further liability to the Buyer.
8.4. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty, condition or other term, or any duty or common
law, or under the express terms of the Contract, for any consequential loss or damage (whether for loss of profit or otherwise), costs, expenses or other
claims for consequential compensation whatsoever (and whether caused by the negligence of the Seller, its employees or agents or otherwise) which arise
out of or in connection with the supply of the Goods or their use or resale by the Buyer, except as expressly provided in these Conditions.
8.5. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer or be deemed to be in breach of the Contract by reason of any delay in performing, or any failure to
perform, any of the Seller's obligations in relation to the Goods, if the delay or failure was due to any cause beyond the Seller's reasonable control. Without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing caused beyond the Seller's reasonable control shall include Act of God, explosion, flood, tempest, fire or accident,
war or threat of war, sabotage, insurrection, civil disturbance or requisition acts, restrictions, regulations, by-laws, prohibitions or measures of any kind on the
part of any governmental, parliamentary or local authority, import or export regulations or embargoes, strikes, lockouts or other industrial actions or trade
disputes (whether involving employees of the Seller or of a third party), difficulties in obtaining raw materials, labor, fuel, parts or machinery, power failure or
breakdown in machinery
9 INSOLVENCY OF BUYER
9.1. This clause applies if:
9.1.1. the Buyer makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or (being an individual or firm)
becomes bankrupt or (being a company) goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or
9.1.2. an encumbrancer takes possession, or a receiver is appointed, of any of the property or assets of the Buyer; or
9.1.3. the Buyer ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business or
9.1.4. the Seller reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned above is about to occur in relation to the Buyer and notifies the Buyer
accordingly
9.2. If this clause applies then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to cancel the Contract or
suspend any further deliveries under the Contract without any liability to the Buyer, and if the Goods have been delivered but not paid for the price shall
become immediately due and payable notwithstanding any previous agreement to the contrary
10.GENERAL
10.1. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other under these Conditions shall be in Writing addressed to that party at its
registered office or principal place of business or such other address as may at the relevant time have been notified pursuant to this provision to the party
giving the notice
10.2. No waiver by the Seller of any breach of the Contract by the Buyer shall be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any
other provision
10.3. If any provision of these Conditions is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part the validity of the other
provisions of these Conditions and the remainder of the provision in question shall not be affected thereby
10.4. The Contract shall be governed by the Laws of The State of Tennessee
ii
JAMES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
ii
Conditions of Sale
Table of Contents
ENGINEERING
A - PAR LANTERNS
1.
Par 64 Lanterns Descriptions
2.
Par 64 Model Diagrams
4.
Par 64 Accessories
5.
Par 64 Parts/Spares Diagram
7.
Outdoor Par 64 Lantern Cover Page
7a.
Outdoor Par 56 Lantern
8.
Outdoor Par Lantern Parts/Spares Diagram
9.
Outdoor Par Lantern Parts/Spares Description
11.
Par 56 Lanterns Cover Page & Model Diagrams
12.
Par 56 Lantern Accessories/Par 56 Diagram
14.
Par 46 Lantern Model Diagrams
15.
Par 46 Lantern Accessories
16.
Par 36 Lanterns Model Diagrams
18.
Par 36 Lantern Accessories
19.
Pinspots Model Diagrams
20.
Par 20, 30, & 38 Model Diagrams
22.
Par 16 Lantern Model Diagrams
23.
Par 16 Lanterns & Accessories
1.
2.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B - LIGHTING ACCESSORIES
Pre-Rigged Lamp Bars
Standard Lamp Bars
Meatracks
Veam VSC Connectors
CEEP Connectors
CEEP Mulicables & Breakouts
VSC Multicables & Breakouts
C - TRUSS PRODUCTS
2.
GP 12 x 12 Truss
3.
GP 18 x 12 Truss
4.
GP 15 x 15 Truss
6.
GP Triangular
7.
GP 20.5 x 20.5 Truss
8.
20.5 x 20.5 Diagrams
9.
HD 20 x 30 Truss
10.
HD 20 x 30 Diagrams
11.
Follow Spot Chairs
12.
Pre-Rig Truss overview
13.
Pre-Rig Truss, Load Data & Accessories
14.
GP 20.5 Pre-rig truss
15.
Moving light truss
1a
1b
1c
1d
3a
3b
D - SUPERTRUSS
Superlite 12" and 15.75"
Superlite loading
Superlite Corner & Bases
Superlite Corner & Bases
Squarelite 12" and 15.75"
Squarelite loading
D - SUPERTRUSS
3c
Squarelite corners and plates
4.
Supertruss 12 x 12
5.
Supertruss 18 x 12
6.
Supertruss 20.5 x 20.5
7.
Supertruss 20.5 x 20.5 Corner
8.
Supertruss 20.5 x 20.5 Sleeve Block Diagrams
9.
Pre-Rig Supertruss
10.
Pre-Rig Supertruss Load Specifications
10a
Moving Light Supertruss
11.
Single Bar Pre-Rig Supertruss
13.
Supertruss 20.5 x 30
14.
Supertruss 20.5 x 30 Diagrams
15.
30 Folding Supertruss
16.
30 Folding Supertruss Diagrams
17.
20.5 Folding Supertruss Diagrams
18.
Supermegatruss
1.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
E - TOWERS
Baby Towers
12 Tower System
12 Tower System Parts
15 Tower System
15 Tower System Parts
Tower Outriggers
1.
2.
3.
4.
F - SPOT BANKS
Par 36 Spot Banks
Par 36 Spot Bank Diagrams
Par 64 Spot Banks
Cyc Lites
1.
1a
2.
3.
4.
G - RIGGING & FIXING ACCESSORIES

Fixing Accessories
Fixing Accessories
CM Lodestar
Hook Clamps
Lifting points
H- CUSTOM PROJECTS
Circles, ellipses, shaped structures,
Roof structures,
I - Instructions
Truss User
Truss inspection
12 &15 Tower instructions
09/02
PAR 64
LANTERNS
JAMES
ENGINEERING
Thomas pioneered the lightweight aluminum Par lantern. Today this lantern is widely regarded as the
industry standard Par fixture. This lantern can be supplied with a UL listing if specified upon ordering.
It is manufactured from thick gauge aluminum for maximum durability and with high quality components,
these all contribute to the longevity of the product.
Bodies can be supplied with long or short version. A fIoorlite version is also available.
Color:- Black and Silver are standard, but other colors are available to order, specify BS or RAL color
number.
Color Frames:- Square, Octagonal, or Circular are available.
Gel Feet:- We can supply the lantern with a spring loaded 4th foot for extra security.
T.V specifications satisfy the requirements for the majority of venues as it has the following safety
features as standard:- Safety wire from body to cap, body to color frame, and yoke to lighting bar. This
unit also has lamp adjuster to enable external adjustment of lamp.
Color changer lantern has an arm to form a positive triangular lock off for fitting of color changers. The
lantern also has a spring loaded 4th gel foot.
Lamp holders with short 6" tails or wiring sets (with 3'-3" of 3 core silicon cable) can be supplied.
Other variations can be made to suit your requirements.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
(NOT INCLUDING YOKE)
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 64 STANDARD
16.45
10.47
9.76
8.85
PAR 64 SHORT NOSE
11.22
10.47
9.76
8.85
PAR 64 FLOORLITE
11.22
10.47
9.76
9.05
PAR 64 T.V. SPECIFICATION
17.48
10.47
10.15
8.85
PAR 64 COLOR CHANGER
19.72
11.14
10.15
8.85
A1
PAR 64
LANTERNS
JAMES
ENGINEERING
PAR 64 STANDARD
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6400
A6401
A6402
4.05
PAR 64 WITH 4TH GEL FOOT

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6403
A6404
A6405
4.22
PAR 64 SHORT NOSE

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6406
A6407
A6408
3.6
PAR 64 SHORT NOSE WITH 4TH GEL FOOT

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6409
A6410
A6411
3.75
PAR 64 FLOORLITE
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6412
A6413
A6414
4.25
PAR 64 FLOORLITE WITH 4TH GEL FOOT

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6415
A6416
A6417
4.41
A2
PAR 64
LANTERNS
JAMES
ENGINEERING
T.V. specification lantern

includes wiring set.
PAR 64 T.V. SPECIFICATION
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6418
A6419
A6420
6.06
Color changer is not

supplied.
PAR 64 COLOR CHANGER
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A6421
A6422
A6423
5.28
ACCESSORIES FOR PAR 64 LANTERNS

PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
INCHES (MM)
WT
lbs
D6450
SQUARE COLOR FRAME BLACK
D6451
SQUARE COLOR FRAME SILVER
10" X 10"
(254 X 254)
0.37
D6452
SQUARE COLOR FRAME COLOR
D6453
CIRCULAR COLOR FRAME BLACK
D6454
CIRCULAR COLOR FRAME SILVER
10"
(254)O.D.
0.26
D6455
CIRCULAR COLOR FRAME COLOR
D6456
OCTAGONAL COLOR FRAME BLACK
D6457
OCTAGONAL COLOR FRAME SILVER
10" X 10"
(254 X 254)
0.23
D6458
OCTAGONAL COLOR FRAME COLOR
D6460
BARN DOOR 4 WAY BLACK
1.87
D6461
BARN DOOR 4 WAY SILVER
1.87
A3
JAMES
PAR 64
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING
PRODUCT
CODE
D6403
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
SPILL RING & COLOR FRAME
3.34
10" x 10" x 5.9" ( 254 x 254 x150 MM) LONG WITH GUNSIGHT
G0000
CERAMIC WITH SHORT TAILS
0.2
G0001
WIRING SET WITH 36" SILICON CABLE
0.45
D0210
D0211
D6475
BLACK
LAMP ADJUSTER
0.32
SILVER
ALLOWS SAFE FOCUSING OF LAMP FROM

LANTERN EXTERIOR
0.32
CAP BLANKING PLATE

TO CLOSE OFF HOLE IN LANTERN CAP
0.21
RAYLITES:-
A Range of lightweight bright anodized aluminum reflectors

designed to fit in place of par lamps to save weight. Lamp types available
are, A1244 240V 500W, DYR 240V 650W, DYS 120V 600W.
G1000
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - NARROW
0.38
G1001
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - MEDIUM
0.38
G1002
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - WIDE
0.38
G1006
RAYLITE WITH SHORT TAILS - NARROW
0.31
G1007
RAYLITE WITH SHORT TAILS - MEDIUM
0.31
G1008
RAYLITE WITH SHORT TAILS - WIDE
0.31
A4
JAMES
G0060
G0019
G6420
ENGINEERING
G0035
G6400
G0065
G0040
D6467
LANTERN
PRODUCT SPARES
G0030
G6410
D6470 / 71
G0050
D6430 / 31
C0091
G0090
G0080
A5
JAMES
Par 64 Outdoor
Lantern
ENGINEERING
James Thomas Engineering has developed an Outdoor par lantern to that can be provided with either a UL Damp
Location listing File E158369, or a UL wet location listing. Also available with a European IP65 rating for use with
Par 64 sealed beam lamp. The unit features corrosion resistant fittings and a cast aluminum construction, finished
in black or Silver exterior polyester powder coating. The unit has a unique focusing device, to allow external
focusing of lamps. Positive lock off system and security gel feet, means that color changers can be used with the
standard unit without modification. A terminal box at the rear of the lantern housing allows you to wire with any heat
resistant cable. If required you can fit a 6.6" dichroic glass behind the front glass for added security with the D5672
glass holder. Par 56 lamps can be fitted with the addition of the D5670 Reducing ring. All models conform to EN 60
598-2-17 and are "CE" marked.
Product code
Description
A6424
Par 64 Outdoor lantern with gel feet & color frame BLACK
A6425
Par 64 Outdoor lantern with gel feet & color frame SILVER
A6428
Par 64 Outdoor lantern with gel feet & color frame COLOR
A6426
Par 64 Outdoor lantern without gel feet BLACK
A6427
Par 64 Outdoor lantern without gel feet SILVER
A6429
Par 64 Outdoor lantern without gel feet COLOR
A6424S
A6425S
A6428S
A6426S
Par 64 Short nose Outdoor lantern without gel feet BLACK
A6427S
Par 64 Short nose Outdoor lantern without gel feet SILVER
A6429S
Par 64 Short nose Outdoor lantern without gel feet COLOR
D5672
Dichroic glass holder for 6.6" diameter glass

DIMENSIONS (inches)
TYPE
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF THE YOKE
(Not including yoke) TO PIVOT POINT
WEIGHT
Standard
16.42
11.1
10.24
9.06
15.7 (inc. lamp)
Short Nose
12.17
11.1
10.24
9.06
14.1 (inc. lamp)
A7
JAMES
Par 56 Outdoor
Lantern
ENGINEERING
The Par 56 Outdoor lantern is

designed for use outdoors in damp
locations and has an IP44 rating.
This unit has a unique focusing
device allowing external focusing of
lamps.
Positive lock off system
which locks the lantern in its focused
position. Par 56 Outdoor lanterns are
supplied with wire mesh, cable grip
gland and lamp retaining ring.
Standard finishes are semi matt black
or silver - black interior, other finishes
can be priced on application, RAL
color number is required for
identification.
Two versions are
available one without gel feet and the
other with gel feet and a circular color
frame. If required a dichroic glass
holder can be fitted behind the front
glass when a D5672 Dichroic glass
holder is specified.
All models
conform to the low voltage directive
and are "CE" marked.
Par 56 Outdoor
Colour
Black
Silver
Color
Product code
A5666
A5667
A5668
Par 56 Outdoor with

colour frame
Colour
Product code
Black
A5669
Silver
A5670
Color
A5671
Dimensions (inches)
Type
Length Width
Height
(not including yoke)
Top of the Yoke Weight

to pivot point
Par 56 Outdoor
12.72
10.71
13.82
9.17
4.63 lb
Par 56 Outdoor
with color frame
13.35
10.71
14.37
9.17
5.22 lb
A7A
JAMES
ENGINEERING
OUTDOOR
PAR LANTERN
PRODUCT SPARES
A8
JAMES
OUTDOOR LANTERN
PRODUCT SPARES
ENGINEERING
Item no
Part no
T0055
Yoke assembly made up of following :D6471O
Yoke
P5189
M8 x 30 SS Coach bolt
P6284
5 - M8 SS washer
P6598
Hand wheel
P5193
2 - M8 x 20 set
P5187
2 - M8 Nyloc nut
P6658
2 - Yoke fixing band with 4 hank bushes
P6657
Yoke stop 4.10
P5577
4 - M3 x 12 pan head screw
1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
1h
1j
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
P6620
P6613
P6601A
G0000
P8527
P5582
P8535
D6473
P5521
P8031
P8525
P5580
P8501
P8502
P8539
P5527
P6295
P8536
P5772
P6599
P6602
P8537
P8534
Captive screw insert

Captive screw
Cap casting
Ceramic
2 - Fibreglass wire sleeving
10 - M4 x 10 Pozi pan screw
Flat gasket
Cable inlet plate
M3 x 16 pan head screw
15A 2 way ceramic block
Cable clamp
2 - M3 x 6 tap tight screw
M16 Cable gland
M16 Lock nut
16mm "O" ring
M5 x 12 Pan head screw
M5 shakeproof washer
Can to cap joint seal
6mm x 40 Roll pin
Focus Knob
Can Casting
Safety glass gasket
Safety Glass
25
25a
25b
25c
25d
25e
T0056
P5574
P6002
C0094
P6303
P6659
Mesh frame assembly made up of following :4th Foot hinge pin

4th foot spring
4th foot catch
3mm retaining washer
Mesh frame
26
27
P6659A
G6453
Mesh frame without feet

Circular colour frame Black
A9
JAMES
PAR 56
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING
Par 56 lanterns are supplied with integral wire mesh, cable grip gland, lamp retaining ring, and color
frame retainers (gel clips). This lantern can be supplied with a UL listing if specified upon ordering.
Standard finishes are semi-matt black or silver (with black interior.) Other finishes will be priced on
application. A RAL or BS color number is required for identification of custom finish.
Par lanterns can be fitted with several types of lamps at competitive prices. Special lanterns (priced
on application) can be supplied to suit customer requirements.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 56 STANDARD
14.17
9.8
8.78
7.32
PAR 56 SHORT NOSE
10.43
9.8
8.78
7.32
PAR 56 FLOORLITE
10.43
9.8
8.78
8.34
PAR 64 / 56
13.66
10.47
9.37
8.7
PAR 56 STANDARD
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A5600
A5601
A5602
3.35
PAR 56 SHORT NOSE

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A5603
A5604
A5605
3.05
PAR 56 FLOORLITE
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A5606
A5607
A5608
3.66
A11
JAMES
PAR 56
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING

PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D5650
D5651
D5652
D5656
D5657
D5658
B5603
SIZE
INCHES (MM)
WT
lbs
9" X 9"
(229 x 229)
0.24
9" x 9"
(229 x 229)
9" x 9" x 3.9"

(229 x 229 x 100)
0.22
0.53
D5660
1.85
D5661
1.85
A12
JAMES
ENGINEERING
G0000
G0001
PAR 56
LANTERNS
CERAMIC WITH SHORT TAILS
WIRING SET WITH 36" SILICON CABLE
0.2
0.46
RAYLITES:A Range of lightweight bright anodized aluminum reflectors

are, A1244 240V 500W, DYR 240V 650W, and DYS 120V 600W.
G1003
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - NARROW
0.3
G1004
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - MEDIUM
0.3
G1005
RAYLITE WITH MOGUL PRONGS - WIDE
0.3
G1009
0.26
G1010
0.26
G1011
RAYLITE WITH SHORT TAILS - WIDE
0.26
A13
PAR 46
LANTERNS
JAMES
ENGINEERING
frame retainers (gel clips). This lantern can be supplied with a UL listing if specified upon ordering.
Standard finishes are semi matt black or silver - black interior, other finishes will be priced on application.
RAL or BS color number is required for identification.
Par lanterns can be fitted with several types of lamps. Special lanterns (priced on application) can
be supplied to suit customer requirements.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 46 STANDARD
11.73
8.03
7.36
6.69
PAR 46 SHORT NOSE
9.05
8.03
7.36
6.69
PAR 46 FLOORLITE
9.05
8.03
7.36
6.69
PAR 46 STANDARD
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A4600
A4601
A4602
2.75
PAR 46 SHORT NOSE

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A4603
A4604
A4605
2.58
PAR 46 FLOORLITE
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A4606
A4607
A4608
3.04
A14
JAMES
PAR 46
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING

PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D4650
D4651
D4652
D4656
D4657
D4658
D4603
SIZE
INCHES(MM)
WT
lbs
7.48" x 7.48"
(190 x190)
0.17
7.48" x 7.48"
(190 x190)
7.48" X 7.48" x 3.9"

(190 x190 x 100)
D4660
1.23
D4661
1.23
0.13
0.42
RAYLITES:A Range of lightweight bright anodized aluminum reflectors

are, A1244 240V 500W, DYR 240V 650W, and DYS 120V 600W.
G1012
0.17
G1013
0.17
A15
JAMES
PAR 36
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING
frame retainers (gel clips). A lantern with a remote transformer can be supplied with a UL listing.
Standard finishes are semi matt black or silver (with black interior.) Other finishes will be priced on
application. A RAL or BS color number is required for identification of custom finish.
Par lanterns can be fitted with several types of lamps. Special lanterns can also be supplied to suit
customer requirements. Price on application.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 36 STANDARD
13.34
6.81
6.18
PAR 36 SHORT NOSE
8.81
6.81
6.18
PAR 36 FLOORLITE
8.81
6.81
6.18
6.51
PAR 36 STANDARD
WITH TRANSFORMER
13.9
6.81
6.18
PAR36 SHORT NOSE

WITH TRANSFORMER
9.37
6.81
6.18
PAR 36 STANDARD
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A3600
A3601
A3602
2.2
PAR 36 SHORT NOSE

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A3603
A3604
A3605
1.95
PAR 36 FLOORLITE
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A3606
A3607
A3608
2.15
A16
JAMES
ENGINEERING
PAR 36
LANTERNS
PAR 36 ASHTRAY
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A3617
A3618
A3619
0.48
PAR 36 STANDARD FITTED WITH TRANSFORMER

TRANSFORMER
SIZE
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
12V 75W
A3643
A3644
A3645
4.91
6V 30W
A3649
A3650
A3651
3.72
TRANSFORMER
SIZE
PAR 36 SHORT NOSE FITTED WITH TRANSFORMER

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
12V 75W
A3655
A3656
A3657
4.67
6V 30W
A3661
A3662
A3663
3.48
A17
JAMES
PAR 36
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING

PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D3650
D3651
D3652
D3656
D3657
D3658
D3603
SIZE
INCHES (MM)
WT
lbs
6.26" x 6.26"
(159 x 159)
0.175
6.26" x 6.26"
(159 x 159)
0.132
6.26" x 6.26" x 3.9"

(159 x 159 x 100)
D3660
0.9
D3661
0.9
0.35
A18
JAMES
PINSPOTS
ENGINEERING
Thomas manufactures robust quality pinspots with integral transformers to the following
standard configurations.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 36
4.7
3.85
PAR 46
6.8
7.4
3.85
TRANSFORMER
SIZE
PAR 36 PINSPOT FITTED WITH TRANSFORMER

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
6V 30W
A3670
A3671
A3672
12V 75W
A3673
A3674
A3675
3.1
TRANSFORMER
SIZE
PAR 46 PINSPOT FITTED WITH TRANSFORMER

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
6V 30W
A4640
A4641
A4642
3.15
12V 75W
A4643
A4644
A4645
3.2
A19
JAMES
PAR 20, 30 & 38

LANTERNS
ENGINEERING
Par 20, 30 and Par 38 are manufactured using the E27 or Medium base lampholder for mains voltage
lamps up to 150 watts. The Par 20 and 30 lanterns are fitted with integrated barn doors.(a color frame is
available as an addition option) The Par 38 is fitted with a color frame as standard. The Par 20, 30 and
Par 38 are all available in a UL listed configuration with an edison connector (parallel U ground) in either a
coil cord or a straight cord. UL listed file: E161581
PAR 20 LANTERN
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
Weight in
pounds (kgs)
PAR 20 with
integral barn door
A2000
A2001
A2002
1.23 (0.56)
PAR 20 with color

frame
A2003
A2004
A2005
1.08 (0.49)
UL listed with coil cord add " -L-CC " (ex. A2000-L-CC)
add 0.62 (0.28)
UL listed with straight cord add " -L-ST " (ex. A2000-L-ST)
add 0.62 (0.28)
PAR 30 LANTERN c/w BARN DOORS

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
Weight in pounds
(kgs)
PAR 30 with
integral barn door
A3000
A3001
A3002
1.47 (0.67)
PAR 30 with color

frame
A3003
A3004
A3005
1.32 (0.6)
add 0.62 (0.28)
UL listed with straight cord add " -L-ST " (ex.A3000-L-ST)
add 0.62 (0.28)
PAR 38 LANTERN c/w COLOUR FRAME
PAR 38
BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
Weight in
pounds (kgs)
A3800
A3801
A3802
1.58 (0.72)
2.2 (1.0)
UL listed with straight cord add " -L-ST " (ex. A3800-L-ST)
2.2 (1.0)
DIMENSIONS inches (mm)

DESCRIPTION
LENGTH OF BODY
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE TO
PIVOT POINT
COLOR FRAME
SIZE
PAR 20
4.72 (120)
4.76 (121)
5.86 (149)
3.54 (90)
3.54 X 3.54 (90 X 90)
PAR 30
4.72 (120)
5.43 (138)
5.86 (149)
3.54 (90)
5 X 5 (127 X 127)
PAR 38
6.5 (165)
6.1 (155)
7.64 (194)
3.54 (90)
6 X 6 (152 X 152)
A20
JAMES
PAR 16
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING
The par 16 lantern is a scaled down version of the par 64 lantern, suitable for use with MR 16
12 volt lamps. The lantern is supplied with a wiring set and color frame. The new par 16 lantern
has chassis mounted lampholder and yoke stop. The Par 16 with transformer features
transformer mounted in housing, fitted to yoke of lantern. This lantern is available with a UL
listing.
DIMENSIONS (ins)
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT POINT
PAR 16 U.S. STANDARD
5.55
4.17
3.15
3.93
PAR 16 SHORT NOSE
3.74
3.62
3.15
2.95
PAR 16 NEW SPECIFICATION

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A1603
A1604
A1605
0.5
PAR 16 SHORT NOSE

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
A1612
A1613
A1614
0.35
TRANSFORMER
SIZE
PAR 16 Remote transformer

BLACK
SILVER
COLOR
WT
lbs
12V 75W
A1609
A1610
A1611
A22
JAMES
PAR 16
LANTERNS
ENGINEERING

PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D1650
D1651
D1652
D1653
ROUND COLOR FRAME BLACK
D1654
ROUND COLOR FRAME SILVER
D1655
ROUND COLOR FRAME COLOR
SIZE
inches (mm)
WT
lbs
3" x 3" (76 x 76)
0.04
3" (76) O.D.
0.02
D1656
D1657
OCTAGONAL COLOR FRAME SILVER 3" x 3" (76 x 76)
D1658
0.02
D1660
4 WAY BARN DOOR BLACK
0.35
D1661
4 WAY BARN DOOR SILVER
0.35
D1662
4 WAY BARN DOOR DISPOSABLE BLACK
0.17
D1663
4 WAY BARN DOOR DISPOSABLE SILVER
0.17
G0003
WIRING SET WITH 24" 2 CORE SILICONE CABLE
0.06
A23
JAMES
PRE-RIGGED
LIGHTING BARS
ENGINEERING
WIRED BARS
UNWIRED BARS
with inserts, 16mm
glands and box lids
where necessary.
B5530 - black
B5531 - silver
Bar length 7 ft 6 ins
6 circuits wired from 19 pin male

CEEP chassis connector to
6 x 24" tails with ceramics and
ground rings.
B5532 - black
B5533 - silver
B5531 - silver
6 circuits wired from 19 pin male

CEEP chassis connector to
6 x 20 amp 2 P&G connectors
on 6" tails.
B5534 - black
B5535 - silver
B5510 - black
Aerobar series wired from input

to 4 x 24" tails.
B5530 - black
B5512 - black
B5513 - silver
B5511 - silver
Bar length 5 ft
1 5/6
B5500 - black
B5501 - silver
Bar length 5 ft
Nut, Bolt, and Spacer sets :-
8 Lamp
G5121
6 Lamp
G5091
6 circuits from 19 pin male

CEEP chassis to 4 x 24" tails,
circuits 5 & 6 wired to two 2P&G
20 amp connectors on tails at
the opposite end of bar.
B5502 - black
B5503 - silver
4 Lamp
G5061
Wired and fitted

with lanterns,
lanterns priced
without lamps
B5536 - black
B5537 - silver
B5538 - black
B5539 - silver
B5514 - black
B5515 - silver
B5504 - black
B5505 - silver
3 Lamp
G5045
12 gauge wire, VSC,and other variations of lighting bars are available upon request.
B1
JAMES
ENGINEERING
STANDARD
LIGHTING BARS
All lighting bars are manufactured from 2" x .125" tube with a custom cast aluminium terminal
box where required. The following is our range of standard bars, other variations of lighting bars
are available upon request.
Please note: 12 guage wire, VSC
connectors and other variations of
lighting bars are available upon request
UNWIRED BARS
with 16mm glands
and box lids if
necessary
B5030 for black
B5036-CP for black
B5031 for silver
B5033-CP for silver
B5037-CP for silver
B5030 for black
6 circuits wired from 19 pin

male Ceep chassis
connector to 6 x 20 amp
Pin connectors on 6" tails.
(Other connectors are
available.)
B5034-CP for black
B5038-CP for black
B5031 for silver
B5035-CP for silver
B5039-CP for silver
Wired and fitted with

lanterns, lanterns
priced without lamps

male Ceep chassis
connector to 6 x 24" tails,
with butts and earth
spades.
B5032-CP for black
WIRED BARS
Aerobar series wired from

input to 4 x 24" tails and
output.
Bar length 5 ft
Bar length 5 ft
Nut and Bolt sets :-
8 Lamp
G5120
B5010 for black
B5012 for black
B5014 for black
B5011 for silver
B5013 for silver
B5015 for silver
B5000 for black

male Ceep chassis
connector to 4 x 24" tails
with butts and earth
spades.
B5002-CP for black
B5004-CP for black
B5001 for silver
B5003-CP for silver
B5005-CP for silver
6 Lamp
G5090
4 Lamp
G5060
B2
JAMES
MEATRACKS
ENGINEERING
The Meat Rack is designed to carry lighting bars and is manufactured from 1 1/2" Aluminum box. The
Meat Rack is built for robustness with castor wheels around the base for ease of mobility. The frame is
aluminum and has a wooden floor and roof (the meat rack is unpainted). Standard items are listed
below. Other sizes to suit specific requirements can also be manufactured.
PRODUCT
CODE
C0401-AL
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
Length Width Height

inches inches inches
91
30
65
4 Bar adjustable meat rack for 90" bars
C0461-AL
61
30
65
C0801-AL
91
45
65
C0861-AL
61
45
65
C1201-AL
91
45
92
Notes
All weights are
approximate.
All measurements are
rounded up.
8 Bar adjustable meat rack for

60" lighting bars, views below
show meat rack with lighting
bars in storage position.
Side view
End view
B5
JAMES
ENGINEERING
VEAM VSC
CONNECTORS
Thomas presents the high quality Veam VSC connectors.

The VSC is a threaded coupling multi-pin cylindrical connector for lighting applications.
The VSC offers machined aluminium shells with a heavy ribbed coupling ring to provide easy
manual coupling and uncoupling. Resilient insulators are crack and chip resistant. Both solder
and crimp removable contacts are available as well as a complete range of assembly tools and
accessories.
Furthermore, all of VSC's component parts are REPLACEABLE. VSC's one piece, light weight
glass-filled valox backshells provide a waterproof seal at the cable entry point. The backshells'
extended length allow adequate working room for crimp contact assembly.
The inline plug threads are teflon coated to make coupling and uncoupling smoother. Finally,
the black hard-anodized finish provides a scratch and wear resistant surface to maintain VSC's
cosmetic modern appearance.
Available from stock in the following configurations.
Product
Code
DESCRIPTION
SOLDER CONTACTS
G0550
VSC26-32S-19P Panel Mount Male
G0551
VSC020-32S-19S Panel Mount Female
G0552
VSC06SL-32S-19P(29) Male Inline
G0553
VSC01SL-32S-19S(29) Female Inline

CRIMP CONTACTS
G0560
VSC26-32S-19P-F80 Panel Mount Male
G0561
VSC020-32S-19S-F80 Panel Mount Female
G0562
VSC06SL-32S-19P-F80(29) Male Inline
G0563
VSC01SL-32S-19S-F80(29) Female Inline
VSC020-32S-19S Panel Mount Female
VSC26-32S-19P Panel Mount Male
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
VOLTAGE RATING
700 VDC, 500 VAC
CURRANT RATING
41A max. 23A rated
WORKING TEMPERATURE
-550C to +1250C
SHELL MATERIAL
Aluminium alloy, machined
CONTACT MATERIAL
Copper alloy
CONTACT PLATING
Gold
VSC01SL-32S-19S(29) Female Inline
VSC06SL-32S-19P(29) Male Inline
Veam VSC connectors are UL approved and available with Double Bar Clamp,
Basket Weave, Strain relief, or Kinky Klamp.
B6
JAMES
CEEP
CONNECTORS
ENGINEERING
Product
Code
DESCRIPTION
19 PIN CONNECTORS
G0570
Male Chassis
G0571
Female Chassis
G0572
Male Inline, Short Body, PG29
G0572B Male Inline, Long Body, PG29

G0572C Male Inline, Short Body, PG36
G0572D Male Inline, Long Body, PG36
G0573
Female Inline, Short Body, PG29
CEEP Series 92 multipin connectors are a reliable and

proven electrical connector with a functional design that
is both simple and easy to use. The Series 92
connector line is both UL recognized and CE marked.
They are widely used and in the entertainment
industry and compatible with other 19, 37, and 7 pin
circular connectors. The extremely robust one piece
aluminum backshell is fitted with a patented Polyamide
strain relief and available in a variety of sizes. Contacts
are machined in copper alloy with gold on nickel
underplate and sockets are fitted with a spring for
optimal pin retention. The thermoset insert is designed
to withstand a forceful impact on the connectors.
G0573B Female Inline, Long Body, PG29
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
G0573C Female Inline, Short Body PG36

G0573D Female Inline, Long Body, PG36
G0574
Assembly Tool for Male
G0574A Assembly Tool for Female

7 PIN CONNECTORS
G0575
Male Inline Solder, PG29
G0575A Male Inline Solder, PG16

G0576
Female Inline Solder, PG29
G0577
Female Chassis
G0578
Male Chassis
G0579
Assembly Tool for Male
Series 92 RANGE
WORKING CURRENT
(19 Pin) 25A
WORKING VOLTAGE
(19 Pin) 400VAC
WORKING TEMPERATURE
-400C to +1200C
SHELL MATERIAL
Aluminium alloy
CONTACT MATERIAL
Machined copper alloy
CONTACT PLATING
Gold on nickel underplate
[ 0.005
CONTACT RESISTANCE
CABLE CLAMP SIZE
G0579A Assembly Tool for Female
CLAMP
CABLE DIAMETER - inches (mm)
PG 16
0.39 to 0.55 ( 10 to 14)
PG29a
0.51 to 0.79 (13 to 20)
PG 29b
0.71 to 0.98 (18 to 25)
PG36
0.87 to 1.26 (22 to 32)

3.66" (92.8mm)
G0571 Female Chassis
G0570 Male Chassis
5.05" (128.3mm)
4.78" (121.3mm)
G0572B Male Inline
G0573B Female Inline
3.38" (85.9mm)
G0572 Male Inline G0573 Female Inline

5.46" (138.7mm)
G0572D Male Inline
5.19" (131.7mm)
G0573D Female Inline
B7
JAMES
ENGINEERING
CEEP Cables
and Breakouts
CEEP cable assemblies are available with either Compact or Extended

backshells and a wide range of cables. Standard cables include 16g/18c,
14g/19c, 14g/14c, 12g/19c and 12g/14c with 105oC, PVC jacket for
flexibility and durability. Other cables are available for special applications.
Breakouts are available in a variety of cable sizes with tail lengths and
.
Multicable with Compact Backshell
Multicable with Extended Backshell
Breakout with Extended Backshell

and Extra Wide Cable Clamp
B8
JAMES
MULTI-CABLE
ENGINEERING
MULTI-CABLE assemblies can be made using VEAM VSC, or CIR multi-pin

connectors and multi-conductor cable. The wide range of cables allows the
customer to specify the correct size cable required for their project. Sizes
available include 16g/18c, 14g/18c, 14g/14c, 12g/19c and 12g/14c. Other cables
are available for special applications.
VEAM VSC
Veam VSC connectors are UL approved and available with Double Bar Clamp or Basket
Weave strain relief.
As shown below wiring for breakouts with twistloc, edison, or 2p&g. The
cable used is either 14/3 SJ 12/3 SJ or with the kinky klamps 12/3 SO or
12/3 SJ.
B9
JAMES
GP 12 x 12
ENGINEERING
12" x 12" General Purpose truss is manufactured from 2" dia x 0.125" wall and 1" dia x 0.125"
wall 6082T6 or 6061T6 Aluminium tubing. Bolts are supplied for assembly of truss elements. This
truss is ideal for conference, exhibition, and small venue work. By incorporating suitable sleeve
blocks and towers, this truss can be used with our Ground Support System.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0700
10' Section
55
B0701
8' Section
46
B0702
5' Section
35
B0703
2' 6" Section
24
B4700
3m Section
55
B4701
2.5m Section
46.5
B4702
2m Section
40.5
B4703
1.5m Section
35
B4704
1m Section
19.5
B4705
2 Way Corner Block
15
B4705A
3 Way Corner Block
17.5
B4706
4 Way Corner Block
19.5
B4707
6 Way Corner Block
26.5
B4708
Flat Plate Hinge Section
14
Allowable Load Data
Maximum Allowable Uniform Loads Maximum Allowable Center Point Loads
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection Loads

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
6140 (2785)
0.276 (7)
4497 (2040)
0.315 (8)
20 (6.096)
3100 (1406)
1.10 (28)
1550 (703)
1.10 (28)
30 (9.144)
1726 (783)
2.21 (56)
864 (392)
2.21 (56)
40 (12.192)
855 (388)
2.96 (75)
428 (194)
2.96 (75)
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between supports in addition to the self weight of the truss. Information extracted from
the structural report by Broadhurst, Goodwin, and Dunn
suit maximum shear capacity. All loads include 20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
End View
Side View
4 Way
Plan View
6 Way
3 Way
2 Way
Lifting Point
Flat Pivot Section
C2
JAMES
GP 18 x 12
ENGINEERING
18" x 12" manufactured the same way as 12" x 12", but has an added advantage, due to its width of 18"
of being able to accommodate 2 lighting bars back to back. Also the truss is slightly stronger over longer
spans. It is made from 6061T6 or 6082T6 alloy 2" x 0.125" tubes for the main chords and 1" x 0.125"
tubes for the diagonals.The truss can be used with Ground Support System with suitable sleeve blocks
and towers.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0600
10' Section
61.5
B0601
8' Section
52.5
B0602
5' Section
37.5
B0603
2' 6" Section
24
B4600
3m Section
61.5
B4601
2.5m Section
53
B4602
2m Section
42
B4603
1.5m Section
37.5
B4604
1m Section
28.5
B4605
0.5m Section
19.5
B4608
4 Way Corner Block
22
B46
5 Way Corner Block
B4
6 Way Corner Block
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
6140 (2785)
0.276 (7)
4497 (2040)
0.20 (8)
20 (6.096)
3100 (1406)
1.10 (28)
1550 (703)
1.10 (28)
30 (9.144)
1726 (783)
2.20 (56)
864 (392)
2.20 (56)
40 (12.192)
855 (388)
2.95 (75)
427 (194)
2.95 (75)
50 (15.24)
425 (193)
3.70 (94)
214 (97)
3.70 (94)
End View
SIde View
3 Way
4 Way
Plan View
2 Way
C3
JAMES
GP 15 x 15
ENGINEERING
15" x 15" General Purpose truss is manufactured from 2" dia x 0.125" wall and 1" dia x 0.125" wall 6082T6 or
6061T6 Aluminium tubing. Bolts are supplied assembly of truss elements. This truss is ideal for conference,
exhibition, and small venue work. By incorporating suitable sleeve blocks and towers, this truss can be used with our
Ground Support Systems.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B1510
10' Section
61.5
B1508
8' Section
53
B1505
5' Section
39.5
B1525
2' 6" Section
27.5
B1502
2 Way Corner Block
18.5
B1503
3 Way Corner Block
21
B1504
4 Way Corner Block
24
B1506
6 Way Corner Block
28.5
B1507
Flat Plate Hinge Section
20
Allowable Load
Data
Maximum Allowable Uniform Loads
Maximum Allowable Center Point Loads
Span
feet (meters)
10 (3.048)
15 (4.572)
20 (6.096)
25 (7.62)
30 (9.144)
40 (12.192)
50 (15.24)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
9200 (4173)
6100 (2766)
4500 (2041)
3500 (1587)
2900 (1315)
2000 (907)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
4600 (2086)
3050 (1383)
2250 (1020)
1750 (793)
1450 (657)
1000 (453)
1300 (589)*
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
0.17 (4)
0.38 (9)
0.67 (17)
1.04 (26)
1.50 (38)
2.67 (67)
3.75 (95)
650 (294)*
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
0.17 (4)
0.38 (9)
0.67 (17)
1.04 (26)
1.50 (38)
2.67 (67)
3.75 (95)
55 (16.76)
1000 (453)*
4.13 (104)
500 (226)*
4.13 (104)
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between supports in addition to self weight of truss. Information extracted from
structural report by Jessie Mise. *Denotes load limited to a maximum deflection of (span /160). All loads include a 20%
overload factor for dynamic effects.
End View
Side View
4 Way
3 Way
Plan View
6 Way
Fiat Pivot Section
2 Way
C4
JAMES
GP TRIANGULAR
ENGINEERING
23 1/4" x 60 degree equilateral triangular truss is designed and manufactured for high strength, in relation to
storage space required. The main chords are 2" x 0.125" tube and the diagonals are 1" x 0.125" tube in either
6082T6 or 6061T6. The truss can be used with a Ground Support System with appropriate Sleeve Blocks and
Towers. Each section is complete with bolts.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0500
10' section
66
B0501
8' section
53
B0502
5' section
35
B4500
3m section
66
B4501
2.5m section
53
B4502
2m section
44
B4503
1.5m section
35
B4504
1m section
26.5
B4505
2 way corner block
35
B4506
3 way corner block
39.5
B4507
4 way corner block
44
B4508
Flat pivot section
39.5
Allowable Load
Span
feet (meters)
10 (3.048)

Loads
Maximum deflection
pounds (kgs)
inches (mm)
0.1 (2)
5600 (2540)+
15 (4.572)
5600 (2540)+
4700 (2131)
3700 (1678)
3000 (1360)
2100 (952)
20 (6.096)
25 (7.62)
30 (9.144)
40 (12.192)
50 (15.24)
60 (18.288)
0.34 (8)
1300 (589)*
0.70 (17)
1.09 (27)
1.57 (39)
2.8 (71)
3.75 (95)
700 (317)*
4.50 (114)

Loads
Maximum deflection
pounds (kgs)
inches (mm)
2800 (1270)+
0.1 (2)
2800 (1270)+
2350 (1065)
1850 (839)
1500 (680)
1050 (476)
0.34 (8)
650 (294)*
0.70 (17)
1.09 (27)
1.57 (39)
2.8 (71)
3.75 (95)
350 (158)*
4.50 (114)
structural report by Jessie Mise. + Denotes load limited to suit maximum shear capacity. *Denotes load limited to a maximum
deflection of (span /160). All loads include a 20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
Plan View
End View
Side View
4 Way
Flat Pivot Section

0-180 Degree
3 Way
2 Way
C6
JAMES
GP 20.5 x 20.5
ENGINEERING
20.5" x 20.5" General Purpose truss manufactured from 6061T6 or 6082T6 Aluminium using 2" x 0.125"
wall and 1" x 0.125" wall tubes. It is supplied as standard with bolts for connection.
GP 20.5" x 20.5" is suitable for the majority of lighting applications, flying P.A. and any general purpose
use. It can be used with Ground Support System by incorporating suitable sleeve blocks and towers. This
truss can also be supplied with castor wheels.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0400
10' LONG SECTION
88
B0401
8' LONG SECTION
75
B0402
5' LONG SECTION
60
B4400
4 METRE LONG SECTION
114
B4401
88
B4402
2.5 METRE LONG SECTION
77
B4403
68
B4404
60
B4405
44
B4407
4 WAY CORNER BLOCK
37
B44
5 WAY CORNER BLOCK
40
B4408
6 WAY CORNER BLOCK
42
B4409
UNIVERSAL PIVOT SECTION

0 - 270 DEGREE
43
B4410
UNIVERSAL PIVOT SECTION

0 - 90 DEGREE
42
B4411
FLAT PIVOT SECTION 0 - 180 DEGREE
37
B4412
GP TO TRIANGULAR ADAPTER
B4413
GP TO 12" ADAPTER
PRODUCT
CODE
TRUSS WITH CASTORS
WT
lbs
B0420
10' LONG SECTION
105
92
B0421
8' LONG SECTION
B0422
5' LONG SECTION
77
B4420
132
B4421
106
B4422
95
B4423
86
B4424
77
B4425
62
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
5741 (2604)
1.06 (27)
2870 (1302)
1.06 (27)
20 (6.096)
5741 (2604)
1.06 (27)
2870 (1302)
1.06 (27)
30 (9.144)
3715 (1685)
1.57 (40)
1858 (843)
1.57 (40)
40 (12.192)
2643 (1199)
2.44 (62)
1322 (600)
2.44 (62)
50 (15.24)
1911 (867)
3.70 (94)
957 (434)
3.70 (94)
C7
JAMES
GP 20.5 x 20.5
ENGINEERING
10 ft Truss
2 Way Corner Block
Universal Pivot Section

90-0-90 Degrees
4 Way Corner Block
Universal Pivot Section

0-270 Degrees
6 Way Corner Block
Flat Pivot Section

0-180 Degrees
C8
JAMES
HD 20.5 x 30
ENGINEERING
20.5" x 30" truss is for those ever increasing load requirement situations. The truss is connected
together with bolts as standard and can be used with a Ground Support System by using suitable Sleeve
Blocks and Towers. This truss can also be specified with castor wheels. The main chords of the truss are
made from 2" x 0.157"and the diagonals are 1" x 0.125". Aluminum Alloys are either 6061T6 or 6082T6.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0900
10' section
79.5
B0901
8' section
72.5
B0902
5' section
66
B4900
4m section
105.5
B4901
3m section
79.5
B4902
2.5m section
73.5
B4903
2m section
66
B4904
1.5m section
60
B4905
1m section
53
B4906
2 way corner block
35
B4907
3 way corner block
37.5
B4908
4 way corner block
40
PRODUCT
CODE
TRUSS WITH CASTORS
WT
lbs
B0920
10' section
97
B0921
8' section
90
B0922
5' section
83.5
B4920
4m section
123.5
B4921
3m section
97
B4922
2.5m section
91
B4923
2m section
83.5
B4924
1.5m section
77
B4925
1m section
70.5
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
5646 (2561)*
0.236 (6)
5646 (2561)*
0.315 (8)
20 (6.096)
5646 (2561)*
0.236 (6)
5646 (2561)*
0.315 (8)
30 (9.144)
5562(2523)*
0.709 (18)
4202 (1906)
0.709 (18)
40 (12.192)
4127 (1872)
1.65 (42)
2063 (936)
1.65 (42)
50 (15.24)
3150 (1429)
2.05 (52)
1574 (714)
2.05 (52)
60 (18.29)
2460 (1116)
2.80 (71)
1230 (558)
2.80 (71)
70 (21.34)
1953 (886)
3.66 (93)
976 (443)
3.66 (93)
structural report by Broadhurst, Goodwin & Dunn for truss manufactured after November 1993. * Denotes load limited to suit
maximum shear capacity. All loads include 20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
C9
JAMES
HD 20 x 30
ENGINEERING
Plan View
End View
Side View
Plan View
End View
Side View
C10
JAMES
ENGINEERING
FOLLOW SPOT
CHAIRS
Thomas has simplified its range of lightweight follow spot chairs, that feature comfortable rally
type seats and safety belts.
The chairs come in 2 standard formats as detailed below. All chairs are supplied with one
vertical and one 45 degree angle adjustable spigot mounting adapters, which allow the use of
most types of follow spots available today.
The follow spot chairs fit to the truss by means of 4 swivel couplers which are supplied as
optional extras. Some models also feature a tray behind the seat for mounting of a ballast.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT

lbs
ins
ins
ins
B1102
Top mounted follow spot chair with ballast tray
53
57
27.45
48
B1103
Universal follow spot chair with ballast tray
72.5
57
30
63.2
B1104
Swivel top mounted follow spot chair
41.5
50.5
18.5
34.85
G0300
Swivel coupler (4 required per chair)
2.2
T0304A
Lycian spigot adaptor
Top mounted follow spot

chair with ballast tray
Universal follow spot

chair with ballast tray
Adjustable spigot
mounting adapters
manufactured from
38 mm x 6 mm wall
Mild steel.
C11
JAMES
PRE-RIG TRUSS
ENGINEERING
Pre-Rig truss is 30" x 26" in size. It is manufactured from aluminium tube 6082-T6 with 2" x .125"
wall thickness for main tubes and 1" x .125" wall tube for the diagonals. Each truss piece has 4 castor
wheels for easy maneuverability and bolts for the connection of truss pieces.
Each truss is designed to carry 2 lighting bars complete with lanterns. The lighting bars are stored
internally in the truss and can be lowered to the working position when in use. This design reduces the
amount of space required for lighting and rigging in the truck. Each truss is also designed to carry a
varying amount of lanterns, the 10' section carries 2 bars of 8 lanterns, 7' 7"section carries 2 bars of 6
lanterns, 5' section carries 2 bars of 4 lanterns, and the 3' 9-1/2" section carries 2 bars of 3 lanterns. This
feature enables great flexibility in the truss design.
The Pre-Rig truss accepts a modified lighting bar which have 2 sleeved holes in them. The lighting
bars are located inside the truss by guide rods. In the storage position the bars are securely held in the
truss by shank hooks. The whole system can be used with our Ground Support System by using suitable
sleeve blocks and towers.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B0300
B0301
B0302
B0303
B0304
B4300
B4301
B4302
10' section (empty)

7' 7" section (empty)
5' section (empty)
3' 9 1/2" section (empty)
6"-12" make up piece (empty)
2 way corner block
4 way corner block
Universal pivot section
0-270 degree
0-90 degree
Horizontal load-bearing pivot
section
Vertical load-bearing pivot
section
P.R.T. to G.P. adapter
111.3
91
77.15
57.35
52.9
61.75
59.5
B4303
B4304
B4305
B4306
59.5
123.5
123.5
28.65
Par 64 lanterns in storage position
Par 64 lanterns lowered to operating position
To lower lanterns from storage to

operating position, simply pull tab on
shank hook with one hand whilst
holding the lighting bar with the other
hand. Then lower the lanterns into
operating position.
C12
JAMES
PRE-RIG TRUSS
ENGINEERING
Allowable Load Data

empty Pre-rigged
Span 7'-7" sections

feet ( meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
2) 15.17 (4.62)
6980 (3166)*
0.63 (16)
4691 (2128)
0.945 (24)
3) 22.75 (6.93)
6138 (2784)
1.26 (32)
3069 (1392)
1.26 (32)
4) 30.33 (9.25)
4458 (2022)
1.69 (43)
2229 (1011)
1.69 (43)
5) 37.92 (11.56)
3395 (1540)
2.09 (53)
1698 (770)
2.09 (53)
6) 45.5 (13.87)
2676 (1214)
2.72 (69)
1338 (607)
2.72 (69)
7) 53.08 (16.18)
2134 (968)
3.66 (93)
1067 (484)
3.66 (93)
8) 60.67 (18.5)
1671 (758)
4.72 (120)
836 (379)
4.72 (120)

Allowable Load Data
fully loaded Pre-rigged
Span 7'-7" sections

feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
2) 15.17 (4.62)
6737 (3056)*
0.63 (16)
4572 (2074)
0.945 (24)
3) 22.75 (6.93)
5774 (2619)
1.26 (32)
2888 (1310)
1.26 (32)
4) 30.33 (9.25)
3977 (1804)
1.69 (43)
1989 (902)
1.69 (43)
5) 37.92 (11.56)
2791 (1266)
2.09 (53)
1396 (633)
2.09 (53)
6) 45.5 (13.87)
1951 (885)
2.72 (69)
977 (443)
2.72 (69)
7) 53.08 (16.18)
1289 (585)
3.66 (93)
646 (293)
3.66 (93)
8) 60.67 (18.5)
703 (319)
4.72 (120)
353 (160)
4.72 (120)
structural report by The Broadhurst Partnership. * Denotes load limited to suit maximum shear capacity. All loads include a
20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
7 ft 7ins Pre-Rig Truss
3 ft 9 1/2ins Pre-Rig Truss
Universal Pivot Section Universal Pivot Section

4 Way Corner Block
0-270 degree
0-90 degree
C13
JAMES
SINGLE BAR PRE-RIG

ENGINEERING
A revolutionary truss designed to offer all the advantages of the regular Pre-rigged in a Single bar
Pre-Rig layout. The size is 20.5" wide x 20.5" deep x 96" long as standard.
The truss features a guide rod . This truss allows the use of pre-rig lighting bars with short nose
Par lanterns. Ideal for users where a small truck pack is required.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
kgs
B0420S4
10' section
65
B0421S4
8' section
45
See GP 20.5" x 20.5" cut sheet for

other accessories
To lower lanterns from storage to operating position, simply pull tab on shank
hook with one hand whilst holding the lighting bar with the other hand. Then
lower the lanterns into operating position.
C14
JAMES
MOVING LIGHT
TRUSS
ENGINEERING
Moving Light truss has been designed around the Pre-rigged truss size. 91 x 30" x 26" in size (other
sizes are available. It is manufactured from aluminium tube 6082-T6 with 2" x .125" wall thickness for
main tubes and 1" x .125" wall tube for the diagonals. Each truss piece has 8 castor wheels for easy
maneuverability and bolts for the connection of truss pieces.
Each 91 truss is designed to carry 3 moving light fixtures. The moving lights are stored internally in
the truss and can be lowered to the working position when in use. This design reduces the amount of
space required for lighting and rigging in the truck. .
Two handles allow the lowering of each moving light. The following units have been tried in our
moving light trusses. Highend Studio Color and Studio Spot.
Coemar CF7 wash fixture
Martins line of Mac fixtures; 250, 300, 500, 600, and 2000
Other fixtures may fit within the design of this truss by using a custom fitted plate.
The whole system can be used with our Ground Support System by using suitable sleeve blocks and
towers.
Please note no fixtures are included with truss.
PRODUCT CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
MLT-120-R3
MLT-91-R3
MLT-42-R3
B4300
B4301
B4302
10' section (empty)

7' 7" section (empty)
42 section (empty)
2 way corner block
4 way corner block
0-270 degree
0-90 degree
Horizontal load-bearing pivot section
Vertical load-bearing pivot section
P.R.T. to G.P. Adapter
**all weights subject to correction
193**
145**
97**
52.9
61.75
59.5
B4303
B4304
B4305
B4306
59.5
123.5
123.5
28.65
Allowable Load Data

empty MLT
Span 7'-7" sections

feet ( meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
2) 15.17 (4.62)
6926 (3141)*
0.63 (16)
3463 (1570)
0.945 (24)
3) 22.75 (6.93)
6084 (2759)
1.26 (32)
3042 (1379)
1.26 (32)
4) 30.33 (9.25)
4404 (1997)
1.69 (43)
2202 (998)
1.69 (43)
5) 37.92 (11.56)
3341 (1515)
2.09 (53)
1670 (757)
2.09 (53)
6) 45.5 (13.87)
2622 (1189)
2.72 (69)
1311 (594)
2.72 (69)
7) 53.08 (16.18)
2080 (943)
3.66 (93)
1040 (471)
3.66 (93)
8) 60.67 (18.5)
1617 (733)
4.72 (120)
808 (366)
4.72 (120)
C15
JAMES
ENGINEERING
SUPERLITE
TRUSS
This lightweight truss is ideal for Exhibition, Conference and Small venue work. Using the Supertruss
principle has enabled the manufacture of a competitively strong but lightweight truss with all the innovative
space and time saving characteristics first demonstrated in Supertruss. Superlite is a 12" or 15.75" x 60
degree equilateral triangular truss manufactured from 6082T6 or 6061T6 alloy tube with 1.97" x 0.079" wall
main tubes, 0.75" x 0.079" wall diagonals.
Superlite truss
Type
12 foot Section
10 foot Section
8 foot Section
6 foot Section
5 foot Section
2.5 foot Section
3 meter Section
1 meter Section
2 Way Connection
2 Way joint Support Plate & Vertical Connecting Spigots
3 Way Connection complete
4 Way Connection complete
Base plate including 3 - Vertical spigots
Horizontal to Vertical Adapter
Horizontal to Vertical Joint Spigot
Vertical Connecting Spigot
Baby Tower sleeve plates per pair
12" (30.5cm )
Superlite
Code
Lb
B1660
33.9
B1661
27
B1662
22
B1663
16.5
B1664
13.72
B1665
7
B1630
24.3
B1610
11
B1602
8.3
B1609
5.6
B1603
8.8
B1604
7.7
B1601
5.8
B1606
1
B1607
4.4
B1608
0.77
B1611
10.8
15.75" (40cm)
Superlite
Code
Lb
B2160
40
B2161
33
B2162
26.4
B2163
20
B2164
16.5
B2165
8.3
B2130
29.3
B2110
13
B2102
10.5
B2109
8
B2103
19
B2104
16.3
B2101
8.7
B1606
1
B1607
4.4
B1608
0.77
B2111
13.5
12" Superlite
truss
Plan View
End View
Side View
15.75"
Superlite truss
Plan View
End View
Side View
D1A
JAMES
SUPERLITE
TRUSS
ENGINEERING
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads

between supports in addition to self weight of
truss. Information extracted from structural report
by The Broadhurst Partnership for truss
manufactured after June 1994
Allowable Load Data

for the Superlite 12"
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
2028 (920)
0.43 (11)
1014 (460)
0.43 (11)
20 (6.096)
1585 (719)
1.18 (30)
793 (360)
1.18 (30)
30 (9.144)
644 (292)
2.5 (63)
322 (146)
2.5 (63)
40 (12.192)
406 (184)
3.0 (76)
202 (92)
3.0 (76)
Allowable Load Data

for the Superlite 15.75"
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
2028 (920)
0.24 (6)
1014 (460)
0.24 (6)
20 (6.096)
2011 (912)
0.79 (20)
1005 (456)
0.79 (20)
30 (9.144)
1287 (584)
2.36 (60)
643 (292)
2.36 (60)
40 (12.192)
888 (403)
3.0 (76)
445 (202)
3.0 (76)
50 (15.24)
414 (188)
4.0 (102)
207 (94)
4.0 (102)
60 (18.29)
278 (126)
4.57 (116)
139 (63)
4.57 (116)
D1B
JAMES
SUPERLITE
TRUSS
ENGINEERING
B1602 - 2 Way Connection

The 2 way joint is simply made by
connecting the inside truss spigots and
inserting 2 double ended spigots to join
the top and outer truss tubes together.
All joints are pinned using 12mm Pins
and "R" clips.

The 3 way joint is made by fitting a
30.5 cm plate below the bottom tubes of
the truss locating through the spigot
holes. Join the lower ends of the trusses
together over the plate, adding the lower
double ended spigot to the open bottom
and join together with M12 bolt sets.
Then connect the ends of the top tubes
together using the "T" spigot, pinning
with 12mm pins and "R" clips.

The 4 way joint is made by fitting a
30.5 cm plate below the bottom tubes
of the truss locating through the spigot
holes. Join the lower ends of the trusses
together over the plate and fit M12 bolt
sets. The top tubes are joined with a
cross spigot and pinned together with
12mm pins and "R" clips.
B1601 - Base Plate

The base plate is supplied with 3
vertical connecting spigots. This plate
can also be used on 3 and 4 way
joints as a support and vertical truss
plate.
B1608 - Vertical
connecting spigot
D1C
JAMES
ENGINEERING
SUPERLITE
TRUSS
B1309 - 2 Way joint with

vertical connecting spigots
3 Way joint with vertical

truss connected
4 Way joint with vertical

truss connected
Vertical truss attached to horizontal

truss
Add 3 - B1608 vertical connecting spigots

to 4 way connection.
2 Way joint with Apex of truss facing

outwards
Using 3 - B1606 Horizontal to Vertical Adapters & 1 Horizontal to Vertical Joint Spigot.
Add 3 - B1608 vertical connecting

spigots to 3 way connection.
Using 4 half-couplers connected to the support plate.

Note: This method of attaching the vertical truss is
0.55" higher than on the above connection methods.
2 Way joint with Apex of truss facing

inwards
Using 3 - B1606 Horizontal to Vertical Adapters & 2 Horizontal to Vertical Joint Spigots.
D1D
JAMES
Squarelite truss
ENGINEERING
This light weight truss is ideal for Exhibition, Conference and Small venue work. Using the Supertruss
design principles has enabled the manufacture of a competitively strong but lightweight truss with all the
innovative space and time saving characteristics first demonstrated in Supertruss. Squarelite is available
as a 12" or 15.75" square truss manufactured from 6061T6 or 6082T6 alloy aluminum tube with 1.96"x
0.078 wall main tubes, 0.75"x 0.078" wall diagonals on all faces and featuring double ended connecting
forks for ease of assembly and added strength. All trusses are supplied with pin & "R" clips or bolt sets as
necessary.
12 inch
Squarelite
Code
Lb
B3960
41.8
B3961
34.87
B3962
27.9
B3963
20.92
B3964
17.44
B3965
8.7
B3930
32.4
B3910
14.8
B3902
13.2
B3903
10.1
B3908
6.9
B3901
6.4
B1606
1
B1608
0.8
B3909
11.7
Squarelite truss
Type
12 foot Section
10 foot Section
8 foot Section
6 foot Section
5 foot Section
2.5 foot Section
3 metre Section
1 metre Section
2 way / 900 gate
3 way / 1200 gate
Square support plate per pair
Base Plate Vertical Connecting Spigots
Horizontal to Vertical Connecting Spigot
Vertical Connecting Spigot
Baby Tower Sleeve Plates per pair
15.75 inch
Squarelite
Code
Lb
B3460
52.7
B3461
43.9
B3462
35
B3463
26.3
B3464
22
B3465
11
B4330
39
B4310
17.2
B3499
15.4
B3498
11.7
B3408
12.7
B3497
9.5
B1606
1
B1608
0.77
B3496
16
12" Squarelite
truss
Plan
End View
Side View
15.75"
Squarelite truss
Plan
End View
Side View
D3A
JAMES
Squarelite truss
ENGINEERING
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between

supports in addition to self weight of truss.
Information extracted from structural report by The
Broadhurst Partnership for truss manufactured after
June 1994.
Allowable Load Data

for the Squarelite 12"
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
2354 (1068)
0.28 (7)
1177 (534)
0.28 (7)
20 (6.096)
2332 (1058)
0.96 (23)
1166 (529)
0.96 (23)
30 (9.144)
1296 (588)
2.5 (63)
648 (294)
2.5 (63)
40 (12.192)
842 (382)
3.0 (76)
421 (191)
3.0 (76)

Allowable Load Data
for the squarelite 15.75"
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
2348 (1065)
0.16 (4)
1175 (533)
0.16 (4)
20 (6.096)
2324 (1054)
0.47 (12)
1161 (527)
0.47 (12)
30 (9.144)
2273 (1031)
2.13 (54)
1137 (516)
2.13 (54)
40 (12.192)
1759 (798)
2.95 (75)
879 (399)
2.95 (75)
50 (15.24)
873 (396)
3.94 (100)
436 (198)
3.94 (100)
60 (18.29)
632 (283)
4.45 (113)
313 (142)
4.45 (113)
D3B
JAMES
Squarelite truss
ENGINEERING
2 Way Connection
The 2 way joint is simply made by
connecting the inside truss spigots and
inserting a 2 way gate to join the outer
truss tubes together. All joints are
pinned using 12mm Pins and "R" clips.
3 Way Connection
The 3 way joint is made by joining the 3
trusses together fitting a square support
plate above and below the tubes of the
truss locating through the spigot holes.
Add the 3 way gate to the open face
and join together with M12 bolt sets.
4 Way Connection
The 4 way joint is made by joining the 4
trusses together fitting a square support
plate above and below the tubes of the
truss locating through the spigot holes
and joining together with M12 bolt sets.
Base Plate
The base plate is supplied with 4
vertical connecting spigots. This plate
can also be used on 3 and 4 way
joints as a support and vertical truss
plate.
B1608 - Vertical
connecting spigot
D3C
SUPERTRUSS
12 x 12
JAMES
ENGINEERING
The revolutionary truss designed to offer all the advantages of the 20.5" Supertruss in a
12" x 12" layout. The 12" x 12" Supertruss provides a substantial increase in load bearing capacity
over the existing GP 12" x 12" truss. The main chords of the truss are made from 2" x 0.157"
6061-T6, and the diagonals are 1" x 0.125".
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B1260A
12' Section
87
B1261
10' Section
72
B1262
8' Section
67
B1263
6' Section
51
B1264
5' Section
42
B1265
2' 6" Section
27
B1200A
60 Degree corner gate
14
B1201
B1203
B1204A
3 Way gate/ 120 gate
B1204B
3 Way gate with lifting point
B1208
Square support plate
B1211
12" Super-truss to
GP 12" x 12" adaptor gate
G6671A
12" Supertruss pin

extraction tool
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
8496 (3854)*
0.20 (5)
7348 (3333)
0.20 (5)
20 (6.096)
7255 (3291)
1.50 (38)
3628 (1646)
1.50 (38)
30 (9.144)
3324(1508)
2.20 (56)
1662 (754)
2.20 (56)
40 (12.192)
1695 (769)
2.95 (75)
848 (385)
2.95 (75)
50 (15.24)
888 (403)
3.70 (94)
445 (202)
3.70 (94)
structural report by Broadhurst, Goodwin & Dunn for Super-truss manufactured after November 1993. * Denotes load limited to suit
maximum shear capacity. All loads include 20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
Plan View
3 Way corner gate

Corner plate
End View
Side View
D4
JAMES
SUPERTRUSS
18 x 12
ENGINEERING
A revolutionary truss designed to offer all the advantages of the Thomas Supertruss design in a 18 x 12
layout. This truss has the advantage of being able to accomodate 2 lighting bars back to back.
18 x 12 Supertruss provides a substantial increase in loadbearing capacity over the GP 18 x 12 truss.
It is made from 6061-T6 alloy 2" x 0.157" tubes in the main chords and 1" x 0.125" tubes in the diagonals
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B2360
12' Section
96
B2361
10' Section
76
B2362
8' Section
64
B2363
6' Section
48
B2364
5' Section
45
B2365
2' 6" Section
20
B2300A
22
B2301
10
B1203
B2304A
3 Way gate / 120 gate
B2304B
12
B2308
10
B2311
18" x 12" Super-truss to

GP 18" x 12" adaptor gate
G6671A
12" Supertruss pin extraction tool
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
8496 (3854)*
0.20 (5)
7348 (3333)
0.20 (5)
20 (6.096)
7255 (3291)
1.50 (38)
3628 (1646)
1.50 (38)
30 (9.144)
3324(1508)
2.20 (56)
1662 (754)
2.20 (56)
40 (12.192)
1695 (769)
2.95 (75)
848 (385)
2.95 (75)
50 (15.24)
888 (403)
3.70 (94)
445 (202)
3.70 (94)
structural report by Broadhurst, Goodwin & Dunn for Super-truss manufactured after November 1993. * Denotes load limited to
Plan View
3 Way corner gate

End View
Side View
D5
JAMES
SUPER-TRUSS
20.5 x 20.5
ENGINEERING
Thomas has rethought truss design to encompass the changing demands of the touring industry. The supertruss
design features new double end connectors, which are orientated, so that the truss elements are unisex ( they can be
used either way ). Made from 6061T6 or 6082T6 alloy, the truss has 2" x 0.157" main chord tubes and 1" x 0.125"
diagonal tubes.
Supertruss saves truck space because of its very high strength in relation to its size and also the space saving
design of the corners.
The corners are simplicity themselves. As for the 2 way corner, only a connecting gate is required to brace
between the outer fork connectors. The 3 way corner only requires a connecting gate and 2 square connecting
plates. The 4 way corner requires just 2 square connecting plates. In order to use the supertruss with towers, 2
sleeve connecting plates with roller wheels are required with 1 or 2 ladders depending on how many truss
connections their are. 60 degree corners require 2 extended double fork connectors and a connecting gate. Other
angles can be easily made to order. Variable and vertical connecting forks are available for 0 - 90 degree operation.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B1360
12' Section
90.5
B1361
10' Section
77
B1362
8' Section
70.5
B1363
6' Section
58.5
B1364
5' Section
49.5
B1365
2' 6" Section
38.5
B1300
33
B1301
11
B1302
10
B1303
8.5
B1304
3 Way gate
9.5
B1305
B1306
Vertical connecting fork
1.3
B1307
Horizontal connecting fork
2.2
B1308
11
B1309A
12" Tower sleeve plate
26.5
B1309B
26.5
B1311
Super-truss to GP20.5x20.5 adapter

gate
B1312
Lifting point for super-truss
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between supports in

addition to self weight of truss. Information extracted from structural
report by The Broadhurst Partnership. * Denotes load limited to suit
maximum shear capacity. All loads include a 20% overload factor
for dynamic effects.
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
10 (3.048)
7405 (3359)*
0.433 (7)
7405 (3359)*
0.670 (17)
20 (6.096)
7405 (3359)*
0.433 (7)
7405 (3359)*
0.670 (17)
30 (9.144)
7326 (3323)*
1.77 (45)
5870 (2663)
1.77 (45)
40 (12.192)
6435 (2919)
3.0 (75)
3219 (1460)
3.0 (75)
50 (15.24)
3918 (1777)
3.7 (94)
1960 (889)
3.7 (94)
60 (18.288)
2476 (1123)
4.4(112)
1239 (562)
4.4(112)
70 (21.336)
1611 (731)
5.2 (131)
807 (366)
5.2 (131)
80 (24.384)
996 (452)
5.9 (150)
498 (226)
5.9 (150)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
D6
JAMES
ENGINEERING
SUPER-TRUSS
20.5 x 20.5
Exploded view of a 4 way

connection with 2 square
support plates.
Exploded views of 2 and

3 way connections for
tower systems.
3 way tower
2 way tower
Top view of 60 degree corner
All 2 way corners require only one corner

gate, but any angles smaller than 90 degree
also require double end fork connectors.
Top view of 90 degree corner
D7
JAMES
ENGINEERING
SUPER-TRUSS
20.5 x 20.5
10 Foot Section
(Connecting forks are

shown larger for clarity)
Horizontal connecting
forks 2 per unit
5 Foot Section
60 Degree Gate
Square Support Plate
90 Degree Gate
3 Way Gate
Tower Sleeve Plate
D8
JAMES
PRE-RIG
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
This revolutionary truss is designed to offer all the advantages of Supertruss in a 26" x 30" Pre-rigged
layout. The design features casters for mobility, removable guide rod support gates for ease of installing and
removing pre-rigged or standard lighting bars.
Pre-rigged supertruss provides substantial increase in load bearing capacity over the flat plate pre-rigged
truss. It is made from either a 6061T6 or a 6082T6 aluminum alloy. The main chords are 2" x 0.157". and the
diagonals are 1" x 0.125' tube.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B1430
10' 6" section
118
B1424
8' section
97
B1416
5' 6" section
86
B1412
4' section
46
B1400
36
B1401
16
B1402
12.1
B1403
11
B1306
1.3
B1307
Horizontal connecting forks 2/unit
2.2
B1404
3 Way gate
14
B1405
B1408
16
B1409A
51
B1409B
49
B1411
Super-truss to P.R.T. adapter plate
B1413
Lifting point for P.R. super-truss

To lower lanterns from storage to
operating position, simply pull tab on
shank hook with one hand while
holding the lighting bar with the other
hand. Then lower the lanterns into
operating position.
D9
JAMES
PRE-RIG
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
Allowable Load Data

empty Pre-rigged
Supertruss
Span 8' sections

feet ( meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
2)
16 (4.88)
7339 (3329)*
0.12(3)
7339 (3329)*
0.945 (5)
3)
24 (7.3)
7251 (3289)*
0.43(11)
7251 (3289)*
1.26 (18)
4)
32 (9.75)
7162 (3249)*
1.0 (25)
7162 (3249)*
1.69 (40)
5)
40 (12.2)
7074 (3209)*
1.9 (49)
5454 (2474)
1.9 (49)
6)
48 (14.6)
6556 (3110)
3.55 (90)
3428 (1555)
3.55 (90)
7)
56 (17.1)
5112 (2319)
4.14 (105)
2557 (1160)
4.14 (105)
8)
64 (19.5)
3668 (1664)
4.72 (120)
1834 (832)
4.72 (120)
9)
72 (22)
2668 (1210)
5.32 (135)
1334 (605)
5.32 (135)
10) 80 (24.4)
1884 (855)
5.9 (150)
941 (427)
5.9 (150)
11) 88 (26.8)
1314 (596)
6.5 (165)
657 (298)
6.5 (165)
(Connecting forks
are shown larger
for clarity)
8' section

5' 6" section
2 per unit
3 Way gate
D10
JAMES
MOVING
LIGHT
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
Moving Light supertruss has been designed around the Pre-rigged supertruss size. 96 x 30" x 26" in
size (other sizes are available). Moving light supertruss provides a substantial increase in load bearing
capacity over the flat plate pre-rigged truss. It is manufactured from aluminium tube 6061-T6 or 6082-T6
with 2" x .157" wall thickness for main tubes and 1" x .125" wall tube for the diagonals. Each truss piece
has 8 castor wheels for easy maneuverability and pins and R-clips for the connection of truss pieces.
Each 96 truss is designed to carry 3 moving light fixtures. The moving lights are stored internally in
the truss and can be lowered to the working position when in use. This design reduces the amount of
space required for lighting and rigging in the truck. .
Two handles allow the lowering of each moving light. The following units have been tried in our
moving light trusses:
Highend Studio Color and Studio Spot.
Coemar CF7 wash fixture
Martins line of Mac fixtures; 250, 300, 500, 600, and 2000
Other fixtures may fit within the design of this truss by using a custom fitted plate.
The whole system can be used with our Ground Support System by using suitable sleeve blocks and
towers.
Please note: no fixtures are included with truss.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
8' section (empty)
145**
B1400
36
B1401
16
B1402
12.1
B1403
11
B1306
1.3
B1307
2.2
B1404
3 Way gate
14
B1405
B1408
16
B1409A
51
B1409B
49
B1411
Super-truss to P.R.T. adapter plate
B1413
Lifting point for P.R.T.super-truss
MLT-ST-96-R1
** weights subject to change
D10a
JAMES
SINGLE BAR PRE-RIG

SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
A revolutionary truss designed to offer all the advantages of the Thomas Supertruss but in Single
bar Pre-Rig layout. The size is 15" x 26" deep. (38cm x 66cm)
The truss features a hinging guide rod support gate for ease of allowing the lighting bar to be
rigged and derigged through the top of the truss. This truss allows the use of standard lighting bar
or pre-rig lighting bar. Ideal for users where a small truck pack is required.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
kgs
B2732
10' 6" section
50.5
B2724
8' section
40
B2717
5' 6" section
36
B2712
4' section
17.9
B2700
B2701
B2702
B2704
B2703
3 Way gate
5.5
B2703A
10.5
B2708
B2709A
B2709B
8.5
B1307
B2709
Double add on caster bars
To lower lanterns from

storage to operating position,
simply pull tab on shank hook
with one hand whilst holding
the lighting bar with the other
hand.
Then
lower
the
lanterns
into
operating
position.
D11
JAMES
SINGLE BAR PRE-RIG

SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
Allowable Load Data

empty single Pre-rigged
supertruss
Maximum Allowable
Uniform Loads
Maximum Allowable
Center Point Loads
Span 8' sections

feet ( meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
2) 16 (4.8)
7355 (3336)*
0.12 (3)
7355 (3336)*
0.(5)
4) 32 (9.75)
7209 (3270)*
0.98 (25)
4215 (1912)
0.98 (25)
5) 40 (12.2)
5683 (2578)
1.6 (40)
2842 (1289)
1.6 (40)
6) 48 (14.63)
4303 (1952)
2.2 (55)
2152 (976)
2.2 (55)
8) 64 (19.5)
2568(1165)
3.5 (88)
1285 (583)
3.5 (88)
10) 80 (24.3)
1534(696)
5.0 (126)
767 (348)
5.0 (126)
11) 88 (26.4)
1142 (518)
5.79 (147)
571 (259)
5.79 (147)
(Connecting forks
are shown larger
for clarity)
8 ft section

2 per unit
5 ft 6" section

3 Way gate
D12
JAMES
SUPERTRUSS
20.5 x 30
ENGINEERING
A revolutionary truss designed to offer all the advantages of the Thomas Supertruss design in a 20.5" x
30" layout. This truss is designed for the very long spans and heavy loading requirements asked of the
entertainment industry. The maximum allowable span is 100 feet between supports. At that span, the
truss will support over 1000 lbs. uniformly distributed load. This truss is made using 6061T6 or 6082T6
alloy 2" x 0.1875" wall tube for the main chords and 1.5" x 0.125" wall tube for the diagonals. The 20.5" x
30" Super-truss provides a substantial increase in load bearing capacity over GP Heavy Duty truss.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B2960
12' Section
97
B2961
10' Section
86
B2962
8' Section
72
B2963
6' Section
57
B2964
5' Section
52
B2965
4' Section
49
B2966
2' 6" Section
44
B2900A
37
B2901
15.5
B2902
14.25
B1903
13.25
B2394
3 Way gate
13.25
B2905
23
B1308
11
B1309A
12" Tower Sleeve Plate
19.75
B1309B
18.75
B2911
20.5 x 30 super-truss to HD
adapter gate
15.5
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
10 (3.048)
11704 (5309)* 0.276 (7)
10158 (4608)*
0.394 (10)
20 (6.096)
11704 (5309)* 0.276 (7)
10158 (4608)*
0.394 (10)
30 (9.144)
11618 (5270)* 0.945 (24)
6728 (3052)
0.945 (24)
40 (12.192)
9180 (4164)
1.18 (46)
4590 (2082)
1.18 (46)
50 (15.24)
5472 (2482)
2.20 (56)
2736 (1241)
2.20 (56)
60 (18.288)
4122 (1870)
3.03 (77)
2061 (935)
3.03 (77)
70 (21.336)
3177 (1441)
3.90 (99)
1589 (721)
3.90 (99)
80 (24.384)
2460 (1116)
4.88 (124)
1230 (558)
4.88 (124)
90 (27.432)
1900 (862)
5.94 (151)
950 (431)
5.94 (151)
100 (30.48)
1437 (652)
7.087 (180)
718 (326)
7.087 (180)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between supports in addition to self weight of truss. Information extracted
from structural report by The Broadhurst Partnership. * Denotes load limited to suit maximum shear capacity. All
loads include a 20% overload factor for dynamic effects.
D13
JAMES
ENGINEERING
SUPERTRUSS
20.5 x 30
10 ft section
5 ft section
60 Degree Gate
90 Degree Gate
Tower Sleeve Plate
3 Way Gate
D14
JAMES
30" FOLDING
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
This range of truss has been developed for those applications which require a compact truck pack with
high load bearing capability. All sections fold completely flat and therefore take up the smallest amount of
space possible. Indeed 50' of folding truss requires the same space as 1 x 8' section of Pre-rig Supertruss.
Quick assembly of trusses together by the tried and trusted Supertruss fork connector.
Each truss
is separated at the bottom boom by folding locking elbows and hinged at the top with our custom made
extrusion. It is made from 6061-T6 alloy 2" x 0.157" tubes in the main chords and 1" x 0.125" tubes in the
diagonals
Product
Code
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B2660
12' Folding Supertruss
107
B2661
96
B2662
82
B2663
67
B2664
62
B2602
2 Way Folding Supertruss joint
30
B2603
3 Way Folding Supertruss joint c/w

square support plate
50
B2604

60
B2605
2 Way Folding Supertruss square

support plate
44
B2606A
12" Tower Sleeve plate
54
B2606B
15" Tower Sleeve plate
50
B2607
Add on caster bars
12
B2609
Folding Supertruss flying point
25
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)
10 (3.048)
11704 (5309)* 0..276 (7)
10158 (4608)
0.394 (10)
20 (6.096)
11704 (5309)* 0.276 (7)
10158 (4608)
0.394 (10)
30 (9.144)
11618 (5270)* 0.946 (24)
6728 (3052)
0.946 (24)
40 (12.192)
9179 (4164)
1.812 (46)
4589 (2082)
1.812 (46)
50 (15.24)
5471 (2482)
2.206 (56)
2735 (1241)
2.206 (56)
60 (18.288)
3994 (1812)
3.861(98)
2290 (1039)
3.861(98)
70 (21.336)
3134 (1422)
5.122 (130)
1567 (711)
5.122 (130)
80 (24.384)
2169 (984)
5.90 (150)
1084 (492)
5.910 (150)
90 (27.432)
1466 (665)
6.659 (169)
734 (333)
6.659 (169)
100 (30.48)
932 (423)
7.447 (189)
467 (212)
7.447 (189)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
D15
JAMES
30" FOLDING
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
B2602
2 Way Corner
Plan View
Side View
End View
B2603
3 Way Corner
B2609
Lifting Point
Isometric drawing showing the 3 way

corner assembly with square support
plate.
Isometric drawing showing the 2 Way

corner assembly.
D16
JAMES
20.5" FOLDING
SUPERTRUSS
ENGINEERING
This Supertruss has been developed for those applications which require a good loadbearing capability and
a compact truck pack . The truss ladders are separated at the bottom by folding locking elbows and are
hinged at the top with our custom made extrusion. All sections fold flat to a width of 5.25" to take up the
smallest amount of space possible. Indeed 40 feet of folding truss requires about the same space as 1 - 10
foot section of 20.5 inch Supertruss.
PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION
CODE
B3660A
12 foot of 20.5" Folding Supertruss
B3661
B3662
8 foot of 20.5"Folding Supertruss
B3663
B3664
B3666
B3605
2 Way Folding Supertruss square
support plate
WT
lbs
99
88
74
59
54
52
-
B3603

B3604

B3607
B2609
B3611
Add on caster bars

Folding Supertruss lifting point
0 - 180 0 Pivot section
Allowable Load Data
Span
feet (meters)
Loads
pounds (kgs)

inches (mm)
pounds (kgs)
Maximum deflection
inches (mm)
10 (3.048)
6680 (3030)*
0.44 (11)
5732 (2614)
0.59 (15)
20 (6.096)
6680 (3030)*
0.44 (11)
5732 (2614)
0.59 (15)
30 (9.144)
6609 (2998)*
1.50 (38)
3783 (1716)
1.50 (38)
40 (12.192)
4616 (2094)
2.56 (65)
2308 (1047)
2.56 (65)
50 (15.24)
3256 (1477)
3.70 (94)
1629 (739)
3.70 (94)
60 (18.288)
2050 (930)
4.41(112)
1025 (465)
4.41(112)
70 (21.336)
1300 (590)
5.15 (131)
650 (295)
5.15 (131)
80 (24.384)
798 (362)
5.90 (150)
399 (181)
5.90 (150)
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads between supports in addition to self weight of truss. Information extracted from structural
report by The Broadhurst Partnership. * Denotes load limited to suit maximum shear capacity. All loads include 20% overload factor for
dynamic effects.
D17
JAMES
Supermegatruss
ENGINEERING
Supermegatruss has been developed for those applications which require monumental loadbearing capability.
The truss is manufactured from 6082T6 or 6061T6 tube using 3"diameter main tubes, 1.96" cross boom
tubes and 1.5" diagonals. The end connection is a scaled up version of the Supertruss fork ensuring the easy
and strong connection qualities required. Manoeuvrability is ensured by the standard fitting of castors. This
truss has a maximum clear span capability of 127' (39m) without lateral restraint. If there is lateral restraint
available mid span, then the maximum span can be up to 157' (48m). This truss is an excellent basis for a
"Mothergrid" or a large Roof System.
PRODUCT
CODE
B28020
DESCRIPTION
20 foot Supermegatruss
B28015
B28012
B28010
B28008
B28005
B2802
B2803
B2803A
B2808
B2809
B2812
2 Way Gate
3 Way Gate
3 Way Gate with lifting point
Lifting point for Supermegatruss
WT
lbs
34
29
44
10
50
20
Maximum Allowable Load Data

Span
Self Weight Uniformly Distributed Center Point Load
feet (meters) pounds (kgs) Load pounds (kgs) pounds (kgs)
20 (6.096)
326 (148)
10,670 (4840)*
10,670 (4840)*
40 (12.192)
711 (322)
10,670 (4840)*
10,670 (4840)
60 (18.288)
1,066 (483)
10,317 (4680)*
7,460 (3384)
80 (24.384)
1,422 (645)
9,442 (4283)
4,722 (2142)
100 (30.48)
1,777 (806)
3,913 (1775)
1,957 (888)
1,084 (492)
542 (246)
120 (36.576) 2,133 (967)

128 (39)
2,310 (1048) 240 (109)
LOADING FIGURES show maximum loads

between supports in addition to self weight
of truss. Information extracted from
structural report by The Broadhurst
Partnership. * Denotes load limited to suit
maximum shear capacity.
121 (55)
D18
JAMES
BABY TOWER 2
ENGINEERING
The Thomas Baby Tower 2 system is a small ground support tower designed to lift loads of up to 2000 lbs. to a
maximum height of 26 feet in a 4 tower configuration, 18 feet in a goal post (2 tower) configuration with the outrigger
section fitted or 14 feet as a single tower with the outrigger arms and section fitted.
The Baby Tower is made up of modular lengths of 4" x .25" wall thickness square tube to provide an adjustable
height to suit your requirements. These simply fit together by sliding the section into the top of the section below it.
The truss rig is adapted to the tower system by means of suitable sleeve blocks for the type of truss being used. The
sleeve blocks are fitted with 4 wheels which allow the truss rig to rise up and down the tower smoothly. The whole
system is very light weight and simple to use and will pack away into a very small space.
PRODUCT
CODE
B32002
B32004
B32014
B32008
B32030
B32012
B32009
B32005
B32026
B32003
G0704US
B32011
DESCRIPTION
Base
Hinge Section
Roller Beam (used with Chain hoists only)
Top Pulley Section (used with Wire rope hoists only)
Sleeve block for Supertruss 12 x 12
Sleeve block for GP 18 x 12 and 12 x 12 truss
12 section of baby tower
10 section of baby tower
2 6 section of baby tower
Hand winch mounting Bracket
Hand winch with wire rope
outrigger arm
The Baby Tower can be used to lift loads by one of the 3 types as following :1) Manual wire rope winch mounted to Base section.
2) Manual Chain hoist mounted to the truss rig.
3) Electric Chain hoist mounted to the truss rig.
Each set of system components is by the following method :1) Which type of lifting method is required ?
2) Do you require a hinge section ?
3) Are you using it as a 3 or more tower system ?
4) Are you using a goal post system ?
5) Are you using just a single tower ?
Recommendations for choosing system components
We recommend the use of a hinge section when a tower is 13 feet high or taller or when there is more than 1 tower.
If using 4 towers in a box configuration, the outrigger section will not be necessary. All systems with 1 or 2 towers
must be used with 4 Outriggers and the Hinge Section fitted to each tower.
If using a chain hoist system you must order the Roller Beam. Manual chain hoists must be custom ordered with the
manual hoist mounting kit for the truss type being used. Electric chain hoists can be used with truss lifting points or
span sets.
If using a wire rope system then you must order the Top Pulley Section. The hand winch with wire rope must be fitted
to the Hand Winch Mounting Bracket which is fitted to the Base section.
E1
JAMES
12" TOWER
SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
The 12" square ground support tower. A system manufactured with the purpose
of providing a lifting medium for a variety of Thomas trusses ranging from 12" x 12"
through to heavy duty truss.
The towers will provide the necessary equipment to support a truss rig in venues
where the flying points are either not strong enough, or in the right place. Each
tower is capable of lifting 2 ton to a maximum height of 33 feet. The 2 ton weight
must include the self weight of the truss rig and the motors. The truss rig is raised
and lowered by means of electric chain hoists. The motor is rigged in the truss and
works in double fall due to the chain being passed over the roller beam at the top of
the tower. The motor is then connected onto the other side of the sleeve block.
Below, we list a brief description of the parts which make up a 12" ground support
tower.
The base of the tower has 4 screw jack assemblies with 6" diameter foot pads
which are adjustable to enable leveling of the tower. The base also incorporates 4
ball castors which allows the whole rig to be accurately positioned before the tower
is raised. Once the tower system is ready to be raised, all the screw jacks must be
adjusted evenly and must take the load off the ball castors.
The hinge section is designed to allow the towers to be assembled horizontally at
truss top level before being swung and locked in the vertical operating position.
The tower sections are manufactured from aluminum 6082-T6 2" x .157" thick
wall tube with 1" x .125" wall diagonals. The tower sections are connected together
by Camloc quick release bolts. The tower sections are in modular form to allow 30"
adjustments in height up to a maximum of 33 feet. Once the tower height has been
determined, then the roller beam is fitted at the top of the tower.
The roller beam accepts the chain from the chain hoist which is run over the top
of the roller beam and back down to the other side of the sleeve block.
The sleeve block is the interface between the truss rig and the towers. It is
designed to create a semi-rigid joint between the truss grid and the towers by using
16 heavy duty 4" wheels to guide the rig up each tower.
The standard 12" tower kit is made up of the following truss elements:
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B4100
Base
52.5
B4101
37.5" Hinge section
46
B3501
78.7" Hinge section
67
B0104
2'6" section
24
B0103
5' section
39.5
B0100
10' section
72.5
B4102
Roller beam
39.5
Sleeve block
A tower erecting system can

also be supplied with 12"
tower system at extra cost.
# Select correct one for
type of truss being used
E5
JAMES
12" TOWER
SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
In addition to the standard truss elements, a sleeve block is supplied, based on the type of
truss being used. The following are available :PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B4108
Heavy duty sleeve block
79
B4104
GP 20.5 x 20.5 sleeve block
75
B4105
GP triangular sleeve block
72.5
B4106
B4103
GP 12 x 12 & 18 x 12 sleeve block 70.5

Pre-rig truss sleeve block
97
Other sizes of tower truss are available should they be required :B0101
8' tower section
59.5
B0102
6' tower section
46
B0105
1' 3" tower section
15
Outrigger and Stabilizer sets are required when using less than 3 towers. These are designed
to provide stability and rigidity to single or two tower systems :B4003
Outrigger arm
19.5
Outrigger arm suitable for all

tower systems
The ground support tower system can be used outside but must be suitably anchored from the
top of each tower sleeve block to the ground via a guy wire to a suitable ground anchor. We
recommend that the bases are sat on top of a 3' square piece of 3/4" plywood. Should a cover be
required then please refer to James Thomas Engineering approved design to suit your
requirements.
The ground support tower system can also be specified with lock offs which provide safety
against chain failure. We offer 2 types of lock offs. The first type of lock off is for truss systems
which will always be rigged at the top of the towers. The second type is designed to fit in the
tower at the desired height, whether the truss is at the top of the tower or not.
B4110
Tower top truss lock
B4120
Adjustable lock off system
E6
JAMES
15" TOWER
SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
The 15" square ground support tower is a system manufactured for the purpose of
providing a lifting medium for a variety of Thomas trusses from, 20.5" x 20.5", Heavy
duty, Supertruss, and Pre-rig truss through to Roof systems.
The towers will provide the necessary equipment to support a truss rig in venues
where the flying points are either not strong enough, or not in the right place. Each
tower is capable of lifting 4 tons to a maximum height of 40 feet. However, if you use
a CM 1 ton hoist you will only be able to lift 2 tons (ie. block and fall). The 4 ton weight
must include the self weight of the truss rig and the motors. The truss rig is raised
and lowered by means of electric chain hoists. The motor is rigged in the truss and
work in double fall due to the chain being passed over the roller beam at the top of the
tower. The motor is then connected onto the other side of the sleeve block. Below,
we list a brief description of the parts which make up a 15" ground support tower.
The base of the tower has 4 screw jack assemblies with 6" diameter foot pads
which are adjustable to enable levelling of the tower. The base also incorporates 4
ball castors which allows the whole rig to be accurately positioned before the tower is
raised. Once the tower system is ready to be raised, all the screw jacks must be
adjusted evenly and must take the load off the ball castors.
The hinge section is designed to allow the towers to be assembled horizontally at
truss top level before being swung and locked in the vertical operating position.
The tower sections
wall tube with 1" x .125" wall diagonals. The tower sections are bolted together to
allow 30" adjustments in height up to a maximum of 40 feet. Once the tower height
has been determined, then the roller beam is fitted at the top of the tower.
The roller beam accepts the chain from the chain hoist which is run over the top
of the roller beam and back down to the other side of the sleeve block.
The sleeve block is the interface between the truss rig and the towers. It is
designed to create a semi
16 heavy duty 4" wheels to guide the rig up each tower.
Standard 15" Tower Parts are:
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B4200
Base
53
B4201
37.5" Hinge section
50
B3801
78.7" Hinge section w/ forks 70.5
B4202
Roller Beam
50
B4203
Rocker Beam
49
B0200
10' section
97
B0201
8' section
90
B0202
5' section
49
B0203
2'6" section
32
Sleeve block
# Select the correct sleeve block

for the type of truss being used.
The following are standard:
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B4205
Pre-rig truss sleeve block
97
B4206
Heavy duty sleeve block
79
B4207
20.5" x 20.5" Sleeve Block
75
For supertruss refer to each trusses

specification sheet
E7
JAMES
15" TOWER
SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
The Tower Lifting System is a device fitted to the sleeve block with 2 diagonal braces which
clamp on to the horizontal truss to enable the tower to be raised or lowered safely using the
chain motor. The chain hoist is rigged in the lifting point and the hoist chain is passed over the
lifting system pulley and then around the Roller Beam and fixed to the top of the hinge section.
The tower is raised by using the chain hoist to pull up on the tower. Caution should be used to
not pull the tower over, when the tower is near vertical.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
B4250
Tower Lifting System
38
B4003
Small Outrigger arm
19.5
B4003B
Large Outrigger
Outrigger arms are required when using less

than 3 towers. These are designed to provide
stability and rigidity to single or 2 tower systems.
74"
75"
The ground support tower system can be used outside but must be suitably anchored from the
top of each tower sleeve block to the ground via a guy wire to a suitable ground anchor. We
recommend that the bases are sat on top of a 3' square piece of 3/4" plywood. Should a cover be
required please refer to James Thomas Engineering for an approved design to suit your
requirements.
The ground support tower system can also be specified with lock offs which provide safety
against chain failure. We offer 2 types of lock offs. The first lock off is for truss systems which will
always be rigged at the top of the towers. The second type of lock off is designed to fit in the
tower at the desired height, whether the truss is at the top of the tower or not.
E8
JAMES
TOWER
OUTRIGGERS
ENGINEERING
The ground support tower system is manufactured with the purpose of

providing a lifting medium for a variety of Thomas trusses ranging from 12" x 12"
through to heavy duty truss.
Towers provide the necessary support for a truss rig in venues where the flying
points are either not strong enough, or in the right place. Towers are capable of
lifting 2 ton to a maximum height of 40 feet.
Outrigger and Stabilizer sets are required when using less than 3 towers. These
are designed to provide stability and rigidity to single or two tower systems.
Small Outrigger arm suitable

for all tower systems
P/N B4003
19.5 lbs.
Large Outrigger suitable for

all tower systems
P/N B4003B
74"
75"
A tower lifting system can also

be supplied with 12" or 15"
tower system.
E9
JAMES
ENGINEERING
PAR 36
SPOT BANKS
Spot banks are available in various configurations for par 36 lamps. The Spot Banks are designed,
with ease of use in mind. They feature robust lightweight aluminium construction, semi-gloss black
electrostatic paint finish, and heavy duty yoke with positive lock off. The lock off is accomplished by
using a tee bar to enable unit to be set at any desired angle. In addition to these features, each lamp
bank will pan independently to alter the lighting angle. Lamp changing itself is simple due to quick
release knobs on lamp the retaining ring. The retaining rings are chrome plated and are fitted with a
safety mesh. This unit is available with an ETL listing when specified.
The spot banks can be supplied with stand off colour frame, with 2 or 4 way barn doors. Adapters are
made for all the major brands of colour changers.
The units can be supplied wired or unwired. Custom sizes can be built to order.
T.V. spec includes the following, T.V. spud, bolt set, 4 way barn doors and internal partition.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
D3612
12 - Lite unit unwired
30.85
D3690
24.25
D3680
20.95
D3681
8 - Lite unit wired to 2 tails
22
D3682
8 - Lite 2 way barn door & color frame assy.
7.5
D3684
8.6
D3685
8 - Lite stand off color frame assy.
2.2
D3686
8 - Lite unit unwired T.V. spec.
30.85
D3687
8 - Lite unit wired to 4 switches T.V. spec.
31.95
D3668
17.65
D3669
18.75
D3662
6.15
D3664
D3665
6 - Lite stand off color frame assy.
1.75
D3666
6 - Lite unit unwired T.V. spec
26.45
D3667
6 - Lite unit wired to 3 switches T.V. spec
27.55
D3640
14.35
D3641
15.45
D3642
4 - Lite 2 way barn door & color frame assy
4.85
D3644
5.73
D3645
4 - Lite stand off color frame assy
1.3
D3646
4 - Lite unit unwired T.V. spec
23.15
D3647
4 - Lite unit wired to 2 switches T.V. spec
24.25
D3700
Color changer adapter plate
D3600
Chrome bulb retaining ring
0.22
LAMPS TO SUIT PAR 36 SPOT BANKS

-
DWE 120V 650W - MFL
Par 36 8 - lite unit
4596 28V 250W - ACL
F1
JAMES
PAR 36
SPOT BANKS
ENGINEERING
DIMENSIONS (ins)
WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT
12 - Lite unit
25.35
28.45
4.09
17.5
9 - Lite unit
25.35
22.28
4.09
14.4
8 - Lite unit
18.58
28.45
4.09
17.5
6 - Lite unit
18.58
22.28
4.09
14.4
4 - Lite unit
18.58
16.1
4.09
11.33
F2
JAMES
PAR 64
SPOT BANKS
ENGINEERING
Spot banks are available in various configurations for par 64 lamps. The Spot Banks are
designed, with ease of use in mind. The Spot Banks feature robust lightweight aluminium
construction, semi-gloss black electrostatic paint finish, and heavy duty yoke with positive lock
off. The lock off is accomplished by using a tee bar to enable unit to be set at any desired angle.
In addition to these features, each lamp bank will pan independently to alter the lighting angle.
Lamp changing itself is simple due to quick release knobs on lamp retaining ring. The Retaining
Rings are chrome plated and are fitted with a safety mesh.
The spot banks can be supplied with optional 2 or 4 way barn doors. Incorporating color frame
can be supplied at extra cost.
The units can be supplied wired or unwired. Custom sizes can be built to order.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
D6490
71.65
D6463
52.9
D6466
55.15
D6462
7.5
D6464
8.6
D6440
40.8
D6441
D6442
6.85
D6444
7.95
D6400
Chrome bulb retaining ring
0.55
43
DIMENSIONS (ins)
WIDTH
9 - Lite unit
40.7
HEIGHT DEPTH
39.48
7.95
TOP OF YOKE
TO PIVOT
23.15
6 - Lite unit
40.7
27.32
7.95
17
4 - Lite unit
28.8
27.32
7.95
17
F3
JAMES
CYC-LITE UNITS
ENGINEERING
The asymmetric cyc-lites offer high quality units for competitive layout. They all feature high
quality electrostatic paint finish, robust yoke complete with tee bar for positive lock off.
Cyc-lites can be used flown or floor mounted with body of the unit having a 30 degree angle
floor mount built in. Optionally, floor mounting plates are offered for adjustable angles. The units
also feature adjustable lamp holders behind chrome plated safety mesh. Color gel frames are
easily removable. The cyc-lites all feature ventilation slots in order to prolong bulb and color gel
life.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
WT
lbs
1KW RANGE CYC-LITE UNITS

D1001
1 - Cell 1KW cyc unit wired with trailing lead
10
D1002
2 - Cell 1KW cyc unit wired with 2 trailing leads
20
D1022
2 x 2 Cell 1KW cyc unit wired with 4 trailing leads
46
D1003
26
D1004
35
D1005
4 - Cell 1KW cyc unit wired with male to female

CEEP and 2 x 15 amp chassis outlets
35
D1006
6 - Cell 1KW cyc unit wired with male to female
48
C1010
Floor mounting brackets ( per pair )
D1010
Color frame for 1KW cyc unit
D1020
Safety wire mesh for 1KW cyc unit
D1000
Barn door for 1 - cell 1KW cyc units
D1030
Hinge unit
500W RANGE CYC-LITES
LAMPS TO SUIT 1KW RANGE
D0501
1 - Cell 500W cyc unit wired with trailing lead
D0502
2 - Cell 500W cyc unit wired with 2 trailing leads
10
D0522
2 x 2 Cell 500W cyc unit wired with 4 trailing

leads
23
P2/12 220V 1250W 3200

Degree K
D0503
16
US spec lamps
D0504
22
FFT Q1000
D0505
4 - Cell 500W cyc unit wired with Ceep in/out
22
D0506
31
K1 220V 500W
C0510
Floor mounting brackets ( per pair )
K1 110V 500W
D0510
Color frame for 500W cyc unit
D0520
Safety wire mesh for 500W cyc unit
FDN Q500
D0500
Barn door for 1 - cell 500W cyc units
1.5
FCL Q500
0.5
K4 220V 1000W Lamp or K4 110V

1000W
LAMPS TO SUIT 500W RANGE
US spec lamps
F4
JAMES
CYC-LITE UNITS
ENGINEERING
DIMENSIONS (ins)
WIDTH
HEIGHT
DEPTH TOP OF YOKE

TO PIVOT
1 - Cell 1KW
13.58
11.8
9.84
8.85
2 - Cell 1KW
27
11.8
9.84
10.23
2 x 2 - Cell 1KW
31.7
26
9.84
18.11
3 - Cell 1KW
38.46
11.8
9.84
10.23
4 - Cell 1KW
50
27.55
9.84
10.23
6 - Cell 1KW
73
11.8
9.84
10.23
1 - Cell 500W
10.78
9.37
8.5
6.88
2 - Cell 500W
21.25
9.37
8.5
8.15
2 x 2 - Cell 500W
25.19
19.88
8.5
15.75
3 - Cell 500W
29.84
9.37
8.5
8.15
4 - Cell 500W
38.5
9.37
8.5
8.15
6 - Cell 500W
55.5
9.37
8.5
8.15
1-Cell unit
2-Cell unit
1-Cell unit
2 x 2 Cell unit
3-Cell unit
4-Cell unit
6-Cell unit
Hinging units to allow

curving of 1KW 1-cell
cyc-lites
F5
JAMES
FIXING
ACCESSORIES
ENGINEERING
G0300 - Swivel coupler.

G0301 - 900 fixed coupler.
G0302 - Half coupler magic bolt style.
G0302A - Half coupler with tapered hole
G0400 - Mild steel T.V. spud with M10 bolt.
G0401 - Half coupler with mild steel T.V. spud bolted.
G0405 - Half coupler with aluminum T.V. spud welded.
G0406 - Half coupler with T.V. socket.
G0404 - Half coupler with magic bolt set.
G0410 - Magic screw spacer assembly.
G0411 - M12 x 30 magic bolt with locknut.
G0303 - Shank hook to fit 2" tube.
B5301 - Snap brace. Specify center dimensions.
G0903 - Roll pin 2" x 1/4" dia for Shank hook.
Spanset-3 EN60 - span set 3 pull to pull 2 ton certified.
Spanset-6 EN60 - span set 6 pull to pull 2 ton certified.
Spanset SF3 - Steelflex 3 pull to pull 2 ton certified.
Spanset SF6 - Steelflex 6 pull to pull 2 ton certified.
Shackle 5/8G - galvinized shackle 5/8" x 2 ton.
B0605 - Tank trap to accept 2" tube.
G0804 - Camloc 34R01-2-1BA receptacle.
G0802 - Camloc 34R01-2-1AA stud.
G0809C - 5/8 chassis mounted nut w/2 bolt, fastners
G0809A+ - 5/8 chassis mounted nut with fastners
G0811B - 5/8 bolt set; 2 long bolt, nut, 2 clipped washers
G0812 - supertruss pin and R-clip
G0812A - 4 stainless supertruss pin and R-clip
G0814 - Supertruss bolt set
G5576 - Superlite pin and R-clip
G0813 - Superlite M 12 bolt set
G0900 - Swivel Castor 4
G0902 - Castor Nuts, bolts, washers (per 4)
G0710 - spare guide rod and R-clip
G0405
G0300
G0301
G0406
G0302
G0401
G1
JAMES
FIXING
ACCESSORIES
ENGINEERING
G0400
G0810
G0411/12/13
G0410
G0303
B5301
Spanset-X EN 60 or EN30
Shackle 5/8G
G0802/03
G0804
G0811B
B0605
G1A
JAMES
CM LODESTAR
ENGINEERING
ELECTRIC CHAIN HOISTS
The CM Lodestar is a dependable, highly engineered electric chain hoist ideally suited for use in
the entertainment industry. They incorporate the following features and advantages.
They can be used inverted, or upright without modification, the body is powder coated black.
Chains are CM star grade Hoistaloy.
continuous lift. Standard voltages are 460V 3 phase, 230V 3 phase, or 115v single phase, 60HZ
for use throughout North America. They come with load lifting points, and a robust chain collection
bag. Power & Control connectors are available per client spec. All units are fitted with an overload
clutch, electrical upper and lower limit switches, and 110v contactor control equipment.
We offer the following models.
PRODUCT
CODE
MODEL
LIFTING
SPEED
HOIST CAPACITY
(tons)
CHAIN
FALLS
CHAIN
LENGTH
G0640
16 ft / min
0.5
60 Feet
G0650
16 ft / min
60 Feet
G0651
16 ft / min
83 Feet
G0660
RR
16 ft / min
83 Feet
G0640 - Can be specified for use with 0.5 ton ground support system.
G0650 - Normally used with 1 ton ground support system.
G0651 - Normally used with 2 ton ground support system.
G2
JAMES
HOOK CLAMPS
ENGINEERING
A range of hanging fittings are available fitting lanterns or associated equipment on to trusses
or ladders. The Mini hook clamp is designed to fit par 16 lantern onto 5/16" diameter tubes. The
Tiny truss hook clamp is designed to fit light luminaries on-to tiny truss. Single hook clamps fit
luminaries on-to truss or ladders. The Double hook clamp allows fitting of tube on-to truss or
ladders, size denotes drop distance. The Twisted hook clamp is to hang tube at 90 degrees to
truss or ladder. Variable hook clamps allow luminaries to be fitted to a variety of tubes from 1" to
3" diameter. The Cable hanger is designed to clamp to tube of truss or ladder to carry cables
neatly along truss/ladder run.
Wing bolts are supplied standard with hook clamps, and are available as spares should they be
required. Listed below is part of the range available. If you have special requirements, please
contact us.
Mini
PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION
WT
CODE
lbs
hook clamp
D0103
Mini hook clamp
0.06
D0000
Tiny truss hook clamp
0.15
D0001
Single hook clamp for 1 1/2" tube
0.79
D0002
Single hook clamp for 2" tube
0.88
D0003
Single hook clamp including bolt set
0.97
D0011
10" Single hook clamp
0.98
D0004
Light duty variable single hook clamp 1"-2" tube
0.9
G0062
Cast hook clamp and bolt set
1.67
D0007
7" Double hook clamp for 2" tube
1.14
D0010
1.41
D0013
1.56
D0012
1.58
D0018
2.1
D0020
2.3
D0024
2.47
D0026
2.69
D0027
2.69
D0048
4.21
D0100
7" Twisted double hook clamp for 2" tube
1.14
D0101
Variable hook clamp for 1"-3" tube
0.98
D0102
Cable hanger
1.21
G0200
Spare wing bolt
0.08
G0061
3/8 BSF x 1 1/8" nut, bolt and washer set
0.08
Cable
hanger
Variable
hook clamp
for 1"-3" tube
Single hook
clamp for 2" tube
Double hook
clamp for 2" tube
Double hook
clamp for 3" tube
Twisted double
hook clamp for
2" tube
G3
JAMES
ENGINEERING
TRUSS LIFTING
POINTS
Truss Lifting Points are designed to provide a "hard" attachment to trusses as an

alternative to synthetic round slings. The Lifting Points are designed to be
attached under the bottom or top chords of a truss. Lifting Points are rated for
2000 pounds and available for 12", 15", 18", 20.5" and 30" Pre-rigged truss.
Custom Lifting Points are also available.
PRODUCT
CODE
DESCRIPTION
B1212
Lifting Point for 12" Truss
B2312
B1512
B1312
Lifting Point for 20.5" Truss
B1413
Lifting Point for 30" Pre-rigged

Truss
12"
18"
20.5"
30" PRT
12" Lifting Point

mounted to bottom
chords
12" Lifting Point
mounted to top chords
20.5" Lifting Point

mounted to top chords
G4
TRUSS USER INSTRUCTIONS

A. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR TRUSS

Determine the type of truss required to do the job. Check the load requirements for the job carefully to determine the exact
load on any truss run. Make sure that the truss is capable of lifting the required loads. Refer to the structural engineering report for
loading information.
Make sure you have the loading figures for your truss, which is in the back of the structural report book, if you do not have
the information contact James Thomas Engineering.
Make sure you fully understand the loading figures, if in doubt ask.
When mixing the old flat Camloc plate truss with the newer flanged Camloc plate truss, ensure that loading figures are
taken from the flat Camloc plate truss structural engineering report.
Determine the amount of weight loading on flying points as this will have a bearing on the truss type used. Do not forget to
take the whole weight of the rig including the hoists into consideration, when determining how much weight is to be suspended
from each flying point.
If the truss is being rigged permanently, then we suggest that high tensile M16 nut and bolt sets (or the U. S. equivalent to
these sets) are used to join the truss sections.
B. HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION

Truss is generally a reliable maintenance free product. When used within its designed loading parameters and handled
with care, truss will have a long operating life.
Do not drop truss as this will cause ends to deform. If dropped the truss will not operate correctly. Each section is designed
to transfer load through the top tubes as well as the Camloc fixings. Therefore it is imperative that the ends are circular,
Do not drag the truss as this will cause the tubes to pit and aluminum to be shaved off.
When possible store truss upright with the female Camlocs facing down (never the male). If truss is to be stored
horizontally it is advisable to stack the truss with pieces of wood in between each section.
When loading or unloading be sure you have enough people to load the truss so that the above doesn't happen.
Additionally there are recommendations for the weights that an individual should carry without harm. Stick to those limits. Do not
drag truss over other trusses as this will cause damage to tubes and diagonals.
C. GENERAL INSPECTION OF TRUSS BEFORE EACH USE

Do not use truss if:
i. Any welds have cracks in them.
ii. Any of the end Camloc plates are bent.
iii. Camloc male studs show visible sign of twist.
iv. Camloc crosspins are bent or missing.
v. Female Camloc receptacles are loose.
vi. Crosspins in new QRB Camlocs are bent or missing
(These are designed to break before bolt is damaged)
vii. High tensile M16 nuts & bolts are worn.
(Every time any nut & bolt is used some thread is lost)
viii. There are any dents in the main tubes and diagonals.
ix. Truss is badly chewed by wing bolts.
(Exercise care when using Hook clamps)
ACTION
Refer to JTE
Refer to JTE
Replace as necessary
Tighten retaining screws and nuts
Refer to JTE
Refer to JTE
D. RIGGING
Assembly of truss should be done by competent personnel

who are familiar with the use and assembly of aluminum truss.
Ensure that one person is responsible for making sure all the
Camlocs, nuts and bolts are tightened correctly. Ensure that this
person is responsible for rigging the span sets and flying points so as
not to put the truss in any danger of being overloaded. One individual
should be overall responsible for the whole rig.
Truss must run with the diagonals visible at the sides. Where
sections are joined the diagonals "must form a continuous pattern"
see figure here.
Note: Diagonals must
form a continuous pattern
Never mix different makes or types of truss.

Truss should be rigged to the underside tubes with suitable spansets that will not damage tubes. Alternatively truss lifting
points can be used to allow safe rigging of truss. See figures below
Lifting point with
hoist hook
Hoist hook and shackle
Note:
The spanset must be next to a
horizontal cross member
which can support the
compression resulting from
the spanset
Spanset wrapped
around all 4 tubes
Lifting point used in box

configuration only
Refer to operating instructions for safe rigging of spansets or lifting points.

Ensure that all the hoists used to lift the rigged truss operate simultaneously before lifting. If they do not the truss must not be
lifted.
When rigging light fixtures to the truss ensure that they are safely supported by using the correct fixing medium. Do not
screw the wing bolts so tight as to damage the tubes. Always undo the wing bolt before adjusting the fixture, then retighten. With
heavier equipment, it would be advisable to use half couplers in place of the hook clamps. Safety chains are recommended.
E. USE OF CAMLOCS
CAMLOC 34F QUARTER TURN
To assemble, Line up truss male end to female receptacle end correctly so that all main truss tubes align, push male
Camlocs into female receptacles. Use a 3/4" spanner to turn the male stud through 90 degrees onto the stop position on the
female receptacle. Turn the adjusting screw with 3/16" hexagonal wrench to give the desired compression. Do not exceed 75 FP
torque.
To disassemble the truss: loosen the camloc adjusting screw, then rotate male camloc through 90 degrees
counter-clockwise. Then pull truss apart.
QRB CAMLOC (QUICK RELEASE BOLT)

To assemble truss with the QRB, use the custom camloc spanner. Line up the truss male end to female receptacle end
correctly so that all main truss tubes align, push male QRB Camlocs into female receptacles. Using the custom Camloc spanner
castleated end turn the QRB through 90 degrees to engage the lugs into the female receptacle. Using the 3/4" end of the spanner
tighten the locking nut until it is a snug fit against the spacing washer
To disassemble, Use 3/4" spanner to slacken off the locking nut, then use the castleated end of spanner to release the
QRB by turning counter-clockwise.
Male Camloc 34F
QRB Male Camloc
Female Camloc receptacle for

use with both types of Male
Camlocs.
JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING INC, 10240 Caneel Drive, Knoxville, Tennessee 37931 USA.
TEL. (865) 692-3060 FAX. (865) 692-9020
JAMES
ENGINEERING
NOTES ON
TRUSS
INSPECTION
JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING LTD.

Navigation Complex, Navigation Road, Diglis Trading Estate, Worcester WR5 3DE, UK.
Tel: 44 (0)1905 363600 Fax: 44 (0)1905 363601
Email: info@jamesthomas.co.uk

10240 Caneel Drive, Knoxville TN 37931, USA
Tel : (865) 692-3060 Fax : (865) 692-9060
Email: salesus@jthomaseng.com
Visit our web site http://www.jthomaseng.com
JAMES
ENGINEERING
NOTES ON TRUSS INSPECTION
All trusses need to be inspected by a competent Testing House or Persons qualified to inspect truss and
associated parts.
A. Truss must be inspected every year in accordance with ANSI E1.2.
B. Recommended technique for inspection is detailed below and in ANSI E1.2.
C. Should the truss fail any of the requirements in items 1,2 or 3. Then it must be stamped "UNSAFE
DO NOT USE" and taken out of service. If the truss fails on any of the requirements in 4,5 or 6, then the
failing parts must be replaced before it is returned to service.
Truss that has failed can be returned to James Thomas Engineering Ltd. or James Thomas
Engineering, Inc. for inspection and repair if possible.
D. Associated truss parts should also be checked for defects, in line with the criteria shown above.
Attention should also be paid to parts not described above.
E. Structural reports are available from James Thomas Engineering Ltd. They are available for
reference and should be in the users possession. This report shows the maximum loads for given spans
and also indicate the maximum span of the truss being used.
1. CAMLOC PLATES (end plates)

Check all plates for signs of outward bending. Check for Camloc/bolt holes that are distorted. This is
caused by overloading the truss when in operation. The recommended method for checking plates, is to
place the thin edge of a steel rule diagonally across the face of the plates. If any bends are detected in
the plate, do not use the truss.
Truss Inspection 2003.lwp

Last Revised November 13, 2002
page 1 of 3
2. WELDING
All welds should be checked visually with the aid of a magnifying glass or with the use of a dye penetrant
to help in the detection of cracks. If any cracks are found in the weld, do not use the truss.
3. TUBES
BENDS There are several points to be visually inspected on both the main and diagonal tubes. First
check all tubes for any signs of bending (please note that during manufacture rippling in the main tubes
will unavoidably occur). If the main or diagonal tubes show any visible evidence of being bent, do not
use the truss.
MISSING DIAGONALS If any Diagonals have been badly damaged or are missing, do not use the truss.
8
page 2 of 3
DENTS AND CHEWS Damage is often caused when the truss not stored correctly or other objects
being dropped onto the truss or clamps are overtightened. Visually check all the tubes for dents,
damaged ends, and chew marks. Use the figures below as a guide. If any defects are visible in the
tubes, then the truss should not be used.
GENERAL CONDITION After any truss has been in circulation, it will start to wear. Make a thorough
inspection of all the above and also general condition. The wall thickness and the ends of the tubes will
need special attention. Check for excessive wear in the tube.
Q R B male Camloc
Male Camloc 34F
Female Camloc
receptacle
4. CAMLOC FASTENERS
MALE STUDS 34F SERIES Check for signs of wear, damage, twist, missing adjustment screws, or
missing cross pins. Replace any missing parts, or replace the fastener if damage is present.
QUICK RELEASE BOLTS Check for signs of wear, damage, twist, or missing pins. Replace any missing
parts, or replace the fastener if damage is present.
FEMALE RECEPTACLE 34F SERIES Check for loose or missing nuts and screws. Re-tighten the nuts
and screws if they are loose or replace them if they are missing. Check for excessive wear at the point
that the Camloc pin rests inside the Receptacle.
5. HIGH TENSILE NUT AND BOLTS

Check for signs of wear, damage, twist and missing nuts and bolts. Regularly check the condition of the
bolt as it will lose an amount of thread every time it is used. Replace any missing parts, or replace the
nut and bolt, if damage is present.
6. TRUSS IDENTIFICATION LABELS

All trusses must have an identification label present in order that you can relate the following: Date of
manufacture, Serial No, Truss type, and specifications. The label must not be removed. This label will
also allow for proper record keeping of annual inspections.
James Thomas Engineering Ltd. are members of:

James Thomas Engineering, Inc. are members of:
Professional Lighting and Sound Association (PLASA)

Entertainment Services and Technology Association (ESTA)
United States Institute of Theatre Technology (USITT)
page 3 of 3
JAMES
ENGINEERING
JAMES THOMAS ENGINEERING INC.

10240 Caneel Drive
Knoxville, TN 37931
Tel : (865) 692-3060 Fax : (865) 692-9020
12 and 15 GROUND SUPPORT TOWER - OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS
For your safety and protection, YOU MUST read these instructions completely before using the
equipment, and keep them for future reference.
Carefully observe all warnings, precautions and instructions when using this equipment. All
personnel using this equipment should be trained for the proper and safe use of this equipment.
SAFETY NOTES
1.
Unless optional outriggers are used the system to be lifted MUST be a four (4) sided box or
rectangle and include four (4) towers, one in each corner.
2.
The total load of each tower, including hoist, must not exceed the figures produced in
Structural Engineers Report.
3.
The ground, floor, or stage on which the towers will stand must be capable of withstanding
the substantial point load imposed by these towers. Please refer to Structural Engineers
Report for the correct figures.
4.
A square of 3/4" (20mm) plywood should be placed under each tower base in order to avoid
damage to the floor surface and to help disperse the load.
5.
The towers must be assembled with the diagonals forming a continuous pattern. The sides
of the tower with the diagonals should be parallel with the longest span of truss (If the rig is 5
section wide and 3 sections deep the diagonals will be on the upstage and downstage faces
of the tower).
6.
Towers must be vertical before any weight is applied, or the strength and stability will be
impaired.
7.
Tower sections must be examined regularly for signs of damage; Please refer to "Notes on
Truss Certification" sheet. Care should be taken when handling tower sections.
8.
The Camlocs, truss pins with clips, or truss bolts must be checked every time the towers are
used.
9.
Once a load has been applied to the tower, the screw jacks should be adjusted to so that
each is carrying an equal load. Use a wrench and adjust by hand until equal pressure is
achieved.
-1 of 8usergst2
10.
When rigging the chain hoist it is essential there are no twists in the chain. The hoist should
be rigged on the downstage or offstage side of the sleeve block (depending on alignment of
the head block) so the moving chain will not rub against the structure.
11.
All hoists must be run simultaneously so the rig always remains level.
12.
Also, the motor must be rigged in such a way as to keep the motor and hook below the top of
the sleeve block or plate. This enables the truss to be raised to the top of the tower, actually
touching the underside of the roller beam and locking the lighting rig rigidly to the tower (be
careful not to trap lighting or motor cables between the two). This does not apply to the
Super-truss sleeve plates where the wheels must not run over the end of the Tower truss.
13.
Once the rig is at show trim a safety should be fitted. A 2000 - 3000 Kg (4000- 6614 LBS)
truck ratchet strap or spanset is suitable (unless fireworks or pyro are used). This must be
fitted tightly around the top of the roller beam and the sleeve block. Any slack could result in
the safety being ineffective; in the event of a chain failure, the block would drop before any
weight would be taken.
14.
Before raising truss the motor on each tower should be "bumped" until the load is evenly
distributed. (Subject to the rig design, number of towers and load distribution)
15.
The stability of the tower is derived from the sleeving action of the sleeve block. Therefore
the base area of the whole structure, not just the tower base, should be evaluated when
determining the height / depth ratio. The tower height should not exceed that stated in the
Structural Engineers Report.
16.
It is recommended to connect the towers together at the base with tube and clamps (2" dia.)
and to form an 'X' brace between the towers using cables tensioned with a rated
come-a-long. This will provide total rigidity of the structure which is particularly important if
any moving objects are flown or spot operators are used on the lighting truss.
17.
When possible, once the rig is at full height additional safety cables should be attached
between the truss and the venue roof to provide a fail safe.
18.
A full understanding of the principals employed in the systems design is necessary before
use. It is important that the weight and distribution of the entire load is known, and that
experienced personnel, who are able to evaluate the circumstances, are used to operate this
equipment.
19.
If the truss is being used outdoors Guy wires must be used; Please refer to "Guy Wire set"
sheet.
GENERAL POINTS
1.
The height of the base, hinge and head block must be added when figuring the total tower
height. The screw jacks in the base can add (4 1/2" (114mm) when they are fully extended.
-2 of 8usergst2
2.
It is recommended that you double check the total height available in each venue as the
information provide could be incorrect and result in wasted time if towers are built the wrong
height.
3.
The recommended kit comprises a multiple of section lengths that cover most of the height
variations likely to be encountered. To alter these lengths without understanding the
principals is inadvisable.
A) The individual lengths are multiples of 30" (76.2 cm) in order to have a X2 capability. Two
of one length will always equal another.
B) This combination allows the hinge to fall just above the sleeve block regardless of stage
height when bases rest on the floor below the stage.
C) The total height of the tower above stage, is limited by the length of chain in your hoist; an
80' (25m) chain enables a 15 X 15 tower of 32.8' (10 metres) above the stage which given a
6.5' (2 metres) high stage accounts for the 40' (12 metres) total kit height. 12 X 12 tower
has a maximum height of 30 (9 metres).
4.
If a single truss with 2 towers ( Goalpost ) is specified, then a minimum of 2 outriggers per
tower must be fitted perpendicular to the truss run.
5.
If a single tower is specified, then 4 outriggers must be attached to the tower.
TOWER ASSEMBLY
METHOD A - When tower bases sit on top of the Stage Surface
MAKE CERTAIN THE STAGE DECK IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE WEIGHT
Sleeve
Block
Figure showing the
Sleeve block fitted
correctly onto the
Hinge and Tower
base.
954mm Hinge
section and
Tower base
NECESSARY ! !
-3 of 8usergst2
1.
Place the bases on the stage with the screw jacks completely off the floor. Connect 954mm
hinge section to the top of each of the base. Take care to align the hinge so that it opens
toward the truss.
2.
Lift a sleeve block and slide it down over each hinge section so that the wheels are on the
stage around the base. In the case of Super-truss please refer to the "Super-truss user
instructions".
Figure showing the tower truss assembled

and lying on the Lighting truss ready to be
fitted with the Tower erecting arm and
rigging rope.
3.
Lay out and connect the entire lighting truss to the desired shape incorporating the sleeve
blocks with bases as previously assembled.
4.
Position the rig on the stage and place 3/4" (19mm) plywood under each base.
5.
Assemble remaining tower sections and the roller beams to desired height. Be sure the
diagonals are on the same side and form a continuous pattern.
Figure
Showing
tower
lifting
system
6.
Lay the assembled tower on top of the lighting truss, resting the head block on
a plywood pad (across the top of the lighting truss). Connect upper portion of
the tower to the hinge
-4 of 8usergst2
section. Be sure to align the tubes on the tower with the tubes on the hinge and that the
diagonals are all facing the proper direction.
7.
Attach a rigging rope (recommended length 30 meters (100ft) to the head block and run it
over the top of the tower truss as shown in the figure below. If using a Tower Lifting System
refer to instructions and continue with step 13 after securing the Hinge pins, bolts or camlocs.
8.
Check that entire rig is assembled and ALL truss pins with r clips, camlocs, or truss bolts are
secured correctly.
9.
Raise tower by using 4 or 5 of the crew pulling on the rope plus 5 or 6 pushing up on the
tower. Take care not to pull the tower over when it reaches its vertical position.
10.
While continuing to hold tension on the rope insert and lock camloc or truss bolts in the hinge
section.
11.
After the camlocs, pins, or truss bolts are secure one person, equipped with a proper safety
harness, should climb the tower, untie the rope and run it over the roller beam wheels so the
loose end reaches the stage.
12.
Then, attach the hook of the chain hoist chain to the rope and pull the chain up the tower
over the rollers and back down to the sleeve block. (The hoist should be on the onstage or
upstage side of the sleeve block with the hook on the chain on the offstage or downstage
side). The person on top of the tower will need to feed the hook over the rollers (take care
not to get fingers between the chain and rollers) and check to see that there are NO TWISTS
in the chain.
13.
Attach hoist to the bottom tubes of the truss with spansets or truss flying point. In the case of
Super-truss, attach hoist and chain to the lifting points. The chain hook and hoist should be
rigged so they ride below the top of the truss. Be sure the hook of the hoist is carrying the
load and that the hoist housing is not wedged between the gusset plates. Again, check to be
sure there are no twists in chain.
14.
Screw down the jacks on the base until each of the four has an equal load (a torque wrench
is recommended). Check for level in both upstage/downstage and on/off stage directions
using at least an 45 cm level. Do not apply any load to the motor until the jacks have been
screwed down.
Continue to the next tower repeating steps 6 - 14.
15.
After all towers have been erected and levelled, electrical cables should be run for the chain
hoists.
16.
Then 'bump' each motor until there is equal tension on all chains. When all personnel have
been cleared raise the rig to a working height. HOISTS MUST ALWAYS BE RUN
TOGETHER. IF FOR ANY REASON ONE SHOULD STOP THEY SHOULD ALL BE
STOPPED.
-5 of 8usergst2
17.
Finish setting up the rig. Be sure no cables will be pinched between the sleeve block and
roller beam. All cables near the sleeve blocks should be tied to insure they can't become
tangled.
18.
When the rig has been raised to "show trim" a safety MUST be put on each tower. This
should be a spanset running from one side of the sleeve block, over the roller beam to the
opposite side of the sleeve block. This must be fitted tightly around the top of the roller beam
and the sleeve block. Any slack could result in the safety being ineffective.
METHOD B - With base on the floor below stage.

1.
Without removing any panels from the temporary stage, lay out and connect lighting truss to
desired shape incorporating the sleeve blocks as designed.
2.
Roll the rig into its correct position and mark the stage decks to be removed. Now roll the rig
left or right so the decks can be removed.
3.
After the decks have been removed roll the rig back to its correct position with the sleeve
blocks over the holes in the stage.
4.
Place the tower base on the floor under the stage.
5.
Having measured the distance from the house floor to stage, join the appropriate length of
tower to the hinge section so that the hinge will fall a few inches above the height of the
sleeve block. Take care to ensure the hinge opens toward the truss.
6.
With the hinge section on top, insert the pre-assembled tower and hinge section through the
sleeve block and connect it to the base. Be sure the diagonals are properly located and
form a continuous pattern.
7.
Continue assemble as in Method A from Step 5 onwards.
8.
As noted in "Safety Notes" on page 2. If the truss is to be used outdoors then the whole
system must be restrained against wind loading on the truss; Please refer to "Guy Wire set"
sheet.
-6 of 8usergst2
Figure showing a Guy wire set

up on one corner of the Tower
system. This must be used on
all corners, if the Rig is used
outdoors.
-7 of 8usergst2
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Climb each tower (with proper safety harness) and release the safety lock off.
2.
Ensure all hoists run together and lower the rig to working height.
3.
Raise lamp bars and remove any equipment that will stop the rig from being lowered to the
stage deck. Do not remove motor cables.
4.
When everything and everyone is clear, lower the rig to the deck.
5.
Clear the rig of all other equipment and cables.

DO NOT DISCONNECT ANY CAMLOCS, PINS, OR TRUSS BOLTS, ANYWHERE ON THE
RIG !
6.
Have someone climb (with proper safety harness) each tower and lower chains from towers
using the rigging rope, the person will need to guide and feed hook over the rollers (take care
not to get fingers between the chain and rollers). If using a Tower Lifting System refer to the
instructions for lowering towers.
7.
After the chain has been lowered the rope should be tied to the top of tower and the person
should return to the stage.
8.
With a crew standing ready on the rope and base of the tower remove the truss pins,camlocs
or truss bolts that allow hinge to open.
ONLY DISCONNECT THE HINGE CAMLOCS, PINS, OR TRUSS BOLTS ! !
9.
Carefully lower the tower using the Tower erecting arm (optional).
10.
Disconnect the tower from the hinge section and place on the floor. Continue to the next
tower repeating steps 6 - 10 until all towers have been lowered.
ALL Towers MUST be lowered before any truss is disassembled.
11.
After all towers have been lowered disassemble the towers and rig. Put the hoists in their
cases. Spansets and shackles can also be stored in the case.
-8 of 8usergst2
Appendix F.4
Chain Hoist - Specifications

Appendix F.4
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.4
April 3, 2012
Manual No. E627
ENTERTAINMENT
83877
Operating, Maintenance & Parts Manual

1/4 To 2 Ton
250 Kg. To 2000 Kg.
Columbus McKinnon Corporation

CM Entertainment Division
140 John James Audubon Parkway
Amherst, New York 14228-1197
1-800-888-0985
1-716-689-5400
cmrigging.com
SPECIFICATIONS
The Lodestar Electric Chain Hoist is a highly versatile materials handling device that can be used to lift loads that are
within its rated capacity. The mechanical features of these
hoists include an alloy liftwheel, Load Protector, hardened
steel chain guides, hardened steel load chain, hardened steel
gear train, life-time lubrication, forged steel hooks, and lightweight aluminum frame. The electrical features included
hoist-duty motor, rugged hoist brake, magnetic reversing contactor and voltage conversion board (dual voltage units).
Before putting hoist into service, fill in the information below.

Refer to the hoist identification plate.
Model Number __________________________________
Serial Number ____________________________________
Follow all instructions and warnings for
Purchase Date __________________________________
inspecting, maintaining and operating this hoist.
Voltage __________________________________________
The use of any hoist presents some risk of personal injury or

property damage. That risk is greatly increased if proper
instructions and warnings are not followed. Before using this
hoist, each operator should become thoroughly familiar with
all warnings, instructions, and recommendations in this manual.
Retain this manual for future reference and use.
Rated Load ______________________________________
Forward this manual to the hoist operator.

Failure to operate the equipment as directed in the manual
may cause injury.
Table 1. Specifications
Entertainment-Lodestar Electric Chain Hoists

Shortest
Shortest
Distance
Distance
*Lifting *Lifting
Between
Between
Maximum
Speed
Speed
Hooks
Hooks
Capacity
Per Min. Per Min. Motor Motor
(mm)
K.W.
Model
H.P.
(Inches)
(Tons)
(Feet)
(M)
Single Speed 230/460-3-60 or 220/380-3-50
or 220/415-3-50
.186
362.0
1/4
B
16
4.88
1/4
14-1/4
.372
362.0
1/4
C
32
9.75
1/2
14-1/4
.372
362.0
1/2
F
16
4.88
1/2
14-1/4
.746
395.3
1/2
J
32
9.75
1
15-9/16
.746
395.3
1
L
16
4.88
1
15-9/16
.746
571.5
2
R
8
2.44
1
22-1/2
LL
32
RR
16
Single Speed 230/460-3-60 or 220/380-3-50

or 220/415-3-50
9.75
2
1.49
15-9/16
395.3
4.88
1.49
22-13/16
579.4
Net
Weight
(Lbs.)
Net
Weight
(Kg.)
57
65
64
25.8
29.5
29.0
115
117
136
52.2
53.1
61.7
121
54.9
136
61.7
*Lifting and travel speeds listed are for 60 Hertz units. For
50 Hertz units, these speeds will be 5/6 of those listed.
Appendix F.5
Suspended Lighting Specifications

Appendix F.5
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.5
April 3, 2012
VL1100 TS / TI
a u t o m a t e d e l l i p s o i d a l
r e f l e c t o r s p o t l i g h t
Tungsten Units
Programmable Functions
Zoom Optics:
Continuously variable field angle in imaging range from 19 to 36, super zoom angles to 70 is
programmable over a timed range of 2 seconds to 20 minutes.
Color Mixing System:
A fully cross-fading CYM color system. All motors utilize a noise reducing, 50kHz. drive system that
quiets operation during movement and also while static.
Diffusion:
Field or gobo can be continuously and smoothly diffused to wash.
Rotating Gobo Wheel:
Six position rotating gobo wheel with a central bearing system, five rotatable and indexable gobo
positions plus open. (Patterns are not included with the fixture.)
The VARILITE VL1100 ERS luminaire, borne

from the very popular VL1000 ERS luminaire,
combines the functionality of one of the most
popular conventional lighting tools the
ellipsoidal reflector spotlight with the
versatility of an automated luminaire. All
VL1100 models have undergone design
enhancements to provide more quiet and fluid
operation.
Shutter (Framing Models):
capable of translating to beam center while also rotating 35. Entire shutter rotates 45.
Beam Size Control (Iris Models):
In addition to the zoom optics, a mechanical iris provides continuous beam size control for both rapid
changes and smooth timed beam angle changes.
Pan and Tilt:
Smooth, timed continuous motion using three phase, ultra quiet stepper motors with encoder correction.
Pan range is 540; tilt is 270. Resolution is 0.1. Unit will calibrate to support close hangs (yoke-to-yoke).
Description
Sources:
Automated functions include CYM color

mixing, rotating gobos (gobos/patterns sold
separately), variable diffusion and a zoom lens
that ranges from 19 to 36 for normal
imaging and a super zoom function that
ranges to 70. A new 50 kHz. drive system
quiets all two-phase motors both when
moving and static. A central bearing system
in the gobo wheel reduces noise and ensures
smooth operation of the mechanism.
Additionally, new, three-phase, ultra quiet
stepper motors provide for smoother and
quieter pan and tilt operation.
Four-blade system can frame and crop beam field and gobos. Each individual shutter is
1000W Tungsten Halogen Lamp (Available in 100,115, 230, and 240 Volt versions.)
Color Temp:
3200K
Output:
10,000 Lumens (115V lamp)
Rated Life:
300 Hours
Power Requirements:
6 to 12 Amps depending upon lamp/input voltage. 100 -240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
Reflector:
Precision glass reflector with dichroic cold mirror coating.
Operational Temperature:
-20 to 122F (-29 to 50C)
Cooling:
Free convection cooling when hung. Floor mounted units and extreme ambient temperatures activate a
low-noise, forced-air cooling system.
Control:
Completely compatible with a wide variety of DMX512 lighting control consoles.
Mounting Position:
VL1100 ERS luminaires can be mounted and operated in any orientation.
Spacing:
Full range of motion on 26.5" centers. Hangs as close as 20.0".
Weight:
70.0 lbs (32 kg).
Ordering Information
Luminaires:
Tungsten versions VL1100TI and VL1100TS

deliver 10,000 lumens (115V lamp) with the
consistent color temperature of a tungsten
source. The VL1100TS model includes an
automated, four-blade shutter mechanism
that provides control of all shutter functions
popular in conventional ellipsoidal reflector
spotlights. Model VL1100TI includes a beam
size iris.
20.9664.0001.02
VL1100TS ERS, Framing Shutters, Includes Lamp (Must specify lamp type when ordering.)
20.9664.0001.02.02
VL1100TS ERS, WHITE, Framing Shutters, Includes Lamp (Must specify lamp type when ordering.)
20.9664.0001.03
VL1100TI ERS, Iris, Includes Lamp (Must specify lamp type when ordering.)
20.9664.0001.03.02
VL1100TI ERS, WHITE, Iris, Includes Lamp (Must specify lamp type when ordering.)
Accessories:
71.2554.0100
1000 Watt Tungsten Lamp, 100 VAC
71.2554.0115
71.2552.0230
71.2554.0240
22.9620.0194
Safety Cable
28.8500.0054
USB Luminaire Programming Kit
55.6840.0001
Truss Hook, Mega-Clamp, Round and Square
55.6841.0001
Truss Hook, Mega-Claw for 2 Round Tube
41.6010.XXXX
Gobo, Series 1000 (Specify pattern from catalog to complete P/N.)
VL3500 Wash
l u m i n a i r e
Color System:
Beam Control:
Intensity Control:
Strobe:
The VL3500 Wash luminaire is the high intensity

wash tool in the VARILITE Series 3000 family of
luminaires. With an output that exceeds 50,000
lumens, as well as varied new options for color
and beam control, this fixture will soon be the
standard by which all wash lights are measured.
Pan and Tilt:

Range:
Accuracy:
The VL3500 Wash luminaire features internal

zoomable beam optics with either Fresnel or
Buxom options, an interchangeable front lens
system, and a five-position aperture wheel. The
fixture provides CYM color mixing, variable CTO
color temperature correction, dual five position
color wheels, a separate dimmer, and an
independent dual blade strobe mechanism.
Source:
In conjunction with its zoomable optics system,

Vari-Lite introduces the VARIBRITE mode. From
virtually any zoom position, this mode can be
engaged to offer a tight column of remarkably
intense light making the VL3500 Wash the most
versatile wash luminaire on the market.
The VL3500 Wash allows users to operate its
single lamp at two different wattages via either a
control channel setting or a lamp menu option.
With only a setting adjustment, the fixture will run
its short arc lamp at either 1200W or 1500W
without any detrimental effects on the lamp.
An upper enclosure houses the control electronics
as well as an arc power supply for the units short
arc lamp. The arc power supply is power factor
corrected for efficient power distribution and
reliability.
The VL3500 Wash is similar in size to our other
Series 3000 luminaires, which provides
a consistent hang configuration and
appearance no matter which luminaire
type is utilized.
Six color control wheels total. A three filter CYM cross fading system, two fixed color wheels
with five interchangeable color filters each capable of continuous wheel rotation for
additional effects, and a variable CTO color temperature correction wheel.
A zoomable beam spreader mechanism provides continuous beam size control for rapid or
smooth timed changes. The VARIBRITE mode, accessible from all zoom positions, splits
the beam spreader and produces a tight, intense column of light. Easily interchangeable
glass panels (included) allow user to choose either Fresnel or Buxom spreader patterns.
Beam may also be controlled through the use of one of three easily interchangeable front
lenses: Plano Convex-Clear, Plano Convex-Stipple, and Fresnel all three included. All front
lens assemblies have mounting points to allow for attachment of aftermarket accessory
hardware.
Aperture wheel offering five different diameter openings (25mm, 30mm, 35mm, 40mm,
52mm) and capable of continuous rotation for effects purposes.
Full field dimming designed for both smooth timed fades as well as quick dimming effects.
High-performance dual blade strobe system independent of dimmer wheel and capable of
ultra-fast operation.
Smooth, time-controlled continuous motion by way of three-phase stepper motor systems.
Pan - 540, Tilt - 270.
0.3 resolution.
Description
Color Temperature:
Fixture Output:
Power Requirements:
Reflector:
Cooling:
Control:
DMX Channels:
Mounting Position:
Spacing:
Weight:
Dual wattage, double-ended lamp. The lamp is capable of operation at 1200W or 1500W mode selectable from fixture or console. Also capable of operation in 900W standby
mode.
6000K at 1500 watts and 6300K at 1200 watts
>50,000 lumens in 1500 watt mode.
Standard AC power distribution from 200 264 VAC, 50/60 HZ. The unit requires 7 to 12 A
depending on the AC supply voltage.
Precision glass reflector system with dichroic cold mirror coating.
-20 to 104F (-29 to 40C).
Forced air cooling.
Completely compatible with a wide variety of DMX512 consoles.
19
The VL3500 Wash luminaire can be mounted and operated in any orientation.
Hangs on 28 in. (71.2 cm) centers.
96 lbs (43.5 kg).
Luminaires:
20.9686.0001
VL3500 Wash Luminaire, Black, Includes 1500W Double-Ended, Short Arc Lamp
Accessories:
71.9686.1502
21.9686.0618
21.9686.0617
21.9686.0619
22.9620.0194
28.8500.0054
55.6840.0001
55.6841.0001
1500W Double-Ended, Short Arc Lamp

Clear Front Lens
Stipple Front Lens
Fresnel Front Lens
Safety Cable Assembly
Truss Hook, Mega-Clamp (For round and square pipe.)
Truss Hook, Mega-Claw (For 2 round pipe.)
VL3500 Wash
l u m i n a i r e
Specifications
Hanging Dimensions
The unit is an integrally designed, remote-controlled, motorized wash

luminaire. The head, yoke and enclosure housings are constructed of
aluminum alloy for light weight, strength and durability. Low-noise fans
provide forced-air cooling for internal components. The rear cap is hinged,
providing easy access to the lamp for replacement.
A single AC input cable along with two, five-pin DMX512 compatible
connectors (in and through) are provided. The unit can be controlled from
a wide variety of DMX512 consoles.
Each unit is equipped with an on-board processor providing diagnostic
and self-calibration functions as well as internal test routines and software
update capabilities.
The unit contains two independent three-phase stepper motors to provide
movement of the head through 540 in the horizontal plane (pan) and
270 in the vertical plane (tilt). The pan and tilt mechanisms are
belt-driven, providing positional resolution and repeatability of 0.3 on
either axis.
A zoomable beam spreader mechanism provides continuous beam size
control for rapid changes and smooth timed zoom changes. Users may
install either of two sets of included interchangeable internal lenses that
provide a zoom range of 2.7:1 with the fresnel internal lens and of 4:1
with the buxom internal lens.
Beam shall also be controlled with one of three interchangeable front
lenses which shall be provided as standard equipment. Each front lens
comes with mounting points to allow attachment of aftermarket hardware
provided by others. Additional beam manipulation shall be achieved by
an aperture wheel with five separate openings of different diameters and
capable of continuous rotation.
The unit contains a CYM color mixing system, as well as variable CTO
color temperature correction. Two color wheels capable of continuously
spinning are also included. Each of the two wheels holds five
interchangeable dichroic colors to allow for custom configurations. The
unit comes equipped with a standard palette of dichroic color filters.
The unit contains a patterned glass dimmer wheel that provides full field
dimming and allows for smooth timed fades and fast blackouts.
A dual blade strobe and dousing system provides variable strobe effects
capable of rapid operation.
The unit shall be ETL and ETLc certified and CE-marked. Exterior finish is
black.
Vari-Lite
10911 Petal Street
Dallas, TX 75238
1.877.VARILITE
fax: 214.647.8038
2011 Philips Group. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A. We reserve the right to change
details of design, materials and finishes. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
VARILITE automated lighting equipment is made in the U.S.A.
www.vari-lite.com
VL3500_Wash - 041911NA
VL3000 Spot
l u m i n a i r e
Color System:
A three-filter CYM cross-fading mechanism. A fixed color wheel with six interchangeable
color filters and continuous wheel rotation for additional effects. It includes a variable CTO
color temperature correction filter.
Zoom Optics:
A 13-element 6:1 zoom optics system, covering a range from 10 to 60.
Beam Size Control:
A mechanical iris provides continuous beam size control for rapid and smooth timed beam
angle changes.
Intensity Control:
Full field dimming designed for smooth timed fades as well as quick dimming effects.
Strobe:
High-performance dual blade strobe system capable of ultra-fast operation.
Rotating Gobo Wheels:
Three gobo/effects wheels combine to provide 14 rotatable, indexable gobo positions. Each
wheel also has one open position.
Edge and Pattern Focus:
Variable beam focus to soften edges of gobos or spots. Remarkable depth of field capability
allows morphing effects between all pattern and effects wheels.
The VARILITE VL3000 Spot luminaire sets new

standards for imagery, beam control, color and
brightness in spot luminaires.
The VARILITE VL3000 Spot luminaire features
6:1 zoom optics, CYM color mixing, variable CTO
color temperature correction, a six-position color
wheel, three gobo/effects wheels, a beam size iris
and separate dimmer and ultra-fast strobe
mechanisms. A standard pallet of gobos, effects
and colors is provided with the unit. Custom
gobos, effects and colors are available.
An upper enclosure houses the control electronics
as well as the arc power supply for the 1200 watt
short arc lamp. The arc power supply is power
factor corrected
for efficient power distribution.
The VL3000 Spot luminaire can be controlled from
a wide variety of DMX512 consoles.
The luminaire is the same size as the VL3000
Wash luminaire, providing a consistent hang
configuration and appearance no matter which
luminaire type is required.
Pan and Tilt:
Smooth, time-controlled continuous motion by way of three-phase stepper motor systems.
Range:
Pan - 540, Tilt - 270.
Accuracy:
0.3 resolution.
Description
Source:
1200W Short Arc Lamp
Color Temperature:
6000K
Fixture Output:
20,000 lumens.
CRI:
85
Power Requirements:
Standard AC power distribution from 200 264 VAC, 50/60 HZ. The unit requires 7 to 12 A
depending on the AC supply voltage.
Reflector:
Precision glass reflector system with dichroic cold mirror coating.
-20 to 122F (-29 to 50C).
Cooling:
Forced air cooling.
Control:
Completely compatible with a wide variety of DMX512 consoles.
DMX Channels:
28
Mounting Position:
The VL3000 Spot luminaire can be mounted and operated in any orientation.
Spacing:
Hangs on 26 in. (66 cm) centers.
Weight:
91 lbs (41 kg).
Luminaires:
20.9678.0001
VL3000 Spot Luminaire, Black, Includes 1200W Short Arc Lamp
Accessories:
71.9678.0012
1200W Short Arc Lamp
22.9620.0194
Safety Cable Assembly
28.8500.0054
55.6840.0001
Truss Hook, Mega-Clamp (For round and square pipe.)
55.6841.0001
Truss Hook, Mega-Claw (For 2 round pipe.)
VL3000 Spot
l u m i n a i r e
Hanging Dimensions
Specifications
The unit is an integrally designed, remote-controlled, motorized spot luminaire.
The head, yoke and enclosure housings are constructed of aluminum alloy for
light weight, strength and durability. Low-noise fans provide forced-air cooling for
internal components. The rear cap is hinged, providing easy access to the lamp
for replacement.
A single AC input cable along with two, five-pin DMX512 compatible connectors
(in and through) are provided. The unit can be controlled from a wide variety of
DMX512 consoles.
Each unit is equipped with an on-board processor providing diagnostic and
self-calibration functions as well as internal test routines and software update
capabilities.
The unit contains two independent three-phase stepper motors to provide
movement of the head through 540 in the horizontal plane (pan) and 270 in the
vertical plane (tilt). The pan and tilt mechanisms are belt-driven, providing
positional resolution and repeatability of 0.3 on either axis.
A 6:1 zoom optics system adjusts the projected field angle over a range of 10 to
60. Variable beam focus is provided to soften the edges of gobos or spots and to
provide gobo morphing. The projected image remains in focus throughout the
entire zoom range.
The unit contains a CYM color mixing system, as well as variable CTO color
temperature correction.
Photometric Data*
One continuously spinning, removable color filter wheel is included. The color
wheel holds six interchangeable dichroic colors to allow for custom
configurations. The unit comes equipped with a standard palette of dichroic color
filters. (Custom colors are available from Vari-Lite.)
VL3000 Spot Luminaire - 1200W Metal Halide
Three gobo/effects wheels two six-position, one five-position each containing

individually rotating, indexable gobos and patterned glass effects. The rotating
gobos are easily interchangeable to allow customization of the unit. The unit
comes equipped with a standard set of gobos and effects. (A wide selection of
colored and patterned gobos and effects is available from Vari-Lite.)
A mechanical iris provides continuous beam size control for rapid and smooth
timed beam angle changes.
The unit contains a patterned glass dimmer wheel that provides full field dimming
and allows for smooth timed fades and fast blackouts.
Zoom Lens
Position
Candela*
(cd)
Beam Angle
(degrees)
Beam Diameter
TN1
Field Angle
(degrees)
Field Diameter
TN1
NFOV
1,201,000
9.0
0.157
10.0
0.175
MFOV
104,400
31.0
0.555
35.0
0.631
WFOV
40,930
46.0
0.849
56.0
1.063
Multiply distance by TN to determine coverage.

To calculate center beam Illuminance (I), at a specific distance (D): I = cd / D2
if (D) is in feet, (I) is in foot candles
if (D) is in meters, (I) is in lux
* Note:
All data taken with seasoned light source at 20 hours of life.
Fixture output = 20,000 lumens.
A dual blade strobe and dousing system provides variable strobe effects capable
of rapid operation.
The unit shall be ETL and ETLc certified and CE-marked. Exterior finish is black.
Vari-Lite
10911 Petal Street
Dallas, TX 75238
1.877.VARILITE
fax: 214.647.8038
2011 Philips Group. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A. We reserve the right to change
details of design, materials and finishes. Specifications are subject to change without notice.
VARILITE automated lighting equipment is made in the U.S.A.
www.vari-lite.com
VL3000_Spot - 041811NA
Description
Stagebar 54 is a bright, high efficiency LED pixel bar with RGB color mixing
plus amber and true white for a broader color spectrum and greater
range of pastel shades than other LED lights in its class. Light output is
constant, regardless of ambient temperatures, and different lens angles
give greater flexibility of application. Stagebar 54 also features high speed
video capability and HSI (Hue, Saturation, Intensity) control. Installation,
connectivity and serviceability are all made easy and regulated fan speed
ensures outstanding heat management. Industry standard DMX 512-A
controllable, Stagebar 54 is lightweight yet built to withstand the rigors of
the touring market. It comes in a small or large version.
Features
RGBAW pixel bar

Complete, all-in-one solution
Extremely user friendly
Color calibration ensures smooth even colors
Comprehensive control: HSI (Hue, Saturation, Intensity), Video, DMX
Comes in two lengths: 54S & 54L
Diffuser lens option
Physical
Length:
Length:
Width:
Height:
Weight:
Weight:
420 mm (16.5 in.), Stagebar 54 S

630 mm (24.8 in.), Stagebar 54 L
190 mm (7.5 in.)
105 mm (4.1 in.)
5.5 kg (12.1 lbs.) without bracket, Stagebar 54S
7.3 kg (16.1 lbs.) without bracket, Stagebar 54L
Color mixing:

Video:
RGBAW, RGB, HSI

RGBAW and RGB mixing: 0 - 100%, 8- or 16-bit control
HSI mixing: 0 - 100%, 8-bit control
Signal input via high-speed serial bus converter (accessory)
Dynamic effects
Specifications are subject to change
Stagebar 54
2006 Martin Professional A/S
Preliminary Technical Data
Photometric data
Construction
Installation
Connections
Electrical
Thermal
Acoustic
Approvals
Included items
Accessories
Ordering information
DMX channels:
Display:
Setting and addressing:
Color calibration:

Protocol:
Receiver:
Firmware update:
3-60
Battery-powered backlit LCD, 2x16 character
Auto-addressing (DMX and video), manual via LCD display
Automatic correction system, software-assisted calibration package
available as accessory
USITT DMX 512-A
Opto-isolated RS-485
Serial upload (MUF)
Light source:
Half-peak beam angle:
Total LED power per pixel:
Total LED power per pixel:
Total LED power per bar:
Minimum total output:
Luxeon K2 high power emitters

25, optional angles will be available
2 x 1 W red, 2 x 1.2 W green, 2 x 3.7 W royal blue, 2 x 1 W
amber, 1 x 1.2 W white
90 W
650 lm, Ta = 40 C (104 F)
Power supply unit:

Housing:
Color:
Finish:
Protection rating:
Integrated, multi-voltage
Aluminum
Black
Electrostatic powder-coated
IP 20
Orientation:
Even pitch across
adjacent fixtures:
Mounting points:
Any
Power connection:
Data connection:
Neutrik Powercon
RJ-45
AC power:
100-120/200-240 V nominal, 50/60 Hz
Cooling:
Maximum ambient
temperature (Ta max.):
Minimum ambient
temperature (Ta min.):
Maximum surface
temperature, steady state,
Ta=40 C:
Filtered forced air (temperature-regulated, low noise)
Noise level:

Below 40 dBA at 1 m (3.3 ft.),

Ta 25 C (77 F), steady state
US safety (pending):
Canadian safety (pending):
EU safety:
EU EMC:
ANSI/UL 1573
CAN/CSA E 60598-2-17
EN 60598-2-17
EN 55 015, EN 55 103-1, EN 61 547
Horizontal/vertical (Stagebar 54L), horizontal (Stagebar 54S)

Adjustable U-bracket, 1/4-turn locks, four M6 threaded holes
40 C (104 F)
5 C (41 F)
75 C (167 F)
Adjustable U-bracket
DVI Converter Box
Stagebar 54S:
Stagebar 54L:
P/N 90352000
P/N 90352010
Specifications are subject to change
Control and programming
Stagebar 54
2006 Martin Professional A/S
Preliminary Technical Data
Appendix F.6
Applied Truss - Triangular Truss
Specifications

Appendix F.6
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.6
April 3, 2012
ARCHITECTURAL TRUSS
Lite Duty 8,10,12,14,18 Tri
LITE DUTY FEATURES
Highly Polished Aluminum Tubing

1-3/8 OD 6061-T6 Aluminum Tube
0.125 Wall Thickness
1/2 Solid Aluminum Rod Bracing
1-1/2 x 3/16 Aluminum End Plates (8-14 Tri)
1-3/4 x 1/4 Aluminum End Plates (18 Tri)
Fabricated by Certified Welders
Custom Lengths & Corners Available
Powder Coating Available
Lite Duty Tri truss is manufactured with 1-3/8 OD main

chords and 1/2 solid aluminum rod bracing. It is ideal for
trade show booths, small venues, retail showrooms and
other installations with light load limits. The highly polished
aluminum finish blends with contemporary design elements
or this truss can be powder coated to match any interior
design scheme. The Architectural series of truss is ideal for
circles, stars and other unique projects.
PLATED
ALLOWABLE
LOAD DATA
SPAN (ft.)
10
20
30
40
ORDERING INFORMATION
Item No.
Dimensions
Weight
4-08-120
8 x 10
23 lbs.
4-08-096
8 x 8
21 lbs.
4-08-060
8 x 5
13 lbs.
4-08-030
8 x 2.5
10 lbs.
4-10-120
10 x 10
28 lbs.
4-10-096
10 x 8
24 lbs.
4-10-060
10 x 5
16 lbs.
4-10-030
10 x 2.5
8 lbs
4-12-120
12 x 10
30 lbs.
4-12-096
12 x 8
24 lbs.
4-12-060
12 x 5
16 lbs.
4-12-030
12 x 2.5
10 lbs.
4-14-120
14 x 10
31 lbs.
4-14-096
14 x 8
22 lbs.
4-14-060
14 x 5
17 lbs.
4-14-030
14 x 2.5
8 lbs.
Note: 18 has 1-3/4 x 1/4 End Plates
4-18-120
18 x 10
37 lbs.
4-18-096
18 x 8
28 lbs.
4-18-060
18 x 5
23 lbs.
4-18-030
18 x 2.5
11 lbs.
10
20
30
40
10
20
30
40
10
20
30
40
10
20
30
40
Maximum Allowable
Uniform Loads
Maximum Allowable
Center Point Loads
LOAD
LOAD MAX. DEFL. LOAD
MAX. DEFL.
(#/ft.)
(#)
(in.)
(#)
(in.)
8 Lite Duty Tri Truss Weight Loading Info
135
1354
453
29.9
598
301
14
432
220
6.8
275
136
176
1760
500
41
826
416
18.7
562
290
9.4
378
190
152
1520
500
49.5
990
400
22.4
672
330
11.5
460
226
160
1600
900
65
1300
700
24.5
735
460
12.5
500
260
430
4300
2600
140
2800
1700
70
2100
1250
35
1400
1050
Connection: 3/8" Dia. x 1-1/4 Grade 5 Bolts

Weight Load Certified By Structural Engineer
AVAILABLE CORNER ADAPTERS

90 Degree Horizontal
90 Degree Radial
90 Degree Vertical
90 Degree To Vertical
2-Way To Vertical
3-Way Horizontal
3-Way To Vertical
4-Way Horizontal
4-Way To Vertical
45 Degree Corner
20
90 Degree To Vertical
2-Way To Vertical
3-Way Horizontal
Phone 800-883-0008 / 757-591-9371 Fax 757-591-9514 www.appliednn.com Proudly Made in USA
Appendix F.7
Tyler Truss Specifications

Appendix F.7
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.7
April 3, 2012
Tyler GT
Page 1 of 1
WORLD;CLASS DESIGN, ENGINEERING, FABRICATION, and ON;TIME SERVICE
Home
Products
Pictures
Media
Contact Us
Tyler GT
Every now and then, a new idea comes along that revolutionizes an industry.
Tyler Truss Systems is proud to introduce the new line of Green Truss (GT )
and accessories. Engineered from the ground up, GT Truss is designed with
you in mind. Load it up and keep your cases at home. That means less truck
weight and less truck space. Once you're there, roll it to the truck and into
place. Less setup time and less labor needed.
Tyler GT Truss Weights
2' Tyler GT
5' Tyler GT
8' Tyler GT
10' Tyler GT
With Legs
N/A
160 lbs.
192 lbs.
212 lbs.
Tyler GT Truss Accessory

GT Load Bearing Corner Block
GT Load Bearing Corner Block With Legs
GT Non Load Bearing Corner Block
GT Bookend Hinge Horizontal
GT Bookend Hinge Vertical
GT Leg Cart Set (1 Piece)
GT Lift Assist Set (1 Piece)
GT Snap Brace
GT Martin Mac 3000 Spacer
GT Lift Point
Without Legs
65 lbs.
104 lbs.
128 lbs.
144 lbs.
Leg Weight
N/A
56 lbs.
64 lbs.
68 lbs.
Weight
115 lbs.
176 lbs.
90 lbs.
64 lbs.
68 lbs.
18 lbs.
43 lbs
4 lbs.
1 lb.
14 lbs.
INDIANAPOLIS Fabrication & Business

720 W. Pioneer Trace Suite 100, Pendleton, IN 46064 9075, (O) +1 765 221 5050 (F) +1 765 221 5051
NASHVILLE/Soundcheck
750 Cowan Street, Nashville, TN 37207, (O) +1 615 401 7201 (F) +1 615 401 7203
http://www.tylertruss.com/product/gt.php
2/29/2012
Appendix F.8
TOMCat Truss Specifications

Appendix F.8
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.8
April 3, 2012
Americas
truss
medium duty truss 20.5 x 20.5 spigoted

Standard lengths are 10, 8 and 5
Custom lengths available upon request
Equipped with steel spigot connections
Main chords are 2 OD x 3/16 aluminum
Diagonals are 1 OD x 1/8 aluminum
Studio version available
Available with casters
Fabricated by certified welders
Maximum allowable
uniform loads
No. of Span
Sects. ft (mtrs)
Maximum allowable point loads

center point
Load
lbs/ft
Load
lbs (kgs)
Max
Defl.
in.
Load
lbs (kgs)
920
450
252
137
77
9200 (4173)
9000 (4082)
7560 (3429)
5480 (2486)
3850 (1746)
0.06
0.45
1.29
2.28
3.30
9204 (4175)
5797 (2630)
3781 (1715)
2748 (1246)
2109 (957)
third point
quarter point
Max
Defl.
in.
Load
lbs (kgs)
Max
Defl.
in.
Load
lbs (kgs)
Max
Defl.
in.
0.09
0.46
1.04
1.86
2.94
4602 2087)
4348 (1972)
2836 (1286)
2061 (935)
1429 (648)
0.08
0.59
1.32
2.34
3.33
3068 (1392)
2898 (1315)
1891 (858)
1374 (623)
1025 (465)
0.07
0.54
1.23
2.18
3.33
Spigots Only
1
2
3
4
5
10
20
30
40
50
(3.04)
(6.09)
(9.14)
(12.21)
(15.24)
Note: Deflections reported in the above tables are maximum expected for full loadings (indoors only). All loads are based
on 10 (3.04 m) sections. Load tables are reprinted from engineering reports developed by Parkhill, Smith & Cooper, Inc.,
structural engineers, and apply to truss fabricated after December, 1989.
www.tomcatglobal.com
37
38
www.tomcatglobal.com
truss
Studio M-D Truss
M-D Truss

Connections are steel spigots & 3/4 clevis pins
Product Description
Item Code
Weight
lbs (kgs)
Product Description
Item Code
Weight
lbs (kgs)
5-FT MEDIUM DUTY TRUSS
TC 2020-060S
79 (36)
82 (38)
TC 2020-096S
104 (47)
MD ARTICULATING HORIZ.
(center pivot)
TC 2020-AHS

TC 2020-120S
115 (53)
82 (38)
TC 2020-C2S
67 (31)
MD ARTICULATING VERT.
(center pivot)
TC 2020-AVS
MEDIUM DUTY 2-WAY CORNER

TC 2020-C3S
90 (41)
MD VARIABLE CORNER HORIZ.

(book style with brace)
TC 2020-VHS
62 (28)
TC 2020-C4S
113 (51)
62 (28)
TC 2020-C5S
142 (65)
MD VARIABLE CORNER VERT.

(book style with brace)
TC 2020-VVS

TC 2020-C6S
168 (77)
TC 2020-S2S
79 (36)

(STUDIO )
TC 20ST-060S
80 (37)
MD 2-WAY SLEEVE FOR

12 TOWER
101 (46)
TC 20ST-096S
106 (49)
MD 3-WAY SLEEVE FOR

12 TOWER
TC 2020-S3S

(STUDIO )
124 (57)
TC 20ST-120S
117 (54)
MD 4-WAY SLEEVE FOR

12 TOWER
TC 2020-S4S

(STUDIO )
3/4 CLEVIS PIN
TC CP-75
.4 (.18)
MEDIUM R-CLIP
TC RC-MED
- (-)
122.12 OD
(310.19)
120
(304.80)
20.5
(52.07)
20.5
(52.07)
20.5
(52.07)
ELEVATION
PLAN
Connector Orientation Specified by Customer
2-Way Corner Block
38 (96.52)
35.88 (91.13)
38 (96.52)
29.12 (73.96)
28.18 (71.57)
35.88 (91.13)
3-Way Corner Block
Sleeve Version
39.42 (100.13) Horiz. & Vert.
0
9.5 .13)
(24
37.30 (94.74) Horiz. & Vert.
4-Way Corner Block
20.5 (52.67)
Horiz. & Vert.
29.38 (74.62)
28.18 (71.57)
29.50 (74.93)
28.56 (72.54)
END VIEW
5-Way & 6-Way Available
38 (96.52)
35.88 (91.13)
PLAN VIEWS
Center Pivot
Horiz. Articulating Block
8.3
1
8.3 .10) (21.1 1
0)
(21
9
(24 .50
.13
)
Horizontal
Variable Corner
Appendix F.9
Electrical Cable Information

Appendix F.9
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.9
April 3, 2012
CABLE 14 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
CABLE 5. NON
LOADING
CABLE 7
SUPPLIES
SOUTH LTO
CABLE 8
SUPPLIES
NORTH LTO
CABLE 10 APPEARS
TO REST ON LTP
CABLE 11 APPEARS
TO REST ON LTP
CABLE 25 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
INDICATES PURPLE LIGHT TRUSS/ "MUSTACHE"
INDICATES BLUE LIGHT TRUSSES
INDICATES ORANGE RIGGING TRUSSES
INDICATES WHITE LIGHT TRUSSES
INDICATES RED LIGHT TRUSSES

(CLAMPED)
CABLE 1 AND 2
SUPPORTED BY EAST
SPEAKER FRAME
CABLE 16 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
CABLE 6. NON LOADING
CABLE 3 AND 4
SUPPORTED BY WEST
SPEAKER FRAME
CABLE 9 SPANS BETWEEN

HOISTS AND SUPPLIES
LIGHTING ON LTR
CABLE 9 VERTICAL
DISTANCE SUPPORTED BY
HOIST.
CABLE 10 VERTICAL
DISTANCE SUPPPORTED
BY HOIST
CABLE 11 VERTICAL
DISTANCE SUPPPORTED
BY HOIST
CABLE 12 VERTICAL
DISTANCE SUPPORTED
BY LTP
CABLE 13 SUPPLIES FLOOD

LIGHTS LOCATED AROUND
THE STRUCTURE
INDICATES NON LOADING GROUND CABLES

CABLES SUPPLYING LTR
CABLES SUPPLYING LTO
CABLES SUPPLYING LTW
CABLES SUPPLYING LTP
LOCATION OF CABLES TRAVELING 40FT TO
GROUND
CABLE LOAD SUPPORTED BY TRUSS
INDICATES LOAD POINTS FROM LIGHT TRUSSES
INDICATES LOAD POINTS ELECTRICAL CABLE
LEGEND
CABLE 15: SUPPLIES LTV.1, 0.56LBS/FT

CABLE 19: SUPPLIES LED SCREEN, 1.06LBS/FT
CABLES NOT SHOWN ON DIAGRAM
CABLE 1: ATTACHED TO SPEAKERS, 1.21LBS/FT

CABLE 5: DOES NOT LOAD STRUCTURE
CABLE 6: DOES NOT LOAD STRUCTURE
CABLE 7: 0.78LBS/FT
CABLE 8: 1.35LBS/FT
CABLE 9: 8.13LBS/FT
CABLE 10: 7.19LBS/FT
CABLE 13: 3.4LBS/FT
CABLE 14: 2LBS/FT
CABLE 16: 2LBS/FT
CABLE 22: 2LBS/FT
CABLE 23: 2LBS/FT
CABLE 24: 2LBS/FT
CABLE 25: 2LBS/FT
CABLES SHOWN ON DIAGRAM
CABLE WEIGHT
CABLE 22 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
CABLE 28 SUPPORTED
BY EAST SPEAKER
FRAME
09/28/2011
C11137.00
Electrical Cable Layout and Loads
CABLE 23 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
CABLE 24 SUPPLIES
LED CURTAIN
SUPPORTED BY LTP
Loads Imposed
CABLE 27 SUPPORTED
BY WEST SPEAKER
FRAME
CABLE 10
SUPPLIES LTW
CABLE 11
SUPPLIES LTB
26X30 TYP
N.T.S
Relevant
Sections
Advanced Jacket
Compound for Ultimate
Protection
True AWG Stranding

For High Load, Constant
Use Applications
Special Construction
Resists Kinking
Yet Handles Well
In All Conditions
Numbered Conductors
Correspond To Industry
Standard 6-Circuit
Connector Contact Numbering
PC10/14, PC12/14, PC12/19, PC14/14, PC14/19

Lightweight, hard-duty cables that handle well in
all conditions. Designed for the distribution of six
1K or 2K lighting circuits in portable applications.
Proven to withstand many years of heavy use.
S P E C I F I CAT I O N S
PC10/14
PC12/14
PC14/14
PC12/19
PC14/19
GENERAL
Multi-conductor control cable per UL Style 2586 using

UL 1015 singles. Flexible, durable construction for repeated hand-coiling and twisting in all climates. Suitable for six 1K or 2K lighting circuits with bussed
grounds.
Multi-conductor control cable with

flexible, durable construction for
repeated hand-coiling and twisting in all climates. Suitable for six
1K or 2K lighting circuits.
CONDUCTORS
Bare Annealed copper, meeting UL 1581 requirements.
Bare Annealed copper, #30 copper

stranding.
INSULATION
Black polyvinyl chloride thermoplastic compound per

UL 1015 requirements. Conductors to be sequentially
numbered with white ink every 2. Numbering to correspond with ProSeries, KC and Socapex 19-pin contact
numbering.
Grey PVC thermoplastic compound. Conductors sequentially

numbered with white ink every
2. Numbering to correspond with
ProSeries, KC and Socapex 19-pin
contact numbering.
ASSEMBLY
Planetary layup around a polypropylene core. No fillers used. Conductors talc coated for flexibility and
easy stripping.
Planetary layup around a polypropylene core. No fillers used. Conductors talc coated for flexibility
and easy stripping.
JACKET
Pressure-extruded black thermoplastic compound

(proprietary), UL class 43, style 2586 requirements.
Pressure-extruded black thermoplastic compound (proprietary).
MARKING
STYLE 2586 105 C 600V

TMB PROCABLE (UL)
E... Style 2586 105C 600V

AWM
19 COND ...AWG - c
AWM I/II A
105C 600V FT1 TMB PROCABLE
TESTING
Per UL 758 and UL 1581
AWM E... 14 CONDAWG
Per UL 758 and UL 1581
STRANDING
104X#30
65X#30
41X#30
65X#30
41X#30
INSULATION
NOM. WALL
.032
.032
.032
.032
.032
JACKET
NOM. WALL
.085
.068
.060
.079
.072
OUTSIDE
DIAMETER
.97
.80
.75
.95
.90
710lbs
530lbs
380lbs
760lbs
574lbs
WEIGHT
LITPROCABLE-062107
Microphone Cable
PCMIC20
2 conductors 20AWG stranded bare copper, polyethylene insulated, overall braid
shielded, PVC jacketed microphone cable.
1. Conductor

1.1 AWG Size and Stranding: 20 AWG 41 strands 36 AWG

1.2 Material: Bare annealed copper
2. Insulation

2.1 Material: Polyethylene

2.2 Wall Thickness: .020 nominal

2.3 Diameter: .078 +/- .002
3. Color Code

3.1 Code: Black and white
4. Assembly

4.1 Lay Length: 2 1/2 maximum left hand

4.2 Fillers: PVC as required
5. Shield

5.1 Material: Bare annealed copper braid

5.2 Coverage: 85% nominal
6. Jacket

6.1 Material: Matte finish polyvinyl chloride, color as specified

6.2 Colors: Black, blue, and red

6.3 Wall Thickness: .040 nominal

6.4 Diameter: .260 +/- .005
7. Markings

7.1 Type: Surface printing in white ink

7.2 Legend: PROCABLE AUDIO PROFESSIONAL BRAIDED SHIELD BALANCED MICROPHONE
CABLE, MADE IN USA
8. Electrical Specifications

8.1 Capacitance Between Conductors: 21 pF/ft @ 1 kHz

8.2 Capacitance Conductor to Shield: 37 pF/ft @ 1 kHz

8.3 Characteristic Impedance: 70 ohms @ 1 MHz

8.4 Resistance at 20C: 10.3 ohms/1000 ft.
9. Physical

9.1 Weight per 1000: 50lbs.

9.2 Stock Length - Black: 500, 1000 plastic spool in box. 2500 plywood spool.

9.3 Stock Length - Colors: 1000 plywood spool
LITPCAMIC-120309
Relevant
Sections
P.O. Box 567 Route 28N North Creek, NY USA 12853 Tel: 518.251.3302 Fax:518.251.2908 www.Dura-Flex.com
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
DURA-FLEX Part Number: 14/7-2586
Product Description :
A Fourteen(14) Gauge -- Seven (7) Conductor -- Bare Copper With PVC Insulation, Reverse Planetary Laid, , Rugged,
Oil Resistant, PVC Jacketed, Yet Highly Flexible Instrumentation Cable.
Conductor Data:
Material
Gauge
Stranding
Bare Copper
14 AWG
41 x 30
Insulation Data:
Material
Nominal Wall Thickness
Diameter (primary)
Polyvinylchloride
.022
.114
Cabling Data:
Number Of Conductors
Conductor Identification
O/A
7
Cond. 1
Cond. 2 - 6
Cond. 7
Tissue Tape
Red, No Number
White, Black Number
Green
Jacket Data:
Material
Color
Markings
Nominal Wall Thickness
Diameter (O.D.)
Legend
Polyvinylchloride (Oil Resistant)

Black
White Lettering, Also Indented
.055
.457
CSL 14AWG 7/C RU AWM STYLE 20886 1000V 105C VW-1 E167231- B
---- CSA II/A/B 105C 600V FT1 234943 CE ROHS (DSC SEQ FT) TESTED FOR
OIL RESISTANCE I/II + IMPACT AND CRUSH TO 1277 STANDARD
Product Ratings:
Weight
Temperature Range
Voltage
UL Approval
CSA Approval
RoHS
REACH
.180 lbs./ft.
-20C to 105C
1000 Volts / 600 Volts
RU AWM STYLE 20886 1000V 105C
CSA AWM IIA/B 105C 600V FTI
RoHS Compliant
REACH 2007 Compliant
LAST REVISED: April 2011

WWW.DURA-FLEX.COM
WWW.CREATIVESTAGELIGHTING.COM
PRODUCT DATA SHEET

Controlled Document - Engineering Drive
1530 Shields Drive
Waukegan, IL 60085
Toll-Free (800) 323-9355
Fax: (847) 689-1192
PART NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
CONSTRUCTION:
APPROVALS:
APPLICATION:
822428
12/4 STRANDED TYPE SOOW FLEXIBLE POWER CABLE
This cable consists of four bare copper insulated conductors cabled with fillers and an overall jacket.
UL Standard 62, CSA 22.2 No. 49, NEC Article 400., MSHA
600V Portable Oil and Water Resistant Submersible Outdoor Flexible Power Cable
Construction Parameters:
Conductor
Stranding
Insulation Material
Insulation Thickness
Insulated Conductor Diameter
Number of Conductors
Lay Length
Filler Type
Separator/Wrap
Jacket Material
Jacket Thickness
Overall Cable Diameter
Approximate Cable Weight
Flame Rating
12 AWG Bare Copper

65/30
Ethylene Propylene (EP)

0.045'' Nom.
0.183'' Nom.
4
3.75'' Nom.
Paper or Rubber
Paper Tissue
CPE (chlorinated polyethylene)

0.095'' Nom.
0.650" Nom.
285.0 Lbs/1M' Nom.
UL/CSA Horizontal Flame Test
Electrical Properties:
Temperature Rating
Operating Voltage
DC Resistance per Conductor @ 20OC
-40OC to 90OC
600 V RMS Max.
1.59 Ohms/1M' Nom.
Insulation Colors
Jacket Color
Black White Red Green

Black
Legend
CCI Royal
12/4 SOOW E54864-G (UL) 600V -40C to 90C CSA 225270 FT2
Water Resistant P-7K-123033 MSHA
(White Surface Ink Print - MSHA in indent)
This product complies with European Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)

On special orders, the customer will accept all factory lengths and +/- 10 percent of total order requested.
The information presented here is, to the best of our knowledge, true and accurate. Since conditions of use are beyond Coleman Cable's control, all product data presented is for
informational purposes only and does not create a binding obligation or liability on Coleman Cable or confer any rights on any customer. The sale of product(s) is conditioned upon
acceptance of a purchase order subject to Coleman Cable's standard terms and conditions contained therein, including without limitation Coleman Cable's standard warranty. Coleman
Cable disclaims all liability in connection with the use of information contained herein or otherwise.
This specification is proprietary intellectual property of Coleman Cable. Any information contained herein shall not be disclosed to any
party without written consent of Coleman Cable.
Customer Name____________________________________ Date Signed ___________________

Customer Approval ______________________________________
Specification Issue Date: September 27, 2006
1-800-323-9355 (Phone)
1-847-689-1192 (Fax)
822428
Designed By: PEP

2006 Coleman Cable, Inc.
Appendix F.10
LED Screen/Scrim Specifications

Appendix F.10
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.10
April 3, 2012
Technical
Specifications
Technical Specifications
Standard Panels (continued)
Scrim Panels
High Resolution (Square)
Dimensions: 161 x 169 (5m x 5.1m)
Weight (with liner): 120 lbs. (54.5 kg)
Weight (without liner): 106 lbs. (48 kg)
Requires: One High Density Power Supply Rack
Connections: Two Male Ramtech Ramlatch Connectors
Tail Length: -- ft (--m)
2400 Nodes
High Resolution
Dimensions: 81 x 335 (2.5m x 10m)
Weight (with liner): 120 lbs. (54.5 kg)
2400 Nodes
High Resolution (8 x 16)
Dimensions: 81 x 169 (2.5m x 5.1m)
Weight (with liner): 60 lbs. (27 kg)
Requires: Half of One High Density Power Supply Rack
Connections: One Male Ramtech Ramlatch Connector
1200 Nodes
Main Light Industries, Inc.

Phone: 302.998.8017
AIN LIGHT Website: http://www.mainlight.com/
Page: 7 of 12
Standard Panels
Fabric Panels
Soft-LED 2.5 (10 x 20)
Dimensions: 101 x 2011 (3.1m x 6.4m)
Weight: 198 lbs. (90 kg)
Requires: Two High Density Power Supply Racks
Connections: Four Male Ramtech Ramlatch Connectors
4800 Nodes
Soft-LED 2.5 (6 x 31)
4800 Nodes
High Resolution (Double Panel)
Dimensions: 161 x 335 (5m x 10m)
4800 Nodes
High Resolution (Square)
2400 Nodes
High Resolution
Dimensions: 81 x 335 (2.5m x 10m)
2400 Nodes

Phone: 302.998.8017
Page: 5 of 12
Node Information
Mounting: Surface Mount LED
Color Range: 16 million additive RGB Colors
Intensity: Continuously variable
Rating: IP66 Outdoor Available
Options:
Frosted Lenses
Clear Lenses
Resolution Information
Standard Resolutions
Soft-LED 2.5
2.5 x 2.5
(64mm x 64mm)
High Resolution
4 x 4
(102mm x 102mm)
Medium-X Resolution
8 x 4
(204mm x 102mm)
Medium Resolution
8 x 8
(204mm x 204mm)
Custom Resolutions Available

Phone: 302.998.8017
Page: 3 of 12
Net Porosity of LED

Scrim (2" x 2")
34 elements
2"
21 elements
2"
0.025"
X-direction:
34 x 0.025 = 0.85 in
33 x 0.035 = 1.155 in
0.075"
0.025"
Y-direction:
21 x 0.025 = 0.525 in
20 x 0.075 = 1.5 in
0.035"
Appendix F.11
Speaker and Speaker Components
Specifications

Appendix F.11
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.11
April 3, 2012
V-DOSC
L-ACOUSTICS V-DOSC is the first

full frequency line source array based on
the principles of Wavefront Sculpture
Technology (WST). At the heart of
V-DOSC is the internationally patented
DOSC waveguide which permits fulfilment
of WST criteria at high frequencies, allowing
elements to couple coherently and create a
single, continuous, isophasic sound source.
As a result, V-DOSC is a full-spectrum
coherent system, whereas conventional horn
and driver assemblies interfere throughout
most of their operating bandwidth. By creating
a continuous radiating ribbon, V-DOSC
functions as a line source array in comparison
with other line arrays that do not satisfy WST
criteria at high frequencies.
A turnkey V-DOSC system consists of
V-DOSC elements, dedicated rigging, SB218
subwoofers, dV-DOSC fill enclosures,
digital signal processors with proprietary
OEM factory presets, V-DOSC amplifier
racks and associated loudspeaker plus signal
distribution cabling. A proprietary return
snake system including panels and multicore
is also available.
The 90 degree horizontal coverage
and coplanar symmetry of V-DOSC provides
excellent stereo imaging in left-right configurations while WST flexibility allows the designer
to cover virtually any room geometry.
Well-defined vertical and horizontal directivity
allows accurate performance prediction
with easy-to-use software tools and by using
calibrated angle values, a V-DOSC array is
physically configured as a variable curvature
line source array to match vertical directivity
to the audience. The end result is predictable
coverage, exceptionally even frequency
response and SPL along with the elimination
of comb filtering, phasing and lobing problems
associated with conventional arrays.
The unique attenuation properties of
V-DOSC (3 dB reduction in SPL with
doubling of distance) are obtained through
cylindrical wave generation plus proper
focus of the system. Nearfield extension
is an associated benefit that helps maintain
tonal balance with distance while extending
the critical distance in a given venue. This
provides improved fidelity and excellent
intelligibility even under highly reverberant
acoustic conditions.
As a full range 3-way system, V-DOSC can
be used in corporate, classical or theatrical
productions without subwoofers. For
touring applications, the addition of SB218
subwoofers is recommended and V-DOSC
is highly suited for sound reinforcement in
theatre, arena, stadium or outdoor festival
applications.
V-DOSC has revolutionized the loudspeaker
industry by providing the sound
engineer with an effective and versatile sound
reinforcement tool. All elements of the
V-DOSC system have been selected for their
quality and durability and there is a strong
emphasis placed on complementary technical
support and training.
Active 3-way
enclosure
(2 x 15" LF,
4 x 7" MF,
2 x 1.4" HF)
WST-based line
source design
Perfect coupling,
predictable
coverage
Excellent for
medium and
long throw
applications
Coplanar
symmetry
(90 horizontal
directivity)
The incredible innovation of
wavefront
sculpture
technology
Adjustable
vertical direc tivity (up to 5)
Ergonomic,
fast, secure
rigging system
Designed for
high perfor mance touring
and fixed
installation
OEM factory
presets for
approved digital
processors
L-acoustics specifications are based on measurement procedures which produce unbiased results and allow for realistic performance prediction and simulations.
Some of these specifications will appear very conservative when compared with other manufacturer s specifications. All measurements are conducted under free field
conditions and scaled to a 1 m reference distance unless otherwise indicated.
Frequency Response
Frequency response
50 - 18k Hz (3 dB)) (3WX HI preset)
Usable bandwidth
40 - 20k Hz (-10 dB)
Enclosure
Width
1300 mm
51.2 in
Sensitivity1
LF
MF
HF
Height
434 mm
17.1 in
Depth
565 mm
22.2 in
100 dB SPL
105 dB SPL
108 dB SPL
40 - 200 Hz
200 - 1.3k Hz
1.3 - 18 kHz
Power Rating2
Amplification
(Long Term)
(Recommended)
LF 2 x 54 Vrms 2x 375 Wrms 2 x 1500 Wpeak

MF 69 Vrms
600 Wrms
2400 Wpeak
HF 58 Vrms
200 Wrms
800 Wpeak
Nominal Directivity (-6dB)3
Horizontal
symmetrical
Vertical
defined by the array
System Output

One enclosure
Two enclosures
Four enclosures
4
2x 750 W
1200 W
800 W
Impedance
(Nominal)
2x 8 ohms
8 ohms
16 ohms
90
108 kg
238.1 lbs
Shipping weight 122 kg
269 lbs
Shipping dims
1340 x 480 x 600 mm
52.8 x 18.9 x 23.6 in
Connectors : 2x 8-pin CA-COM

Material : 15 mm, 30 mm Baltic birch
Continuous SPL
Continuous SPL
(flat array)
(maximum curvature array)
134 dB
134 dB
140 dB
139 dB 5 vertical coverage
146 dB
143 dB 15 vertical coverage
Components
LF
2 x 15" weather-resistant loudspeaker (3" voice coil, bass-reflex loaded)
LF
4 x 7" weather-resistant loudspeaker (kevlar cone body, bass-reflex loaded)
HF
2 x 1.4" compression driver mounted on patented DOSC waveguide
Sensitivity is the average SPL measured over the components rated bandwidth
Weight (net)
Directivity is averaged over the 1-10 kHz range
3
Power rating displays the long term RMS power handling
capacity using pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor over the
components rated bandwidth
System Output gives the unweighted SPL output of the

system referenced to 1 m, including preset equalization
and band leveling adjustment as measured under freefield
conditions using the 3W LO preset
4
L-ACOUSTICS, ARCS, V-DOSC and Wavefront Sculpture Technology are registered trademarks
plywood
Finish : Maroon-gray
Grill : Black epoxy perforated steel with
acoustically-transparent foam
Rigging : Integrated flying hardware
and handles
Additional Equipment
OEM factory presets for approved
digital processors
L-ACOUSTICS SB218 subwoofer
L-ACOUSTICS LA48a power amplifier
SB218
The L-ACOUSTICS SB218 is
the companion subwoofer for
V-DOSC or ARCS and
features two, front-loaded
18-inch transducers loaded
in an optimally-sized and tuned
vented enclosure. With power
handling capacity of 1100 Wrms
(4400 Wpeak) and response to
25 Hz, the SB218 is ideal for
applications requiring maximum
low frequency extension and
impact.
The SB218 provides unparalleled low end punch and bass
articulation combined with high
power handling and efficiency.
Due to its compact design and
critically damped tuning, multiple
SB218 enclosures couple
effectively while providing the
bass definition and musicality
that only a front loaded subwoofer
can provide.
Due to its 200 Hz bandwidth
capability and complementary
phase characteristics, optimum
coupling and maximum low end
efficiency are obtained when the
SB218 is used with V-DOSC.
The SB218 is unique in that it
can be flown in column arrays
up to 8 enclosures deep.When
flown, low frequency directivity
control is provided and
optimum low frequency
summation is obtained when the
SB218 array is closely coupled
physically to the V-DOSC array.
Ruggedly constructed of 24 mm
baltic birch and internally
braced with steel corner plates,
the SB218 remains free of
vibration at extreme sound
pressure levels. The compact
front dimensions of the SB218
are convenient for use under
stages or along stage fronts in
either vertical or horizontal
(single or double row)
orientations. With advanced
electronic arc processing,
directivity control is obtained
when the SB218 is used in
ground-stacked horizontal line
array configurations.
high power
subwoofer
Signal processing via

L-ACOUSTICS LLC
Integral rigging for
analog controllers
flown applications
(MTD line) or OEM
Designed for touring factory presets for
or fixed installation
approved digital
processors (WST, XT
Reference subwoofer lines)
for V-DOSC and ARCS,
compatible with all
Optimized for 25 - 200 Hz
L-ACOUSTICS models bandwidth
Dual 18" subwoofer

enclosure
Front-loaded, optimized
bass reflex design
High power handling,
high efficiency, low
thermal compression
L-acoustics specifications are based on measurement procedures which produce unbiased results and allow for realistic performance prediction and simulation.
Some of these specifications will appear very conservative when compared with other manufacturer s specifications. All measurements are conducted under free field
conditions and scaled to a 1 m reference distance unless otherwise indicated.
Enclosure
Frequency Response
Frequency Response
28 - 140 Hz ( 3 dB)
(Xpreset)
Width
1300 mm
51.2 in
Height
550 mm
21.7 in
Usable Low Frequency
25 Hz (-10 dB)
Recommended filtering
80 Hz to 200 Hz
(4th order low pass filter)
Depth
700 mm
25 Hz
(4th order high pass filter)
Net Weight
106 kg
233.7 lbs
Shipping Weight 112 kg
246.9 lbs
100.5 dB SPL
28 - 200 Hz
Sensitivity1
(2.83 Vrms @ 1m)
Power Rating
2
(Long Term)
68 Vrms
1100 Wrms
Amplification
(Recommended)
4400 Wpeak
Array3
SPL
One enclosure
130 dB (cont)
2200 W
27.6 in
Shipping Dims 1340 x 600 x 770 mm
Impedance
(Nominal)

52.8 x 23.6 x 30.3 in
Connectors : 2x 4-pin Neutrik speakon
Material : 24 mm Baltic birch plywood
4 ohms
Finish : Maroon-gray
136 dB (peak)
Two enclosures
136 dB (cont)
142 dB (peak)
Four enclosures
142 dB (cont)
148 dB (peak)
(X preset)
Components
Grill : Black epoxy perforated steel with

acoustically transparent foam
Rigging : Integrated flying hardware and
handles
LF
2 x 18" loudspeakers
Additional Equipment
(4.5" edgewound copper ribbon voice coil, diecast aluminum basket,
massive vented magnet structure, high thermal capacity)
L-ACOUSTICS LLCanalog controllers

(for use with MTD line)
1
Sensitivity is the average SPL measured over the
systems rated bandwidth.
2
Power rating displays the long term RMS power
handling capacity using pink noise with a 6 dB crest
factor over the systems rated bandwidth
3
Array data gives the continuous unweighted SPL
output of the system under half space conditions,
referenced to 1 m, including preset equalization
L-ACOUSTICS, ARCS and V-DOSC are registered trademarks
O EM factory presets for approved

digital processors (for use with WST or
XT Lines)
L-ACOUSTICS LA 24a or LA 48a power
amplifiers
dV-DOSC
Compact WST Enclosure
Description
The dV-DOSC Line Source element has an operating frequency bandwidth
from 65 Hz to 20 kHz and this response can be lowered down to 35 Hz with
the addition of the dV-SUB low frequency extension cabinet.
The dV-DOSC system is a 2-way, bi-amplified design and is equipped with
2 x 8 speakers in a bass-reflex tuned enclosure. The HF section features a
3 diaphragm driver coupled to a DOSC waveguide. The V-shaped coplanar
transducer configuration generates a symmetric horizontal coverage of 120
without secondary lobes over the entire frequency range.
The combination of coplanar symmetry and DOSC waveguide in the HF
region allows the system to fulfil the 5 WST criteria, thereby allowing the
wavefront of a dV-DOSC line source to be curved up to a maximum of 7.5
for each element without breaking the inter-element acoustic coupling.
The dV-DOSC enclosure heart is made of first grade Baltic birch plywood with
top and bottom aluminum plates to ensure maximum acoustical and mechanical
integrity. The 4-point rigging system allows flying up to 24 dV-DOSC.
The dV-DOSC system is driven by the dedicated LA8 amplified controller
which ensures active system linearization, intelligent transducer protection,
and optimization for three operating modes:
The FULL RANGE mode designed for standalone dV-DOSC
Line Source arrays or distributed applications.
695mm / 27.4 in.
230mm / 9 in.
418.6mm / 16.5 in.
The performance of dV-DOSC depends upon the choice of electronic preset

and physical system configuration.
258mm / 10.2 in.
The LOW EXTENSION mode designed for applications

with coupled dV-SUB LF extension.
476mm / 18.7 in.
The HIGH-PASS mode designed for applications

with SB118 and SB28 subwoofer extensions.
C h a ra c t e r i s t i cs
Usable bandwidth (-10dB)
65 Hz - 20 kHz Line Source configuration
Nominal directivity (-6dB)
Horizontal:
Vertical:

Maximum SPL1
120 Symmetric (1-10 kHz)

Dependent upon number of elements and line source
curvature (Inter-element angles between 0 and 7.5)
137 dB ([DV_LO] preset)
Long term RMS handling capacity
LF:
HF:
380 W
66 W ([DV_LO] preset)
Components
LF:
HF:
2 x 8 weather-resistant (Impedance: 8 ohms)

1 x 3 diaphragm compression driver (Impedance: 8 ohms)
Rigging2
Steel, certified for: 24 dV-DOSC / 12 dV-DOSC+4 dV-SUB (single pick-point)

12 dV-DOSC / 9 dV-DOSC+3 dV-SUB (dual pick point with extension bar)
Angle increments: 0, 1, 2, 3, 3.75, 4.5, 5.5, 6.5, 7.5

695 x 258/171 x 476 mm
27.4 x 10.2/6.7 x 18.7 in
31.8 kg 70.1 lbs
2 x 4-pin Speakon
Baltic birch plywood, aluminum top and bottom plates
Grayish-brown, RAL 8019
Polyester-coated steel grill, acoustically neutral foam
Polyester-coated steel
1 Peak level measured at 1m under free field conditions using 10 dB crest factor pink noise
with specified preset and corresponding EQ settings.
2 Installation guidelines are specified in the SOUNDVISION software designed to help
with L-ACOUSTICS product implementation.
www.l-acoustics.com
Parc de la Fontaine de Jouvence 91462 Marcoussis Cedex France Ph. : +33 (0)1 69 63 69 63 Fax: +33(0) 1 69 63 69 64 e-mail: info@l-acoustics.com
dV_SP_EN_1.0/02-09
W x H/h x D:

Weight (net):
Connectors:
Material:
Finish:
Front:
Rigging and Handles:
171mm / 6.7 in.
Physical data
Appendix F.12
FARO Laser Scanner Specifications

Appendix F.12
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.12
April 3, 2012
FARO Laser Scanner Focus3D

Features, Benefits
& Technical Specifications
A leap in innovation and efficiency to lower your costs

The Focus3D is a high-speed 3D laser scanner for detailed measurement
and documentation. With a touch operated screen to control scanning
functions and parameters, the Focus3D uses laser technology to produce
incredibly detailed three-dimensional images of complex environments
and large scale geometries in only a few minutes. The resulting image
is an assembly of millions of 3D measurement points that provide an
exact digital reproduction of existing conditions.
The Focus3D offers the most efficient method for three-dimensional
documentation of building construction, excavation volumes, faade
and structural deformations, crime scenes, accident details, product
geometry, factories, process plants and more. Given its minimal size
and weight as well as touch interface, the Focus3D is easy to work with
and saves up to 50% of scan time compared to conventional scanners.
How the Focus3D works

The technology behind the Focus3D is simple. First, it emits a laser beam from a rotating mirror out towards
the area being scanned. Then the unit distributes the laser beam at a vertical range of 305o and a
horizontal range of 360o. The laser beam is then reflected back to the scanner by objects in its path. The
distance to the objects defining an area is calculated as well as their relative vertical and horizontal
angles. The data is captured and transmitted via WLAN for calculating precise 3D renderings.
Features of the Focus3D

Intuitive touchscreen display
Control all scanner functions with a touch interface for

unparalleled ease of use and control
Small and compact
With a size of only 9.5 x 8 x 4in and a weight of just

11lbs, the Focus3D is the smallest 3D scanner ever built
Integrated color camera
Photorealistic 3D color scans due to an integrated

color camera featuring an automatic 70 megapixels
parallax-free color overlay
High-performance battery
Integrated lithium-ion battery provides up to five hours

of battery life and can be charged during operation
Data management
All data is stored on a SD card enabling easy and

secure transfer to a PC. Using SCENE WebShare,
images can be shared on the internet
Compass
An electronic compass is now included within the unit

to associate directional data to your scans and
facilitate the auto-registration process
Height Sensor (Altimeter)
Each scan now includes height information which can

be used to scan different floor levels in a building. The
data can then be used to differentiate the floors
Dual Axis Compensator
To minimize the number of targets needed, the dual

axis compensator enables every scan to have
integrated level information
WLAN (WiFi)
WLAN remote control permits you to start, stop, view or

download scans at a distance
Benefits to the end user
Benefits to the company
Portability allows user to scan complex

objects and environments
Automatic scan registration reduces preprocessing scan time
Large scanning range reduces the number of
scans per project
Touchscreen interface makes the scanner
easy for anyone to use
Provides long term investment for future

projects
Dedicated users can act as general scanning
providers within organization
Real world environments are preserved in a
virtual 3D world
Unsurpassed cost-value proposition make
every scanning project economical

www.faro.com/focus
Performance Specifications
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT
IEC 60825-1:2007
PO=20mW; =905nm
Max. Pulse = 0.0054sec
Ranging Unit
Unambiguity interval: 153.49m (503.58ft)
Range Focus3D 1201: 0.6m - 120m indoor or outdoor with low ambient light and normal incidence to a 90% reflective surface
Range Focus3D 20: 0.6m - 20m at normal incidence on >10% matte reflective surface
Measurement speed: 122,000 / 244,000 / 488,000 / 976,000 points/sec
Ranging error2: 2mm at 10m and 25m, each at 90% and 10% reflectivity
Ranging noise3
@ 90% refl.
@ 10% refl.
@10m
0.6mm
1.2mm
@10m - noise compressed4

0.3mm
0.6mm
@25m
0.95mm
2.20mm
@25m - noise compressed4

0.5mm
1.1mm
Color Unit
Resolution: Up to 70 megapixel color
Dynamic color feature: Automatic adaption of brightness
Deflection unit
Vertical field of view (vertica/horizontal): 305 / 360
Step size (vertical/horizontal): 0.009 (40,960 3D pixels on 360) / 0.009 (40,960 3D pixels on 360)
Max. vertical scan speed: 5,820rpm or 97Hz
Laser (Optical transmitter)
Laser power (cw ): 20mW (Laser class 3R)
Wavelength: 905nm
Beam divergence: Typical 0.16mrad (0.009)
Beam diameter at exit: 3.8mm, circular
1) Depends on ambient light, which can act as a source of noise. Bright ambient light (e.g.
sunshine) may shorten the actual range of the scanner to lesser distances. In low ambient
light, the range can be more than 120m for normal incidence on high-reflective surfaces.
2) Ranging error is defined as the maximum error in the distance measured by the scanner
from its origin point to a point on a planar target.
3) Ranging noise is defined as a standard deviation of values about the best-fit plane.
4) A noise-compression algorithm may be activated to average points in sets of 4 or 16,
thereby compressing raw data noise by a factor of 2 or 4.
Subject to change without prior notice.
Data handling and control

Patented: US 7,430,068 B2; 7,733,544; 7,847,922 B2
Data storage: SD, SDHC, SDXC; 32GB card included
Scanner control: Via touch-screen display
New WiFi(WLAN) access: Remote control, Scan Visualization and download are possible on mobile devices with Flash
Multi-Sensor
Dual axis compensator: Levels each scan with an accuracy of 0.015 and a range of 5
Height sensor: Detects the height relative to a fixed point via an electronic barometer and adds it to the scan
Compass: Electronic compass gives the scan an orientation. A calibration feature is included.
Hardware Specifications
Power supply voltage: 19V (external supply), 14.4V (internal
battery)
Power consumption: 40W and 80W respectively (while
battery charges)
Battery life: Up to 5 hours
Ambient temperature: 5 - 40C
Humidity: Non-condensing
Cable connector: Located in scanner mount

Weight: 5.0kg
Size: 240x200x100mm3
Maintenance calibration: Annual
Parallax-free: Yes
Contact us for more information:

www.faro.com or 800.736.0234
Learn more:
www.faro.com/focus
SFDC_04MKT_0235.pdf Revised: 10/5/11
Appendix F.13
ETCP Certification and Local Records

Appendix F.13
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.13
April 3, 2012
DEFINITION
Setting the stage for safety.

Rigger - Arena
Rigger - Theatre
The Arena certification encompasses rigging that

employs chain hoists and truss systems to temporarily suspend objects from overhead structures in any
environment. ETCP recognizes that these methods
and hardware are used throughout the entertainment
industry in arenas, convention and trade show spaces
and in theatrical venues.
The Theatre certification encompasses rigging

that employs the use of counterweighted systems,
mechanical systems and hydraulic systems, usually,
but not always, permanently installed in facilities for
the use of theatre technicians in the execution of their
rigging responsibilities.
Number of
Questions
1. Planning and Engineering

A.
60
Formulas and Forces
1. Planning and Layout
35
A.
1. Calculate conversions: SI Imperial (e.g. length, weight)
2. Apply mathematical formulas, including:

Algebra; Geometry; Trigonometry

Algebra; Geometry
3. Apply general principles of forces, including:

Force/weight; Vectors; Two components of force; Point load; Uniformly
distributed load; Indeterminate; Static load; Dynamic load; Shock load;
Environmental (e.g. wind, rain, snow, seismic); Tilting a 2-point object

Force/weight; Vectors; Two components of force
B.
General Principles of Rigging
15
Drawing and Schedules
10
EXAM CONTENT OUTLINE
B.
C.
D.
8. Verify assembly/integrity of objects to be lifted using stamped engineer drawings
2. Implementaion and Management

A.
9. Verify assembly/integrity of objects to be lifted using allowable load charts
2. Installation
45
Layout and Electrical

1. Perform layout, including:
Assign tasks to riggers; Mark floor/grid; Determine safety guidelines (e.g. fall
protection, rescue); Establish communication procedures
B.
3. Attach lifting device to objects to be lifted, including:

Fabricate taildowns; Install attachment hardware; Indentify appropriate anchoring
locations
1. Perform lifting/lowering operations, including:
Float objects; Inspect entire system; Perform pre-movement inspection of entire
assembly; Assign movement tasks (e.g., spotters, operators, communications);
Establish lifting/lowering zone; Perform bump check; Level objects; Raise/lower
objects; periodically rechecking level; Verify trim and load sharing; Bring load to
controlled stop
3.
G.
15
1. Select what is needed for safe access, including:

Personnel lifts; Ladders; Rope access; Free climbing; Fall protection; Personal
protective gear
2.
A.
25
B.
50
Standard Systems
Maintain/Troubleshoot Electrical Equipment
10
25
Ensure Compliance with Local, State/Provincial, and National Laws,

Codes, Standards, and Permits
Follow Safety Procedures
3.
10
15
Entertainment electrical systems planning

A.
50
Determine Power Requirements
15
Nature of loads (e.g. lighting, audio, critical safety equipment, motors, harmonics);
Voltage and frequency; AC/DC; Amperage and balancing of phase/loads; Phase (e.g.
single, three-phase); Grounding (e.g. isolated, equipment, technical, bonding);
Means of disconnect; UPS and backup power systems; GFCI; Overcurrent protection
B.
Determine the Suitability of Existing Permanent Power Supply Sources
10
Service capacity (e.g., building service, overcurrent protection, company switch);

Physical adequacy of proposed tie-in panels - temporary tie-in means (e.g. lugs,
bus bars, sister lugs); Physical adequacy of proposed tie-in panel(s) permanent
connection means (e.g. locking single pole connectors, pin and sleeve connectors,
power lock style connectors)
C.
Determine Specifications
15
Tranformers; Portable power generators (e.g. capacity, voltage); Portable power

feeder cable systems; Branch circuit wiring; Overcurrent protection; Ground fault
protection; Bonding and ground schemes; Lower voltage power wiring (e.g. LED
fixtures, color changers); Control, communication, and data distribution (e.g. DMX,
Ethernet, analog, wireless); Systems to suspend equipment/cables (e.g. rigging,
strain reliefs, safeties, weight loads); Cable management systems (e.g., reels, trays,
picks)
D.
Interpret Documentation
10
Diagrams/plans (e.g. lighting plots/maps, control/riser schematics); Equipment lists

(e.g. shop orders, hookups); Budget; Inventory
8. Fire curtain, including:

Identify triggers (e.g. fusible links, cut the rope); Identify clutch; Raise loads;
Lower loads
Total Questions:
150
ELIGIBILITY
150
These exams are designed to evaluate and validate the knowledge and skill base of the upper third of entertainment technicians working in the industry. ETCP uses a point system to determine eligibility for examinations. A candidate must have 30 points to apply. Points are awarded for work experience, training (e.g. internships or apprenticeships) and degrees from accredited
institutions. Points can be earned through work experience alone or through a combination of the above. The point system translates to 1 point per 100 hours of work experience. A candidate
must complete the Employment History section of the ETCP Application and contact information should be sufficiently detailed to allow verification by ETCP. Education credits may contribute a
maximum of 10 points and all degrees must be achieved from an accredited institution. An official transcript is required from the granting institution. Courses taken outside a formal program
of undergraduate or graduate studies do not count towards eligibility. Internships count as 1 point per 200 hours - with a maximum of 5 points; and apprenticeships count as 1 point per 100
hours - with a maximum of 10 points. Electricians licenses may be used for additional points towards eligibility for the electrical exam.
PREP
Total Questions:
10
The title of Certified Rigger Arena, Certified Rigger Theatre or Certified Entertainment Electrician suggests a broad-based knowledge of practices in these areas. Therefore, when
studying the material, candidates are encouraged to gain knowledge, skills, and abilities in all areas of the content outline. ETCP recognizes there is a demand for resource material and training
courses to aid in examination preparation. In accordance with national standards, ETCP does not endorse, support, or provide examination preparation materials or courses. However, a list of
seminars and bibliography information can be found on The ESTA Foundation website: http://www.estafoundation.org/seminars/resources.htm. Also, many candidates are forming study groups
to prepare for the examination. Find out if there are any in your area by contacting your employer or union, or start up a group with others interested in taking the exam.
RENEW
Multiple Examination Discount

If a candidate applies to sit for both the Arena and Theatre examinations, a $200 discount will be applied to the fee
for the second examination. The examinations may be taken in any order. To obtain the discount the candidate must
apply for the second examination within one calendar year from the postmarked date of the first application.
Operate Electrical Equipment
3. Emergency safety: Perform basic firefighting skills (e.g. fire extinguisher usage);
Perform basic first aid procedures; Perform basic CPR/AED procedures; Develop
emergency evacuation plan (e.g. exits, EMS, emergency lighting)
7. Fire curtain/Smoke vents, including:

Inspect system; Maintain system; Adhere to properties of the design; Recognize
hazardous situations
Examination Fees:
The fee for going through the application process and taking any of the three examinations is $600. A discount
of $100 is available to candidates who are either members or employees of a member of one of the following
organizations: AMPTP, The Broadway League, CITT, ESTA, IAAM, IATSE, InfoComm, SHAPE, TEA, or USITT.
10
2. Use personal protective equipment; Electrical (e.g. high voltage gloves, arc shield);
Fall protection (e.g. harness, rope grab, SRL); Hearing (e.g. ear plugs, noicecancelling headsets); Sight (e.g. facemask, safety goggles); Respiratory (e.g.
particle mask, respirator)
6. Curtain/Track, Including:
Determine track configuration; Determine how to hang track configuration
(e.g. straight, curved); Rig the curtain for operation (e.g. Austrian, Venetian);
Recognize dynamic load situations; Operate system; Inspect system; Identify
components of curtain/track system
150
Assemble/Install Electrical Equipment
1. Electrical safety: Shock prevention; Systems start up/shut down; Lock-out/tag-out;

Working with live power; Arc blast boundaries; Fire prevention and flammability
mitigation; HazMat products (e.g. asbestos insulation, mercury lamps and switches)
5. Operate dead haul powered system (e.g. chain hoist, drum winch, line shaft),
Including:
Raise and lower loads; Mark trim heights; Set limits
2. Curtain/Track, including:
Rig the curtain track for opertation; Recognize dynamic load situations;
Operate system; Inspect system; Identify components of curtain/track system
10
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (US) / Canadian Electrical Code (Canada);

NFPA 70E Standards for Electrical Safety in the Workplace; OSHA (US) / OHSA
(Canada); ANSI; Fog/smoke guidelines; Listings (e.g. UL, ETL, CSA); Others
by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) (e.g. Life Safety Code, building code)
4. General powered system (e.g. dead haul, power assisted), including:

Determine system capacity; Confirm operation of emergency stop mode
1. Select rigging materials, including:

Support structures (e.g. truss, beams, pipe, platform); Lifting devices
(e.g. hoists, block and fall, lever hoist); Hardware (e.g. shackles, slings, wire rope);
Manufacturers recommendations; ID components of specific systems; Understand
design properties of systems
Set Up Control Systems
Regulations, codes and life safety
3. Operate hemp system, Including:

Raise and lower loads; Attach, operate, remove balanced loads; Attach, operate,
remove unbalanced loads; Secure loads; Mark trim heights
30
15
Luminaires and accessories; Dimming equipment; Portable power distribution

equipment; Electronic equipment (e.g. moving lights, consoles, network systems);
Special effects (e.g. fog/haze, water, snow, strobes); Re-lamp/optimize luminaires
(e.g. incandescent, sealed arc lamps, xenon); color temperature
2. Counterweight system including:

Attach operate, operate, remove balanced loads; Attach operate, operate, remove
unbalanced loads; Secure loads; Mark trim heights; Alter system configurations
(lengthen and shorten battens, marry arbors and battens, re-position line sets,
breasting line sets, remove system components)
45
Set Up Electrical Systems
Conventional lighting console; Moving lights console; Followspot; Effects Machine

(e.g. hazer, bubble, fans); Chain motor controls; Luminaire focusing; Luminaire
accessories
1. Standard rigging systems (including counterweight, hemp, powered and

powered-assist, curtain and track, fire curtain and smoke vents):
Identify components of specific systems; Understand design properties of
systems; Install and operate spotline set(s); Determine appropriate anchoring
locations; Bring load to controlled stop
3. Operate system, including:

Raise and lower loads; Mark trim heights; Set limits
Total Questions:
Implementation
Standard Systems
A.
2. Confirm operation of control system and hoist, including:

Emergency stop mode
Rigging Materials
F.
2. Perform lifting and lowering operations, including:

Perform bump check; Level objects; Raise/lower objects, periodically rechecking
level
15
Personnel Access Equipment
25
1. Install rigging attachments (e.g. blocks, sheaves, anchors, points), including:

Assemble rigging attachment hardware (e.g. hitches, pipes, clamps, anchors);
Attach hardware to overhead structure (e.g. clamps, hitches, eyebolts, blocks);
Attach objects (e.g. lights, sound, scenery); Attach lifting device to objects to be
lifted (fabricate taildowns, install attachment hardware, float objects);
Attach assembled hardware to drop/hand line with knots and industrial carabiners;
Install fall protection
2. Attach assembled hardware to drop/hand line with:

Knots (e.g. bowline, clove hitch, figure 8, sheet bend); Cable puller (e.g. Klein tool);
Industrial carabiners
Materials and Equipment
Management

Perform pre-movement inspection of entire assembly; Assign movement tasks
(e.g. spotters, operators, communications); Establish lifting/lowering zone; Verify
trim and load sharing

Assemble rigging attachment hardware (e.g. hitches, pipes, clamps, anchors);
Inspect assembled hardware (e.g. wire rope, slings, terminations); Attach
hardware to overhead structure (e.g clamps, hitches, eyebolts, blocks);
Attach objects (e.g. lights, sound, scenery); Install fall protection if required
Operations
50
3. Inspect entire system after lifting device is attached to objects to be lifted
20
10
Power connectors; Control cables; Terminals (e.g. screw, spring-loaded, crimp);

Portable extension cords; Portable power feeder cables; Multi-cables (e.g. 19-pin
connectors); Safety cables (e.g. wire rope, timbles, swages, clips); Distibution
equipment; Customized lighting equipment

Inspect assembled hardware (e.g. wire rope, slings, terminations); Verify assembly/
integrity of objects to be lifted using allowable load charts
2. General powered system requirements (e.g. dead haul, power assisted), including:
Verify voltage; Verfiy phasing; Verify electrical connections; Recognize electrical
system capacity
Rigging Attachments
E.

Assign tasks to riggers; Mark floor/grid; Determine safety guidelines (e.g., fall
protection, rescue); Establish communication procedures; Determine if adequate
electrical power is available
10
Hang/Rig Overhead Equipment
Consoles; Computers; Networking equipment (e.g. ethernet switches, nodes,

POE devices); DMX distribution systems (e.g. optp-splitters, mergers, terminators);
Wireless data transmission systems (e.g. DMX, Ethernet)

Support structures (e.g. truss, beams, pipe, platform); Lifting devices (e.g. hoists,
block and fall, lever hoist); Hardware (e.g. shackles, slings, wire rope);
Manufacturers recommendations
7. Perform layout - determine if adequate electrical power is available
10
Portable power distribution equipment (e.g., dimmer racks, power distros, deuce
board, motor power, weather proection); Portable power generators/transformers;
Lighting equipment (e.g. luminaires, moving lights); Equipment dressing (e.g.
scrollers, dimmers, moving lights); Basic special effects (e.g. fog/haze, water, snow,
strobes); Branch circuit wiring for multiple purposes; Safety ground connections;
Set piece wiring (e.g. practical fixtures); Tie in feeder cables: bare end and singlepole locking connector (e.g. cam connectors)

Personnel lifts; Ladders; Fall protection; Personal protective gear
6. Generate hanging plot
Apply Electrical Theory
Calculate weights of electrical equipment (e.g. luminaires, dimmers,

projectors/video, special effects); Specify equipment hanging techniques (e.g.
ropes, motors, clamps, chain, trusses, counterweight systems, lifts)
6. Calculate sling length and forces, including:

Single point connection; 2-way bridle; Breast-lines
5. Interpret hanging plot
B.
44
5. Drawings and schedules, including:

Conform rigging plot to building load limitations or obstructions; Interpret facility
plans (e.g. electrical, HVAC, structural steel); Interpret show plans; Interpret line set
schedule (e.g. hanging plot); Generate line set schedule
4. Interpret show plans
A.
Principles
75
Calculate formulas using electrical principles (e.g. Ohms law, power formula,
mathematical use to find unknown values); Calculate formulas using alternating
current theory and application (e.g. impedance, three-phase systems, power
factor, harmonics, phase cancellation); Apply operational theory of SCR dimmers;
Apply operational theory of basic electronics (e.g. fuse identification, stepper
motor, transistors, capacitors); Apply operational theory of power supplies (e.g.
linear, switching); Perform operations and procedures with electrical metering
tools: multimeter (e.g. Volts, Amps, Ohms); ground tester; DMX tester; network/
Ethernet tester
4. Determine object weight
3. Interpret facility plans (e.g. electrical, HVAC, structural steel)
3.
A.
3. Identify and resolve hazardous situations
2. Conform rigging plot to building load limitations or obstructions
C.
1. Electrical skills
2. Apply general principles of rigging, including:

Breaking strength; Design factors; Working load limit; Efficiency (e.g. terminations,
materials); Service factor; D/d ratio; Fleet angle; Center of gravity; Load distribution
(e.g. beam formulas, simple span); Fall protection and rescue design procedures;
Risk management, Regulations (e.g. OSHA)
B.
Number of
Questions

Point load; Uniformly distributed load; Static load; Dynamic load; Shock load

Design factors; Working load limit; Efficiency (e.g. terminations, materials);
Service factor; D/d ratio; Fleet angle; Center of gravity; Load distribution
(e.g. beam formulas, simple span); Fall protection and rescue design procedures;
Risk management (e.g. OSHA)
A.
50
Formulas

Single point connection; 2-way bridle; 3-way bridle; High/low bridle; Breast-lines
C.
The Entertainment Electrician certification encompasses the installation, interconnection, safe use, and
repair of all portable distribution; utilization of entertainment-industry-related electrical equipment; and
the safe use of all venue electrical equipment.
Number of
Questions

Breaking strength; Determine object weight
B.
Entertainment
Electrician
Continued training and professional development activities are essential in the changing entertainment technology environment. Therefore, to maintain the ETCP certification, a certified
entertainment technician must accumulate 40 renewal credits of continued training/professional development OR retake the certification examination and accumulate a minimum of 10
renewal credits of continued training/professional development over the 5 year period following the examination. Documentation of these credits must be submitted in the certificants log book
along with the renewal fee and approved every 5 years from the date of initial certification.
Learn more about becoming ETCP Certified !

phone: 212.244.1505
website: http://etcp.esta.org
email: certification@esta.org
E S TA * A M P T P * T H E B R O A D W AY L E A G U E * C I T T * I A A M * I AT S E * I N F O C O M M * S H A P E * T E A * U S I T T
Search
Home
Candidate Information
Find ETCP Certified
Technicians
Certified Riggers
Certified Electricians
Search for an
ETCP Certified Technician
Code of Ethics
Certification Renewal
Print this Page
Search for an ETCP Certified Technician

Search Again
Search Results for: Category: Rigger - Arena AND Union Affiliation: IATSE Local 30
Your search returned 3 Certificants
Click on a certificant's name (if available) to see full contact information for that certificant.
To sort your search results, click on a column header to sort by that item.
NAME
Herb Dwyer
COMPANY
Aerial Arts Inc.
CITY
Indianapolis
STATE/PROV
COUNTRY
IN, USA
CERTIFICATIONS
Certification
Date
Expires
Granted On
ETCP Recognized
Rigger Arena
05-28- 05-282010
2015
ETCP News
Rigger Theatre
05-14- 05-142010
2015
Certification
Date
Expires
Granted On
Rigger Arena
02-08- 02-082007
2012
Certification
Date
Expires
Granted On
Rigger Arena
09-20- 09-202007
2012
FAQ
Chistopher A.
Hawkins
Indianapolis
IN, USA
Certification Council
Floyd Paulsen
Test Developers
Investing In Safety
Indianapolis
IN, USA
UNION
(S)
IATSE
Local 30
IATSE
Local 30
IATSE
Local 30
Media Partners
Copyright 2011, PLASA. All Rights Reserved. | PLASA Web Site | Terms of Use | Privacy Policy | Contact Us
Entertainment Technician Certification Program

Candidate Handbook
Certified Rigger Program
Effective August 2011
Copyright 2011 PLASA

Revision 3.0 published August 2011
The ETCP [and AMP] reserves the right to modify or revise, at any time and from
time to time without notice, any and all aspects of the Entertainment Technician
Certification Program including, without limitation, any policies, procedures,
deadlines, charges and fees.
All questions and requests for information

about certification should be directed to:
All questions and requests for information

about scheduling examinations should be
directed to:
Entertainment Technician
Certification Program
Applied Measurement
Professionals, Inc.
630 Ninth Avenue, Suite 609

New York, NY 10036
18000 W. 105th Street

Olathe, KS 66061
Phone: (212) 244-1505

Fax: (212) 244-1502
Phone: (913) 895-4600

Fax: (913) 895-4650
e-mail: etcp@plasa.org
website: http://etcp.plasa.org
e-mail: info@goAMP.com
website: www.goAMP.com
Contents
Become ETCP Certified..............................5
Introduction.................................................6
About ETCP................................................6
Vision Statement.........................................6
Independent Testing Agency.......................6
Non-Discrimination Policy..........................6
ETCP Certified Rigger................................6
About the Examinations.............................7
Preparing for the Examination....................7
Web-Based Practice Exams..........................7
Examination Fees........................................8
Examination Fees Summary.....................8
Member Discount.....................................8
Multiple Examination Discount................8
Eligibility Requirements..............................9
Qualification Points Table........................9
Application................................................ 10
Examination Administration.................... 10
Holidays..................................................... 10
Registering for an Examination................ 10
Refunds...................................................... 10
Scheduling an Examination...................... 10
Schedule Online..................................... 10
Telephone Scheduling.............................. 11
Examination Content Outline Arena Entertainment Rigger..................... 14

Sample Examination Questions Arena Entertainment Rigger..................... 17
Examination Content Outline Theatre Entertainment Rigger.................. 18
Sample Examination Questions Theatre Entertainment Rigger.................. 21
Taking the Examination............................22
Identification.............................................22
Items to Bring............................................22
Security.......................................................22
Examination Time Limit...........................23
Examination Restrictions..........................23
Misconduct................................................23
Copyrighted Examination Questions.......23
Pre-Examination........................................23
Example Question on Screen................... 24
Timed Examination...................................24
Candidate Comments...............................25
Following the Examination.......................25
Pass/Fail Score Determination..................25
Scores Cancelled or Withheld by
ETCP or AMP...........................................25
Assessment Center Locations.................... 11
If You Pass the Examination.....................26
Special Arrangements for Candidates

with Disabilities......................................... 11
If You Do Not Pass the Examination........26
Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf.12

Examination Appointment Changes........ 12
Failing to Report for an Examination
or Cancellations.........................................12
Emergency Waiver.....................................12
Inclement Weather, Power Failure or
Emergency..................................................13
Test Content..............................................13
Non-Scored Items......................................13
Confidentiality...........................................26
Duplicate Score Report.............................26
ETCP Disciplinary Policy .........................26
Appeal Policy.............................................26
Regrade Policy............................................26
Renewal Policy........................................... 27
Renewing Your Certification................... 27
Code of Ethics and
Professional Conduct................................28
Subject Matter Experts..............................29
ETCP Council Members...........................30
Become ETCP Certified

Become a standout in your craft and demonstrate your dedication to professional growth by
becoming ETCP Certified. Show employers that you have the qualifications and skills that they
require. ETCP certification promotes safety for technicians, performers and audiences, and provides validation and public recognition of your skills.
Personnel certification is the voluntary process by which a nongovernmental organization grants
recognition to an individual who has demonstrated a high level of knowledge, skills and abilities.
Certification means that one has met specific eligibility requirements including training, experience and education, and passed a rigorous, comprehensive examination. Certification indicates
a substantial professional commitment to the field and documents this expertise to employers,
colleagues and professional organizations.
Feasibility surveys of employers show eighty-one percent would encourage employees or personnel
working in their venues to seek certification in rigging. Establish your credibility and gain the
confidence of employers and coworkers by achieving ETCP certification.
Introduction
Independent Testing Agency
This handbook provides information about

the examination and application process to
become an ETCP Certified Rigger. It outlines
the design and content of the examinations
and guides candidates through the entire
process from application to examination. For
your convenience, this handbook may also
be downloaded from the ETCP website at
http://etcp.esta.org.
ETCP has contracted with Applied

Measurement Professionals, Inc. (AMP) to
assist in the development, administration,
scoring and analysis of ETCPs certification
examinations. AMP, located in the greater
Kansas City area, is a leading provider of
licensing and certification examinations for
professional organizations.
About ETCP
ETCP is an industry-wide program of PLASA.
Participating in the governance of the program
are: Alliance of Motion Picture and Television
Producers (AMPTP), BASE Entertainment,
Broadway Across America, The Broadway
League, Canadian Institute for Theatre
Technology (CITT), Cirque du Soleil/MGM
MIRAGE, Disney Theatrical Productions,
International Alliance of Theatrical Stage
Employees (IATSE), International Association
of Assembly Managers (IAAM), InfoComm
International, Live Nation, NBC Universal,
Production Resource Group (PRG), Safety and
Health in Arts Production and Entertainment
(SHAPE), TEA, and United States Institute
for Theatre Technology (USITT). For more
information, please visit http://etcp.plasa.org.
Vision Statement
ETCP was created to develop an ANSIAccredited Personnel Certification Program
to recognize those individuals who have demonstrated knowledge, skills and abilities in
specific disciplines within the entertainment
technology field. By providing a thorough,
independent assessment of knowledge, skills
and abilities for entertainment technology disciplines, the Program seeks to enhance safety,
reduce workplace risk, improve performance,
stimulate training, and give due recognition
to the professional skills of entertainment
technicians.
Non-Discrimination Policy
ETCP and AMP do not discriminate among
candidates on the basis of race, color, creed,
gender, religion, national origin, ancestry,
disability, military discharge status, sexual
orientation, or marital status.
ETCP Certified Rigger

There are currently two divisions of the
main ETCP Certified Rigger credential:
ETCP Certified Rigger Arena and ETCP
Certified Rigger Theatre. The Arena certification encompasses rigging that employs
chain hoists and truss systems to temporarily
suspend objects from overhead structures in
any environment. ETCP recognizes that these
methods and hardware are used throughout
the entertainment industry in arenas, convention and trade show spaces and in theatrical
venues. However the principles, practices, and
components are consistent and similar in all
applications and are different from those used
in traditional theatrical spaces. The Theatre
certification encompasses rigging that employs
the use of counterweighted systems, mechanical systems and hydraulic systems, usually, but
not always, permanently installed in facilities
for the use of theatre technicians in the execution of their rigging responsibilities. An applicant may seek certification in either or both
of these divisions. Each division has its own
separate examination covering the specific
knowledge, skills and abilities needed.
ETCP Candidate Handbook
About the Examinations

The ETCP Certified Rigger Examinations are
designed to test a well-defined body of know
ledge representative of current professional
practice in rigging. Successful completion of a
certification examination verifies broad-based
knowledge in the discipline being tested.
The content of the ETCP Certified Rigger
Examinations has been defined by a national
job analysis study. The study involved surveying practitioners in the field to identify tasks
that are performed routinely and are considered important to competent practice. The
examinations have been developed through
a combined effort of qualified subject matter
experts and testing professionals who have
constructed the examinations in accordance
with the ETCP Certified Rigger Examination
content outlines.
Each ETCP Certified Rigger Examination
consists of 150 multiple-choice questions.
Each question has four alternative answers
(A, B, C, D), with one of those being the correct response. Candidates will be permitted
three (3) hours to complete the examination.
Those who are approved by ETCP to sit for
the examination and achieve a passing score
will be awarded the designation of either:
ETCP Certified Rigger Arena
or
ETCP Certified Rigger Theatre

Applicants who achieve a passing score on both
examinations will be awarded the designation:
ETCP Certified Rigger Arena and Theatre
This handbook provides specific information related to the ETCP Certified Rigger
Examinations. To apply for either examination, complete the application and send it
along with all required supporting documents
and the examination fee to ETCP. ETCP

recommends that you keep copies of all materials and send all documentation by certified
mail or other trackable delivery service. The
handbook and all application forms can also
be printed at http://etcp.plasa.org.
Preparing for the Examination

Your primary objective in preparing for the
examination is to pass. Other objectives such
as learning new material and reviewing old
material are critical to this objective. Begin
your study by developing your strategy for
success.
A good study strategy includes preparation.
To prepare, determine first what you need to
learn, choose your study materials, and select
a quiet, comfortable place that allows you to
focus. Before you begin, check to make sure
you have everything you need. Try to avoid
interruptions for any reason.
Developing a study plan will allow you to
learn the most as you study. Include setting
goals in your study plan. Review what you
have studied as often as possible. The more
you review, the more you will retain.
web-based practice exams

Many candidates have not taken an exam in
some time and/or may be unfamiliar with
computer-based testing. Fifty question webbased practice exams can provide candidates
with a low cost, valuable tool for self-assessment. There is no application process for the
practice exams; so any interested candidate
can take the exam privately at home, at the
office or on the road whenever it is most convenient. Score reports are provided to help
candidates focus their studies. The exams are
available for $35 at www.goamp.com. Go to
Candidates and then follow the menu to
ETCP to choose one of the three exams.
Examination Fees
The fees for going through the application process and taking the examinations for these qualifications are:
ETCP Certified Rigger Arena
$600
ETCP Certified Rigger Theatre
$600
Member Discount
A discount of $100 is available to candidates who are either members or employees of a member
of one of the following organizations:
Alliance of Motion Picture and

Television Producers (AMPTP)
Canadian Institute for Theatre
Technology (CITT)
International Alliance of Theatrical
Stage Employees (IATSE)
International Association of Venue
Managers (IAVM)
InfoComm International
The League of American Theatres
and Producers
PLASA
TEA
United States Institute for Theatre
Technology (USITT)
Note: You may not use multiple member discounts, a maximum of one $100 discount may be used per
examination. The applicant must provide verifiable documentary evidence of current membership such as a
copy of the current membership certificate or card with the application.
Multiple Examination Discount

If a candidate applies to sit for both the Arena and Theatre examinations, a $200 discount will be
applied to the fee for the second examination. The examinations may be taken in any order.
Note: To obtain this discount the candidate MUST apply for the second examination within one calendar
year from the postmarked date of the first application.
Examination Fees Summary

Non-Member
Member
First Examination
$600
$500
Second Rigging Examination Within 1 Year
$400
$300
Second Rigging Examination After 1 Year
$600
$500
Retake Fee for Failed Exam Within 2 Years
$200
$150
Add $50
Add $50
Exams outside the U.S. & Canada
Eligibility Requirements
A candidate must be at least 21 years of age. ETCP uses a point system to determine eligibility to sit for examinations. A candidate must have 30 points to apply for either or both of the
Entertainment Technician Certification Program rigging examinations. This table lists the
points awarded for various work experience, training (i.e., internships or apprenticeships) and
education. Points can be earned through work experience alone or through a combination of
the above. If you have any questions concerning your eligibility to sit for the exam, contact
etcp@plasa.org or call 212-244-1505.
Qualification Points Table

Type of Experience
Entertainment Rigging
Work Experience
Points
Documentation Required
1 for each 100 hours

100 hour min. increment
A completed Employment History form

containing contact information sufficiently
detailed to allow verification by ETCP.
(Experience related to an academic
degree cannot be used as professional
work experience.)
1000 hours (10 points) in

a year is equivalent to 20
hours per week
Internship
1 for each 200 hours with a

maximum of 5 points.
A completed Applicant Evaluation form

by the official representative of the
internship is required.
Apprenticeship
1 for each 100 hours with a

maximum of 10 points
A completed Applicant Evaluation form

by the official representative of the
apprenticeship is required.
Notes: Education credits may contribute a maximum of 10 points.

All degrees must be achieved from an accredited institution.
Associates Degree
An official transcript is required from the

granting institution, photocopies are not
accepted.
Associates Degree
in entertainment
technology field

accepted.
Undergraduate Degree

accepted.
Undergraduate Degree in
entertainment
technology field

accepted.
Graduate Degree

accepted.
Graduate Degree
in entertainment
technology field

accepted.
Application
Registering for an Examination
Your completed application form and all necessary supporting documentation should be
submitted to ETCP (not to AMP) and will be
evaluated to confirm that your qualifications
meet or exceed the requirements to take the
examination. If your application is rejected
for any reason, including, without limitation,
incomplete, inaccurate or unverifiable information then your application fee, less a $200
administration fee, will be refunded.
Candidates should ensure that the ETCP

Examination application has been properly
completed and that the information provided
is accurate. Your careful attention will enable
prompt and efficient processing. Candidates
will not be able to schedule an examination
time with AMP until receiving written notification that the application has been accepted
by ETCP. ETCP will send written notification
to registered candidates with examination
scheduling procedures. Examinations must
be scheduled within one year of the date of
the notification letter.
Examination Administration
The examinations are delivered by computer at
over 190 AMP Assessment Centers geographically located throughout the United States,
Canada, and select international sites. There
are no application deadlines for computer
based testing and a candidate may submit an
application and fee at any time. The examinations are administered by appointment only,
Monday through Friday at 9:00 am and 1:30
pm. Candidates are scheduled on a first-come,
first-served basis.
Holidays
The examinations are not offered on the following holidays:
New Years Day

Martin Luther King Day
Presidents Day
Good Friday
Memorial Day
Independence Day (July 4)
Labor Day
Columbus Day
Veterans Day
Thanksgiving (and following Friday)
Christmas Eve Day
Christmas Day
Refunds
Candidates must submit the appropriate fee
with the ETCP application. Payment may be
made by credit card (Visa, MasterCard, or
American Express), or check or money order
made payable to ETCP. Examination fees are
not transferable.
Candidates requesting to withdraw from an
examination after submitting an application,
must do so within one year of the date of
acceptance of the application. The examination fee will be refunded less the $200 administration charge.
Credit card transactions or checks that are
declined may be subject to a $25 handling
fee.
Scheduling an Examination
Upon acceptance, candidates have one year to
schedule and complete their initial examination. Should a candidate need an extension
due to extenuating circumstances, he/she
must submit a written request to the ETCP
Appeals Committee 60 days before the deadline stated in the acceptance letter. There are
two ways to schedule an appointment for the
examination.
New Years Eve Day
10
Schedule Online:
The candidate may schedule a testing appointment online at any time by using AMPs
online application/scheduling service. To use
this service, follow these easy steps:
Navigate in your browser to www.goAMP.com
and select Candidates.
Follow the simple, step-by-step instructions to
select your examination program and register
for an examination.
OR
Telephone Scheduling:
Call AMP at (888) 519-9901 to schedule a
testing appointment. This toll-free number is
answered from 7:00 am to 9:00 pm (Central
Time) Monday through Thursday, 7:00 am to
5:00 pm on Friday, and 8:30 am to 5:00 pm
on Saturday.
When scheduling an examination, be prepared to confirm a location and a preferred
date and time for testing. When you contact
AMP to schedule an examination appointment, you will be notified of the time to
report to the center. Please make a note of it
because you will NOT receive an admission
letter.
If you contact
AMP by 3:00 pm
Central Time on
Depending on availability, your examination may be scheduled as early as
Monday
Thursday
Tuesday
Friday
Wednesday
Monday
Thursday
Tuesday
Friday
Wednesday
If special accommodations are being

requested, submit the Request for Special
Examination Accommodations form included
in this handbook prior to contacting AMP. To
schedule your examination, contact AMP at
(888) 519-9901.
Assessment Center Locations

AMP Assessment Centers have been selected
to provide easiest accessibility to the most candidates in all states and major metropolitan
areas. AMP Assessment Centers are typically
located in H&R Block offices. A current listing of AMP Assessment Centers, including addresses and driving directions, may
be viewed at AMPs website located at www.
goAMP.com. Specific address information will
be provided when a candidate schedules an
examination appointment.
Special Arrangements for

Candidates with Disabilities
ETCP and AMP comply with the Americans
with Disabilities Act and strive to ensure that
no individual with a disability is deprived of
the opportunity to take the examination solely
by reason of that disability. AMP will provide
reasonable accommodations for candidates
with disabilities.
Wheelchair access is available at all Assessment
Centers. Candidates with visual, sensory or
physical disabilities that would prevent them
from taking the examination under standard
conditions may request special accommodations and arrangements. To request special
accommodations, complete the Request For
Special Examination Accommodations form,
provide all required supporting documentation and submit with your application and fee
at least 45 business days prior to your desired
testing date. Please inform AMP of your need
for special accommodations when calling to
schedule your examination.
11
Telecommunication Devices for

the Deaf
AMP is equipped with Telecommunication
Devices for the Deaf (TDD) to assist deaf and
hearing-impaired candidates. TDD calling is
available 8:30 am to 5:00 pm (CST) Monday
through Friday at (913) 895-4637. This TDD
phone option is for individuals equipped with
compatible TDD machinery.
Examination Appointment
Changes
A candidate may reschedule an examination
appointment at no charge once by calling
AMP at (888) 519-9901 at least two business
days prior to the scheduled testing session.
(See table below.)
The candidate wishes to reschedule an examination but fails to contact AMP at least two
business days prior to the scheduled testing
session;
The candidate wishes to reschedule a second
time;
The candidate appears more than 15 minutes late for an examination; or
The candidate fails to report for an examination appointment.
The candidate must pay the $150 fee and
reschedule the examination within one year
or all fees will be forfeited and the application
will be cancelled.
See page 10 for observed holidays.
Emergency Waiver
To reschedule the
examination AMP
If the examination is
must be contacted by
scheduled on
3:00pm Central Time
the previous...
Monday
Thursday
Tuesday
Friday
Wednesday
Monday
Thursday
Tuesday
Friday
Wednesday
Failing to Report for an

Examination or Cancellations
Unless an Emergency Waiver (see below) is
granted, a candidate will incur an additional
$150 cancellation and rescheduling fee under
any of the following circumstances:
12
Candidates who are unable to take the examination on the scheduled date may request an
emergency waiver from ETCP. This waiver
will allow the candidate to reschedule the
examination appointment to a future date
without penalty. Waivers may be granted for
the following reasons:
Disaster resulting in an officially declared
state of emergency;
Death of an immediate family member within 14 calendar days prior to the examination
date. Copy of death certificate or obituary
must be provided in order for the cancellation and rescheduling fee to be waived; or
Illness or injury. A doctors verification is
required.
Please contact ETCP if you have questions
or concerns about obtaining an emergency
waiver.
Inclement Weather, Power

Failure or Emergency
In the event of inclement weather or unforeseen emergencies on the day of an examination, AMP will determine whether circumstances warrant the cancellation, and subsequent rescheduling, of an examination. The
examination will usually not be rescheduled
if the Assessment Center personnel are able
to open the Assessment Center. If power to
a testing center is temporarily interrupted
during an administration, your examination
will restart where you left off and you may
continue the examination.
Candidates may contact AMPs Weather
Hotline at (913) 895-4618 (24 hours/day)
prior to the examination to determine if AMP
has been advised that any Assessment Centers
are closed. Every attempt is made to administer the examination as scheduled; however, should an examination be canceled at an
Assessment Center, all scheduled candidates
will receive notification following the examination regarding rescheduling procedures.
Test Content
The three-hour 165 question examination is
designed to assess the candidates knowledge
of rigging practice. The examination is developed by ETCP. A group of experts drawn
from a wide variety of work environments
and geographical areas write the examination
questions. For a list of these Subject Matter
Experts see page 29. The examination consists
of four-option, multiple-choice questions written at three different cognitive levels: recall,
application, and analysis (see following table).
These levels represent an organized way to
identify the processes that practitioners utilize
on the job. A description of the examination
content follows on page 14.
1 Recall: The ability to recall or recognize

specific information is required.
2 Application: The ability to comprehend,
relate or apply knowledge to new or
changing situations is required.
3 Analysis: The ability to analyze and
synthesize information, determine
solutions and/or evaluate the
usefulness of a solution is required.
Non-scored items
There are 165 questions on each ETCP examination of which 150 are scored items. Because
ETCP is testing so many candidates, it is necessary to have a large bank of questions that
can be rotated, so candidates are not seeing
the same test forms as their peers. The testing
company, Applied Measurement Professionals
(AMP) includes the 15 pretest items because it
helps the exam committees collect meaningful
statistics about new questions that may appear
as scored questions on future examinations.
By including the pretest items, all examinees
are ensured their scores are the result of sound
measurement practices and that scored questions are reflective of current practice. These
pretest items are interspersed throughout the
exam to ensure that candidates answer them
with the same care as they do the scored questions. These 15 items do not count towards
the pass/fail of the exam. Including pretest
items is a standard practice in the credentialing world; and most examinations that are
used for the purpose of issuing a credential
include pretest items.
13
Examination Content Outline - Arena Entertainment Rigger

Examination Topic
Number of Questions
1. PLANNING AND ENGINEERING
60
A. FORMULAS AND FORCES

a. Algebra
b. Geometry
c. Trigonometry
a. Force/weight
b. Vectors
c. Two components of force
d. Point load
e. Uniformly distributed load
f. Indeterminate
g. Static load
h. Dynamic load
i. Shock load
j. Environmental (e.g. wind, rain, snow, seismic)
k. Tilting a 2-point object
a. Breaking strength
b. Determine object weight
a. Single point connection
b. 2-way bridle
c. 3-way bridle
d. High/low bridle
e. Breast-lines
B. GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF RIGGING
a. Design factors
b. Working load limit
c. Efficiency (e.g. terminations, materials)
d. Service factor
e. D/d ratio
f. Fleet angle
g. Center of gravity
h. Load distribution (e.g. beam formulas, simple span)
i. Fall protection and rescue design procedures
j. Risk management (e.g. OSHA)
C. DRAWING AND SCHEDULES
2. Conform rigging plot to building load limitations or obstructions
3. Interpret facility plans (e.g. electrical, HVAC, structural steel)
4. Interpret show plans
5. Interpret hanging plot
35
14
15
10
6.
7.
8.
9.
Generate hanging plot

Perform layout - determine if adequate electrical power is available
Verify assembly/integrity of objects to be lifted using stamped engineer drawings
Verify assembly/integrity of objects to be lifted using allowable load charts
2. INSTALLATION
45
A. LAYOUT AND ELECTRICAL

a. Assign tasks to riggers
b. Mark floor/grid
c. Determine safety guidelines (e.g. fall protection, rescue)
d. Establish communication procedures
2. General powered system requirements (e.g. dead haul, power assisted), including:
a. Verify voltage
b. Verify phasing
c. Verify electrical connections
d. Recognize electrical system capacity
B. RIGGING ATTACHMENTS
a. Assemble rigging attachment hardware (e.g. hitches, pipes, clamps, anchors)
b. Inspect assembled hardware (e.g. wire rope, slings, terminations)
c. Attach hardware to overhead structure (e.g. clamps, hitches, eyebolts, blocks)
d. Attach objects (e.g. lights, sound, scenery)
e. Install fall protection if required
2. Attach assembled hardware to drop/hand line with:
a. Knots (e.g. bowline, clove hitch, figure 8, sheet bend)
b. Cable puller (e.g. Klein tool)
c. Industrial carabiners
3. Attach lifting device to objects to be lifted, including:
a. Fabricate taildowns
b. Install attachment hardware
c. Identify appropriate anchoring locations
C. OPERATIONS
a. Float objects
b. Inspect entire system
c. Perform pre-movement inspection of entire assembly
d. Assign movement tasks (e.g. spotters, operators, communications)
e. Establish lifting/lowering zone
f. Perform bump check
g. Level objects
h. Raise/lower objects, periodically rechecking level
i. Verify trim and load sharing
j. Bring load to controlled stop
2. Confirm operation of control system and hoist, including:
a. Emergency stop mode
10
20
15
15
3.

Operate system, including:

a. Raise and lower loads
b. Mark trim heights
c. Set limits
3. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
45
A. PERSONNEL ACCESS EQUIPMENT

a. Personnel lifts
b. Ladders
c. Rope access
d. Free climbing
e. Fall protection
f. Personal protective gear
B. RIGGING MATERIALS
a. Support structures (e.g. truss, beams, pipe, platform)
b. Lifting devices (e.g. hoists, block and fall, lever hoist)
c. Hardware (e.g. shackles, slings, wire rope)
d. Manufacturers recommendations
e. ID components of specific systems
f. Understand design properties of systems
a. Rig the curtain track for operation
b. Recognize dynamic load situations
c. Operate system
d. Inspect system
e. Identify components of curtain/track system

TOTAL QUESTIONS
15
16
30
150
Sample Examination Questions - Arena Entertainment Rigger

Following are sample questions in the same style and similar content as will be on your examination. Use the sample questions to verify your understanding of the topics in the examination.
Answers are provided for the sample questions.
1. Given the following information, what is the total static load?
(Content Outline 1.A.4.b Analysis)

40' 20" lighting truss at 9 lb/ft, suspended by

two 1-ton chain hoists with 60' chain weighing 148 lb each
17 PARs weighing 9 lb each
4 Studio Spots weighing 60 lb each
3 multicables which weigh .5 lb/ft (one running full length of the truss, one running 20',
and the third running 5' onto the truss, all three multis run off the left end of the truss
and drop 20' to the floor)
1,045.5 lb
1,111.5 lb
1,310.5 lb
1,424.5 lb
A.
B.
C.
D.
2. Which of the following are two main responsibilities of the ground rigger?
(Content Outline 2.A.1.a Recall)

1.
2.
3.
4.
Coil cable.
Assemble rigging points.
Tie on rope.
Tighten shackles.
A.
B.
C.
D.
1 and 2 only
1 and 4 only
2 and 3 only
3 and 4 only
3. Which of the following factors most affect the load-bearing capacity of a truss on a given
span?
(Content Outline 3.B.1.a Application)

A.
B.
C.
D.
height and material

height and width
width and material
height and length
Answers: 1:B, 2:C, 3:A

17
Examination Content Outline - Theatre Entertainment Rigger

Examination Topic
Number of Questions
1. PLANNING AND LAYOUT
50
A. FORMULAS AND FORCES

a. Algebra
b. Geometry
a. Force/weight
b. Vectors
c. Two components of force
B. PRINCIPLES
a. Point load
b. Uniformly distributed load
c. Static load
d. Dynamic load
e. Shock load
a. Breaking strength
b. Design factors
c. Working load limit
d. Efficiency (e.g. terminations, materials)
e. Service factor
f. D/d ratio
g. Fleet angle
h. Center of gravity
i. Load distribution (e.g. beam formulas, simple span)
j. Fall protection and rescue design procedures
k. Risk management
l. Regulations (e.g. OSHA)
4. Determine object weight
5. Drawings and schedules, including:
a. Conform rigging plot to building load limitations or obstructions
b. Interpret facility plans (e.g. electrical, HVAC, structural steel)
c. Interpret show plans
d. Interpret line set schedule (e.g. hanging plot)
e. Generate line set schedule
a. Single point connection
b. 2-way bridle
c. Breast-lines
18
44

8.

a. Personnel lifts
b. Ladders
c. Fall protection
d. Personal protective gear
Select rigging materials, including:
a. Support structures (e.g. truss, beams, pipe, platform)
b. Lifting devices (e.g. hoists, block and fall, lever hoist)
c. Hardware (e.g. shackles, slings, wire rope)
d. Manufacturers recommendations
2. IMPLEMENTATION AND MANAGEMENT
50
A. MANAGEMENT
a. Assign tasks to riggers
b. Mark floor/grid
c. Determine safety guidelines (e.g. fall protection, rescue)
d. Establish communication procedures
e. Determine if adequate electrical power is available
a. Inspect assembled hardware (e.g. wire rope, slings, terminations)
b. Verify assembly/integrity of objects to be lifted using allowable load charts
3. Inspect entire system after lifting device is attached to objects to be lifted
a. Perform pre-movement inspection of entire assembly
b. Assign movement tasks (e.g. spotters, operators, communications)
c. Establish lifting/lowering zone
d. Verify trim and load sharing
B. IMPLEMENTATION
a. Assemble rigging attachment hardware (e.g. hitches, pipes, clamps, anchors)
b. Attach hardware to overhead structure (e.g. clamps, hitches, eyebolts, blocks)
c. Attach objects (e.g. lights, sound, scenery)
d. Attach lifting device to objects to be lifted:
1. Fabricate taildowns
2. Install attachment hardware
3. Float objects
e. Attach assembled hardware to drop/hand line with:
1. Knots
2. Industrial carabiners
f. Install fall protection
2. Perform lifting and lowering operations, including:
a. Perform bump check
b. Level objects
c. Raise/lower objects, periodically rechecking level
25
3. STANDARD SYSTEMS
50
25
A. STANDARD SYSTEMS
1. Standard rigging systems (including counterweight, hemp, powered
and powered-assist, curtain and track, fire curtain and smoke vents):
19
a. Identify components of specific systems

b. Understand design properties of systems
c. Install and operate spotline set(s)
d. Determine appropriate anchoring locations
e. Bring load to controlled stop
2. Counterweight system, including:
a. Attach, operate, remove balanced loads
b. Attach, operate, remove unbalanced loads
c. Secure loads
d. Mark trim heights
e. Alter system configurations, including:
1. Lengthen and shorten battens
2. Marry arbors and battens
3. Re-position line sets
4. Breasting line sets
5. Remove system components
3. Operate hemp system, including:
b. Attach, operate, remove balanced loads
c. Attach, operate, remove unbalanced loads
d. Secure loads
e. Mark trim heights
4. General powered system (e.g. dead haul, power assisted), including:
a. Determine system capacity
b. Confirm operation of emergency stop mode
5. Operate dead haul powered system (e.g. chain hoist, drum winch, line shaft), including:
b. Mark trim heights
c. Set limits
a. Determine track configuration
b. Determine how to hang track configuration (e.g. straight, curved)
c. Rig the curtain for operation (e.g. Austrian, Venetian)
d. Recognize dynamic load situations
e. Operate system
f. Inspect system
g. Identify components of curtain/track system
7. Fire curtain/Smoke vents, including:
a. Inspect system
b. Maintain system
c. Adhere to properties of the design
d. Recognize hazardous situations
8. Fire curtain, including:
a. Identify triggers (e.g. fusible links, cut the rope)
b. Identify clutch
c. Raise loads
d. Lower loads

TOTAL QUESTIONS
150
20
Sample Examination Questions - Theatre Entertainment Rigger

Following are sample questions in the same style and similar content as will be on your examination. Use the sample questions to verify your understanding of the topics in the examination.
Answers are provided for the sample questions.
1.

A designer has specified a 3,600 lb video wall hanging from two points over the heads of the
audience. Which of the following calculations shows the best eyebolt selection?
(Content Outline 1.B.8.c Analysis)
*Ultimate loads are 4 times catalog WLLs.
A.
B.
C.
D.
3,600 lb / 2 x 8 / 4 = 3,600 lb (select " eyebolt: WLL* 5,200 lb)

3,600 lb x 8 / 4 = 7,200 lb (select 78" eyebolt: WLL* 7,200 lb)
3,600 lb / 2 x 8 = 14,400 lb (select 1" eyebolt: WLL* 15,200 lb)
1,800 lb / 2 x 8 / 4 = 1,800 lb (select " eyebolt: WLL* 2,200 lb)
2. Which of the following is the best sequence when loading a counterweight batten?
(Content Outline 2.A.4.b Application)

1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the counterweight arbor.

Attach the load to the batten.
Add or subtract weight from the arbor.
Slowly raise the batten.
A.
B.
C.
D.
2, 4, 1, 3
2, 1, 4, 3
4, 2, 1, 3
1, 2, 3, 4
3. Which of the following would be used to attach sandbags to hemp rigging lines?
(Content Outline 3.A.3.c Recall)

1.
2.
3.
4.
a sunday
a knuckle buster
trim chain
a trim clamp
A.
B.
C.
D.
1 and 2 only
1 and 4 only
2 and 3 only
3 and 4 only
Answers: 1:A, 2:B, 3:B

21
Taking The Examination
Calculator
Your examination will be given by computer

at an AMP Assessment Center. You do not
need any computer experience or typing skills
to take your examination. On the day of
your examination appointment, report to
the Assessment Center no later than your
scheduled examination time. Look for the
signs indicating AMP Assessment Center
Check-in. A CANDIDATE WHO ARRIVES
MORE THAN 15 MINUTES AFTER THE
SCHEDULED TESTING TIME WILL NOT
BE ADMITTED.
Calculations may be required on some examination questions. Only silent, non-programmable calculators without paper-tape printing capability are permitted during testing.
Calculators will be checked for conformance
with this regulation before candidates are
allowed admission to the Assessment Center.
Identification
To gain admission to the Assessment Center,
you need to present two forms of identification, one with a current photograph. Both
forms of identification must be current and
include the candidates current name and signature. The candidate will be required to sign
a roster for verification of identity.
Acceptable forms of photo identification
include a current drivers license with photograph, a current state identification card with
photograph, a current passport, or a current
military identification card with photograph.
Employment ID cards, student ID cards and
any type of temporary identification are NOT
acceptable as the primary form of identification.
YOU MUST PRESENT THE PROPER
IDENTIFICATION TO GAIN ADMISSION
TO THE ASSESSMENT CENTER. Failure
to provide appropriate identification at the
time of the examination is considered a
missed appointment. There will be no refund
of your testing fee.
Items to Bring
In addition to the identification mentioned
above you will need to bring the following
items with you for the examination:
22
Architects Scale Rule

Some examination questions may be answered
by sketching drawings using a scale rule. A
standard 12" architects scale rule is recommended.
Security
ETCP and AMP maintain examination
administration and security standards that
are designed to assure that all candidates are
provided the same opportunity to demonstrate their abilities. The Assessment Center
is continuously monitored by audio and video
surveillance equipment for security purposes.
The following security procedures apply during the examination:
Examinations are proprietary. No

cameras, notes, tape recorders,
personal digital assistants (PDAs),
pagers or cellular phones are allowed
in the examination room.
No guests, visitors or family members
are allowed in the examination room
or reception areas.
No personal items, valuables, or
weapons should be brought to
the Assessment Center. Only keys
and wallets may be taken into the
examination room and AMP is not
responsible for items left in the
reception area.
Examination Time Limit
Misconduct
A maximum of three (3) hours is allocated for candidates to take the examination.
Candidates may wear a watch to help pace
themselves if they so desire. The examination
will be given only on the published examination date and time for which you registered.
Individuals who engage in any of the following conduct may be dismissed from the
examination; their scores will not be reported
and examination fees will not be refunded.
Examples of misconduct are when a candidate:
Please inform the examination proctor if you

need to leave the room for any reason during
the examination. You will not be allowed additional time to make up any time lost while you
are out of the room.
Creates a disturbance, is abusive, or

otherwise uncooperative;
Examination Restrictions
Gives or receives help or is suspected

of doing so;
The following rules will be strictly applied during your examination.
No personal belongings
calculator and scale rule
allowed in the Assessment
Pencils will be provided
check-in.
except
will be
Center.
during
You will be provided with scratch

paper to use during the examination.
You must return the scratch paper to
the supervisor at the completion
of testing, or you will not receive a
score report. No documents or notes
of any kind may be removed from
the examination room.
No questions concerning the content
of the examination may be asked
during the examination.
Eating, drinking or smoking will not
be permitted in the Assessment
Center.
You may take a break whenever you
wish, but you will not be allowed
additional time to make up for time
lost during breaks.
Uses electronic communications

equipment such as pagers, cellular
phones, or PDAs;
Attempts to record examination

questions or make notes;
Attempts to take the examination for
someone else; or
Is observed with notes, books or other
aids.
Copyrighted Examination
Questions
All examination questions are the copyrighted
property of PLASA. It is forbidden under
federal copyright law to copy, reproduce,
record, distribute or display these examination
questions by any means, in whole or in part.
Doing so may subject you to severe civil and
criminal penalties.
Pre-Examination
After your identification has been confirmed,
you will be directed to a testing station. You
will be instructed on-screen to enter your identification number. Your photograph will be
taken and will remain on screen throughout
your examination session. This photograph
will also print on your score report.
23
Example Question on Screen
Prior to attempting the examination, you will

be given the opportunity to practice taking
an examination on the computer. When you
are comfortable with the computer testing
process, you may quit the practice session and
begin the timed examination.
Timed Examination
Following the practice examination, you will
begin the actual examination. Before beginning, instructions for taking the examination
are provided on-screen.
The computer monitors the time you spend
on the examination. The examination will
terminate if you exceed the time allowed. You
may click on the Time box in the lower
right-hand corner of the screen or select the
Time key to monitor your time. A digital clock
indicates the time remaining for you to complete the examination. The Time feature may
be turned off during the examination.
Only one examination question is presented
at a time. The question number appears in
the lower right hand corner of the screen.
24
Choices of answers to the examination question are identified as A, B, C, or D. You must

indicate your choice by either typing in the
letter in the response box in the lower left
hand of the computer screen or clicking in
the option using the mouse. To change your
answer, enter a different option by pressing
the A, B, C, or D key or by clicking on the
option using the mouse. You may change your
answer as many times as you wish during the
examination time limit.
To move to the next question, click on the
forward arrow (>) in the lower right portion
of the screen or select the NEXT key. This
action will move you forward through the
examination question by question. If you wish
to review any question or questions, click the
backward arrow (<) or use the left arrow key to
move backward through the examination.
A question may be left unanswered and
answered at any time during the examination
session. Questions may also be bookmarked
for later review by clicking in the blank
square to the right of the Time button.
Click on the hand icon or select the NEXT
key to advance to the next unanswered or

bookmarked question on the examination.
To identify all unanswered and bookmarked
questions, repeatedly click on the hand icon
or press the NEXT key. When the examination is completed, the number of examination
questions answered is reported. If not all questions have been answered and there is time
remaining, return to the examination and
answer those questions. Be sure to provide an
answer for each examination question before
ending the examination. There is no penalty
for guessing.
Candidate Comments
During the examination, online comments
may be provided for any question by clicking on the button displaying an exclamation
point (!) to the left of the Time button. This
opens a dialogue box where comments may
be entered. Comments will be reviewed, but
individual responses will not be provided.
Following the Examination

After completing the examination, candidates
are asked to complete a short evaluation of
their testing experience. Scores are reported in
written form only, in person or by U.S. mail.
Scores are not reported over the telephone, by
electronic mail or by facsimile.
Your score report will indicate a pass or
fail. Additional detail may be provided in
the form of raw scores by major content category. A raw score is the number of questions
you answered correctly. Your pass/fail status is
determined by your raw score.
Pass/Fail Score Determination

The methodology used to set the minimum
passing score is the Angoff method, applied
during the performance of a Passing Point
Study by a panel of experts in the field. The
experts evaluate each question on the examination to determine how many correct answers
are necessary to demonstrate the knowledge

and skills required to pass the examination.
Your ability to pass the examination depends
on the knowledge and skills you display, not
on the performance of other candidates.
Passing scores vary slightly for each version of
the examination. To ensure fairness to all candidates, a process of statistical equating is used.
This involves selecting an appropriate mix of
individual questions for each version of the
examination that meet the content distribution requirements of the examination content
blueprint. Because each question has been
pretested, a difficulty level can be assigned.
The process then considers the difficulty level
of each question selected for each version of
the examination, attempting to match the
difficulty level of each version as closely as
possible. To assure fairness, slight variations in
difficulty level are addressed by adjusting the
passing score up or down, depending on the
overall difficulty level statistics for the group
of scored questions that appear on a particular
version of the examination.
Scores Cancelled or Withheld

by ETCP or AMP
ETCP and AMP are responsible for the validity and integrity of the scores they report. On
occasion, occurrences such as computer malfunction or misconduct by a candidate may
cause a score to be suspect. ETCP and AMP
reserve the right to void or withhold examination results if, upon investigation, violation of
its regulations is discovered.
In addition, the ETCP Council reserves the
right to periodically withhold examination
scores to conduct a review for quality assurance. You will be notified by ETCP if your
examination scores will be temporarily withheld for any reason.
25
If You Pass the Examination

Candidates who pass the examination will
receive:
A certificate from the ETCP detailing

your qualification as an ETCP
Certified Rigger
A credit-card sized ETCP Certified
Rigger identification card with your
photograph
A pin, patch, and sticker identifying
you as an ETCP Certified Rigger
If You Do Not Pass the

Examination
Candidates who do not pass an ETCP
Examination may re-register with ETCP for
the same examination twice more within two
years without submitting a new application
and supporting documents. The full retake fee
of $200 ($150 for members - see Examination
Fees on Page 8), is payable for each re-registration along with a signed letter of intent. If
the candidate is not successful in these three
attempts, he/she must wait one year before
reapplying and the full application and fee
must be submitted at that time.
Confidentiality
Information about candidates and their examination results is considered confidential.
Studies and reports concerning candidates
will contain no information identifiable with
any candidate, unless authorized by the candidate.
Duplicate Score Report

Candidates may purchase additional copies
of their results at a cost of $25 per copy.
Requests must be submitted to AMP, in writing. The request must include the candidates
name, examination identification number,
mailing address, telephone number, date of
examination and examination taken. Submit
26
this information with the required fee payable to AMP in the form of a money order or
cashiers check. Duplicate score reports will be
mailed within approximately two weeks after
receipt of the request and fee.
ETCP Disciplinary Policy

When a person applies for ETCP certification,
he/she agrees to abide by the Code of Ethics
and Professional Conduct listed herein (or in
subsequent revisions). If someone believes that
a Certified Entertainment Technician has not
abided by one or more of the Code of Ethics
and Professional Conduct (Page 28), he/she
can submit a complaint in writing outlining
which standards were violated along with
documentation of the claim. Complaints will
be reviewed within 120 days.
Appeal Policy
Within 30 days of the date of the notification
letter informing the candidate of a negative
determination (rejection of application or
failed examination), the candidate may appeal
by submitting a written explanation of the reason for refuting the negative determination.
All materials must be submitted in writing
to ETCP, 630 Ninth Avenue, Suite 609, New
York, NY 10036.
Candidates will be notified in writing of
receipt of their appeal. Candidates will be
informed of their appeal status in writing after
a decision has been reached. All appeal decisions shall be made within 120 days. Appeal
results will not be available by telephone.
REGRADE Policy
Within 30 days of the date of the notification letter informing the candidate of a failed
examination, the candidate may request his or
her examination be regraded for a $25 administrative fee payable to ETCP. Requests must
be submitted in writing to ETCP, 630 Ninth
Avenue, Suite 609, New York, NY 10036.
Renewal Policy
Continued training and professional development activities are essential in the changing entertainment technology environment. Therefore, to maintain the ETCP certification, a certified
entertainment rigger must accumulate 40 renewal credits of continued training/professional
development OR retake the certification examination and accumulate a minimum of 10 renewal
credits of continued training/professional development over the 5 year period following the
examination - see table below. Documentation of these credits must be submitted along with the
renewal fee and approved every 5 years from the date of initial certification.
Renewing Your Certification

Type of Experience
Renewal Credits
Maximum
Credits
Rigging Work
Experience
1 renewal credit per 40 hours of documented experience.

Experience must be documented with (but not limited to)
dates of work, supervisors names and contact information,
location, and type of work.
30
Attending ETCP
Recognized Training
Course
1 renewal credit per credit hour (See http://etcp.plasa.org

for information on recognized courses.)
30
Attending Course
taught by an ETCP
Recognized Trainer
1 renewal credit per credit hour (See http://etcp.plasa.org

for information on recognized trainers.)
30
Attending Non-ETCP
Recognized Training
Course
0.5 renewal credit per credit hour (Training courses directly

related to rigging practices, safety, or engineering.)
30
Attending Course
taught by a Non- ETCP
Recognized Trainer
0.5 renewal credit per credit hour (Training courses directly

30
Standards Writing in
Rigging
1 renewal credit per hour of scheduled meetings

(Attendance must be verifiable by PLASA, ANSI, NFPA, or
other relevant standards drafting organization.)
20
Trainer for an ETCP

Recognized Course
or ETCP Recognized
Trainer
1.5 renewal credits per credit hour (See http://etcp.plasa.

org for information on recognized courses.)
30
Trainer for a Non-ETCP

Recognized Course or
Non-ETCP Recognized
Trainer
1 renewal credits per credit hour (Training courses directly

30
Taking the ETCP

Examination
30 renewal credits for a passing score (Examination must

be completed prior to the cut-off date.)
30
27
ETCP Certified Entertainment Technician

Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct
This sets forth the code of ethics and professional standards to be observed by holders
of documents of certification conferred by the Council of the Entertainment Technician
Certification Program (ETCP). Certificants shall, in their professional activities, sustain
and advance the integrity, honor, and prestige of this profession by adherence to these
standards:
1 Hold paramount the safety and health of people, the protection of the environment,
and the protection of property in the performance of professional duties and exercise
their obligation to advise employers, clients, employees, bystanders, and appropriate
authorities of danger and unacceptable risks.
2 Maintain honesty, fairness, impartiality; act with responsibility and integrity. Adhere to
high standards of ethical conduct with balanced care for the interests of the public,
employers, clients, employees, colleagues, and the profession. Avoid all conduct or
practice which is likely to discredit the profession or deceive the public.
3 Issue public statements only in an objective and truthful manner and only when founded
upon full knowledge of the facts and competence in the subject matter.
4 Undertake assignments only when qualified by education, training, or experience in the
specific technical fields involved; and accept responsibility to maintain and continue
ones professional development and competence.
5 Avoid actions which falsify or misrepresent ones professional qualifications or
misrepresent or exaggerate ones degree of responsibility in, or for, the subject matter
of prior assignments, or in the solicitation of employment.
6 Act in a manner free of bias with regard to religion, ethnicity, gender, age, national
origin, disability, or sexual orientation.
More information about the Disciplinary Policy is available in writing from ETCP.
28
Subject Matter Experts
Roy Bickel
Brian Miller
John Bleich
Walter Murphy
Eddie Blue
Rocky Paulson
David Boevers
G. Anthony Phillips
Olan Cottrill
Eddie Raymond
James Doherty
Michael Reed
Harry Donovan
Bill Sapsis
Kelly Green
Peter Scheu
Glenn Hufford
Karen Seifried
Edward Kish
Scott Sloan
Stphane Mayrand
Sammy Stokes
Joseph McGeough
Jack Suesse
29
ETCP Council Members

Organizational Members
PLASA
Eddie Raymond
PLASA North American Regional Board Chair,

and Vice President of IATSE Local 16 in San
Francisco
Tim Hansen (Council Chair)
Industrial Sales Manager for Oasis Stage Werks
Mike Wood
Chair of PLASA Governing Body, and Principal

Consultant with Mike Wood Consulting LLC
International Association of
Venue Managers (IAVM)
Dana Glazier
IAVM Director of Education
Russell Read
Director of Operations, AT&T Center
InfoComm International
Andre LeJeune
InfoComm Staff Instructor
ACTSAFE
TEA
Dawn Brennan
General Manager
Gene Jeffers
TEA Executive Director
Alliance of Motion Picture and

Television Producers (AMPTP)
Michael Finney
Director of Technical Design for Thinkwell Design

& Production
Wendy Holt
AMPTP Vice President
The Broadway League
Keith Halpern
Director of Labor Relations
Canadian Institute for

Theatre Technology (CITT)
United States Institute for Theatre

Technology (USITT)
Joe Aldridge
USITT President, and Professor of Theatre and

Technical Director at University of Nevada Las
Vegas
Dennis Dorn
Professor Emeritus of Theatre Technology at the

University of Wisconsin-Madison
Monique Corbeil
CITT National Coordinator
International Alliance of Theatrical

Stage Employees (IATSE)
Anthony DePaulo
Fifth Vice President of the General Executive

Board and Co-Director of Stagecraft
Brian Lawlor
Seventh Vice President of the General Executive

Board and Co-Director of Stagecraft
30
ETCP Council Members

Business Members
Broadway Across America
Live Nation
Mark Bumgardner
National Director of Production/Theatrical
Cirque du Soleil / MGM MIRAGE
Martin Crawford
Tony Cima
Executive Vice President, Production and Arena

Operations
Curtis J. Voss
General Manager, Susquehanna Center
Technical Manager, Technical & Show Support

Resident Show Division
NBC Universal
Tony Galuppi
Paul Jordan
Chris Velvin
Greg Petruska
Head of Rigging, Cirque du Soleil
Vice President, Production Safety
Health and Safety Manager Resident Shows
Director, Environmental Health and Safety
Disney Theatrical Productions
Production Resource Group
Karl Chmielewski
Fred Gallo
Mark Elliott
Jere Harris
Physical Production Manager
President - Scenic Operations
Director, Corporate Safety
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Orestes Mihaly
General Manager - Scenic Operations
SME Chairs
Rigging Skills
Electrical Skills
Eddie Raymond
Vice President of IATSE Local 16 in San

Francisco
Bill Sapsis
Ken Vannice
Engineering Project Manager for Dimming and

also Compliance Manager for Leviton Lighting
Management Systems
President of Sapsis Rigging, Inc.
Individual Members
Steven Ehrenberg
President of Eberg Stage Solutions
Dr. Marilyn Hetzel
Professor and Director of Theatre at Metropolitan

State College of Denver
Kent Jorgensen
Safety and Training Representative for IATSE Local

80 and Chair of the IATSE Labor/Management
Safety Committee
31
Entertainment Technician Certification Program

630 Ninth Avenue, Suite 609
New York, New York 10036
Phone: (212) 244-1505 / Fax: (212) 244-1502
etcp@plasa.org
http://etcp.plasa.org
32
Appendix F.14
Photos - Wolf Technical Services

Appendix F.14
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.14
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. ISF Structure Collapse Sequence From Video

Image Source: Wolf Technical Services Image Capture on: 8/13/2011


Appendix F.14
Page 1 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 2 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 3 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 4 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 5 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 6 of 7
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.14
Page 7 of 7
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.15
Photos - Site Description

Appendix F.15
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.15
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. Photograph depicting location and extent of the Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Indianapolis (Looking North)
Figure 2. View of the grandstand, racetrack and stage at the Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Indianapolis (Looking South)

Appendix F.15
Page 1 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 3. Location of the Grandstand (Yellow) and Stage (Red) at Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Figure 4. View of Collapsed Structure, Grandstand and Stage at Indiana State Fairgrounds,

Appendix F.15
Page 2 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 5. View of Collapsed Structure, Grandstand and Stage at Indiana State Fairgrounds,
Indianapolis (Looking West)
Figure 6. View of Collapsed Structure and Stage at Indiana State Fairgrounds,

Indianapolis (Looking East)

Appendix F.15
Page 3 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 7. View of Collapsed Structure at Indiana State Fairgrounds,

Indianapolis (Looking North)
Figure 8. View of Collapsed Structure at Indiana State Fairgrounds

Indianapolis (Looking North West)

Appendix F.15
Page 4 of 16
April 3, 2012

Indianapolis (Looking South West)

Indianapolis (Looking North East)

Appendix F.15
Page 5 of 16
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.15
Page 6 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 13. Membrane Tarp Removal at Indiana State Fairgrounds



Appendix F.15
Page 7 of 16
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.15
Page 8 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 17. View of Collapsed Structure Dismantling, Indiana State Fairgrounds



Appendix F.15
Page 9 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 19. Zoomed in view of Collapsed Structure, Indiana State Fairgrounds

Figure 20. View of Trusses being dismantled, Indiana State Fairgrounds


Appendix F.15
Page 10 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 21. View of Trusses being dismantled at Indiana State Fairgrounds

Figure 22. View of Trusses being dismantled at Indiana State Fairgrounds,


Appendix F.15
Page 11 of 16
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.15
Page 12 of 16
April 3, 2012


Appendix F.15
Page 13 of 16
April 3, 2012



Appendix F.15
Page 14 of 16
April 3, 2012
Figure 29. View of the Suspended Equipment, Indiana State Fairgrounds


Indianapolis (Looking West)

Appendix F.15
Page 15 of 16
April 3, 2012


Appendix F.15
Page 16 of 16
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.16
Photos - Site Representative Components

Appendix F.16
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.16
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. North side of collapsed structure, facing west.

Figure 2. North side of collapsed structure, facing south.


Appendix F.16
Page 1 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 3. South side of collapsed structure, facing north.

Figure 4. Typical tower column (relocated to track).


Appendix F.16
Page 2 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 5. Typical interior column at north edge of stage.

Figure 6. Typical interior column at north edge of stage.


Appendix F.16
Page 3 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 7. North side of collapsed structure, facing southwest.

Figure 8. Southwest corner of collapsed structure.


Appendix F.16
Page 4 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 9. Southwest corner of collapsed structure, facing northwest.

Figure 10. View east at front of stage (along column line 2).

Appendix F.16
Page 5 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 11. Typical crosshead at tower column.

Figure 12. North side of collapsed structure, facing southwest.


Appendix F.16
Page 6 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 13. View at interior of collapsed structure, facing southeast.

Figure 14. Suspended lighting trusses.


Appendix F.16
Page 7 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 15. Jersey barrier (JB.NW2) used for ballast at north side of site.
Figure 16. View of southeast corner of collapsed structure (looking southwest).


Appendix F.16
Page 8 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 17. Speakers at southwest corner of collapsed structure.

Figure 18. Typical purlins (view looking south).


Appendix F.16
Page 9 of 10
April 3, 2012
Figure 19. View of collapsed structure (roof membrane tarp removed).


Appendix F.16
Page 10 of 10
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.17
Photos - Site Component Weighing

Appendix F.17
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.17
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. Crane and rigging setup.

Figure 2. 5 point bridle and chain hoists.


Appendix F.17
Page 1 of 3
April 3, 2012
Figure 3. 3 point bridle and chain hoists on purple truss.

Figure 4. Dillon dynamometer used to determine weights.


Appendix F.17
Page 2 of 3
April 3, 2012
Figure 5. Dillon wireless receiver and laptop used to record weights.


Appendix F.17
Page 3 of 3
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.18
Photos - Extracted Metallurgical Samples

Appendix F.18
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.18
April 3, 2012
Figure 1. CA1.5 Column Splice
Figure 2. CA1.5 Extracted Sample
Figure 3. CA1.6 Column Splice
Figure 4. CA1.6 Extracted Sample
Figure 5. CB1.6 Column Splice
Figure 6. CB1.6 Extracted Sample

Appendix F.18
Page 1 of 5
April 3, 2012
Figure 7. CB1.7 Column Splice
Figure 8. CB1.7 Extracted Sample
Figure 9. CB4.4 & CB4.5 Column Splice
Figure 10. CB4.4 & CB4.5 Extracted Sample
Figure 11. CF3.3 & CF3.4 Column Splice
Figure 12. CF3.3 & CF3.4 Extracted Sample

Appendix F.18
Page 2 of 5
April 3, 2012
Figure 14. F3 East Extracted Sample
Figure 13. F3 East Node Gate
Figure 16. B4 West Extracted Sample
Figure 15. B4 West Node Gate
Figure 17. B4 North ) Node Gate

Figure 18. B4 North Extracted Sample
Appendix F.18
Page 3 of 5
April 3, 2012
Figure 21. F4 East Node Gate
Figure 22. F4 East Extracted Sample
Figure 24. F4 North Extracted Sample
Figure 23 . F4 North Node Gate

Appendix F.18
Page 4 of 5
April 3, 2012
Figure 25. B3 West Node Gate

Figure 26. B3 West Node Gate Extracted Sample

(Source : LPI, NY)
Appendix F.18
Page 5 of 5
April 3, 2012
Appendix F.19
Database Report Outputs

Appendix F.19
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.19
April 3, 2012
TRUSSES
by Thornton Tomasetti
08/23/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 2
Manufacturer: Thomas Engineering
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 4
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at SB and S1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: SB / S1
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 1 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 6
Weld failure at W1 and S1
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at N1 and W2
Panel Points: W1 / S1
Damage: WF
Panel Points: N1 / W2
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 8
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at T1 and N1 and base metal failure at W2

and N1
Bending of B1
Panel Points: T1 / W2
Damage: WF, BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK, YD, IM
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 2 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 10
Weld failure at B1 and Nb
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Failure of aluminum tubing at end connection
Panel Points: B1 / NB
Damage: WF
Panel Points: SB / SB
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 12
Failure of ST
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Failure of NB
Panel Points: ST / ST
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NB / NB
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 3 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 14
Failure of NT
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at S3
Panel Points: NT / NT
Damage: RP
Panel Points: S3 / S3
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 16
Weld failure at N4
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at N4
Panel Points: N4 / N4
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 4 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 18
Yielding of NT
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Yielding on top chord
Damage: BK, YD
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 20
Necking and failure
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Yielding of top chord
Panel Points: N3 / NT
Damage: RP
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 5 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 22
Weld failure at top chord
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Piece label 05/2010
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 24
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at connection to top chord
Panel Points: ST / NT
Damage: WF, BM, RP
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 6 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 26
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
Weld failure at connection to top chord
Weld failure at N3 and bottom chord
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/23/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: T.1AB.E
08/23/2011
Photo # 28
Weld failure at N5
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
General photo
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 7 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 30
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Weld failure at S4 and S5 at top chord
Weld failure at S4 and S5 at top chord
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Weld and base metal failure at S6 and S7 at top chord
Weld and base metal failure at S6 and S7 at top chord
Damage: WF
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 8 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 34
Failure at top chord
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up of failure at top chord, connection to T.1.AB.E
Damage: BM, RP
Damage: BM, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 36
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up of failure at top chord, connection to T.1.AB.E.X7
Close-up of failure at top chord, connection to T.1.AB.E.X7
Damage: RP
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 9 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 38
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Yielding of S6 near bottom chord
General photo
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: #Error
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 40
Failure of S4 near bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Yielding and necking of S5 near bottom chord
Damage: RP
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 10 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 42
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Missing wheel and yielding of bolt
Missing wheel and yielding of wheel plate
Panel Points: B2 / B2
Damage: YD
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 44
Failure of the bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Failure of bottom chord, west end
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 11 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 46
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Weld failure at S3 near top chord at connect to T.1AB.E.X1
Weld failure on S5 near top chord at connection to

T.1AB.E.X1
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 48
West end
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
East end
Damage: WF, RP
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 12 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/23/2011
Photo # 50
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Weld failure at N3 and N4 and bottom chord
Weld failure at N5 and N6 and bottom chord
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 51
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 52
Failure of S6 at bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Base metal failure of S6, connection to T.1AB.E.X2
Panel Points: S6 / SB
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: BM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 13 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 54
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Base metal failure of S6, connection to T.1AB.E.X2
General photo
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 56
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up showing necking and failure at end 1
Necking and failure at end 1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 14 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 57
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 58
Weld failure at end 2
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up showing weld failure at end 2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 59
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 60
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Base metal failure at end 1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 15 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 61
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 62
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up of end 1 showing base metal failure
Weld failure at end 2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 63
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 64
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Base metal failure at end 1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 16 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 65
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 66
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up of end 1 showing base metal failure
Weld failure and base metal failure at end 2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 67
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 68
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Close-up of end 2 showing weld failure and base metal

failure
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 17 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 69
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 70
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Weld failure at S7
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S7 / ST
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 71
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 72
Failure at top chord ST
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Failure at top chord S1
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 18 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 73
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 74
Failure at top chord NT
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Failure at bottom chord NB
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: YD, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 75
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 76
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
General photo
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: N7 / NB
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 19 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 77
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
08/24/2011
Photo # 78
Failure at bottom chord SB
Tag ID: T.1AB.E.X.
Impact damage to E2
Damage: RP
Panel Points: E2 / E2
Damage: IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 79
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
08/23/2011
Photo # 80
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 20 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 81
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
08/23/2011
Photo # 82
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
Open pin on lifting bar clasp
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/23/2011
Photo # 83
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
08/23/2011
Photo # 84
General photo
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
Piece label not visible,
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 21 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/23/2011
Photo # 85
Tag ID: T.1AB.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 86
Tag ID: T.1BC.E
Piece label 07/1995, Additional Component
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/25/2011
Photo # 87
Tag ID: T.1BC.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 88
Piece label 04/2010
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 22 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 89
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 90
Fractured weld at throat
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
Weld fracture at throat
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/25/2011
Photo # 91
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 92
General photo
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
General photo
Damage: WF, IM
Damage: RP, IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 23 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 93
Tag ID: T.1BC.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 94
Piece label 1/1995
Tag ID: T.1CD.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/25/2011
Photo # 95
Tag ID: T.1CD.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 96
General photo
Tag ID: T.1CD.E
Piece label 04/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 24 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 97
Tag ID: T.1CD.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 98
General photo
Tag ID: T.1CD.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/25/2011
Photo # 99
Tag ID: T.1CD.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 100
Piece label 04/2010
Tag ID: T.1DE.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 25 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 101
Tag ID: T.1DE.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 102
General photo
Tag ID: T.1DE.E
General photo
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
09/08/2011
Photo # 103
Tag ID: T.1DE.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 104
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.1DE.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 26 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 105
Tag ID: T.1DE.W
08/25/2011
Photo # 106
Piece label 04/2010
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/25/2011
Photo # 107
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 108
Weld failure at N2
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
Local yielding at top chord
Damage: WF
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 27 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 109
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 110
General photo
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
General photo
Damage: YD
Panel Points: W1 / W2
Damage: BM, BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/25/2011
Photo # 111
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 112
Base metal failure at W1
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
Weld failure at the intersection of B3 and NB
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 28 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 113
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 114
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
Weld failure at the intersection of B4 and NB
Weld failure at the intersection of B4 and SB
Panel Points: B4 / NB
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B4 / SB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/08/2011
Photo # 115
Tag ID: T.1EF.E
08/25/2011
Photo # 116
Piece label 7/1995
Tag ID: T.1EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 29 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/08/2011
Photo # 117
Tag ID: T.1EF.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 118
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
08/29/2011
Photo # 119
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 120
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009

Appendix F.19
Page 30 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 121
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 122
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NT / T3
Damage: WF
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
08/29/2011
Photo # 123
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 124
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009

Appendix F.19
Page 31 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 125
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 126
Weld failure at E1 and T4
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Panel Points: E1 / T4
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T2 / ST
Damage: WF
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
08/29/2011
Photo # 127
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 128
Impact damage at bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Damage: IM
Panel Points: T2 / NT
Damage: WF
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009

Appendix F.19
Page 32 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 129
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 130
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, YD, IM
Panel Points: ST / S5
Damage: WF
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
08/29/2011
Photo # 131
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 132
Impact and yielding of S4
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
Piece label 06/2009
Damage: YD, IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009

Appendix F.19
Page 33 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 133
Tag ID: T.1FG.E
08/26/2011
Photo # 134
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Piece label 07/1995, made in UK, Additional Component
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, BK, YD,
Model # : B1416
Manuf. Year: 2009
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 135
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 136
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 34 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 137
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 138
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Weld failure and base metal failure
Failure at NB and N7
Panel Points: SB / B6
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NB / N7
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 139
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 140
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Failure and evidence of necking on S6 near the top chord
Failure and evidence of necking at N6 and the top chord
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NT / N6
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 35 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 141
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 142
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Fracture and yielding at the bottom chord
Weld failure on the bottom chord at B4
Damage: YD, FR, IM
Panel Points: NB / B4
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 143
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 144
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Weld failure and buckling of the bottom chord at N6
Weld failure of the bottom chord at B3
Panel Points: N6 / NB
Damage: WF, BK
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 36 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 145
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 146
Failure of the bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Yielding and evidence of necking
Damage: RP
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 147
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 148
Failure of S5 at the top chord
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Failure of the top chord S4
Panel Points: S5 / ST
Damage: RP
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 37 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 149
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 150
Fracture of the top chord at S2
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Failure of the top chord at N1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: FR
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 151
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
08/26/2011
Photo # 152
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
General photo
Panel Points: B4 / SB
Damage: RP
Damage: FR
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 38 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 153
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
09/08/2011
Photo # 154
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W
Piece label 4/2006
Damage: FR
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 155
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 156
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
Weld failure of S3 at the bottom chord
Bottom chord failure at S1
Damage: WF
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 39 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 157
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 158
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
General photo
Panel Points: S4 / B4
Damage: WF, BM, IM
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 159
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 160
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
General photo
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NB / SB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 40 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 161
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 162
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 163
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 164
General photo
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
Portion of NB
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, FR
Damage: YD, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 41 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 165
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 166
Portion of bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
General photo
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: FR
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 167
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 168
Fracture at the bottom chord
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
Fracture at top chord
Damage: FR
Damage: FR
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 42 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/26/2011
Photo # 169
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
08/26/2011
Photo # 170
Top chord fracture
Tag ID: T.1FG.W.X.
Bottom chord fracture
Damage: FR
Damage: FR
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 171
Tag ID: T.2BC.E
09/08/2011
Photo # 172
General photo
Tag ID: T.2BC.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 43 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 173
Tag ID: T.2BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 174
General photo
Tag ID: T.2BC.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 175
Tag ID: T.2BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 176
General photo
Tag ID: T.2BC.W
Piece label 1995
Panel Points: NB /
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 44 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 177
Tag ID: T.2CD.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 178
General photo
Tag ID: T.2CD.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 179
Tag ID: T.2CD.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 180
General photo
Tag ID: T.2CD.W
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 45 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 181
Tag ID: T.2DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 182
General photo
Tag ID: T.2DE.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 183
Tag ID: T.2DE.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 184
General photo
Tag ID: T.2DE.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 46 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 185
Tag ID: T.2DE.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 186
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.2EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 187
Tag ID: T.2EF.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 188
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.2EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 47 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 189
Tag ID: T.2EF.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 190
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.3BC.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 191
Tag ID: T.3BC.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 192
General photo
Tag ID: T.3BC.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 48 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 193
Tag ID: T.3BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 194
General photo
Tag ID: T.3BC.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 195
Tag ID: T.3BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 196
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S8 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 49 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 197
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 198
General photo
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
General photo
Panel Points: E2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 199
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 200
General photo
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 50 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 201
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 202
General photo
Tag ID: T.3CD.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 203
Tag ID: T.3CD.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 204
General photo
Tag ID: T.3CD.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 51 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 205
Tag ID: T.3CD.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 206
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 207
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 208
General photo
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
General photo
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: S8 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 52 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 209
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 210
General photo
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
General photo
Panel Points: S8 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 211
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 212
General photo
Tag ID: T.3DE.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 53 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 213
Tag ID: T.3DE.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 214
General photo
Tag ID: T.3DE.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 215
Tag ID: T.3DE.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 216
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 54 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 217
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
08/30/2011
Photo # 218
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: S2 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 219
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
08/30/2011
Photo # 220
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: SB /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NB /
Damage: YD, IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 55 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 221
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
08/30/2011
Photo # 222
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: N3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: N2 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 223
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
08/30/2011
Photo # 224
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 56 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 225
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
09/12/2011
Photo # 226
Piece label 7/1995
Tag ID: T.3EF.E
W2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 227
Tag ID: T.3EF.E.X.
08/30/2011
Photo # 228
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: S4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 57 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 229
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 230
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 231
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 232
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: T1 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: BK, RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 58 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 233
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 234
General photo
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 235
Tag ID: T.3EF.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 236
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.4BC.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 59 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 237
Tag ID: T.4BC.E
09/08/2011
Photo # 238
General photo
Tag ID: T.4BC.E
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 239
Tag ID: T.4BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 240
General photo
Tag ID: T.4BC.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 60 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 241
Tag ID: T.4BC.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 242
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.4CD.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 243
Tag ID: T.4CD.E
09/08/2011
Photo # 244
General photo
Tag ID: T.4CD.E
Piece label 2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 61 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 245
Tag ID: T.4CD.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 246
General photo
Tag ID: T.4CD.W
Piece label 2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 247
Tag ID: T.4DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 248
General photo
Tag ID: T.4DE.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 62 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/08/2011
Photo # 249
Tag ID: T.4DE.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 250
Piece label 4/2010
Tag ID: T.4DE.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 251
Tag ID: T.4DE.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 252
General photo
Tag ID: T.4DE.W
Piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 63 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 253
Tag ID: T.4EF.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 254
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.4EF.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/12/2011
Photo # 255
Tag ID: T.4EF.E
08/29/2011
Photo # 256
Piece label 7/1995
Tag ID: T.4EF.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 64 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 257
Tag ID: T.4EF.W
08/29/2011
Photo # 258
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 259
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 260
General photo
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Yielding of bottom chord
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: EB / EB
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 65 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 261
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 262
Yielding of bottom chord
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
General photo of weld failures of B5
Damage: YD
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 263
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 264
Weld failure at bottom chord
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure at bottom chord
Panel Points: WB / B5
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 66 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 265
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 266
Weld failure of bottom chord
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of bottom chord
Panel Points: EB / B5
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 267
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 268
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Failure and evidence of necking at top chord
Failure of top chord
Panel Points: ET / T1
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: WT / WT
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 67 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 269
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 270
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of connection of B4 to bottom chord
Damage: RP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 271
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 272
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of E5 to bottom chord
Panel Points: E5 / EB
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 68 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 273
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 274
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of t2 to top chord
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T2 / ET
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 275
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 276
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of B4 to bottom chord
Damage: RP
Panel Points: B4 / WB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 69 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 277
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 278
Weld failure of B3 to WB
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of B3 to bottom chord
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B3 / EB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 279
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 280
Failure of bottom chord
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Weld failure of T3 to top chord
Damage: RP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 70 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 281
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 282
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 283
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 284
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Buckling and yielding of several truss members
Bucking and yielding of several truss members
Panel Points: N1 / T4
Damage: BK, YD
Damage: BK, YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 71 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 285
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 286
Yielding and buckling of T4
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: T4 / T4
Damage: BK, YD
Panel Points: ET / E8
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 287
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 288
Tag ID: T.B1.2.N
Piece Label 07/1995
Panel Points: ET / ET
Damage: BK, YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 72 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012

Appendix F.19
Page 73 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/24/2011
Photo # 293
Tag ID: T.B1.2.S
08/24/2011
Photo # 294
General photo
Tag ID: T.B1.2.S
Piece label not clear
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 295
Tag ID: T.B1.2.S
08/24/2011
Photo # 296
General photo
Tag ID: T.B1.2.S
Point load ratchet strap label
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 74 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 297
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 298
General photo
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 299
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
09/02/2011
Photo # 300
Piece label 1995,UK
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 75 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/02/2011
Photo # 301
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
09/02/2011
Photo # 302
General photo
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/08/2011
Photo # 303
Tag ID: T.B2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 304
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 76 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 305
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 306
General photo
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: W2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 307
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
08/31/2011
Photo # 308
General photo
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 77 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/31/2011
Photo # 309
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 310
General photo
Tag ID: T.B2.3.S
Piece label 1/1995,UK
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 311
Tag ID: T.B3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 312
General photo
Tag ID: T.B3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 78 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/02/2011
Photo # 313
Tag ID: T.B3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 314
Tag ID: T.B3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 315
Tag ID: T.B3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 316
General photo
Tag ID: T.B3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 79 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/02/2011
Photo # 317
Tag ID: T.B3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 318
Tag ID: T.B3.4.S.X.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 319
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 320
General photo
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 80 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 321
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 322
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Yielding of the bottom chord
Panel Points: ET / ET
Damage: YD
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 323
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 324
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure
Damage: YD
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 81 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 325
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 326
Weld failure at B1 and S1
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure at B1 and E1
Panel Points: B1 / S1
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 327
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 328
Weld failure
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 82 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 329
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 330
Weld Failure
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 331
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 332
Weld failure
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure
Panel Points: B4 / WT
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 83 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 333
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 334
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Failure with evidence of necking at B5 and WB
Weld failure close up
Damage: RP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 335
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 336
Weld failure at T2 and WT
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure
Panel Points: T2 / WT
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 84 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 337
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 338
Weld failure close-up
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
Weld failure at S1 and west top chord
Damage: WF
Panel Points: S1 / WT
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 339
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 340
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N.X.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 85 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 341
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N.X.
08/25/2011
Photo # 342
West end
Tag ID: T.C1.2.N.X.
East end
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 343
Tag ID: T.C1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 344
General photo
Tag ID: T.C1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 86 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 345
Tag ID: T.C1.2.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 346
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: W3 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 347
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 348
General photo
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 87 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 349
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 350
General photo
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/31/2011
Photo # 351
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
08/31/2011
Photo # 352
General photo
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: W6 /
Damage: YD
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 88 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/02/2011
Photo # 353
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 354
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
Weld failure of connection of B4 to WB
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 355
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 356
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
Weld failure at connection of B4 and WB
Yielding of EB
Damage: WF
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 89 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 357
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 358
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 359
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 360
Tag ID: T.C2.3.N
Weld failure of the connection of B4 to EB
Weld failure of the connection of B3 to EB
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 90 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 361
Tag ID: T.C2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 362
General photo
Tag ID: T.C2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/31/2011
Photo # 363
Tag ID: T.C2.3.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 364
General photo
Tag ID: T.C2.3.S
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 91 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 365
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 366
General photo
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 367
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 368
General photo
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: ET /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 92 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/31/2011
Photo # 369
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
08/31/2011
Photo # 370
General photo
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
Bent from tear out of column
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/31/2011
Photo # 371
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
09/08/2011
Photo # 372
Bent from tear out of column
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
Product Label Not Clear
Panel Points: T1 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 93 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 373
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 374
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
Weld failure at connection of B3 to WB
Weld failure at connection of B3 to EB
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W3 / EB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 375
Tag ID: T.C3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 376
Tag ID: T.C3.4.S
Weld failure of B2 at connection to EB
General photo
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1994

Appendix F.19
Page 94 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 377
Tag ID: T.C3.4.S
09/08/2011
Photo # 378
General photo
Tag ID: T.C3.4.S
Piece label 1/1994
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1994
09/08/2011
Photo # 379
Tag ID: T.D1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 380
Tag ID: T.D1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 95 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 381
Tag ID: T.D1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 382
General photo
Tag ID: T.D1.2.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/08/2011
Photo # 383
Tag ID: T.D1.2.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 384
Piece label 1995
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: W8 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994

Appendix F.19
Page 96 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 385
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 386
General photo
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: W7 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
08/30/2011
Photo # 387
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 388
General photo
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: YD, IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994

Appendix F.19
Page 97 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 389
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 390
General photo
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
08/30/2011
Photo # 391
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 392
General photo
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994

Appendix F.19
Page 98 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 393
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 394
Piece label 1994
Tag ID: T.D2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1994
08/30/2011
Photo # 395
Tag ID: T.D2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 396
General photo
Tag ID: T.D2.3.S
General photo, south portion displaced/buckled from north

portion
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: YD, IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 99 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 397
Tag ID: T.D2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 398
Year: 1995
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 399
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 400
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 100 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 401
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 402
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 403
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 404
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 101 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 405
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 406
Piece label 04/2010
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
09/02/2011
Photo # 407
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
09/02/2011
Photo # 408
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 102 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 409
Tag ID: T.D3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 410
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 411
Tag ID: T.D3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 412
General photo
Tag ID: T.D3.4.S
Piece label 1995
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 103 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 413
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 414
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: WB / WB
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 415
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 416
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: WB / WT
Damage: BK
Panel Points: ET / EB
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 104 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 417
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 418
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 419
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 420
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: WB / W6
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 105 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 421
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 422
Weld fracture
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 423
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 424
Weld fracture at B2 and EB
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
Weld fracture at the throat
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 106 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 425
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 426
Weld fracture at throat
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 427
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 428
Weld fracture of B4 and WB
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
Weld fracture at B4 and EB
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 107 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 429
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 430
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: WT / T2
Damage: WF
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 431
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 432
Weld fracture at WT and T2
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
Weld fracture at T3 and WT
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T3 / W3
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 108 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/08/2011
Photo # 433
Tag ID: T.E1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 434
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 435
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 436
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: T1 / B1
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 109 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 437
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 438
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 439
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 440
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
Weld failure at B4 and EB
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 110 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 441
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 442
General photo
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 443
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 444
Weld failure at B2 and WB
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 111 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/25/2011
Photo # 445
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 446
Weld failure at WT and T3
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
Weld failure at T2 and WT
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 447
Tag ID: T.E1.2.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 448
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
Fracture at T3 to ET, brittle failure
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP, FR
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 112 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 449
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 450
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: E8 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 451
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 452
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: ET /
Damage: RP, IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 113 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 453
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 454
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 455
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 456
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 114 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 457
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N.X.
08/30/2011
Photo # 458
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N.X.
General photo
Panel Points: E7 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 459
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N.X.
08/30/2011
Photo # 460
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.N.X.
General photo
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 115 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 461
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 462
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: W2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 463
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 464
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: YD, IM
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 116 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 465
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 466
General photo
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S
Piece label 04/2010
Panel Points: WT /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 2010
08/30/2011
Photo # 467
Tag ID: T.E2.3.S.X.
08/30/2011
Photo # 468
General photo
Tag ID: T.E3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF, IM
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 117 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 469
Tag ID: T.E3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 470
Piece label 10/1995
Tag ID: T.E3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 471
Tag ID: T.E3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 472
General photo
Tag ID: T.E3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 118 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/30/2011
Photo # 473
Tag ID: T.E3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 474
Tag ID: T.E3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 475
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 476
General photo
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 119 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 477
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 478
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Weld failure at E8 and top chord
Weld failure at N1 and bottom chord
Panel Points: E8 / ET
Damage: WF
Panel Points: N1 / WB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 479
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 480
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Weld failure at B4 and the bottom chord
Weld failure at W6 and WB
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W6 / WB
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 120 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 481
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 482
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Weld failure at W6 and the bottom chord
General photo
Panel Points: W6 / WB
Damage: WF
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 483
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 484
General photo
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Weld failure of B5 at bottom chord
Damage: YD
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 121 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 485
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 486
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Failure of EB and weld failure of E7 to EB
Failure of EB and weld failure of E7 to EB
Panel Points: EB / E7
Damage: WF
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 487
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 488
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
General photo showing weld failure and yielding on the

north end of T.F1.2.N
Weld failure of E6 at top chord
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, YD, RP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 122 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 489
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 490
Weld failure of E6 to top chord
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Failure of the bottom chord at B3
Damage: WF
Damage: RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 491
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 492
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
Impact damage to east bottom chord
Weld failure of W4 to top chord
Damage: IM
Panel Points: WT / W4
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 123 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 493
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 494
General photo
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/08/2011
Photo # 495
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N
08/29/2011
Photo # 496
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N.X.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 124 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
08/29/2011
Photo # 497
Tag ID: T.F1.2.N.X.
08/25/2011
Photo # 498
West end
Tag ID: T.F1.2.S
Weld failure at B3 and WB
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: NA
09/08/2011
Photo # 499
Tag ID: T.F1.2.S
09/01/2011
Photo # 500
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: RP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 125 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 501
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 502
Failure of the element
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF, WD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 503
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 504
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 126 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 505
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 506
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 507
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 508
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 127 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 509
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 510
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: BK
Panel Points: EB /
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 511
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 512
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: WT /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 128 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 513
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 514
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: WB /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/02/2011
Photo # 515
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
09/08/2011
Photo # 516
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N
Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: WF, BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 129 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/30/2011
Photo # 517
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N.X.
09/30/2011
Photo # 518
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.N.X.
General photo
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF, IM
Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: WF, BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 519
Tag ID: T.F2.3.S
09/01/2011
Photo # 520
General photo
Tag ID: T.F2.3.S
Piece label, 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 130 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 521
Tag ID: T.F2.3.S
09/01/2011
Photo # 522
General photo
Tag ID: T.F3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 523
Tag ID: T.F3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 524
Piece label, 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: T.F3.4.S
Piece label 2/1998
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1998

Appendix F.19
Page 131 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
TRUSSES
09/01/2011
Photo # 525
Tag ID: T.F3.4.S
09/01/2011
Photo # 526
General photo
Tag ID: T.F3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1998
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1998
09/01/2011
Photo # 527
Tag ID: T.F3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B1424
Manuf. Year: 1998

Appendix F.19
Page 132 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/23/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: A1
Tag ID: A1
Damage: NP
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Manuf. Year NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
08/23/2011
Photo # 3
Damage: NP
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Manuf. Year NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: A1
08/23/2011
Photo # 2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Tag ID: A1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year NA
Note: Model #s provided by face in the following order: North, South, East, West, Top, Bottom

Appendix F.19
Page 133 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/23/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: A1
Photo # 6
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: A1
General photo
Damage: NP
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
08/24/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: B1
Damage: NP
238830-02, NA, NA,

NA, NA, NA
Manuf. Year NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 8
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
North face, piece label not clear, USA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
09/08/2011
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995,2006
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 134 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/24/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: B1
08/24/2011
Photo # 10
Tag ID: B1
Manufacturer: NP
Bottom plate, piece label 7/1995, UK
Weld failure at connection of bottom plate to WH.NW.N.B
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/24/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: B1
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/24/2011
Photo # 12
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at connection of bottom plate to WH.NW.N.B
Weld failure at connection of bottom plate to WH.NE.N.B
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: WF

Appendix F.19
Page 135 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/24/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: B1
08/24/2011
Photo # 14
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at connection of bottom plate to WH.NE.N.B
Broken wheel and weld failure at connection of bottom

plate to WH.SE.S.T
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/24/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: B1
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/24/2011
Photo # 16
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B1
Broken wheel and weld failure at connection of bottom

plate to WH.SE.S.T
Bottom plate, piece label 10/2006, USA
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 136 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
09/08/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: B1
Photo # 18
Tag ID: B2
South face, piece label 7/1995, UK
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/30/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: B2
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 20
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
08/30/2011
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Yielding of bottom plate

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: YD
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 137 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: B2
08/30/2011
Photo # 22
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Fracture and yield of WB at south side of West Fin
Fracture and yield of WB at north side of West Fin
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: FR
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: B2
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: WF, FR
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 24
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Fracture and shear yield of WB at north side of West Fin
W1 failure at north side of West Fin
Damage: WF, FR, SY
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 138 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: B2
08/30/2011
Photo # 26
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of W1 at south side of West Fin
Weld failure of W1 at south side of West Fin
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: B2
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 28
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Failure and shear yield of W2 at West Fin
Failure and shear yield of W2 at connection to B2.X1
Damage: RP, SY
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: RP, SY
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 139 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: B2
08/30/2011
Photo # 30
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W2 at connection to B2.X1
Weld failure of West Fin to WT of node B2
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: B2
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 32
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WT connection to West Fin
Weld failure of WT connection to West Fin
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 140 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: B2
08/30/2011
Photo # 34
Tag ID: B2
West Fin plate, piece label 7/1995, UK
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

ST PRT 15in Top
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 36
Manufacturer: NP
Pin not engaged
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Pin not engaged
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 141 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: B2.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 38
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of connection of W1 to West Fin from the

south
Failure and shear yield of W2 at connection to West Fin
Damage: WF
Damage: WF, RP, SY
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: B2.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 40
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WB connection to West Fin
Weld failure of WT at connection to West Fin
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 142 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: B2.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 42
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WT at connection to West Fin
Failure of W2 to Node B2
Damage: WF
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: B2.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 44
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W2 to node B2, evidence of necking
Failure of W2 to node B2
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 143 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: B2.X.1
Photo # 46
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B3
Weld failure of WB connection to West Fin
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 1995
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 48
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: B3
08/30/2011
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Tag ID: B3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 144 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: B3
Tag ID: B3
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 51
Damage: WF
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 52
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at wheel, WH.NE.N
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: B3
08/30/2011
Photo # 50
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Tag ID: B3

Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, 1405A,

B1405A, B1409B
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 145 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: B3.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 54
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B3.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at wheel, WH.NW.N
Weld failure of B3.X2, WH.NE.N
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, NA, NA, NA, NA,

NA
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: B4
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 56
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, NA, NA, NA, NA,

NA
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 146 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 57
Tag ID: B4
Tag ID: B4
Damage: NP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 59
Damage: WF, RP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 60
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WB at West Fin

Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 58
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WB at West Fin

Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 147 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 61
Tag ID: B4
B1405A, NA, NA,
B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Damage: WF, RP
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 63
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 64
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W1
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of WT at West Fin
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 62
Manufacturer: NP
Base metal failure of WB
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W1 with evidence of necking

Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 148 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 65
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 66
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W2 with evidence of necking
Weld failure of W1 at connection to WT
Panel Points: W1 / WT
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 67
Tag ID: B4
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 68
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Shear yield and failure of W2 at connection to WT
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: YD, RP, SY

Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 149 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 69
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 70
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W2 at connection to WT
General photo of NW face
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: YD, RP
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 71
Tag ID: B4
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 72
Manufacturer: NP
Yielding of WB and W1
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: WF, RP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Yielding of NB and N1
Damage: YD
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: YD
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 150 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 73
Tag ID: B4
Tag ID: B4
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 75
Damage: WF
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 76
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of NT at North Fin

Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of NB at North Fin

Damage: WF
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 74
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of NB at North Fin
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP

Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 151 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 77
Tag ID: B4
Tag ID: B4
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 79
Damage: WF
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 80
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4
Weld failure of at connection of N1 to NT, weld broken and

missing corner plate
Failure of NB
Damage: WF
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of at connection of N1 to NT, weld broken and

missing corner plate
Damage: WF
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 78
Manufacturer: NP
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manufacturer: NP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 152 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 81
Tag ID: B4
Tag ID: B4
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 83
Damage: WF, RP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 84
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of N2 at NT
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of N2 at North Fin

Damage: WF, RP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
08/30/2011
Photo # 82
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of N2 at North Fin
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: B4
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of N2 at NT
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: RP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 153 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 85
Tag ID: B4
Tag ID: B4
Bottom plate, piece label 10/2006, USA
Damage: YD, RP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
08/30/2011
Photo # 87
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 86
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of N2 at NT
Model # :
Damage: NP
B1405A, NA, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 88
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 154 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 89
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 90
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at attachment point to NB of B4 from west side
Weld failure at attachment point to NB of B4 from east side
Damage: WF
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 91
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 92
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at attachment point to NT of B4 from west side
Weld failure at attachment point to NT of B4 from east side
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 155 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 93
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 94
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of N1 on west side of North Fin
Failure of N1 on west side of North Fin
Damage: RP
Damage: RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 95
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 96
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Yielding of N2 with evidence of necking, tagging in photo is

incorrect - W2 should be N2
Failure of N2, tagging in photo is incorrect - W2 should be

N2
Damage: YD
Damage: RP, SY
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 156 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 97
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 98
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Failure and shear yielding of N2
Manufacturer: NP
Failure and shear yielding of N2 at connection to North Fin,

tagging in photo is incorrect - W2 should be N2
Damage: RP
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 99
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 100
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Yielding of N1 at connection to North Fin, tagging in photo

is incorrect - W1 should be N1
Weld failure at connection of N1 to NT of B4 and corner

plate
Damage: YD
Damage: WF
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 157 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 101
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 102
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1
Manufacturer: NP

plate

plate
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: WF
Damage: WF, YD
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 103
Tag ID: B4.X.1
08/30/2011
Photo # 104
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.1

plate
Piece label 7/1995, UK
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 158 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 105
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 106
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 107
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 108
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at connection of West Fin to WB, south side
Weld failure at connection of West Fin to WB, north side
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 159 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 109
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 110
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at connection of West Fin to WT, south side
Weld failure at connection of West Fin to WT, north side
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 111
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 112
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Failure of W1 at connection to West Fin
Weld failure of W1 to West Fin
Damage: WF
Damage: WF, RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 160 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 113
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 114
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: RP
Damage: RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 115
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 116
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at connection of W1 to NT
Panel Points: W1 / NT
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 161 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 117
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 118
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Failure and yielding of W2 at connection to W2 of B4
Damage: WF
Damage: YD, RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 119
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 120
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: B4.X.2
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: YD, RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 162 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 121
Tag ID: B4.X.2
08/30/2011
Photo # 122
Tag ID: B4.X.4
Manufacturer: NP
West fin plate, piece label 7/1995, UK
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 123
Tag ID: C1
08/25/2011
Photo # 124
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
NA, Illegible, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: C1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, Illegible, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 163 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/25/2011
Photo # 125
Tag ID: C1
08/25/2011
Photo # 126
Tag ID: C1
South panel, piece label 7/1995, UK
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, Illegible, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/25/2011
Photo # 127
Tag ID: C1
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 128
Top plate, piece label not clear

Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, Illegible, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
NA, Illegible, NA,

B1405A, B1409B, NA
Tag ID: C2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B140__, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 164 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 129
Tag ID: C2
Tag ID: C2
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B140__, B1408V
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 131
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B140__, B1408V
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 132
Piece label 1995, UK

Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: C2
08/29/2011
Photo # 130
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B140__, B1408V
Tag ID: C2
Top plate, piece label 7/1995, UK

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B140__, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 165 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 133
Tag ID: C3
Tag ID: C3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408_
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 135
Tag ID: C3
08/29/2011
Photo # 134
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408_
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 136
Tag ID: C3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408_
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408_
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 166 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 137
Tag ID: C4
Tag ID: C4
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible
Panel Points: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 139
Model # :
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible
08/29/2011
Photo # 140
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: C4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: C4
08/29/2011
Photo # 138
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 167 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 141
Tag ID: C4
08/29/2011
Photo # 142
Tag ID: C4
North face, piece label 4/2010
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible
08/25/2011
Photo # 143
Tag ID: D1
08/25/2011
Photo # 144
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: D1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, Illegible
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 168 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/25/2011
Photo # 145
Tag ID: D1
08/25/2011
Photo # 146
Tag ID: D1
South panel, piece label 04/2010, UK
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/25/2011
Photo # 147
Tag ID: D1
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 148
Tag ID: D2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manufacturer: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 169 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 149
Tag ID: D2
Tag ID: D2
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 151
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 152

Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: D2
08/29/2011
Photo # 150
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
Tag ID: D2

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 170 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 153
Tag ID: D3
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408
Tag ID: D3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo from east

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 155
Tag ID: D3
08/29/2011
Photo # 154
Manufacturer: NP
General photo from south

Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 156
Tag ID: D3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 171 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 157
Tag ID: D4
Tag ID: D4
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2010
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 159
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Manuf. Year 2010
08/29/2011
Photo # 160
Tag ID: D4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2010
Model # :
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: D4
08/29/2011
Photo # 158
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Manufacturer: NP
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 2010

Appendix F.19
Page 172 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 161
Tag ID: D4
Tag ID: D4
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2010
Model # :
08/25/2011
Photo # 163
Damage: NP
B1404, NA, NA,

B1408V, B1408, NA
Manuf. Year 2010
08/25/2011
Photo # 164
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: E1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
North side, piece label 4/2010, USA
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: E1
08/29/2011
Photo # 162
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
Manufacturer: NP
Yield of top west angle connected to wire rope in gable roof

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
Damage: YD

Appendix F.19
Page 173 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/25/2011
Photo # 165
Tag ID: E1
08/25/2011
Photo # 166
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: E1
Manufacturer: NP
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: YD
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
08/25/2011
Photo # 167
Tag ID: E1
Model # :
Damage: YD
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
08/25/2011
Photo # 168
Tag ID: E1
South panel, piece label 04/2010, USA
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 174 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/25/2011
Photo # 169
Tag ID: E1
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: E1
Panel Points: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 171
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
08/29/2011
Photo # 172
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: E2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Manufacturer: NP

Damage: NP
NA, B1404, NA, NA,

B1408, Illegible
Tag ID: E2
09/08/2011
Photo # 170
Manufacturer: NP
Top plate label, July 1995
Model # :

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 175 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 173
Tag ID: E2
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Tag ID: E2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 175
Tag ID: E2
08/29/2011
Photo # 174
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
08/29/2011
Photo # 176
Tag ID: E3
Manufacturer: NP
Top plate, piece label 2005, USA
General photo from west
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 176 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 177
Tag ID: E3
Photo # 178
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: E3
General photo of wire rope connection from west
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: YD
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 180
Manufacturer: NP
Missing bolt, bottom plate

Panel Points: NA
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 179
Tag ID: E3
08/29/2011
Tag ID: E3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 177 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 181
Tag ID: E3
Photo # 182
Tag ID: E4
Tag
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, NA, NA,

B1408, B1408V
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 183
Tag ID: E4
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

B1409B, B1405A
08/29/2011
Photo # 184
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: E4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
08/29/2011
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

B1409B, B1405A
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

B1409B, B1405A
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 178 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 185
Tag ID: E4
08/29/2011
Photo # 186
Tag ID: E4
Top plate, piece label 7/2005, USA
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

B1409B, B1405A
08/30/2011
Photo # 187
Tag ID: F1
08/30/2011
Photo # 188
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

B1409B, B1405A
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Tag ID: F1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 179 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 189
Tag ID: F1
08/30/2011
Photo # 190
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: F1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of wheel,WH.NW.W
Weld failure of wheel, WH.NW.W
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 191
Tag ID: F1
Model # :
Damage: WF
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Manuf. Year 1995
08/30/2011
Photo # 192
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: F1
Weld failure of wheel, WH.NW.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 180 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/30/2011
Photo # 193
Tag ID: F1
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 195
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 196
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Tag ID: F1
South Fin plate piece label, 7/1995, UK

Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

NA, B1409B
Tag ID: F2
08/30/2011
Photo # 194
South Fin piece label, 1995, UK
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Tag ID: F2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 181 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 197
Tag ID: F2
Tag ID: F2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 199
Tag ID: F2
08/29/2011
Photo # 198
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Manuf. Year 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 200
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: F2
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure on bottom plate near north wheel west side
Weld failure and failure of base metal near north wheel

east side
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
Model # :
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Damage: WF, RP
Manuf. Year 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 182 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 201
Tag ID: F2
Panel Points: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 2006
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 203
Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Manuf. Year 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 204
Manufacturer: NP
Tag
Tag ID: F3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Tag ID: F2
Top piece, general photo

Damage: NP
NA, B1405A, NA, NA,

B1409, B1409B #208
Tag ID: F3
08/29/2011
Photo # 202
Piece label 10/2006, USA
Model # :
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 183 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 205
Tag ID: F3
Tag ID: F3
Damage: NP
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 207
Damage: NP
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 208
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
East side, piece label 7/1995, UK
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: F3
08/29/2011
Photo # 206
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
NA, NA, B1405A, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Tag ID: F4
Manufacturer: NP
Tag
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 184 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 209
Tag ID: F4
Tag ID: F4
Damage: NP
B1405A, NA, NA, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 211
Damage: NP
B1405A, NA, NA, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Manuf. Year 1995
08/29/2011
Photo # 212
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
North face, piece label 7/1995, UK
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: F4
08/29/2011
Photo # 210
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Tag ID: F4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1995
Model # :
B1405A, NA, NA, NA,

NA, B1405A #279
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 185 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 213
Tag ID: G1
Tag ID: G1
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 215
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
08/29/2011
Photo # 216
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: G1
08/29/2011
Photo # 214
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Tag ID: G1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1991

Appendix F.19
Page 186 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 217
Tag ID: G1
Panel Points: TE / TE
Tag ID: G1
Panel Points: TE / TE
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 219
Damage: WF
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
08/29/2011
Photo # 220
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of TE looking south

Damage: WF
23830-02, NA, NA,

Tag ID: G1
08/29/2011
Photo # 218
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure of TE looking north
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Tag ID: G1
Manufacturer: NP
Base metal failure at west face of node G1 and connection

to T.1FG.E
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Damage: BM
Manuf. Year 1991

Appendix F.19
Page 187 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 221
Tag ID: G1
08/29/2011
Photo # 222
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: G1
Manufacturer: NP

to T.1FG.E

to T.1FG.E
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: BM
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 223
Tag ID: G1
Manuf. Year 1991
08/29/2011
Photo # 224
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: G1
Yielding of connection of west face of node G1 to T.1FG.E
Piece label 7/1991, UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
Model # :
Damage: BM
23830-02, NA, NA,

23830-02, NA, NA,

23830-02, NA, NA,

Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1991

Appendix F.19
Page 188 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
08/29/2011
Photo # 225
Tag ID: G1
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manufacturer: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
08/29/2011
Photo # 227
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
08/29/2011
Photo # 228
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Tag ID: G1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Tag ID: G1
08/29/2011
Photo # 226
General photo
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Tag ID: G1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
23830-02, NA, NA,

Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1991

Appendix F.19
Page 189 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
09/08/2011
Photo # 229
Tag ID: G1
Photo # 230
Tag ID: G1
North face, piece label 7/2006, USA
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
09/20/2011
Photo # 231
Tag ID: G1
Manufacturer: Columbus McKinnon
Damage: NP
23830-02, NA, NA,

Manuf. Year 1991
09/27/2011
Photo # 232
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Model # :
09/20/2011
23830-02, NA, NA,

Tag ID: G1.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year 1991
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 190 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
NODES
09/27/2011
Photo # 233
Tag ID: G1.X.1
09/27/2011
Photo # 234
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: G1.X.1
Weld failure at north end
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at south end
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 235
Tag ID: G1.X.1
Manufacturer: NP
Weld failure at south end

Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Model # :
Manuf. Year NA

Appendix F.19
Page 191 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Top of purlin attached to gable roof rafter
Rigging sling tag, 5300lbs
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.W.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
General photo
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.3.BC.E,Rigging sling

5300 lbs. capacity
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.W.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.W.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 192 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.2.BC.E
Rigging sling tag
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.E.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Photo # 8
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of truss T.3BC.E
Rigging sling tag
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.E.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.2.3.E.N
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Photo # 7
Panel Points:
NA
Hoist:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 193 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.3BC.W
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.4BC.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.W.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.W.N
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 11
Photo # 12
Rigging sling tag
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.W.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.E.S
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 194 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
Rigging sling tag
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.E.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.E.N
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 15
Photo # 16
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.2CD.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.3.4.E.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.CD.2.3.S
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 195 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
Rigging sling tag
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.CD.2.3.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.CD.2.3.N
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Photo # 20
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.3.CD.E
Rigging sling tag
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.CD.3.4.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.CD.3.4.S
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Photo # 19
Panel Points:
NA
Hoist:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 196 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 21
Photo # 22
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.2DE.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.CD.3.4.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.DE.2.3.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 23
Photo # 24
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T3.DE.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.DE.2.3.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.DE.2.3.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 197 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 25
Photo # 26
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin (both sides) to top of T.3.DE.W
and E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.DE.2.3.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.DE.3.4.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 27
Photo # 28
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin (both sides) to top of T.4.DE.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.DE.3.4.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.DE.3.4.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 198 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 29
Photo # 30
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin(one side) to top of T.2.EF.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.DE.3.4.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 31
Photo # 32
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.3.EF.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.W.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.W.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 199 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 33
Photo # 34
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.2.EF.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.W.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 35
Photo # 36
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin(both sides) to top of T.3.EF.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.E.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.E.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 200 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 37
Photo # 38
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling tag
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.2.3.E.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.W.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Photo # 40
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin (both sides) to top of T.3.EF.W
Rigging sling tag
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.W.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.W.S
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Photo # 39
Panel Points:
NA
Hoist:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 201 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 41
Photo # 42
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.4.EF.W
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.4.EF.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.W.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.E.N
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Photo # 44
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.3.EF.E and .W
Rigging sling tag
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.E.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.3.4.E.S
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Photo # 43
Panel Points:
NA
Hoist:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 202 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 45
Photo # 46
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin (both sides) to top of T.2.EF.W
and .E
Rigging sling tag
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.1.2.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.EF.1.2.N
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 47
Photo # 48
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin(both sides) to top of T.1.EF.E
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.2.BC.E
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.EF.1.2.S
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.1.2.N
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 203 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 49
Photo # 50
Rigging sling tag
Rigging sling attached from bottom of purlin to top of T.1.BC.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.1.2.N
NA
NA
PTS.P.BC.1.2.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Hoist:
NA
NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 51
Photo # 52
Rigging sling tag
General photo, GAC60 x 4, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
NA
PTS.P.BC.1.2.S
NA
P.BC.1.2.S
RS.P.BC.1.2.S.1
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

W5 / W6
Manufacturer: LiftAll
Appendix F.19
Page 204 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTR.0
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 53
Photo # 54
Piece label, GAC60 x 4, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
General photo, 2200lb capacity
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.S
RS.P.BC.1.2.S.1
LTR.0
P.BC.1.2.S
NA
Panel Points:
W5 / W6
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
09/12/2011
Load:
LTR.0
4 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 55
Photo # 56
Piece label, 2200lb capacity
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chord
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.S
NA
LTR.0
P.BC.1.2.S
RS.P.BC.1.2.S.1.LTR.0
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 2200 lb

W7 / W8
Appendix F.19
Page 205 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 11 in.
LTR.0
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/09/2011
Photo # 57
Photo # 58
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chord
General photo, GAC 60 x 6, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.S
RS.P.BC.1.2.S.1.LTR.0
LTR.0
T.1BC.W
RS.T.1BC.W.1
Panel Points:
W7 / W8
Length:
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/09/2011
N7 / N8
Length:
Load:
LTR.1
1 ft. 10 in.
09/09/2011
Photo # 60
Piece label, GAC 60 x 6, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
General photo, 2200 lbs capacity, Cracked housing
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1BC.W
RS.T.1BC.W.1
LTR.1
T.1BC.W
NA
N7 / N7
Length:
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 59
Panel Points:
Hoist:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 206 of 606
Load:
LTR.1
2 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1BC.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/09/2011
09/09/2011
Photo # 61
Photo # 62
Piece label, 2200 lbs capacity, Cracked housing
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1BC.W
NA
LTR.1
T.1BC.W
RS.T.1BC.W.1.LTR.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1BC.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/09/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTR.1
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/09/2011
Photo # 63
Photo # 64
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lb capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1BC.W
RS.T.1BC.W.1.LTR.1
LTR.1
T.1BC.W
RS.T.1BC.W.1.LTR.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 207 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTR.1
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 65
Photo # 66
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.2.LTR.3
LTR.3
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.2.LTR.3
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1CD.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
N7 / N8
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 10 in.
LTR.3
Hoist:
H.T.1CD.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 67
Photo # 68
General photo, 2200lbs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1CD.W
NA
LTR.3
T.1CD.W
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1CD.W
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 208 of 606
Load:
LTR.3
2 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1CD.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 69
Photo # 70
General photo, V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with

extra loop around top chords
Piece label, V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with extra
loop around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.2.LTR.3
LTR.3
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.2.LTR.3
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
2 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1CD.W
Manufacturer: Ver Sales, Inc.
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
N7 / N8
Length:
Load:
H.T.1CD.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 71
Photo # 72
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.1
LTR.5
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.1
Panel Points:
N1 / N2
Length:
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb

LTR.3
Hoist:
NA
N1 / N2
Appendix F.19
Page 209 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTR.5
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 73
Photo # 74
General photo, no manufacturer's piece label, looks similar to a Columbus

McKinnon 1 ton
General photo, no manufacturer's piece label, looks similar to a Columbus

McKinnon 1 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1DE.E
NA
LTR.5
T.1DE.E
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 7 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTR.5
2 ft. 7 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 75
Photo # 76
General photo, V-2RBW E60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loops
around top chords
Piece label, V-2RBW E60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loops
around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.1.LTR.5
LTR.5
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.1.LTR.5
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
2 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb

N7 / N8
Appendix F.19
Page 210 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTR.5
2 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 77
Photo # 78
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
LTR.7
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
Panel Points:
N2 / N3
Length:
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
N2 / N3
Length:
Load:
Photo # 80
Piece label, 2200lbs
09/12/2011
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
LTR.7
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
Length:
2 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 2200 lb

H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
NA
Hoist:
Photo # 79
Panel Points:
LTR.7
2 ft. 1 in.
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 211 of 606
Load:
LTR.7
2 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 81
Photo # 82
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
LTR.7
T.1EF.E
RS.T.1EF.E.1.LTR.7
Panel Points:
N6 / N7
Length:
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
N6 / N7
Length:
Load:
LTR.7
1 ft. 11 in.
09/12/2011
Photo # 84
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.S
RS.P.EF.1.2.S.1
LTR.8
P.EF.1.2.S
RS.P.EF.1.2.S.1
E5 / E6
Length:
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.T.1EF.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 83
Panel Points:
Hoist:
E5 / E6
Appendix F.19
Page 212 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTR.8
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 85
Photo # 86
General photo, no manufacturer's piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1

ton
Piece label, no manufacturer's piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.S
NA
LTR.8
P.EF.1.2.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 10 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTR.8
3 ft. 10 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 87
Photo # 88
General photo, V-2RBW EC60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chords
Piece label, V-2RBW EC60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.S
RS.P.EF.1.2.S.1.LTR.8
LTR.8
P.EF.1.2.S
RS.P.EF.1.2.S.1.LTR.8
Panel Points:
E6 / E7
Length:
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

E6 / E7
Appendix F.19
Page 213 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 7 in.
LTR.8
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 89
Photo # 90
General photo, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration
Piece label, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.1
LTO.1.S
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.1
Panel Points:
W3 / W4
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
W3 / W4
Length:
Load:
LTO.1.S
1 ft. 5 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 91
Photo # 92
Piece label, 1100lbs capacity
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
NA
LTO.1.S
P.BC.1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb

NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 214 of 606
Load:
LTO.1.S
4 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 93
Photo # 94
General photo, EN60 x 6, 5300lbs capacity
Piece label, EN60 x 6, 5300lbs capacity
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.1.LTO.1.S
LTO.1.S
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.1.LTO.1.S
Panel Points:
S3 / S4
Length:
1 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
S3 / S4
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 8 in.
LTO.1.S
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 95
Photo # 96
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.2
LTO.1.N
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.2
Panel Points:
W4 / W5
Length:
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

W4 / W5
Appendix F.19
Page 215 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTO.1.N
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 97
Photo # 98
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
NA
LTO.1.N
P.BC.1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTO.1.N
3 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 99
Photo # 100
General photo, basket configuration with extra loop around top chords
Piece label unreadable, basket configuration with extra loop around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.2.LTO.1.N
LTO.1.N
P.BC.1.2.N
RS.P.BC.1.2.N.2.LTO.1.N
Panel Points:
N4 / N5
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: NA

N4 / N5
Appendix F.19
Page 216 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 5 in.
LTO.1.N
Hoist:
H.P.BC.1.2.N
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 101
Photo # 102
General photo, V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with

extra loop around top chords, attached to LTO.3.S at S13 and LTO.4.S at N1
Piece label, V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs capacity, basket configuration with extra
loop around top chords, attached to LTO.3.S at S13 and LTO.4.S at N1
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B1.2.N
NA
LTO.3.S
T.B1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
S12 / S13
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
S12 / S13
H.T.B1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.S
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.T.B1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 103
Photo # 104
General photo, no manufacturer's piece label, Looks like Columbus McKinnon

1/2 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D1.2.N
RS.T.D1.2.N.1
LTO.3.S
T.D1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 217 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.S
2 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 105
Photo # 106
Piece label, no manufacturer's piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1/2
ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D1.2.N
RS.T.D1.2.N.1
LTO.3.S
T.D1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.S
2 ft. 5 in.
Manufacturer: NP
09/12/2011
Photo # 108
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D1.2.N
RS.T.D1.2.N.2
LTO.3.N
T.D1.2.N
RS.T.D1.2.N.2
E5 / E6
Length:
2 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
Photo # 107
Panel Points:
Hoist:
E5 / E6
Appendix F.19
Page 218 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.N
2 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 109
Photo # 110
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D1.2.N
NA
LTO.3.N
T.D1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.N
NA
Hoist:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 111
Photo # 112
General photo, no piece label, basket configuration with extra loop over top
chords, connection to LTO.3.N at S12 and LTO.4.N at N1
General photo, no piece label, basket configuration with extra loop over top
chords, connection to LTO.3.N at S12 and LTO.4.N at N1
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D1.2.N
NA
LTO.3.N
T.D1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
S12 / S13
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: NA

S12 / S13
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 219 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTO.3.N
NA
Hoist:
H.T.D1.2.N
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 113
Photo # 114
General photo, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loops

around top chords
General photo, piece label unreadable and length currently immeasurable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
RS.P.EF.1.2.N.1
LTO.7.S
P.EF.1.2.N
RS.P.EF.1.2.N.1.LTO.7.S
Panel Points:
E2 / E3
Length:
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
LTO.7.S
Hoist:
NA
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: NA
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 115
Photo # 116
Piece label, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loops around
top chords
Piece label, piece label unreadable and length currently immeasurable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
RS.P.EF.1.2.N.1
LTO.7.S
P.EF.1.2.N
RS.P.EF.1.2.N.1.LTO.7.S
Panel Points:
E2 / E3
Length:
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 220 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTO.7.S
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 117
Photo # 118
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
NA
LTO.7.S
P.EF.1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTO.7.S
3 ft. 6 in.
09/12/2011
Photo # 120
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
RS.P.EF.1.2.N.2.LTO.7.N
LTO.7.N
P.EF.1.2.N
E4 / E5
Length:
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
Photo # 119
Panel Points:
Hoist:
E4 / E5
Appendix F.19
Page 221 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 6 in.
LTO.7.N
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
Photo # 121
Photo # 122
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
NA
LTO.7.N
P.EF.1.2.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/12/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTO.7.N
3 ft. 9 in.
09/12/2011
Photo # 124
General photo, BS260 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loop

around top chords, cannot measure length
Piece label, BS260 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.1.2.N
LTO.7.N
P.EF.1.2.N
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
Photo # 123
Panel Points:
Hoist:
NA
Appendix F.19
Page 222 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTO.7.N
Hoist:
H.P.EF.1.2.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 125
Photo # 126
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.E.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.E.S.1
LTW.1
P.BC.2.3.E.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.E.S.1
Panel Points:
E7 / E8
Length:
2 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
E7 / E8
Length:
Load:
LTW.1
2 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 127
Photo # 128
General photo, no piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Piece label, no piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.E.S
NA
LTW.1
P.BC.2.3.E.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 223 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTW.1
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 129
Photo # 130
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chords
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration with extra loop
around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.E.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.E.S.1.LTW.1
LTW.1
P.BC.2.3.E.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.E.S.1.LTW.1
Panel Points:
N3 / N3
Length:
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
N3 / N3
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 5 in.
09/14/2011
Photo # 132
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.S
RS.P.CD.2.3.S.1
LTW.2
P.CD.2.3.S
RS.P.CD.2.3.S.1
E6 / E7
Length:
2 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.P.BC.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 131
Panel Points:
LTW.1
Hoist:
E6 / E7
Appendix F.19
Page 224 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTW.2
2 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
Photo # 133
Photo # 134
09/14/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.S
NA
LTW.2
P.CD.2.3.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
5 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/14/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTW.2
5 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/14/2011
Photo # 135
Photo # 136
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, basket configuration with an extra loop

around top chord
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, basket configuration with an extra loop around
top chord
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.S
RS.P.CD.2.3.S.1.LTW.2
LTW.2
P.CD.2.3.S
RS.P.CD.2.3.S.1.LTW.2
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
1 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

N7 / N8
Appendix F.19
Page 225 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 10 in.
LTW.2
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 137
Photo # 138
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.S
RS.P.DE.2.3.S.1
LTW.4
P.DE.2.3.S
RS.P.DE.2.3.S.1
Panel Points:
E7 / E8
Length:
2 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
E7 / E8
Length:
Photo # 140
09/15/2011
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.S
NA
LTW.4
P.DE.2.3.S
NA
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 2200 lb

H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
NA
LTW.4
2 ft. 4 in.
Photo # 139
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 226 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTW.4
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 141
Photo # 142
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.S
RS.P.DE.2.3.S.1.LTW.4
LTW.4
P.DE.2.3.S
RS.P.DE.2.3.S.1.LTW.4
Panel Points:
N6 / N7
Length:
1 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
N6 / N7
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 8 in.
09/15/2011
Photo # 144
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.W.S
RS.P.EF.2.3.W.S.1
LTW.5
P.EF.2.3.W.S
RS.P.EF.2.3.W.S.1
E7 / E8
Length:
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.P.DE.2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 143
Panel Points:
LTW.4
Hoist:
E7 / E8
Appendix F.19
Page 227 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTW.5
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
Photo # 145
Photo # 146
09/15/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.W.S
NA
LTW.5
P.EF.2.3.W.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/15/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTW.5
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 147
Photo # 148
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration, unable to

measure length
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, basket configuration, unable to measure

length
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.W.S
NA
LTW.5
P.EF.2.3.W.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 228 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTW.5
NA
Hoist:
H.P.EF.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 149
Photo # 150
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.N
RS.T.C2.3.N.1
LTB.1
T.C2.3.N
RS.T.C2.3.N.1
Panel Points:
W5 / W6
Length:
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
W5 / W6
Length:
Load:
LTB.1
1 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 151
Photo # 152
General photo, no piece label but looks like a Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Piece label, no piece label but looks like a Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.N
NA
LTB.1
T.C2.3.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 229 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.1
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 153
Photo # 154
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration, 1 of 2 rigging

slings attached to LTB.1
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration, 1 of 2 rigging slings

attached to LTB.1
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.N
RS.T.C2.3.N.1.LTB.1
LTB.1
T.C2.3.N
RS.T.C2.3.N.1.LTB.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 2 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 156
09/14/2011
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.N
RS.T.C2.3.N.1.LTB.1
LTB.1
P.CD.2.3.N
NA
Manufacturer: NP
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.T.C2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration, 2 of 2 rigging slings

attached to LTB.1
NA
LTB.1
3 ft. 2 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 155
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: Branam
Appendix F.19
Page 230 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.1
5 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
09/14/2011
Photo # 157
Photo # 158
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.N
NA
LTB.1
P.CD.2.3.N
RS.P.CD.2.3.N.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
5 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb
09/14/2011
E4 / E5
Length:
Load:
LTB.2
2 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
Photo # 159
Photo # 160
General photo of 2 rigging slings from H.P.CD.2.3.N.1.LTB.2 to LTB.2
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.N
RS.P.CD.2.3.N.1
LTB.2
P.CD.2.3.N
RS.P.CD.2.3.N.1.LTB.2
Panel Points:
E4 / E5
Length:
2 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

S6 / S6
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 231 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTB.2
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
09/14/2011
Photo # 161
Photo # 162
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, choker configuration, 1 of 2 rigging slings

connecting H.P.CD.2.3.N.1.LTB.2 to LTB.2
Piece label, FTSSx6, 5300lbs, choker configuration, 2 of 2 rigging slings

connecting H.P.CD.2.3.N.1.LTB.2 to LTB.2
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.N
LTB.2
P.CD.2.3.N
Panel Points:
S6 / S6
Length:
2 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
N6 / N6
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 9 in.
Manufacturer: Fiber-Tech
LTB.2
Hoist:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
Photo # 163
Photo # 164
Load cell on hoist, Motion Laboratory, Power Distribution Motor Control System
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.2.3.N
NA
LTB.2
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.1
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.2.3.N
Capacity: NA

E4 / E5
Appendix F.19
Page 232 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.3
1 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
Photo # 165
Photo # 166
09/14/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.1
LTB.3
T.D2.3.N
NA
Panel Points:
E4 / E5
Length:
1 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTB.3
4 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb
09/14/2011
Photo # 167
Photo # 168
General photo of 2 rigging slings from H.T.D2.3.N.LTB.3 to LTB.3
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D2.3.N
NA
LTB.3
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.1.LTB.3
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 233 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTB.3
Hoist:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
09/14/2011
Photo # 169
Photo # 170
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.1.LTB.3
LTB.3
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.1.LTB.3
Panel Points:
S6 / S7
Length:
2 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
S6 / N7
Length:
Load:
LTB.3
2 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
H.T.D2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 171
Photo # 172
General photo, GAC60, 6ft, capacity 5300lbs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D2.3.N
RS.T.D2.3.N.2
NA
P.DE.2.3.N
RS.P.DE.2.3.N.1
Panel Points:
E7 / E8
Length:
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

E4 / E5
Appendix F.19
Page 234 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.5
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
Photo # 173
Photo # 174
09/15/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.N
RS.P.DE.2.3.N.1
LTB.5
P.DE.2.3.N
NA
Panel Points:
E4 / E5
Length:
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTB.5
5 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 175
Photo # 176
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration with extra loop
around top chords
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.N
NA
LTB.5
P.DE.2.3.N
RS.P.DE.2.3.N.1.LTB.5
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
5 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 4400 lb

S3 / S4
Appendix F.19
Page 235 of 606
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 6 in.
LTB.5
Hoist:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 177
Photo # 178
Piece label, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration with extra loop
around top chords, 1 of 2 rigging slings connecting H.P.DE.2.3.N to LTB.5
General photo, V-2RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration with extra loop
around top chords, 2 of 2 rigging slings connecting H.P.DE.2.3.N to LTB.5
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.2.3.N
LTB.5
P.DE.2.3.N
Panel Points:
S3 / S4
Length:
2 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
S3 / S4
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 6 in.
09/15/2011
Photo # 180
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.E2.3.N
RS.T.E2.3.N.1
LTB.6
T.E2.3.N
RS.T.E2.3.N.1
e5 / E6
Length:
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.P.DE.2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 179
Panel Points:
LTB.5
Hoist:
e5 / E6
Appendix F.19
Page 236 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.6
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 181
Photo # 182
General photo, no piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Piece label, no piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.E2.3.N
NA
LTB.6
T.E2.3.N
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 3 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/15/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTB.6
3 ft. 3 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 183
Photo # 184
General photo of 2 Rigging slings between H.T.E2.3.N.1 and LTB.6. V-2RBW

EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Piece label of 1 of 2 Rigging slings between H.T.E2.3.N.1 and LTB.6. V-2RBW

EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration, unable to measure length
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.E2.3.N
RS.T.E2.3.N.1.LTB.6
LTB.6
T.E2.3.N
RS.T.E2.3.N.1.LTB.6
Panel Points:
T2 / T3
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

T2 / T3
Appendix F.19
Page 237 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTB.6
Hoist:
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 185
Photo # 186
Piece label of 2 of 2 Rigging slings between H.T.E2.3.N.1 and LTB.6. V-2RBW

EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration, unable to measure length
General photo, GA 60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.E2.3.N
RS.T.E2.3.N.1.LTB.6
LTB.6
P.CD.3.4.S
RS.P.CD.3.4.S.1
Panel Points:
T2 / T3
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
H.T.E2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
LTB.6
2 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 187
Photo # 188
General photo, no manufacturer's piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1

ton
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.3.4.S
RS.P.CD.3.4.S.1
LTB.6
P.CD.3.4.S
NA
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
2 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 238 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTB.6
5 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 189
Photo # 190
Piece label, no manufacturer's piece label, looks like Columbus McKinnon 1 ton
General photo of the 2 Rigging slings that connect H.P.CD.3.4.S.1.LTB.6 and

LTB.6, both Rigging slings are V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.3.4.S
NA
LTB.6
P.CD.3.4.S
RS.P.CD.3.4.S.1.LTB.6
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
5 ft. 7 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 10 in.
LTB.6
Hoist:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
Photo # 191
Photo # 192
Piece label of 1 of 2 Rigging slings that connect H.P.CD.3.4.S.1.LTB.6 and

LTB.6. V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Piece label of 2 of 2 Rigging slings that connect H.P.CD.3.4.S.1.LTB.6 and

LTB.6. V2-RBW EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.CD.3.4.S
LTB.6
P.CD.3.4.S
Panel Points:
S5 / S6
Length:
3 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

N5 / N6
Appendix F.19
Page 239 of 606
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 10 in.
LTB.6
Hoist:
H.P.CD.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 193
Photo # 194
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.S.1
LTP.1
P.BC.2.3.W.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.S.1
Panel Points:
E5 / E6
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
E5 / E6
Length:
Load:
LTP.1
1 ft. 5 in.
09/13/2011
Photo # 196
General photo, 1100lbs, cannot currently measure length
Piece label, 1100lbs, cannot currently measure length
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.S
NA
LTP.1
P.BC.2.3.W.S
NA
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 195
Panel Points:
Hoist:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 240 of 606
Load:
LTP.1
NA
Hoist:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 197
Photo # 198
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, 1 of 2 lower rigging slings that attach to

LTP.1, cannot currently measure length, Tears observed in outer nylon casing
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, 1 of 2 lower rigging slings that attach to LTP.1,
cannot currently measure length, tears observed in outer nylon casing
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.S.1.LTP.1
LTP.1
P.BC.2.3.W.S
Panel Points:
W3 / W3
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
W3 / W3
Length:
Load:
LTP.1
Hoist:
NA
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 199
Photo # 200
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, 2 of 2 lower rigging slings that attach to LTP.1,
cannot currently measure length
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, both of the lower rigging slings that attach to
LTP.1, cannot currently measure length
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.S
LTP.1
P.BC.2.3.W.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.S.LTP.1
Panel Points:
E3 / E3
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 241 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTP.1
Hoist:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 201
Photo # 202
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, both of the lower rigging slings that attach to
LTP.1, cannot currently measure length
GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.S
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.S.LTP.1
LTP.1
P.BC.3.4.W.S
RS.P.BC.3.4.W.S.LTP.4.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.2.3.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
W3 / W4
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 2 in.
LTP.4
Hoist:
H.P.BC.3.4.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 203
Photo # 204
Appears to have capacity of 1 ton, manufacturer and capacity not visible
(B)Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, supported by location 1&2 (Top) and 2&3
(Bottom)
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.3.4.W.S
NA
LTP.4
P.BC.3.4.W.S
RS.P.BC.3.4.W.S.LTP.4.1
Panel Points:
W3 / W4
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
6 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.3.4.W.S
Capacity: NA

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 242 of 606
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 3 in.
LTP.4
Hoist:
H.P.BC.3.4.W.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 205
Photo # 206
Supported by location 1&2 (Top) and 2&3 (Bottom), truss is 20.5x20.5
GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, small amount of stretching in

nylon is visible
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.3.4.W.S
LTP.4.LTP.4.1
LTP.4
P.DE.3.4.S
RS.P.DE.3.4.S.LTP.9.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: Tomcat
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.BC.3.4.W.S
Capacity: NA
E3 / E4
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 2 in.
09/15/2011
LTP.9
Hoist:
H.P.DE.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 207
Photo # 208
Capacity is assumed to be 1 ton
(A) Supported by location 1&2 (Top) and 2&3 (Bottom), capacity of Rigging
sling 5300lbs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.3.4.S
NA
LTP.9
P.DE.3.4.S
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
5 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.3.4.S
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 243 of 606
Length:
Load:
4 ft. 0 in.
LTP.9
Hoist:
H.P.DE.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/15/2011
Photo # 209
Photo # 210
(B)Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, supported by location 1&2 (Top) and 2&3
(Bottom)
Supported bylocation 1&2 (Top) and 2&3 (Bottom), truss is 20.5x20.5, 15'
Radius
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.DE.3.4.S
LTP.9
P.DE.3.4.S
LTP.9.LTP.9.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.DE.3.4.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/14/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
LTP.9
Hoist:
NA
H.P.DE.3.4.S
Manufacturer: Total Structures
Capacity: NA
09/16/2011
Photo # 211
Photo # 212
Capacity 1 ton, manufacturer piece label not visible, Rigging slings between
W6&W7 and E5&E6
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.3.4.E.S
RS.P.EF.3.4.E.S.LTP.11.1
LTP.11
P.EF.3.4.E.S
NA
Panel Points:
W6 / W7
Length:
1 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

W6 / W7
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 244 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTP.11
5 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 213
Photo # 214
(A)Capacity of Rigging sling, 5300lbs, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top
Rigging sling between (9&10)
Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lb, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.3.4.E.S
LTP.11
P.EF.3.4.E.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
4 ft. 0 in.
LTP.11
Hoist:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
Photo # 215
Photo # 216
(B) Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top
Truss 20.5x20.5, 11.9' radius, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top Rigging
sling between (9&10)
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.3.4.E.S
LTP.11
P.EF.3.4.E.S
LTP.11.LTP.11.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
4 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Appendix F.19
Page 245 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
LTP.11
Hoist:
H.P.EF.3.4.E.S
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
Photo # 217
Photo # 218
Capacity 1 ton
09/16/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.E.S
LTP.14
P.EF.2.3.E.S
NA
Panel Points:
W5 / W6
Length:
1 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
W5 / W6
Length:
Load:
LTP.14
6 ft. 8 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
Photo # 219
Photo # 220
(B)Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, small amount of deterioration in Rigging

sling, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top Rigging sling between (7&8)
(A)(B)Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, small amount of deterioration in

Rigging sling, Fiber Tech piece label, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.E.S
LTP.14
P.EF.2.3.E.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
3 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 246 of 606
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 10 in.
LTP.14
Hoist:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 221
Photo # 222
Truss 20.5x20.5, 11.9' radius, bottom Rigging sling between (8&9), top Rigging
sling between (7&8)
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.E.S
LTP.14.LTP.14
LTP.14
T.4BC.E
RS.T.4BC.E.LTT.2.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
N6 / N7
Length:
Load:
Manufacturer: Steel Flex
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 224
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.4BC.E
NA
LTT.2
T.4BC.E
RS.T.4BC.E.LTT.2.1
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
3 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.4BC.E
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.T.4BC.E
Manufacturer UJL-137-MCD, capacity of hoist is 0.5 tons
N6 / N7
Hoist:
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 223
Panel Points:
LTT.2
2 ft. 0 in.
B7 / B8
Appendix F.19
Page 247 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTT.2
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
H.T.4BC.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 225
Photo # 226
14in triangle, 10ft
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.4BC.E
LTT.2.LTT.2.1
LTT.2
T.4EF.W
RS.T.4EF.W.LTT.6.1
Panel Points:
B7 / B8
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: Applied GP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.4BC.E
Capacity: NA
S2 / S3
Length:
Load:
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 228
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.4EF.W
NA
LTT.6
T.4EF.W
RS.T.4EF.W.LTT.6.1
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.4EF.W
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.T.4EF.W
Model number is UJL-10.32-3, capacity of hoist 0.5ton
S2 / S3
Hoist:
Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 227
Panel Points:
LTT.6
1 ft. 8 in.
B7 / B8
Appendix F.19
Page 248 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTT.6
1 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.T.4EF.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
Photo # 229
Photo # 230
14in triangle, 10ft
Model number BS2-60-6'
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.4EF.W
LTT.6.LTT.6.1
LTT.6
LTP.3
RS.LTP.3.2
Panel Points:
B7 / B8
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: Applied GP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.4EF.W
Capacity: NA
6/7
Length:
Load:
LTV.1
1 ft. 10 in.
09/20/2011
Photo # 231
09/20/2011
Photo # 232
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.3
NA
LTV.1
LTP.3
RS.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
6/7
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
Panel Points:
Hoist:
Length:
8 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: 1000 lb

6/7
Appendix F.19
Page 249 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.1
1 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 233
Photo # 234
Plated truss 20.5x20.5
Plated truss 20.5x20.5
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.3
LTV.1.2
LTV.1
LTP.3
LTV.1.2.X.1
Panel Points:
6/7
Length:
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: NA
6/7
Length:
Load:
LTV.1
NA
09/20/2011
Hoist:
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: NA
10/24/2011
Photo # 235
Photo # 236
Plated truss 20.5x20.5, Manufacturer could not be found
Housing cracked, capacity unclear - 1/2 or 1 ton, approx. 3 ft trapped under LTB
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.3
LTV.1.1
LTV.1
LTW.1
NA
Panel Points:
6/7
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.3.2.LTV.1.2
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 250 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.1
NA
Hoist:
H.LTW.1.LTV.1.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 237
Photo # 238
Model number V-2RB-6', length taken from Rigging sling attached to bottom of
truss to hoist, supported at location between elements 6 and 7 on Top and 5
and 6 on Bottom
Supported at location between elements 6 and 7 on Top and 5 and 6 on Bottom
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.5
RS.LTP.5.2
LTV.2
LTP.5
NA
Panel Points:
6/7
Length:
0 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
6/7
Length:
Load:
LTV.2
13 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
Capacity: 1000 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 239
Photo # 240
Supported at location between elements 6 and 7 on Top and 5 and 6 on

Bottom, model number V-2RBW, Rigging sling was torn and the steel inside
had yielded
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.5
RS.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
LTV.2
LTP.5
LTV.2.2
Panel Points:
6/7
Length:
1 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
Capacity: 5300 lb

6/7
Appendix F.19
Page 251 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.2
5 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 241
Photo # 242
Model number V-2RBW
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.5
LTV.2.1
LTV.2
LTP.7
RS.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
Panel Points:
6/7
Length:
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.5.2.LTV.2.2
Capacity: NA
Length:
09/20/2011
Photo # 244
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTV.3.2
LTV.3
LTP.7
LTV.3.1
H.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
LTP.7
3/4
Hoist:
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
Panel Points:
LTV.3
1 ft. 1 in.
09/20/2011
Photo # 243
3/4
Load:
Length:
5 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
Capacity: NA

3/4
Appendix F.19
Page 252 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.3
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 245
Photo # 246
Manufacturer and capacity not found
Length is estimated
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.7
RS.LTP.7.1
LTV.3
LTP.7
NA
Panel Points:
3/4
Length:
1 ft. 11 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
Capacity: NA
3/4
Length:
Load:
LTV.3
11 ft. 0 in.
09/20/2011
Photo # 247
Hoist:
H.LTP.7.1.LTV.3.2
Capacity: 1000 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 248
Rigging sling showed signs of wear and tear
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.8
RS.LTP.8.1
LTV.4
LTP.8
NA
Panel Points:
7/8
Length:
0 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
Capacity: 5300 lb

7/8
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 253 of 606
Load:
LTV.4
13 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
Capacity: 1000 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 249
09/20/2011
Photo # 250
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.8
RS.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
LTV.4
LTP.8
LTV.4.2
Panel Points:
7/8
Length:
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
7/8
Length:
Load:
LTV.4
5 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
Capacity: NA
09/20/2011
Photo # 251
Photo # 252
Rigging sling is discolored, manufacturer and capacity not found
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.8
LTV.4.1
LTV.4
LTP.10
RS.LTP.10.1
Panel Points:
7/8
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.8.1.LTV.4.2
Capacity: NA

1/2
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 254 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.5
0 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 253
09/20/2011
Photo # 254
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.10
NA
LTV.5
LTP.10
RS.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Panel Points:
1/2
Length:
13 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Capacity: 1000 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 255
1/2
Length:
Load:
LTV.5
1 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 256
Truss 20.5x20.5, manufacturer and capacity not found
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.10
LTV.5.2
LTV.5
LTP.10
LTV.5.1
Panel Points:
1/2
Length:
5 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Capacity: NA

1/2
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 255 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.5
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.10.1.LTV.5.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 257
Photo # 258
Rigging sling showed signs of wear and tear, length is taken from Rigging sling
attached to bottom of truss to hoist
Length is approximated
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.12
RS.LTP.12.1
LTV.6
LTP.12
NA
Panel Points:
1/2
Length:
1 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 259
1/2
Length:
Load:
LTV.6
8 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
Capacity: 1000 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 260
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.12
RS.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
LTV.6
LTP.12
LTV.6.2
Panel Points:
1/2
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
2 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
Capacity: NA

1/2
Appendix F.19
Page 256 of 606
Length:
Load:
LTV.6
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 261
09/16/2011
Photo # 262
GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, discoloration in Rigging sling,
attached to column CD3.5
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.12
LTV.6.1
LTV.6
T.D3.4.N
RS.T.D3.4.N.NO LOAD.1
Panel Points:
1/2
Length:
10 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTP.12.1.LTV.6.2
Capacity: NA
W1 / W2
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 8 in.
09/12/2011
NO LOAD
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 263
Photo # 264
General photo, GAC 60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.1
NO LOAD
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.2
Panel Points:
N1 / S1
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

N7 / N8
Appendix F.19
Page 257 of 606
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 265
Photo # 266
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded,

connected to ET of T.B2.3.N and ST of T.3BC.W
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N & T.3BC.W
RS.T.B2.3.S.2
NO LOAD
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 267
Photo # 268
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration,rigging sling is not

loaded, used for the erection of C.C3.5
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.3
NO LOAD
T.C3.4.N
RS.T.C3.4.N.1
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
2 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

E1 / E2
Appendix F.19
Page 258 of 606
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/14/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 269
Photo # 270
Not loaded, GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs
GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, discoloration in Rigging sling,

attached to column CD3.5
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.E3.4.N
RS.T.E3.4.N.1
NO LOAD
T.D3.4.N
RS.T.D3.4.N.NO LOAD.1
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
Length:
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
W1 / W2
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 8 in.
NO LOAD
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 271
Photo # 272
Piece label, GAC 60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1CD.W
RS.T.1CD.W.1
NO LOAD
T.1DE.E
RS.T.1DE.E.2
Panel Points:
N1 / N2
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

N7 / N8
Appendix F.19
Page 259 of 606
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1DE.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 273
Photo # 274
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded, connected

to ET of T.B2.3.N and ST of T.3BC.W
Piece label, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs, basket configuration not loaded
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N & T.3BC.W
RS.T.B2.3.S.2
NO LOAD
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 275
Photo # 276
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, rigging slings are not loaded, used for the
erection of C.C3.5
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.3
NO LOAD
T.C3.4.N
RS.T.C3.4.N.1
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
2 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

E1 / E2
Appendix F.19
Page 260 of 606
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 277
Photo # 278
General photo, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded, attached

to S1 of T.2BC.W and E8 of T.B1.2.N
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.2BC.W & T.B1.2.N
RS.T.B1.2.N.1
NO LOAD
T.C2.3.S
RS.T.C2.3.S.1
Panel Points:
E8 / S1
Length:
3 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
E6 / E7
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
3 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/16/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 279
Photo # 280
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, choker configuration, rigging sling is not

Piece label, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, not loaded, attached to

S1 of T.2BC.W and E8 of T.B1.2.N
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C3.4.N
RS.T.C3.4.N.1
NO LOAD
T.2BC.W & T.B1.2.N
RS.T.B1.2.N.1
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
Length:
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

E8 / S1
Appendix F.19
Page 261 of 606
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
3 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 281
Photo # 282
Piece label, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, rigging sling is not

Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.S
RS.T.C2.3.S.1
NO LOAD
T.C3.4.N
RS.T.C3.4.N.1
Panel Points:
E6 / E7
Length:
3 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
E1 / E2
Length:
Load:
NO LOAD
1 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
Photo # 283
Photo # 284
GAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, small amount of stretching in

nylon visible
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.D3.4.S
RS.T.D3.4.S.2
NA
T.D3.4.S
RS.T.D3.4.S.LIFE LINE.1
Panel Points:
E3 / E4
Length:
1 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

E1 / E2
Appendix F.19
Page 262 of 606
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 7 in.
LIFE LINE
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 285
Photo # 286
Capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs, truss is 20.5x20.5, 15' radius
TGAC60, 6ft, capacity of Rigging sling 5300lbs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.2
RS.LTP.2.1.LIFE LINE ROPE
LIFE LINE
T.D3.4.N
RS.T.D3.4.N.LIFE LINE.2
Panel Points:
3/4
Length:
1 ft. 5 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
W3 / W4
Length:
Load:
1 ft. 7 in.
LINE LINE
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 287
Photo # 288
General photo, supports lifeline rope, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket

configuration, over T.B1.2.S at E1-E2 and T.1.BC.W at N1-N2
General photo, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs, basket configuration, attached to fall

arrest mechanism
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
RS.T.B1.2.S
RS.T.B1.2.S.1
LIFE LINE
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.2
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

E2 / E3
Appendix F.19
Page 263 of 606
Length:
Load:
LIFE LINE
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 289
Photo # 290
General photo, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.E.S
RS.P.EF.2.3.E.S.1
LIFE LINE
LTP.5.1
RS.LTP.5.1.1
Panel Points:
E7 / E8
Length:
2 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/12/2011
N1 / N2
Length:
Load:
LIFE LINE
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5200 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 291
Photo # 292
Piece label, supports lifeline rope, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configurations

over T.B1.2.S at E1-E2 and T.1.BC.W at N1-N2
Piece label, GAC60 x 4, 5300lbs, basket configuration, attached to fall arrest

mechanism
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B1.2.S
RS.T.B1.2.S.1
LIFE LINE
P.BC.2.3.W.N
RS.P.BC.2.3.W.N.2
Panel Points:
E1 / E2
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

E2 / E3
Appendix F.19
Page 264 of 606
Length:
Load:
LIFE LINE
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/15/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 293
Photo # 294
Piece label, V-2RBW, 5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
P.EF.2.3.E.S
RS.P.EF.2.3.E.S.1
LIFE LINE
LTP.5.1
RS.LTP.5.1.1
Panel Points:
E7 / E8
Length:
2 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.P.EF.2.3.E.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/15/2011
N1 / N2
Length:
Load:
LIFE LINE
1 ft. 7 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5200 lb
09/12/2011
Photo # 295
Photo # 296
Manufacturer and capacity of Rigging sling not visible on tag, truss is

20.5x20.5, 15' radius, nylon is frayed a small amount
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTP.3
ECS.LTP.3.1.ELECTRICAL CABLES
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B1.2.S
ECS.T.B1.2.S.2
Panel Points:
2/3
Length:
0 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

E5 / E6
Appendix F.19
Page 265 of 606
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 297
Photo # 298
General photo, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, attached to NT of

T.2BC.W and ET of T.B2.3.S
General photo, GAC60 x 6,5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
ECS.T.B2.3.S.1
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
ECS.T.B2.3.S.2
Panel Points:
N1 / E1
Length:
3 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
E5 / E6
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 299
Photo # 300
General photo, model number unknown, 4200lbs, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N
ECS.T.B2.3.N.1.ELECTRICAL CABL
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.C2.3.S
ECS.T.C2.3.S.1.ELECTRICAL CABL
Panel Points:
E5 / E6
Length:
3 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb

T1 / T1
Appendix F.19
Page 266 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 4200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/12/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 301
Photo # 302
Piece label, BS2-60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration, attached to NT of

T.2BC.W and ET of T.B2.3.S
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B1.2.S
ECS.T.B1.2.S.2
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
ECS.T.B2.3.S.1
Panel Points:
E5 / E6
Length:
2 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
N1 / E1
H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
3 ft. 0 in.
09/13/2011
09/13/2011
Photo # 303
Photo # 304
Piece label, GAC60 x 6,5300lbs, basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
ECS.T.B2.3.S.2
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.N
E5 / E6
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb
Panel Points:
Hoist:
Length:
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 5300 lb

E5 / E6
Appendix F.19
Page 267 of 606
Length:
Load:
3 ft. 3 in.
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 305
Photo # 306
Piece label, model number unknown, 4200lbs, choker configuration
General photo, 1100lbs capacity
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.C2.3.S
ECS.T.C2.3.S.1.ELECTRICAL CABL
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B1.2.S
NA
Panel Points:
T1 / T1
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 4200 lb
09/13/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 308
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
NA
4 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/13/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
5 ft. 10 in.
Photo # 307
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 268 of 606
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
2 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
Photo # 309
Photo # 310
Piece label, 1100lbs capacity
09/12/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B1.2.S
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/13/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 312
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
NA
4 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/13/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
5 ft. 10 in.
Photo # 311
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 269 of 606
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
2 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 313
Photo # 314
General photo, 6000lbs, model number and manufacturer unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N
NA
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B1.2.S
ECS.T.B1.2.S.2.ELECTRICAL CABL
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 1100 lb
09/13/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
H.T.B1.2.S
Capacity: 6000 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 315
Photo # 316
General photo, piece label unreadable, c\hoker configuration
General photo, piece label unreadable, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 270 of 606
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 2 in.
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 317
Photo # 318
General photo, V-2RB EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Piece label, 6000lbs, model number and manufacturer unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B1.2.S
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/13/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
NA
H.T.B1.2.S
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: 6000 lb
09/13/2011
Photo # 319
Photo # 320
Piece label, piece label unreadable, choker configuration
Piece label, piece label unreadable, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.S
ELECTRICAL CABLES
T.B2.3.S
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
2 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: NA

NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 271 of 606
Length:
Load:
2 ft. 2 in.
ELECTRICAL CABLES
Hoist:
H.T.B2.3.S
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/13/2011
Photo # 321
Photo # 322
Piece label, V-2RB EN60, 5300lbs, choker configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.B2.3.N
ELECTRICAL CABLES
A1
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
2 ft. 4 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
H.T.B2.3.N
Capacity: 5300 lb
Length:
09/16/2011
Load:
NA
NA
09/16/2011
Photo # 323
Photo # 324
General photo,rigging sling is used to connect H.A1 to node A1, piece label is
unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
A1
RS.H.A1
NA
A1
NA
NA
H.A1
Capacity: 2200 lb
Panel Points:
Hoist:
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.A1
Capacity: NA

NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 272 of 606
09/16/2011
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
H.A1
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 325
Photo # 326
General photo, 2200lbs, hoist moved from structure during rescue operations,
chain length cannot be accurately measured
General photo, 2200lbs, hoist moved from structure during rescue operations,
chain length cannot be accurately measured
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
B1
NA
NA
B1
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.B1
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 328
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
B2
NA
NA
B2
NA
4 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.B2
Capacity: 2200 lb

Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
H.B1
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Photo # 327
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 273 of 606
Load:
NA
4 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
H.B2
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 329
Photo # 330
General photo, 2200lbs, hoist housing damage
Piece label, 2200lbs, hoist housing damage
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
B3
NA
NA
B3
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
5 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.B3
Capacity: 2200 lb
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
5 ft. 11 in.
Hoist:
H.B3
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 331
Photo # 332
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
B4
NA
NA
B4
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
6 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.B4
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 274 of 606
Load:
NA
6 ft. 8 in.
Hoist:
H.B4
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
Photo # 333
Photo # 334
Capacity 1 ton
Capacity 1 ton
09/16/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
F1
NA
NA
F2
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
12 ft. 10 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.F1
Capacity: 2200 lb
NA
Length:
09/16/2011
Photo # 336
Capacity 1 ton
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
F3
NA
NA
F4
NA
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.F3
Capacity: 2200 lb

Capacity: 2200 lb
09/16/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
H.F2
Capacity 1 ton
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Photo # 335
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 275 of 606
Load:
NA
10 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
H.F4
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 337
Photo # 338
Capacity 1 ton
General photo,rigging sling is used to connect NS.A1 to node A1, piece label is
unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
F4
NA
NA
A1
RS.NS.A1.1
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
10 ft. 9 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.F4
Capacity: 2200 lb
SB / SB
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 339
Photo # 340
Close-up,rigging sling is used to connect NS.A1 to node A1, piece label is

unreadable
unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
A1
RS.NS.A1.1
NA
A1
RS.NS.A1.2
Panel Points:
SB / SB
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NB / NB
Appendix F.19
Page 276 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/16/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 341
Photo # 342
unreadable
General photo, rigging sling is used to connect NS.G1 to node G1, piece label
is partially unreadable
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
A1
RS.NS.A1.2
NA
G1
RS.NS.G1
Panel Points:
NB / NB
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
SB / SB
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
09/20/2011
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
09/20/2011
Photo # 343
Photo # 344
General photo, rigging sling is used to connect NS.G1 to node G1, piece label
is partially unreadable
General photo, rigging sling is used to connect NS.G1 to node G1, GAC60 x 4,
basket configuration
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
G1
RS.NS.G1
NA
G1
RS.NS.G1
Panel Points:
SB / SB
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA

NB / NB
Appendix F.19
Page 277 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 345
Photo # 346
Piece label,rigging sling is used to connect NS.G1 to node G1, GAC60 x 4,

basket configuration
General photo
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
G1
RS.NS.G1
NA
T.1AB.E
NA
Panel Points:
NB / NB
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
S1 / S2
Length:
Photo # 348
General photo
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1AB.E
NA
SPK.AB1.W
T.1AB.W
NA
4 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 2200 lb

H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
Piece label
S1 / S2
SPK.AB1.W
4 ft. 2 in.
Photo # 347
Panel Points:
Load:
S3 / S4
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 278 of 606
Load:
SPK.AB1.W
4 ft. 3 in.
Hoist:
H.T.1AB.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 349
Photo # 350
General photo, B32-60 x 3, wrapped around ST
Piece label, B32-60 x 3, wrapped around ST
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1AB.E
RS.T.1AB.E.1
SPK.AB1.E
T.1AB.E
RS.T.1AB.E.1
Panel Points:
S5 / S6
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
S5 / S6
Length:
Photo # 352
Piece label
09/20/2011
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1AB.E
NA
SPK.AB1.E
T.1AB.E
NA
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 4400 lb

H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
General photo
NA
SPK.AB1.E
NA
Photo # 351
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 279 of 606
Load:
SPK.AB1.E
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 4400 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 353
Photo # 354
General photo, model number unknown, wrapped around NT
Piece label, model number unknown, wrapped around NT
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1AB.E
RS.T.1AB.E.2
SPK.AB1.E
T.1AB.E
RS.T.1AB.E.2
Panel Points:
N5 / N6
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: Fehr Bros. Industries, Inc.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
N5 / N6
Length:
Photo # 356
Piece label
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1AB.E
NA
SPK.AB1.E
T.1AB.E
NA
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 2200 lb

H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
General photo
NA
SPK.AB1.E
NA
Manufacturer: Fehr Bros. Industries, Inc.
Photo # 355
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 280 of 606
Load:
SPK.AB1.E
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1AB.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 357
Photo # 358
General photo
Piece label
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.W
NA
SPK.FG1.E
T.1FG.W
NA
Panel Points:
S7 / S8
Length:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
09/20/2011
S7 / S8
Length:
09/20/2011
Piece label, cannot measure length
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.E
NA
SPK.FG1.E
T.1FG.E
NA
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.E
Capacity: 2200 lb

H.T.1FG.W
Photo # 360
Length:
Hoist:
Capacity: 2200 lb
General photo, cannot measure chain length
S3 / S4
SPK.FG1.E
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 359
Panel Points:
Load:
S3 / S4
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 281 of 606
Load:
SPK.FG1.E
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1FG.E
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 361
Photo # 362
General photo
Piece label
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.W
NA
SPK.FG1.W
T.1FG.W
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 4400 lb
09/20/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 364
Piece label, BS2-60 x 3
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.W
RS.T.1FG.W.1
SPK.FG1.W
T.1FG.W
RS.T.1FG.W.1
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 4400 lb
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
General photo, BS2-60 x 3
S3 / S4
SPK.FG1.W
NA
Photo # 363
Panel Points:
Load:
S3 / S4
Appendix F.19
Page 282 of 606
Length:
Load:
SPK.FG1.W
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
09/20/2011
Photo # 365
Photo # 366
General photo, BS2-60 x 3
Piece label, BS2-60 x 3
09/20/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.W
RS.T.1FG.W.2
SPK.FG1.W
T.1FG.W
RS.T.1FG.W.2
Panel Points:
N3 / N4
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 367
N3 / N4
Length:
Load:
SPK.FG1.W
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/20/2011
Photo # 368
General photo
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
T.1FG.W
NA
SPK.FG1.W
T.1FG.W
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 2200 lb

NA
Length:
Appendix F.19
Page 283 of 606
Load:
SPK.FG1.W
NA
Hoist:
H.T.1FG.W
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
Photo # 369
Photo # 370
Piece label difficult to read
Bottom chain 5 ft
10/24/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTV.2
RS.LTV.2.CH1
CH1
LTW.2
NA
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
3 ft. 1 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
10/24/2011
Photo # 372
Chandelier left
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTW.2
NA
CH1
NA
CH1
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTW.2.CH1
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.LTW.2.CH1
Capacity: 1100 lb
10/24/2011
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
Piece label
NA
CH1
5 ft. 0 in.
Photo # 371
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 284 of 606
Length:
Load:
CH1
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
Photo # 373
Photo # 374
Supported by NT between N6 & N7
CM Lodestar, 4.5 ft chain
10/24/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTW.4
RS.LTW.4.CH2
CH2
LTW.4
NA
Panel Points:
N6 / N7
Length:
3 ft. 1 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
10/24/2011
NA
Length:
Load:
CH2
4 ft. 6 in.
Photo # 376
Piece label
Rigging sling
Capacity: 1100 lb
10/24/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTW.5
RS.LTW.5.CH2.2
CH2.2
LTW.5
RS.LTW.5.CH2.2
NA
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

H.LTW.4.CH2
Photo # 375
Panel Points:
Hoist:
NA
Appendix F.19
Page 285 of 606
Length:
Load:
CH2.2
3 ft. 2 in.
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
10/24/2011
Photo # 377
Photo # 378
Unable to measure length - approx. 9 ft
Chandelier right, where connection occurs
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTW.5
NA
CH2.2
NA
CH2.2
Panel Points:
NA
Length:
9 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTW.5.CH2.2
Capacity: 1100 lb
10/24/2011
NA
Length:
Photo # 380
Piece label
10/24/2011
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.3
NA
LED.1
LTB.3
NA
Manufacturer: NP
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.3.LED.1
Capacity: NA

NA
Capacity: NA
Hanging From:
Length:
Hoist:
Supported by NT & ST between N3 & N4, 4.5 ft of chain to LED screen
NA
CH2.2
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 379
Panel Points:
Load:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 286 of 606
Length:
Load:
LED.2
NA
Hoist:
H.LTB.3.LED.2
Capacity: 2200 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
10/24/2011
Photo # 381
Photo # 382
Supported by NT & ST between N7 & N8, 5 ft chain
Supported by NT & ST between N1 & N2, approx. 6 ft chain
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.3
NA
LED.2
LTB.4
NA
Panel Points:
N7 / N8
Length:
5 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.3.LED.2
Capacity: 2200 lb
10/24/2011
N1 / N2
Length:
Load:
LED.3
6 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
H.LTB.4.LED.3
Capacity: 2200 lb
10/24/2011
Photo # 383
Photo # 384
Piece label
Supported by NT & ST between N5 & N6, approx. 7 ft chain, no Piece label

present
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.4
NA
LED.3
LTB.4
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
NA
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.4.LED.3
Capacity: 2200 lb

N5 / N6
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 287 of 606
Length:
Load:
LED.4
7 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTB.4.LED.4
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
Photo # 385
Photo # 386
General photo, supported by NT & ST between N3 & N4, approx. 3 ft chain
Piece label
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.3
NA
CIRC.1
LTB.3
NA
Panel Points:
N3 / N4
Length:
3 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.3.CIRC.1
Capacity: 1100 lb
10/24/2011
NA
Length:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.4
NA
CIRC.2
NA
PROP2
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.4.CIRC.2
Capacity: 1100 lb

H.LTB.3.CIRC.1
10/24/2011
General photo prop hanging on right
4 ft. 6 in.
Hoist:
Photo # 388
Length:
CIRC.1
NA
Capacity: 1100 lb
CM Lodestar supported by NT & ST between N5 & N6, approx. 4.5 ft chain
N5 / N6
Load:
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 387
Panel Points:
10/24/2011
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 288 of 606
Length:
Load:
PROP2
NA
Hoist:
NA
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
Photo # 389
Photo # 390
Supported by NT & ST between N5 & N6, approx. 18 ft chain
Piece label
10/24/2011
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.2
NA
PROP2
LTW.1
RS.LTW.1
Panel Points:
N5 / N6
Length:
18 ft. 0 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Hoist:
Panel Points:
H.LTB.PROP2
Capacity: NA
NA
Length:
Load:
NA
Hoist:
NA
NA
10/24/2011
Capacity: 5300 lb
10/24/2011
Photo # 391
Photo # 392
Supported by NT between N6 & N7
Unattached at bottom end, supported by NT & ST between N3 & N4
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
Load:
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTW.1
RS.LTW.1
NA
LTB.2
NA
Panel Points:
N6 / N7
Length:
3 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
Panel Points:
NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

N3 / N4
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 289 of 606
Length:
Load:
NA
18 ft. 0 in.
Hoist:
H.LTB.2
Capacity: 1100 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RIGGING SLINGS
10/24/2011
Photo # 393
Piece label
Hanging From:
Rigging ID:
LTB.2
NA
Panel Points:
NA
Manufacturer: NP
Length:
Load:
NA
NA
Hoist:
H.LTB.2
Capacity: 1100 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 290 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.E
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.E
General photo, CA_BUMP2US, 140lbs weight
Piece label, CA_BUMP2US, 140lbs weight
Manufacturer: L'Acoustics
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.E.09
General photo, V-Dosc Eng, 238lbs weight
Piece label, V-Dosc Eng, 238lbs weight

Appendix F.19
Page 291 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 7
Photo # 8

Appendix F.19
Page 292 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 11
Photo # 12

Appendix F.19
Page 293 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 15
Photo # 16

Appendix F.19
Page 294 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 19
Photo # 20
Piece label, V-Dosc Eng, 238lbs weight, piece label not

accessible

Appendix F.19
Page 295 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 21
Photo # 22
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 23
Photo # 24
General photo, dV-Dosc, 3 units, each at 70lbs weight

Appendix F.19
Page 296 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 25
Photo # 26
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.E15
Piece label, dV-Dosc, 3 units, each at 70lbs weight
09/20/2011
Photo # 27
Photo # 28
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.W
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.W
General photo, 12 kg weight
Piece label, 12 kg weight

Appendix F.19
Page 297 of 606
09/20/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 29
Photo # 30
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.W
Tag ID: SPK.AB1.W.01
Loose cotter pin
General photo, SB218, 233lbs weight
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 31
Photo # 32
Piece label, SB218, 233lbs weight

Appendix F.19
Page 298 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 33
Photo # 34
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 35
Photo # 36

Appendix F.19
Page 299 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 37
Photo # 38
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 39
Photo # 40

Appendix F.19
Page 300 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
Photo # 41
Photo # 42
Tag ID: SPK.FG1.E
General photo, Bump Sub
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 43
Photo # 44
Tag ID: SPK.FG1.E
Tag ID: SPK.FG1.E.01
Piece label, Bump Sub

Appendix F.19
Page 301 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 45
Photo # 46
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 47
Photo # 48

Appendix F.19
Page 302 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 49
Photo # 50
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 51
Photo # 52

Appendix F.19
Page 303 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 53
Photo # 54
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 55
Photo # 56

Appendix F.19
Page 304 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 57
Photo # 58
Tag ID: SPK.FG1.W
General photo, CA_BUMP2US, 140lbs weight
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 59
Photo # 60
Tag ID: SPK.FG1.W.09

Appendix F.19
Page 305 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 61
Photo # 62
General photo, V-Dosc Eng, 238lbs weight, Piece label not

accessible
Piece label, CA_BUMP2US, 140lbs weight
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 63
Photo # 64

Appendix F.19
Page 306 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 65
Photo # 66
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 67
Photo # 68

Appendix F.19
Page 307 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 69
Photo # 70
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 71
Photo # 72

Appendix F.19
Page 308 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 73
Photo # 74
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 75
Photo # 76

Appendix F.19
Page 309 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 77
Photo # 78
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 79
Photo # 80

Appendix F.19
Page 310 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
SPEAKERS
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 81
Photo # 82
09/20/2011
09/20/2011
Photo # 83
Photo # 84
General photo, dV-Dosc, 3 units, each at 70lbs weight
Piece label, dV-Dosc, 3 units, each at 70lbs weight

Appendix F.19
Page 311 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/25/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 2
Overall
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.N
Rigging slings at panel points W3 and W4
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 4
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.N
Rigging slings between W4 and W5 panel points
Piece label
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 312 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/25/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 6
Overall photo
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.S
Rigging slings between panel point W5 and W6
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: P.BC.1.2.S
08/31/2011
Photo # 8
Piece label
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 313 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 10
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
Connection to T.3.BC.E at EB between E6 and E7
Piece label, 2000, USA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/31/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 12
General photo
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
Point load over ET and WT between E7 and E8
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 314 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 14
General photo
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.E.
Point label, 2006, USA
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 16
General photo of point loads
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
General photo of point loads
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 315 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 18
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
Point load over WT, ET, WB, and EB, sling is free to slide
along purlin
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 20
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 316 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 22
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
Point load over ET and WT between E5 and E6
Connection to T.2.BC.W at T1, attached to bottom chord of

RF.BC.2
Damage: NP
Panel Points: T1 / T1
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 24
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 317 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: P.BC.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 26
General photo
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
General photo from north
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
08/31/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 28
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
Connection to T.4.BC.E at WB between W6 and W7
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 318 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 30
General photo
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 319 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 34
General photo
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 36
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
Point load around both top and bottom chord, sling is free
to slide
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005

Appendix F.19
Page 320 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 38
Tag ID: P.BC.3.4.W
Connection to T.3.BC.W at WB between W3 and W4
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/30/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 40
General photo
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
Point load between W5 and W4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 321 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 42
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
Connection to T.3.CD.W at WB and B4
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
08/30/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 44
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 322 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 46
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
Connection to T.3.DE.W at WB between W7 and W6
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
08/30/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 48
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 323 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 50
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.S
Connection to T.2.CD.W at EB between E2 and E3
Point load between E6 and E7
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/30/2011
Photo # 51
Tag ID: P.CD.2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 52
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 324 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 54
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.N
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 56
General photo
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.S
Connection to T.3.CD.E at EB between E2 and E3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 325 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 57
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 58
Point load between E3 and E4
Tag ID: P.CD.3.4.S
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
08/30/2011
Photo # 59
Tag ID: P.DE.2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 60
Tag ID: P.DE.2.3.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 326 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 61
Tag ID: P.DE.2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 62
Tag ID: P.DE.2.3.S
Connection to T.2.DE.E at EB between E2 and E3
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 63
Tag ID: P.DE.2.3.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 64
Piece label, 2006 USA
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 327 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 65
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 66
General photo
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.N
Connection to T.4.DE.W at WB between W7 and W6,

strap is around both WB and EB
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA
08/30/2011
Photo # 67
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 68
General photo
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 328 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 69
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 70
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.S
Connection to T.3.DE.W at WB and B2
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/30/2011
Photo # 71
Tag ID: P.DE.3.4.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 72
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
General photo from east
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004

Appendix F.19
Page 329 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 73
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 74
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
Close-up of point load
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
08/30/2011
Photo # 75
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
08/30/2011
Photo # 76
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
Detail of connection to T.2.EF.W and T.2.EF.E at EB
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004

Appendix F.19
Page 330 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 77
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.N
08/25/2011
Photo # 78
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/25/2011
Photo # 79
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 80
General photo
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
Rigging sling point load at W6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005

Appendix F.19
Page 331 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/25/2011
Photo # 81
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
08/25/2011
Photo # 82
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
Impact damage to bottom chord and at panel point E8
Impact damage to bottom chord and at panel point B8
Panel Points: EB / E8
Damage: IM
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/25/2011
Photo # 83
Tag ID: P.EF.1.2.S
08/30/2011
Photo # 84
Piece label, 7/2005
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 332 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 85
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
08/30/2011
Photo # 86
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
General photo of connection at W7 and W8 and E6 and E7
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 87
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
08/30/2011
Photo # 88
General photo
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 333 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 89
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
08/30/2011
Photo # 90
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/30/2011
Photo # 91
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.E.
08/30/2011
Photo # 92
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2007

Appendix F.19
Page 334 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 93
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 94
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
Connection to T.3.EF.W.ST at E6 and E7
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2007
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2007
08/30/2011
Photo # 95
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
08/30/2011
Photo # 96
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
Close-up of point load at E7 and E8
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 335 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/30/2011
Photo # 97
Tag ID: P.EF.2.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 98
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
Connection to T.2.EF.W at WB between W2 and W3

Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/31/2011
Photo # 99
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 100
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
Connection to T.4.EF.E at EB between E7 and E8
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 336 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 101
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 102
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
Connection to T.1.EF.E over EB and WB between W2 and

W3
General photo
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/31/2011
Photo # 103
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.E.
08/31/2011
Photo # 104
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
Point load over EB, WB, ET, and WT, sling is free to slide
along purlin
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 337 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 105
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 106
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
Close-up of connection at WB between W6 and W7
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/31/2011
Photo # 107
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 108
Piece label. 2006, USA
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 338 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PURLINS
08/31/2011
Photo # 109
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 110
Tag ID: P.EF.3.4.W
Connection to T.1.EF.E over EB and WB at B1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2002

Appendix F.19
Page 339 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/26/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: S.AB
08/26/2011
Photo # 2
General photo of S.AB Strut
Tag ID: S.AB
General photo of S.AB strut
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: S.AB.1
08/26/2011
Photo # 4
Tag ID: S.AB.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: E2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 340 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/26/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: S.AB.1
08/26/2011
Photo # 6
Starting weld failure
Tag ID: S.AB.1
7/2006
Panel Points: W2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: S.AB.2
08/26/2011
Photo # 8
General photo
Tag ID: S.AB.2
7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 135 degree gat
Manuf. Year: 2006
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 341 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/26/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: S.AB.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 10
General photo
Tag ID: S.AB.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/26/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: S.AB.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 12
7/2005
Tag ID: S.AB.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011

Appendix F.19
Page 342 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/26/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: S.AB.4
08/26/2011
Photo # 14
General photo
Tag ID: S.AB.4
7/2011
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011
08/26/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: S.AB.5
08/26/2011
Photo # 16
General photo
Tag ID: S.AB.5
Date was scratched off
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 343 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/26/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: S.AB.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 18
General photo
Tag ID: S.AB.6
7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: S.FG.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 20
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.1
Point load on bottom chords
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: EB / WB
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 344 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: S.FG.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 22
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.1
Piece Label, 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: S.FG.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 24
Tag ID: S.FG.1
Label of connection plate used to connect S.FG.1 to node

G1, 7/2006
Weld failure at NB and W3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NB / W3
Damage: WF
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 345 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: S.FG.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 26
Weld failure at NB and W3
Tag ID: S.FG.2
Tag
Panel Points: NB / W3
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: S.FG.2
08/29/2011
Photo # 28
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.2
Piece label, 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: 2006
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 346 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: S.FG.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 30
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/29/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: S.FG.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: S.FG.3
Yielding and buckling of SWB from impact
Yielding and buckling of SWB from impact
Panel Points: SWB / SWB
Damage: BK, YD, IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 347 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: S.FG.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 34
Weld failure at SWB and SEB
Tag ID: S.FG.3
Piece label, 8/2000
Panel Points: SWB / SEB
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
08/29/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: S.FG.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 36
Piece label, 8/2000
Tag ID: S.FG.3
Weld failure at T2 and top chord
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: T2 / NET
Damage: WF
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000

Appendix F.19
Page 348 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: S.FG.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 38
Tag ID: S.FG.4
Weld failure at T2 and top chord
General photo
Panel Points: T2 / NET
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1361
Manuf. Year: 2000
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011
08/29/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: S.FG.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 40
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.4
Piece label, 7/2011
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011
Model # : B1362
Manuf. Year: 2011

Appendix F.19
Page 349 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: S.FG.5
08/29/2011
Photo # 42
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.5
Piece label, 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: 2006
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 44
General photo
Tag ID: S.FG.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 350 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 46
Impact damage at bottom chord
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Impact damage to bottom chord
Damage: IM
Panel Points: W1 / SB
Damage: YD, IM
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 48
Piece label, 7/2006
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Label for connection piece to T.F1.2.N, 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 351 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 50
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 51
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 52
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Detail of washer used in connection to truss T.F1.2.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 352 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
STRUTS
08/29/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 54
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Detail of bolt missing from connection to truss T.F1.2.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/29/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: S.FG.6
08/29/2011
Photo # 56
Tag ID: S.FG.6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : 23830-01
Manuf. Year: 2006

Appendix F.19
Page 353 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/09/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: NS.A1.JB.W1.E.X.1
Torn ratchet strap found on top of JB.W1
Torn ratchet strap
Length: 1 ft. 8 in.
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/09/2011
Manufacturer: NP
09/09/2011
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/09/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
General photo of second piece of torn strap, looking west
Tag not clear, rated capacity appears to read 3333lbs
Length: 8 ft. 6 in.
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 354 of 606
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/07/2011
09/07/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
Tag ID: NS.B1.JB.W3.W
Torn ratchet strap that disconnected from JB.W3
Torn ratchet strap that disconnected from JB.W3
Length: NA
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/09/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 8
Tag ID: NS.B1.JB.W3.W.X.1
Strap disengaged off JB.W3 and landed on the fence in

NW corner
Torn end of ratchet strap
Length: 2 ft. 11 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb

Capacity: 3333 lb
Photo # 7
Damage: NP
Damage: Tear
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 355 of 606
09/09/2011
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/09/2011
09/07/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
Tag ID: NS.B2.JB.W3.E
Severed ratchet strap component located near where

column B1 collapsed
Ratchet strap connection to jersey barriers
Length: 1 ft. 4 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: Tear
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/07/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 12
Tag
Tag, 3333lbs rated capacity
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 3333 lb

Capacity: 3333 lb
Photo # 11
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 356 of 606
09/09/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/07/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
Ratchet strap to jersey barrier connection
General photo of ratchet strap
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/09/2011
Manufacturer: NP
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/08/2011
Photo # 15
Photo # 16
Tag ID: NS.B4.JB.NW1.S
Ratchet strap connection to jersey barrier
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 357 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/09/2011
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
Tag ID: NS.B4.JB.NW1.S
Approx. length is 1.208'

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: 1 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 20
Tag
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 3333 lb

Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Photo # 19
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 358 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/09/2011
Photo # 21
Photo # 22
Actual length is 1.33'
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: 1 ft. 3.96 in.
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 24
Actual length is 3.85'
Tag
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 3333 lb

Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Photo # 23
Length: 3 ft. 10.2 in.
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 359 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/09/2011
09/12/2011
Photo # 25
Photo # 26
Tag ID: NS.F1.JB.E3.E
General photo, GAC60 x 6, 5300lbs, basket configuration,

attached to N1 of T.2.FG.W and E1 of T.F1.2.S, not loaded
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/06/2011
Photo # 27
Photo # 28
Tag ID: NS.F2.JB.E3.W
General photo
Ratchet opened to secure column before TT arrival on site,

therefore length of strap not available
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 360 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/06/2011
Photo # 29
Photo # 30
Hook to pin length, 13'-11"
Pin to hook length, 1'-3"

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: 1 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/06/2011
Photo # 32
General photo
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 31
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 361 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/06/2011
Photo # 33
Photo # 34
General photo
Hook to pin, 17'-4"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/06/2011
Photo # 36
Pin to hook, 1'-4"
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 35
Length: 1 ft. 4 in.
09/06/2011
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 362 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/06/2011
Photo # 37
Photo # 38
General photo
Hook to pin - 4'-9.25"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: 4 ft. 9 in.
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
09/06/2011
Photo # 39
Photo # 40
Pin to hook - 1'-4.75"
Piece label - 3333lbs rated capacity
Length: 1 ft. 6 in.

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 3333 lb

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 363 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 3333 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/01/2011
Photo # 41
Photo # 42
Tag ID: NS.F4.JB.NE1.S
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/01/2011
09/01/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 43
Photo # 44
Measurement from hook on wire rope side to hook on JB

side, 12'-11"
Measurement from hook on wire rope side to hook on JB

side, 12'-11"
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 364 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
RATCHET STRAPS
09/01/2011
Photo # 45
Photo # 46
Tag ID: NS.G1.JB.E1.W
Measurement from hook on wire rope side to pin in ratchet

on JB side, 11'-3.25"
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
09/07/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: NS.G1.JB.E1.W
General photo
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 365 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/09/2011
09/09/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: WR.A1.JB.W1.E.1
Wire rope connected to Rigging sling, which is attached to

column A1
Also includes WR.A1.JB.W1.E.2
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/09/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
09/09/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
Tag
Between WR.A1.JB.W1.E.1 and WR.A1.JB.W1.E.2,

Approx. bearing surface to bearing surface length 2 1/2"

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 366 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/09/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
General photo
General photo

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/09/2011
09/09/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 7
Photo # 8
09/09/2011
Approx. bearing surface to bearing surface between

WR.A1.JB.W1.E.2 and WR.A1.JB.W1.E.3 2 1/2"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA


Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 367 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/09/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
Tag ID: WR.B1.JB.W3.W.1
09/09/2011
Approx. bearing surface length between

WR.B1.JB.W3.W.1 and RS.B1.JB.W3.W 2 1/2"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/09/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 11
Photo # 12
09/09/2011
WR.B1.JB.W3.W.1 missing shackle screw connecting

WR.B1.JB.W3.W.1 and WR.B1.JB.W3.W.2
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA


Appendix F.19
Page 368 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/09/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
Tag ID: WR.B2.JB.W3.E
09/07/2011
Connection between NS and WR

Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 16
Tag ID: WR.B2.JB.W3.E.1
Tag
Loose shackle pin
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb

Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 15
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 369 of 606
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/07/2011
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
09/07/2011
Shackle, distance from bearing point to bearing point

approximately 3"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 19
Photo # 20
09/07/2011
Tag
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 370 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/07/2011
09/07/2011
Photo # 21
Photo # 22
Connection of wire rope to plate
Bearing surface to bearing surface length of wire ropes,

approximately 2 1/4"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: Fak Trading Corp.
Length: NA
Capacity: 1400 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 24
wire rope to plate connection approximately 2 1/2"
Connection to ratchet strap
Length: NA
Length: NA
Capacity: 1400 lb

Capacity: 1400 lb
Photo # 23
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 371 of 606
Capacity: 1400 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/08/2011
09/08/2011
Photo # 25
Photo # 26
Tag ID: WR.B4.JB.NW1.S.1
Approx. shackle bearing to bearing between S.1 and S.2 2

1/2"
Shackle to plate connection, approx. bearing length 2 1/2"
Length: NA
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/08/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 27
Photo # 28
09/08/2011
Approx. shackle bearing to bearing distance between S.2

and S.3 2 1/2"
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 372 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/08/2011
09/08/2011
Photo # 29
Photo # 30
Tag ID: WR.B4.JB.NW1.S.3.X.1
Tag ID: WR.B4.JB.NW1.S.3.X.2
Shackle screw that attached WR.B4.JB.N.S.3 and

WR.B4.JB.N.S.4 detached, located under back of stage
Shackle attaching WR.B4.JB.N.S.3 and WR.B4.JB.N.S.4
Length: NA
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
09/08/2011
Photo # 32
Dettached from ratchet strap
Shackle to plate connection
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Capacity: NA
Photo # 31
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 373 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 33
Photo # 34
Connection to plate
Connection to plate
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 36
General photo
Tag for wire rope
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb

Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 35
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 374 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 37
Photo # 38
Tag for wire rope, straight pull = 2800lbs, choker hitch =

2200lbs, basket hitch = 5800lbs
Approx. length 19'-11"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
Photo # 39
Photo # 40
Aprrox. length is 30'-1.5"
Connection of wire rope to plate, approx. length is 30'-1.5"

Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 375 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 41
Photo # 42
Length is 2.5", connecting WR.B4.JB.W4.E.2 and

WR.B4.JB.W4.E.3
General photo
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 43
Photo # 44
Tag ID: WR.B4.JB.W4.E.2.X.1
09/06/2011
General photo
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 376 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 45
Photo # 46
Tag ID: WR.F1.JB.E3.E.1
09/07/2011
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 48
General photo
General photo
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb

Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 47
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 377 of 606
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/07/2011
Photo # 49
Photo # 50
General photo
Piece label, 1.3 tons, 30'-1"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 52
Piece label, 1.3 tons, label for WR.F1.JB.E3.E.2 is missing
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb

Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 51
Damage: NP
09/07/2011
Appendix F.19
Page 378 of 606
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/07/2011
09/07/2011
Photo # 53
Photo # 54
General photo
Kink in wire rope at 9'-8", numerous additional kinks found

in wire rope and tag missing
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 56
Tag ID: WR.F2.JB.E3.W.1
Length 20'-2"
Shackle, 2.5"
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb

Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 55
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 379 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Photo # 57
Photo # 58
General photo
wire rope length, 30'-1.25". Shackle length, 2.5"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 60
General photo
10'-1"
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Capacity: NA
Photo # 59
Length: NA
Damage: NP

Appendix F.19
Page 380 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 61
Photo # 62
30'-1.25"
Shackle - 2.5"

Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/06/2011
Photo # 64
General photo
30'-1.25"
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 63
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Length: NA
Appendix F.19
Page 381 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 65
Photo # 66
Shackle - 2.5"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 68
Kink in wire rope at 3'-8"
10'-2.5"
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Photo # 67
Length: NA
09/06/2011

Appendix F.19
Page 382 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 69
Photo # 70
Shackle - 2.5"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 72
Kink in wire rope at 14'-1.5", several additional kinks found

in wire rope
20'-1"
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb

Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 71
Damage: NP
09/06/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 383 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 73
Photo # 74
09/06/2011
Shackle - 2.5"
Damage: NP
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/06/2011
Photo # 76
General photo
General photo
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb

Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 75
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 384 of 606
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 77
Photo # 78
Piece label, 1.3 tons
Shackle - 2.5"
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: 2600 lb
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 79
Photo # 80
09/06/2011
Shackle - 2.5"
Damage: NP
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: 2600 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 385 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 81
Photo # 82
09/06/2011

Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2600 lb
08/23/2011
Photo # 84
Tag ID: WR.F4.JB.NE1.S
Tag ID: WR.F4.JB.NE1.S.1
NE wire rope, 3/8"
General photo
Manufacturer: Tri State
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb

Capacity: 2600 lb
Photo # 83
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 386 of 606
09/01/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/01/2011
Photo # 85
Photo # 86
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/01/2011
09/01/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/01/2011
Photo # 87
Photo # 88
Piece label with load limits for wire rope
Measurement from shackle on structure to shackle

connection to WR.F4.JB.NE1.S.2, 19'-10.5"
Length: NA
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 387 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/01/2011
Photo # 89
Photo # 90
Piece label with load limits for wire rope
Shackle - 2.5"
Length: NA
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 91
Photo # 92
09/06/2011
General photo
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 388 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 93
Photo # 94
Shackle - 2.5"
General photo
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.

Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 95
Photo # 96
09/06/2011
Shackle - 2.5"
Damage: NP
Length: 0 ft. 3 in.
Capacity: 2800 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 389 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/06/2011
Photo # 97
Photo # 98
Tag ID: WR.G1.JB.E1.W.1
09/07/2011
General photo
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 100
General photo
General photo
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 2800 lb

Capacity: 2800 lb
Photo # 99
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 390 of 606
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
WIRE ROPES
09/07/2011
Photo # 101
Photo # 102
General photo
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/07/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2800 lb
09/07/2011
Photo # 103
Damage: NP
Capacity: 2600 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 391 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIERS
09/07/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: JB.E1
Tag ID: JB.E1
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
Tag ID: JB.E2
Tag ID: JB.E2
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 392 of 606
09/07/2011
09/06/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIERS
09/01/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
Tag ID: JB.NE1
Tag ID: JB.NE2
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 7
Photo # 8
Tag ID: JB.NE2
Tag ID: JB.NE2
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 393 of 606
09/01/2011
09/01/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIERS
09/09/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
Tag ID: JB.W1
Tag ID: JB.W2
General photo
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 11
Photo # 12
Tag ID: JB.W2
Tag ID: JB.W3
General photo
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 394 of 606
09/06/2011
09/07/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIERS
09/06/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
Tag ID: JB.W4
Tag ID: JB.W4
09/06/2011
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 15
Photo # 16
Tag ID: JB.W4
Tag ID: JB.W4
Length: NA
Length: 2 ft. 4 in.

Appendix F.19
Page 395 of 606
09/06/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
JERSEY BARRIERS
09/06/2011
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
Tag ID: JB.W4
Tag ID: JB.W4
Distance traveled is approx. 14'-5", barrier movement

during collapse was interrupted by gravel pile
Jersey barrier movement path
Length: NA
Length: NA
09/06/2011
Photo # 19
Photo # 20
Tag ID: JB.W4
Tag ID: JB.W4
Jersey barrier movement during collapse was interrupted

by gravel pile
General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 396 of 606
09/06/2011
09/06/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
GUYING SYSTEM RIGGING
09/21/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: RS.A1.JB.W1.E
Rigging sling location on node
Length: 2 ft. 9 in.

Damage: NP
Length: 2 ft. 9 in.
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/21/2011
09/21/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/09/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
RS.A1.JB.W1.E. Rigging sling attached to A1 node
Length: 2 ft. 9 in.

Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 5300 lb

Appendix F.19
Page 397 of 606
Damage: NP
Capacity: 5300 lb
Apriil 3, 2012
09/09/2011
09/09/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
RS.A1.JB.W1.E. Rigging sling tag
RS.A1.JB.W1.E. Rigging sling tag
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 5300 lb
09/21/2011
Photo # 8
Tag ID: RS.B1.JB.W3.W
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Capacity: 5300 lb
Photo # 7
Length: 2 ft. 9 in.
Damage: NP
Length: 2 ft. 9 in.

Manufacturer: NP
Appendix F.19
Page 398 of 606
09/21/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Apriil 3, 2012
09/09/2011
09/09/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
RS.B1.JB.W3.W Rigging sling attached to column B1,

connected to WR.B1.JB.W3.W.1

Length: NA
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA
09/09/2011
Photo # 11
Length: NA
Manufacturer: NP
Damage: NP
Capacity: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 399 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: GW.C1.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 2
General photo
Tag ID: GW.C1.1
Piece label, 1995, UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: GW.C1.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 4
General photo
Tag ID: GW.C1.2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 400 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: GW.C1.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 6
General photo
Tag ID: GW.C1.3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: GW.C1.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 8
General photo
Tag ID: GW.C1.4
Piece label. 1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 401 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: GW.C2.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 10
General photo
Tag ID: GW.C2.1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: GW.C2.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 12
Tag
Tag ID: GW.C2.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 402 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: GW.C2.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 14
Tag ID: GW.C2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: GW.C2.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 16
Tag ID: GW.C2.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 403 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: GW.C2.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 18
Tag ID: GW.D1.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: GW.D1.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 20
Tag ID: GW.D1.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 404 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: GW.D1.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 22
Tag ID: GW.D1.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: GW.D1.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 24
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: GW.D1.3
Pin connection between GW.D1.3 and GW.D2.3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 405 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 26
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
Starting of a weld delamination and weld failure

Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 28
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 406 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 30
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
Panel Points: W2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
Panel Points: E3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: E2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 407 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 34
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NW /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 36
Tag ID: GW.D1.4
General photo, NW, SW, NE, SE rotated at pins toward SE

corner
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 408 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: GW.D2.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 38
General photo
Tag ID: GW.D2.1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: GW.D2.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 40
General photo
Tag ID: GW.D2.2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 409 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: GW.D2.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 42
General photo
Tag ID: GW.D2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: GW.D2.3
08/31/2011
Photo # 44
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: GW.D2.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 410 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: GW.D2.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 46
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: GW.D2.4
Pin connection
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: GW.D2.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 48
Pin connection
Tag ID: GW.D2.4
Pin connection
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 411 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: GW.D3.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 50
General photo
Tag ID: GW.D3.1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 51
Tag ID: GW.D3.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 52
General photo
Tag ID: GW.D3.2
Stamp in top plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 412 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: GW.D3.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 54
Tag ID: GW.D3.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: GW.D3.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 56
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: GW.D3.3
Connection to node RG.N3
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 413 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 57
Tag ID: GW.D3.3
08/31/2011
Photo # 58
Tag ID: GW.D3.4
Pin connection between GW.D3.3 and GW.D2.3
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 59
Tag ID: GW.D3.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 60
General photo
Tag ID: GW.E1.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 414 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 61
Tag ID: GW.E1.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 62
Tag ID: GW.E1.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 63
Tag ID: GW.E1.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 64
Tag ID: GW.E1.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 415 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 65
Tag ID: GW.E1.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 66
General photo
Tag ID: GW.E1.3
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 67
Tag ID: GW.E1.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 68
General photo
Tag ID: GW.E1.4
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 416 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 69
Tag ID: GW.E2.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 70
Tag
Tag ID: GW.E2.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 71
Tag ID: GW.E2.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 72
Tag ID: GW.E2.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 417 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 73
Tag ID: GW.E2.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 74
Tag ID: GW.E2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 75
Tag ID: GW.E2.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 76
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: GW.E2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 418 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 77
Tag ID: GW.E2.3
08/31/2011
Photo # 78
Tag ID: GW.E2.4
Pin connection between GW.E2.3 and GW.E1.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 79
Tag ID: GW.E2.4
09/02/2011
Photo # 80
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.BC.1
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 419 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 81
Tag ID: RF.BC.1
09/02/2011
Photo # 82
Tag ID: RF.BC.1
Yield of pin connection plate of N10 and S10
Pin connection plate yield of N10 and S10
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 83
Tag ID: RF.BC.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 84
General photo
Tag ID: RF.BC.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 420 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 85
Tag ID: RF.BC.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 86
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.E

Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: T1 /
Damage: WF, YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 87
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.E
09/02/2011
Photo # 88
General photo
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 421 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 89
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.E
09/02/2011
Photo # 90
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.W
Pin connection to node RG.N1, pin connection ST and SB

pulling away from node
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 91
Tag ID: RF.CD.1.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 92
General photo
Tag ID: RF.CD.2.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 422 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 93
Tag ID: RF.CD.2.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 94
Tag ID: RF.CD.2.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 95
Tag ID: RF.CD.2.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 96
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 423 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 97
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 98
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 99
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 100
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 424 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 101
Tag ID: RF.CD.3.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 102
Tag ID: RF.CD.4.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 103
Tag ID: RF.CD.4.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 104
Tag ID: RF.CD.4.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 425 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 105
Tag ID: RF.CD.4.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 106
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E

Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: T7 /
Damage: WF, YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 107
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 108
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 426 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 109
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 110
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
Panel Points: T5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 111
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 112
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 427 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 113
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 114
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
Panel Points: T3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 115
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 116
Start of a weld failure
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: WF, YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 428 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 117
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 118
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 119
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E.
09/01/2011
Photo # 120
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.E.
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 429 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 121
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 122
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Location of where T2 and B2 failed
Location where T3 and B3 failed
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 123
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 124
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 430 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 125
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 126
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Panel Points: T5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 127
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 128
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 431 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 129
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 130
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Panel Points: T7 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: B7 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 131
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 132
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Connection to node RG.N1, pin connection beginning to

pull away from the node
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 432 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 133
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 134
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
General of west rafter
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 135
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 136
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: T2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 433 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 137
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 138
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
Panel Points: T3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/02/2011
Photo # 139
Tag ID: RF.DE.1.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 140
Tag ID: RF.DE.2.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 434 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 141
Tag ID: RF.DE.2.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 142
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.2.W
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 143
Tag ID: RF.DE.2.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 144
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.DE.2.W
Pin connection between RF.DE.2.W and RF.DE.2.E
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 435 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 145
Tag ID: RF.DE.3.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 146
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.3.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 147
Tag ID: RF.DE.3.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 148
Tag ID: RF.DE.3.W
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 436 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 149
Tag ID: RF.DE.3.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 150
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 151
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.E
08/31/2011
Photo # 152
General photo
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.W
ST at pin location is pulling away from center node, RG.N4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: ST /
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 437 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 153
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.W
08/31/2011
Photo # 154
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.W
SB at pin location is pulling away from center node, RG.N4
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: SB /
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
08/31/2011
Photo # 155
Tag ID: RF.DE.4.W
09/02/2011
Photo # 156
General photo
Tag ID: RF.EF.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 438 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 157
Tag ID: RF.EF.1
09/02/2011
Photo # 158
General photo
Tag ID: RF.EF.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 159
Tag ID: RF.EF.1
09/02/2011
Photo # 160
General photo
Tag ID: RF.EF.1
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 439 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 161
Tag ID: RF.EF.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 162
General photo
Tag ID: RF.EF.2
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 163
Tag ID: RF.EF.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 164
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.EF.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 440 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 165
Tag ID: RF.EF.4
08/31/2011
Photo # 166
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.EF.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 167
Tag ID: RF.N1.E.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 168
General photo
Tag ID: RF.N1.E.1
Weld failure at S4 to SB
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 441 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 169
Tag ID: RF.N1.E.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 170
Tag ID: RF.N1.W.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 171
Tag ID: RF.N1.W.1
09/01/2011
Photo # 172
Tag ID: RF.N2.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 442 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 173
Tag ID: RF.N2.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 174
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.N2.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 175
Tag ID: RF.N2.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 176
Tag ID: RF.N2.W
Tag
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 443 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 177
Tag ID: RF.N2.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 178
General photo
Tag ID: RF.N2.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 179
Tag ID: RF.N3.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 180
Tag ID: RF.N3.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 444 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 181
Tag ID: RF.N3.E
09/01/2011
Photo # 182
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RF.N3.E
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 183
Tag ID: RF.N3.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 184
General photo
Tag ID: RF.N3.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 445 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
08/31/2011
Photo # 185
Tag ID: RF.N4.E
08/31/2011
Photo # 186
General photo
Tag ID: RF.N4.E
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 187
Tag ID: RF.N4.W
09/01/2011
Photo # 188
General photo
Tag ID: RF.N4.W
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 446 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 189
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 190
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: T1 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: B1 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 191
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 192
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: T2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 447 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 193
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 194
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: T3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 195
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 196
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 448 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 197
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 198
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 199
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 200
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 449 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 201
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 202
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Very little weld delamination

Panel Points: T7 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: B7 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 203
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 204
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
General photo, looking south

Panel Points: B8 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 450 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 205
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 206
General photo, looking north
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/02/2011
Photo # 207
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/02/2011
Photo # 208
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
Pin connection to node RG.N2, top two pin connections

pulled out
Panel Points: E22 /
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 451 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 209
Tag ID: RG.1.2.S
09/01/2011
Photo # 210
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: T2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 211
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 212
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 452 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 213
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 214
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 215
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 216
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Very little weld delamination

Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF, WD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 453 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 217
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 218
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Panel Points: T5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 219
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 220
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
Year: 7/1995,UK
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 454 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 221
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 222
Pin connection to RG.N3
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 223
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
09/01/2011
Photo # 224
General photo
Tag ID: RG.2.3.C
General photo looking south, displaced section towards SE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 455 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 225
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 226
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Weld delamination was starting

Panel Points: T6 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: B6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 227
09/01/2011
Photo # 228
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Panel Points: T5 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: T4 /
Damage: WF, WD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 456 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 229
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 230
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Panel Points: T3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: T2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 231
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 232
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Pin connection to node RG.N3

Panel Points: B2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 457 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 233
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 234
General photo
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 235
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 236
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Missing area of elements B3, B4 and B5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995

Appendix F.19
Page 458 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 237
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
09/01/2011
Photo # 238
Year: 7/1995,UK
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N
Pin connection to RG.N4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 1995
09/01/2011
Photo # 239
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N.X
09/01/2011
Photo # 240
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N.X
Panel Points: B3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: B4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 459 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 241
Tag ID: RG.3.4.N.X
09/01/2011
Photo # 242
Tag ID: RG.N1
General photo
Panel Points: B5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : T SR ST 30.5
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 243
Tag ID: RG.N1
09/01/2011
Photo # 244
Tag ID: RG.N2
Piece label, SRST 5cm Apex 3-way
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 460 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 245
Tag ID: RG.N3
08/31/2011
Photo # 246
General photo
Tag ID: RG.N4
General of node
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/02/2011
Photo # 247
Tag ID: WR.CD.1
09/02/2011
Photo # 248
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope connection to plate
Tag ID: WR.CD.1
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : Thomas SR S
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 461 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/13/2011
Photo # 249
Tag ID: WR.CD.2
09/13/2011
Photo # 250
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.CD.2
South wire rope
Manufacturer: NP
Wire to plate connection
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/13/2011
Photo # 251
Tag ID: WR.CD.2
09/13/2011
Photo # 252
Manufacturer: NP
North wire rope
Tag ID: WR.CD.3
Manufacturer: NP
South wire rope
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 462 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/13/2011
Photo # 253
Tag ID: WR.CD.3
09/13/2011
Photo # 254
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.CD.3
North wire rope
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope to plate connection, looking west
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/13/2011
Photo # 255
Tag ID: WR.CD.3
09/13/2011
Photo # 256
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.CD.4
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope to plate connection, looking east
South wire rope
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 463 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/13/2011
Photo # 257
Tag ID: WR.CD.4
09/13/2011
Photo # 258
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.CD.4
North wire rope
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope to plate connection, looking west, connection

twisted, due to loss of tension in wire ropes
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/13/2011
Photo # 259
Tag ID: WR.CD.4
09/02/2011
Photo # 260
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.1
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope plate connection on east side
Wire rope connection to plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 464 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/02/2011
Photo # 261
Tag ID: WR.DE.1
09/02/2011
Photo # 262
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.1
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope connection to RG.N1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 263
Tag ID: WR.DE.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 264
Manufacturer: NP
Connection of wire rope to plate
Tag ID: WR.DE.2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 465 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 265
Tag ID: WR.DE.2
09/01/2011
Photo # 266
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.3
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 267
Tag ID: WR.DE.3
09/01/2011
Photo # 268
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.3
Manufacturer: NP
Wire rope connection to node RG.N3
Torsion of wire rope plate from impact
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 466 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 269
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 270
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
Manufacturer: NP
North and south wire ropes, plate connection
North and south wire ropes
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 271
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 272
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
Manufacturer: NP
Safety notice label

Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 467 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
GABLE ROOF
09/01/2011
Photo # 273
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
09/01/2011
Photo # 274
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/01/2011
Photo # 275
Tag ID: WR.DE.4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo of wire ropes, south wire rope slacked, not

in full tension
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Manuf. Year: NA

Appendix F.19
Page 468 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
12/6/2011
12/6/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: SE Megaphone Pole 1
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4

Appendix F.19
Page 469 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
12/6/2011
12/6/2011
Photo # 7
Photo # 8

Appendix F.19
Page 470 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Photo # 11
Photo # 12

Appendix F.19
Page 471 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Photo # 13
Photo # 14
11/7/2011
Photo # 15
Photo # 16
Tag ID: West Roof Tarp

Appendix F.19
Page 472 of 606
Date Unknown
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
Date Unknown
Photo # 17
Photo # 18
12/6/2011
Photo # 19
Photo # 20

Appendix F.19
Page 473 of 606
12/6/2011
11/7/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
ROOF TARPS
11/7/2011
Photo # 21
Photo # 22
11/7/2011
Photo # 23
Photo # 24

Appendix F.19
Page 474 of 606
11/7/2011
11/7/2011
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: C.A1.1
08/23/2011
Photo # 2
Pad fastener, PD.A1.SW
Tag ID: C.A1.1
Pad fastener, PD.A1.SW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: C.A1.1
08/23/2011
Photo # 4
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.A1.1
Piece label 1/1995
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Photo Database - Columns:
Page 1 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 475 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: C.A1.1
08/23/2011
Photo # 6
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.1
Connection of outrigger to column C.A1.1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: SW / NW
Damage: NP
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
09/27/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: C.A1.1
08/23/2011
Photo # 8
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.2
Piece label 7/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B4200
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0203
Manuf. Year: 1995


March 5, 2012
Page 2 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 476 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: C.A1.2
08/23/2011
Photo # 10
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.3
Impact damage to SE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B0203
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
08/23/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: C.A1.3
08/23/2011
Photo # 12
Piece label 7/2004
Tag ID: C.A1.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004


March 5, 2012
Page 3 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 477 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: C.A1.3
08/23/2011
Photo # 14
Tag ID: C.A1.4
Connection of outrigger to column C.A1.3
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: SW / NW
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: C.A1.4
08/23/2011
Photo # 16
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.5
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 4 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 478 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: C.A1.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 18
Tag ID: C.A1.5
Base metal failure at column splice SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/23/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: C.A1.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 20
Tag ID: C.A1.5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 5 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 479 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: C.A1.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 22
Tag ID: C.A1.5
Weld failure at column splice SP5
Damage: BM, SP5
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/23/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: C.A1.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 24
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 6 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 480 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 26
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 28
General photo
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Base metal and weld failure at column splice SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 7 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 481 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 30
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Weld and base metal failure at column splice SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 8 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 482 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 34
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Weld and base metal failure at column splice SP5
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 36
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Damage: BM, SP5
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 9 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 483 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: C.A1.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 38
Tag ID: C.A1.6
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: C.B1.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 40
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.1
Missing pad at base of C.B1.1. PD.B1.SE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 10 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 484 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: C.B1.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 42
Tag ID: C.B1.1
Yielding and failure of the southeast leg of the base of

C.B1.1

C.B1.1
Panel Points: SE / SE
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: YD, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: C.B1.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 44
Tag ID: C.B1.1

C.B1.1
General photo
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 11 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 485 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: C.B1.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 46
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.1
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: C.B1.2
08/24/2011
Photo # 48
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 12 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 486 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 49
Tag ID: C.B1.3
08/24/2011
Photo # 50
Tag ID: C.B1.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 51
Tag ID: C.B1.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 52
Piece label 2006
Tag ID: C.B1.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 13 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 487 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 53
Tag ID: C.B1.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 54
Piece label 2006
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Weld and base metal failure of W9 at column splice SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Damage: SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 55
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 56
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Piece label 2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 14 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 488 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 57
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 58
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, YD, RP,
Damage: BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 59
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 60
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 15 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 489 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 61
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 62
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Weld failure of S10 at column splice SP6
Weld failure of S10 at column splice SP6
Damage: WF, SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 63
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 64
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Crushing of NW at column splice SP6
Crushing of NW at column splice SP6
Panel Points: NW / NW
Damage: SP6
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 16 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 490 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 65
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 66
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Base metal failure of N10 at column splice SP6
Weld and base metal failure of E10 at column splice SP6
Damage: BM, SP6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 67
Tag ID: C.B1.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 68
Tag ID: C.B1.6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 17 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 491 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 69
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 70
Buckling of NE
Tag ID: C.B1.7
General photo
Panel Points: NE / NE
Damage: BK, YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 71
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 72
General photo
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Base metal failure and yielding at column splice SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, YD, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 18 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 492 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 73
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 74
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure at connection of W1 to SW at column splice

SP6
Weld failure at connection of W1 to SW at column splice

SP6
Panel Points: W1 / SW
Damage: WF, SP6
Damage: WF, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 75
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 76
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure at connection of E1 to SE at column splice

SP6
Panel Points: E1 / SE
Damage: WF, SP6
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 19 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 493 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 77
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 78
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure at connection of W2 to NW
Weld failure at connection of W2 to SW
Panel Points: NW / W2
Damage: WF
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 79
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 80
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Failure of E2 near connection to SE
General photo
Damage: YD, RP
Damage: BK, YD
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 20 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 494 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 81
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 82
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure of E3 at connection to NE
Base metal failure of E4 at connection to SE
Panel Points: E3 / NE
Damage: WF
Damage: BM, YD, RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 83
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 84
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure at connection of E4 and E5 to NE
Weld failure at connection of E4 and E5 to NE
Damage: WF, YD
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 21 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 495 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 85
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 86
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure and failure at connection of E4 and E5 to NE
Weld failure of W3 at connection to SW
Damage: WF, RP
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 87
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 88
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Failure of M1 at connection to SW
Weld and base metal failure of W4 at connection to SW
Panel Points: M1 / SW
Damage: RP
Damage: WF, BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 22 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 496 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 89
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 90
Buckling of NW
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Buckling of NE
Damage: BK, YD
Damage: BK, YD
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 91
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 92
Buckling of SW
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Buckling and failure of SW
Panel Points: SW / SW
Damage: BK, YD
Damage: BK, YD, RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 23 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 497 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 93
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 94
Buckling of SE
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Buckling of SE
Damage: BK, YD
Damage: BK, YD
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 95
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 96
Tag ID: C.B1.7
Weld failure at connection of W6 to SW
Impact damage to SW
Damage: WF
Damage: YD, IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 24 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 498 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
09/08/2011
Photo # 97
Tag ID: C.B1.7
08/26/2011
Photo # 98
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.B1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 99
Tag ID: C.B1.7.X.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 100
South end close up
Tag ID: C.B2.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 25 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 499 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 101
Tag ID: C.B2.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 102
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.B2.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/26/2011
Photo # 103
Tag ID: C.B2.2
08/24/2011
Photo # 104
Piece label 7/2005
Tag ID: C.B2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 26 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 500 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 105
Tag ID: C.B2.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 106
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.3
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 107
Tag ID: C.B2.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 108
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 27 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 501 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 109
Tag ID: C.B2.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 110
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.B2.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 111
Tag ID: C.B2.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 112
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.5
Weld failure in SW corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: WF, YD, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 28 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 502 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 113
Tag ID: C.B2.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 114
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Panel Points: W9 /
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 115
Tag ID: C.B2.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 116
Tag ID: C.B2.5
Crushing in NW corner at column splice SP5
General photo
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: BM, YD, SP5
Panel Points: E10 /
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 29 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 503 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 117
Tag ID: C.B2.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 118
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.B2.6
North face of column
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 119
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 120
NW SP5
Tag ID: C.B2.6
North and south plates
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 30 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 504 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 121
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 122
NW
Tag ID: C.B2.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: FR
Panel Points: W3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 123
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 124
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.6
NE corner, piece of column impacted from collapse
Panel Points: E4 /
Damage: WF, YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 31 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 505 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 125
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 126
General photo
Tag ID: C.B2.6
General photo
Panel Points: N4 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: N5 /
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 127
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 128
NE
Tag ID: C.B2.6
North East, impact on column from kicking out of node

plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 32 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 506 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 129
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 130
SW, failure
Tag ID: C.B2.6
SW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 131
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 132
Tag ID: C.B2.6
NW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Panel Points: W4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 33 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 507 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 133
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 134
Tag ID: C.B2.6
Partial weld fracture

Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: M1 /
Damage: WF, YD
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 135
Tag ID: C.B2.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 136
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.B3.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 34 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 508 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 137
Tag ID: C.B3.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 138
Piece label 7/2005
Tag ID: C.B3.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/26/2011
Photo # 139
Tag ID: C.B3.2
08/24/2011
Photo # 140
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.B3.3
General photo of C.B3.3 and C.B3.2
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 35 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 509 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 141
Tag ID: C.B3.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 142
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.3
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 143
Tag ID: C.B3.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 144
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.4
North
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP4
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004


March 5, 2012
Page 36 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 510 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 145
Tag ID: C.B3.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 146
West face at column splice SP4
Tag ID: C.B3.4
South
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP4
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
08/24/2011
Photo # 147
Tag ID: C.B3.4
08/26/2011
Photo # 148
East
Tag ID: C.B3.4
Piece label 8/2004
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004


March 5, 2012
Page 37 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 511 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 149
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 150
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 151
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 152
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.5
Plate at N1
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: BM, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP4
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 38 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 512 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 153
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 154
West, tear off at NW corner
Tag ID: C.B3.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP4
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: BM, SP4
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 155
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 156
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.5
General photo
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 39 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 513 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 157
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 158
NW corner
Tag ID: C.B3.5
NE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 159
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 160
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.5
General photo
Panel Points: E10 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: W9 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 40 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 514 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 161
Tag ID: C.B3.5
08/26/2011
Photo # 162
Tag ID: C.B3.5
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: E9 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 163
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 164
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 41 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 515 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 165
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 166
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.6
SW corner
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 167
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 168
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.6
General photo
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 42 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 516 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 169
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 170
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.6
General photo
Panel Points: W2 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: W4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 171
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 172
Tag ID: C.B3.6
General photo
Panel Points: E3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: M1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 43 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 517 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 173
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 174
General photo
Tag ID: C.B3.6
NE
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 175
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 176
Tag ID: C.B3.6
NE, buckling due to impact on top of column
NE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: FR
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 44 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 518 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 177
Tag ID: C.B3.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 178
Tag ID: C.B3.6
NW, buckling due to impact on top of column
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 179
Tag ID: C.B3.6.X.1
08/24/2011
Photo # 180
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.1
General photo
Panel Points: W3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 45 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 519 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 181
Tag ID: C.B4.2
08/26/2011
Photo # 182
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.2
Piece label 7/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 183
Tag ID: C.B4.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 184
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.3
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 46 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 520 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 185
Tag ID: C.B4.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 186
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
08/26/2011
Photo # 187
Tag ID: C.B4.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 188
Piece label 8/2004
Tag ID: C.B4.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2004
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 47 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 521 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 189
Tag ID: C.B4.5
08/26/2011
Photo # 190
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.5
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 191
Tag ID: C.B4.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 192
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 48 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 522 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 193
Tag ID: C.B4.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 194
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.6
West
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 195
Tag ID: C.B4.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 196
East
Tag ID: C.B4.6
North
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, BM, SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 49 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 523 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 197
Tag ID: C.B4.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 198
South
Tag ID: C.B4.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 199
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 200
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 50 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 524 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 201
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 202
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 203
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 204
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 51 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 525 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 205
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 206
General photo
Tag ID: C.B4.7
NE
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 207
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 208
NW
Tag ID: C.B4.7
South
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP6
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 52 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 526 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 209
Tag ID: C.B4.7
08/29/2011
Photo # 210
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.C3.5.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 211
Tag ID: C.C3.5.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 212
General photo
Tag ID: C.C3.5.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 53 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 527 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 213
Tag ID: C.C3.5.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 214
General photo
Tag ID: C.C3.5.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 215
Tag ID: C.C3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 216
General photo
Tag ID: C.C3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 54 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 528 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 217
Tag ID: C.C3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 218
General photo
Tag ID: C.C3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 219
Tag ID: C.C3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 220
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 55 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 529 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 221
Tag ID: C.D3.5.2
08/29/2011
Photo # 222
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 223
Tag ID: C.D3.5.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 224
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 56 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 530 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 225
Tag ID: C.D3.5.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 226
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
SW corner failure, NW corner weld failure, NW corner

impact failure, E9 BM and WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: W9 /
Damage: WF, BM, SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 227
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 228
SW
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
NW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, IM, SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 57 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 531 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 229
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 230
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
Splice SP4
Panel Points: N9 /
Damage: WF, RP, SP4
Panel Points: E9 /
Damage: WF, RP, SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 231
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 232
SE corner
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, IM, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 58 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 532 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 233
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 234
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: WF, SP4
Panel Points: W10 /
Damage: WF, SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 235
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 236
General photo
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 59 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 533 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 237
Tag ID: C.D3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 238
General photo
Tag ID: C.E3.5.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 239
Tag ID: C.E3.5.1
08/29/2011
Photo # 240
General photo
Tag ID: C.E3.5.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 60 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 534 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 241
Tag ID: C.E3.5.2
08/29/2011
Photo # 242
General photo
Tag ID: C.E3.5.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 243
Tag ID: C.E3.5.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 244
General photo
Tag ID: C.E3.5.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 61 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 535 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 245
Tag ID: C.E3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 246
General photo
Tag ID: C.E3.5.4
Top end
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 247
Tag ID: C.E3.5.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 248
Tag ID: C.E3.5.4
S10 attached to node, failure BM, W10 failure BM and E10

failure BM, N9 failure BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP4
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 62 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 536 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 249
Tag ID: C.F1.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 250
Piece label 6/1994
Tag ID: C.F1.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B4201
Manuf. Year: 1994
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/26/2011
Photo # 251
Tag ID: C.F1.3
08/25/2011
Photo # 252
Piece label 6/1995
Tag ID: C.F1.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0203
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 63 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 537 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 253
Tag ID: C.F1.4
08/25/2011
Photo # 254
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F1.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/26/2011
Photo # 255
Tag ID: C.F1.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 256
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.F1.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 64 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 538 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 257
Tag ID: C.F1.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 258
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 259
Tag ID: C.F1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 260
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 65 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 539 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 261
Tag ID: C.F1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 262
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.7
General photo
Panel Points: W4 /
Damage: RP
Panel Points: M1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 263
Tag ID: C.F1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 264
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.7
NW pipe column
Panel Points: S4 /
Damage: WF, YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 66 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 540 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 265
Tag ID: C.F1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 266
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 267
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 268
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S5 /
Damage: WF, BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 67 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 541 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 269
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 270
General photo
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: N6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 271
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 272
NW pipe column
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: W6 /
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 68 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 542 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 273
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.2
08/25/2011
Photo # 274
SE piece of pipe column
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: RP
Panel Points: N5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 275
Tag ID: C.F1.7.X.4
08/29/2011
Photo # 276
SW piece of pipe column
Tag ID: C.F2.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 69 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 543 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/29/2011
Photo # 277
Tag ID: C.F2.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 278
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.F2.2
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/29/2011
Photo # 279
Tag ID: C.F2.2
08/29/2011
Photo # 280
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.2
Piece label 7/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 70 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 544 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 281
Tag ID: C.F2.3
08/25/2011
Photo # 282
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 283
Tag ID: C.F2.3
08/29/2011
Photo # 284
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F2.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 71 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 545 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 285
Tag ID: C.F2.4
08/25/2011
Photo # 286
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.4
Splice SP4, north side
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP4
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 287
Tag ID: C.F2.4
08/25/2011
Photo # 288
Splice SP4, north side
Tag ID: C.F2.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP4
Panel Points: E9 /
Damage: WF, BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 72 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 546 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 289
Tag ID: C.F2.4
08/25/2011
Photo # 290
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F2.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 291
Tag ID: C.F2.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 292
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.5
General photo
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF, SP4
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 73 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 547 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 293
Tag ID: C.F2.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 294
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 295
Tag ID: C.F2.5
09/08/2011
Photo # 296
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.5
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 74 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 548 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 297
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 298
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 299
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 300
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: WF, WD
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 75 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 549 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 301
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 302
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 303
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 304
Weld failure had started
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: S1 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: E2 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 76 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 550 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 305
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 306
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
Impact at NE corner near E4
Panel Points: E3 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: E4 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 307
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 308
Impact occurred at plate
Tag ID: C.F2.6
NW corner of column
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 77 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 551 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 309
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 310
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: WF, YD
Panel Points: S3 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 311
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 312
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
General photo
Panel Points: S4 /
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: E5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 78 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 552 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 313
Tag ID: C.F2.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 314
General photo
Tag ID: C.F2.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: E6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 315
Tag ID: C.F3.1
08/26/2011
Photo # 316
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.1
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 79 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 553 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 317
Tag ID: C.F3.2
08/26/2011
Photo # 318
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.2
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/25/2011
Photo # 319
Tag ID: C.F3.3
08/25/2011
Photo # 320
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 80 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 554 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 321
Tag ID: C.F3.3
08/25/2011
Photo # 322
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.F3.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 323
Tag ID: C.F3.4
08/26/2011
Photo # 324
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.4
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 81 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 555 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 325
Tag ID: C.F3.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 326
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 327
Tag ID: C.F3.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 328
Tag ID: C.F3.5
General photo
Panel Points: W10 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 82 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 556 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 329
Tag ID: C.F3.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 330
SE corner
Tag ID: C.F3.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/26/2011
Photo # 331
Tag ID: C.F3.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 332
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F3.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 83 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 557 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 333
Tag ID: C.F3.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 334
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 335
Tag ID: C.F3.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 336
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.6
General photo
Panel Points: E9 /
Damage: WF, BM, SP5
Panel Points: W10 /
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 84 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 558 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 337
Tag ID: C.F3.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 338
NW corner of column buckled
Tag ID: C.F3.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
09/06/2011
Photo # 339
Tag ID: C.F3.6
09/06/2011
Photo # 340
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 85 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 559 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
09/06/2011
Photo # 341
Tag ID: C.F3.6
09/06/2011
Photo # 342
General photo
Tag ID: C.F3.6
Weld failure at splice SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 343
Tag ID: C.F4.1
08/26/2011
Photo # 344
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.1
Piece label 6/1995
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0203
Manuf. Year: 1995
Model # : B0203
Manuf. Year: 1995


March 5, 2012
Page 86 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 560 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 345
Tag ID: C.F4.2
08/26/2011
Photo # 346
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.2
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 347
Tag ID: C.F4.3
08/26/2011
Photo # 348
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.3
Piece label 12/2005
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B3801
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 87 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 561 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 349
Tag ID: C.F4.4
08/23/2011
Photo # 350
Tag ID: C.F4.4
SP4, connects CF4.4 and CF4.5
SP4, SE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 351
Tag ID: C.F4.4
08/23/2011
Photo # 352
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.4
Weld failure of N9, impact on NW pipe
Panel Points: N9 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: N9 /
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 88 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 562 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 353
Tag ID: C.F4.4
08/23/2011
Photo # 354
Tag ID: C.F4.4
Panel Points: N9 /
Damage: WF, I
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 355
Tag ID: C.F4.4
08/24/2011
Photo # 356
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 89 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 563 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 357
Tag ID: C.F4.4
08/23/2011
Photo # 358
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.F4.5
SP4, connects C.F4.4 and C.F4.5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/25/2011
Photo # 359
Tag ID: C.F4.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 360
SP4, SW corner
Tag ID: C.F4.5
SP4, SE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 90 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 564 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 361
Tag ID: C.F4.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 362
SP4, SW corner
Tag ID: C.F4.5
SP4, NE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
08/24/2011
Photo # 363
Tag ID: C.F4.5
08/24/2011
Photo # 364
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005


March 5, 2012
Page 91 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 565 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 365
Tag ID: C.F4.5
08/23/2011
Photo # 366
Piece label 12/2005
Tag ID: C.F4.6
SP6, NW corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2005
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 367
Tag ID: C.F4.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 368
SP6, SE and SW corners
Tag ID: C.F4.6
SP6, SE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: I, BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF, I
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 92 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 566 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 369
Tag ID: C.F4.6
08/23/2011
Photo # 370
SP6, W10
Tag ID: C.F4.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 371
Tag ID: C.F4.6
08/24/2011
Photo # 372
Splice SP6
Tag ID: C.F4.6
General photo
Panel Points: N10 /
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 93 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 567 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 373
Tag ID: C.F4.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 374
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 375
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/23/2011
Photo # 376
SP6, NE corner
Tag ID: C.F4.7
SP6, NW corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 94 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 568 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/23/2011
Photo # 377
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/23/2011
Photo # 378
SP6, SW corner
Tag ID: C.F4.7
SP6, SE corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/23/2011
Photo # 379
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/23/2011
Photo # 380
Splice SP6
Tag ID: C.F4.7
General photo SP6
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: S1, BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 95 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 569 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/24/2011
Photo # 381
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 382
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/24/2011
Photo # 383
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/24/2011
Photo # 384
General photo
Tag ID: C.F4.7
NW corner
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 96 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 570 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 385
Tag ID: C.F4.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 386
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.G1.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 387
Tag ID: C.G1.3
08/25/2011
Photo # 388
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.4
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 97 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 571 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 389
Tag ID: C.G1.4
08/26/2011
Photo # 390
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.4
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 391
Tag ID: C.G1.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 392
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 98 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 572 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 393
Tag ID: C.G1.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 394
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.5
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BM, SP5
Panel Points: S10 /
Damage: BM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 395
Tag ID: C.G1.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 396
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.5
Panel Points: W10 /
Damage: BM
Panel Points: E9 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 99 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 573 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 397
Tag ID: C.G1.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 398
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.G1.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 399
Tag ID: C.G1.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 400
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.6
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: N1 /
Damage: BM, SP5
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 100 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 574 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 401
Tag ID: C.G1.6
08/25/2011
Photo # 402
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.6
NE corner of column pipe
Panel Points: E1 /
Damage: WF, SP5
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 403
Tag ID: C.G1.6
08/26/2011
Photo # 404
Splice SP5
Tag ID: C.G1.6
Piece label 7/2006
Panel Points: W1 /
Damage: BM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 101 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 575 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 405
Tag ID: C.G1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 406
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.7
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
08/25/2011
Photo # 407
Tag ID: C.G1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 408
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.7
Weld failure and element failure due to impact
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Panel Points: W5 /
Damage: IM
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006


March 5, 2012
Page 102 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 576 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/26/2011
Photo # 409
Tag ID: C.G1.7
08/25/2011
Photo # 410
Piece label 7/2006
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: N5 /
Damage: WF
Model # : B0200-CL
Manuf. Year: 2006
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 411
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 412
NW column pipe
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
SW column pipe, buckling due to impact, pipe was bent

twice
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 103 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 577 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 413
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 414
SW of column pipe
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
Location of where N5 was connected
Panel Points: NA
Damage: BK
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 415
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 416
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: W6 /
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 104 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 578 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 417
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
08/25/2011
Photo # 418
General photo
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.1
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: S6 /
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 419
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.2
08/25/2011
Photo # 420
NE column pipe
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.3
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: IM
Panel Points: N5 /
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 105 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 579 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMNS
08/25/2011
Photo # 421
Tag ID: C.G1.7.X.4
General photo
Panel Points: S5 /
Damage: WF, IM
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 106 of 106
Appendix F.19
Page 580 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: OR.A1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 2
General photo
Tag ID: OR.A1.B.N
Piece label, Thomas Engineering
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: OR.A1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 4
General photo
Tag ID: OR.A1.B.S
Piece label, Thomas Engineering
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 1 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 581 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: OR.A1.T.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 6
General photo
Tag ID: OR.A1.T.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 8
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 2 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 582 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 10
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 12
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 3 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 583 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 14
Piece label
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
Piece label
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 16
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 4 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 584 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 18
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 20
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 5 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 585 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 22
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 24
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 6 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 586 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 26
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Piece label
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 28
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 7 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 587 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 30
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 32
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 8 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 588 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 34
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
09/27/2011
Photo # 36
Tag ID: OR.G1.B.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: WF, RP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 9 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 589 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
OUTRIGGERS
09/27/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: OR.G1.T.N
09/27/2011
Photo # 38
Tag ID: OR.G1.T.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA
09/27/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: OR.G1.T.S
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year: NA


March 5, 2012
Page 10 of 10
Appendix F.19
Page 590 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
09/27/2011
Photo # 1
Tag ID: PD.B1.SE
09/27/2011
Photo # 2
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.B1.SE
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD, RP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 3
Tag ID: PD.B2
08/24/2011
Photo # 4
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.B2
Manufacturer: NP
PD.B2.SW and PD.B2.NW general
PD.B2 general photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 1 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 591 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/24/2011
Photo # 5
Tag ID: PD.B2.NE
08/24/2011
Photo # 6
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.B2.SE
PD.B2.NE general
Manufacturer: NP
PD.B2.SE damage to screw jack, yield of pad on underside
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/24/2011
Photo # 7
Tag ID: PD.B2.SE
08/24/2011
Photo # 8
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.B2.SE
PD.B2.SE
Manufacturer: NP
PD.B2.SE missing screw jack plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: FR
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 2 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 592 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/24/2011
Photo # 9
Tag ID: PD.B3
08/23/2011
Photo # 10
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.B4
PD.B3 General
Manufacturer: NP
PD.B4.NW missing screw jack plate and PD.B4.SW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 11
Tag ID: PD.B4
08/23/2011
Photo # 12
PD.B4.SE, PD.B4.NE
Tag ID: PD.B4.NW
Manufacturer: NP
PD.B4.NW screw jack plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 3 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 593 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/23/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: PD.B4.SW
08/29/2011
Photo # 14
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.C3.5
PD.B4.SW screw jack plate
Manufacturer: NP
PD.C3.5, general photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 15
Tag ID: PD.D3.5
08/29/2011
Photo # 16
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.D3.5.S
General Photo
Manufacturer: NP
PD.D3.5.SE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 4 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 594 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 17
Tag ID: PD.E3.5
08/25/2011
Photo # 18
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.F1
Manufacturer: NP
PD.E3.5.NE, PD.E3.5NW, PD.E3.5SE and PD.E3.5SW
PD.F1, general photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 19
Tag ID: PD.F1.SE
08/29/2011
Photo # 20
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.F2
PD.F1.SE
Manufacturer: NP
PD.F2.SW - PD.F2.SE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: YD
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 5 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 595 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 21
Tag ID: PD.F2.NW
08/25/2011
Photo # 22
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.F3
Manufacturer: NP
PD. F2.NW, missing screw jack plate
PD.F3.SE and PD.F3.NW and PD.F3.NE
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/23/2011
Photo # 23
Tag ID: PD.F4
08/23/2011
Photo # 24
Tag ID: PD.F4
PD.F4.NE missing screw jack plate, PD.F4.SW and

PD.F4.NW
PD.F4.NW, PD.F4.NE missing screw jack plate,

PD.F4.SW and PD.F4.SE missing screw jack plate
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 6 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 596 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/23/2011
Photo # 25
Tag ID: PD.F4
08/23/2011
Photo # 26
Tag ID: PD.F4
Location of PD.F4.NE screw jack plate and PD.F4.SE

screw jack plate
PD.F4.NE missing screw jack plate, PD.F4.SW,PD.F4.NW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/25/2011
Photo # 27
Tag ID: PD.G1
08/25/2011
Photo # 28
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PD.G1
PD.G1.NE and PD.G1.SE
Manufacturer: NP
PD.G1.SW and PD.G1.NW
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 7 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 597 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 29
Tag ID: PL.A1
08/29/2011
Photo # 30
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.B1
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 31
Tag ID: PL.B2
08/24/2011
Photo # 32
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.B2
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 8 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 598 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 33
Tag ID: PL.B3
08/24/2011
Photo # 34
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.B4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 35
Tag ID: PL.B4
08/29/2011
Photo # 36
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.C3.5
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 9 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 599 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 37
Tag ID: PL.D3.5
08/29/2011
Photo # 38
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.D3.5
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 39
Tag ID: PL.E3.5
08/29/2011
Photo # 40
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.E3.5
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 10 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 600 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/29/2011
Photo # 41
Tag ID: PL.F1
08/29/2011
Photo # 42
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.F3
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
08/29/2011
Photo # 43
Tag ID: PL.F3
08/29/2011
Photo # 44
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.F3
General photo
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 11 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 601 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
PLYWOOD AND PADS
08/24/2011
Photo # 45
Tag ID: PL.F4
08/29/2011
Photo # 46
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.F4
Manufacturer: NP
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
09/12/2011
Photo # 47
Tag ID: PL.G1
09/27/2011
Photo # 48
Manufacturer: NP
Tag ID: PL.G1
Manufacturer: NP
No orientation placed on board, because board laid vertical

against stage
General photo
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Panel Points: NA
Damage: NP
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA
Model # : NA
Manuf. Year : NA


March 5, 2012
Page 12 of 12
Appendix F.19
Page 602 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
COLUMN LOCK RATCHET STRAPS
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 1
Photo # 2
Tag ID: NS.A1
Tag ID: NS.A1
General photo, piece label is unreadable
General photo, piece label is unreadable
Length: NA
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: NA
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 3
Photo # 4
Tag ID: NS.B2
Tag ID: NS.B2
General photo of safety ratchet strap, rated capacity

5000lbs
Piece label, rated capacity 5000lbs
Length: NA
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Capacity: 5000 lb
Manufacturer: NP


Damage: NP
Capacity: 5000 lb
March 5, 2012
Page 1 of 4
Appendix F.19
Page 603 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
09/16/2011
Photo # 5
Photo # 6
Tag ID: NS.B2
Tag ID: NS.B3
Ratchet
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 5000 lb
09/16/2011
Manufacturer: NP
Photo # 8
Tag ID: NS.B3
Tag ID: NS.B4

Damage: NP
Manufacturer: NP
Length: NA
Capacity: 5000 lb
Manufacturer: NP


Damage: NP
Capacity: 5000 lb
Photo # 7
Length: NA
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 5000 lb
March 5, 2012
Page 2 of 4
Appendix F.19
Page 604 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
09/16/2011
09/16/2011
Photo # 9
Photo # 10
Tag ID: NS.F1
Tag ID: NS.F2
Thomas SR 8 ton lock off ratchet sticker, 3" strap with a

5000lbs working load limit

Length: NA
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Capacity: 5000 lb
09/16/2011
Photo # 12
Tag ID: NS.F3
Tag ID: NS.G1

General photo
Length: NA
Length: NA
Capacity: 5000 lb
Manufacturer: SpanSet


Capacity: 5000 lb
Photo # 11
Damage: NP
Damage: NP
09/20/2011
Damage: NP
Capacity: 10000 lb
March 5, 2012
Page 3 of 4
Appendix F.19
Page 605 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
09/20/2011
Photo # 13
Tag ID: NS.G1
Piece label
Length: NA
Damage: NP
Manufacturer: SpanSet
Capacity: 10000 lb


March 5, 2012
Page 4 of 4
Appendix F.19
Page 606 of 606
Apriil 3, 2012
Appendix F.20
Photos Post-Collapse FIM - All Components

Appendix F.20
April 3, 2012

Appendix F.20
April 3, 2012
28
21
22
LEGEND
20
57
25
27
26
53
16

INDICATES LIFE LINES
29
2. ANNOTATED VIEW
FROM WEST
4. PRE-COLLAPSE
GUY WIRES (WEST)
23 24
52
54
31
30
35
36
105
104
APPROX. ORIGINAL POSITION

OF JERSEY BARRIER
76
32
37
38
39
3.5
107
103
140
141
139
138
112
111
110
44
17 10 9
42
34
46
33 45
40
41
43
50
94
92
95
148
149
18
49
47 48
93
147
146
51
109
108
66
(CABLE)
63
90
97
89 96
91
15
88
86
70
62
64
84
09/26/2011
Photo Plan Post-collapse
69
C11137.00
11 12
87
85
83 82
72
67
74
73
N.T.S
19
81
78
79
98-102
80
77
76
TRACK
13
GRAND STAND
5. PRE-COLLAPSE
GUY WIRES (EAST)
14
75
COLLAPSED POSITION OF
RIGGING STRUCTURE
68
65
APPROX. POSITION OF
DISPLACED JERSEY
BARRIER ATTACHED TO
GUY SYSTEM
71
APPROX. POSITION OF
ORIGINAL RIGGING
STRICTURE
3. ANNOTATED VIEW
FROM GRAND STAND
ZOOM TO
PARTIAL
PLAN
133
134
135
136
137
61
APPROX. POSITION OF
DISPLACED JERSEY
BARRIER ATTACHED TO
GUY SYSTEM
145 144 143 142
60
58
59
106
55
APPROX. POSITION OF
JERSEY BARRIER NOT
ATTACHED TO GUY SYSTEM
APPROX. POSITION OF
JERSEY BARRIER WITH NO
APPARENT DISPLACEMENT
APPROX. POSITION OF
DISPLACED JERSEY
BARRIER
56
Click on Numbers To
View Images
Active Photo Map:
T.B3.4.N
T.B3.4.S
T.B2.3.N
C.B2.7
RG.3.4.N
T.B2.3.S
NOTE:
SKETCH SHOWS LIMITED IDENTIFICATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
SEE DETAIL IMAGES FOR FURTHER BREAKDOWN OF NOMENCLATURE.
C.B2
C.B3.7
C.B4.7
RG.2.3.C
T.B1.2.S
S.AB
C.A1.7
RG.1.2.S
08/17/2011
09/14/2011
Panoramic view to EAST
Structural Identification
Forklift
supporting
Node A1
C11137.00
C.B1
Node B1
C.B2.7
T.1BC
C.B3.7
Node C1
NOTE:
T.1AB
C.A1.7
S.AB
Forklift supporting
Node A1
C.B4.7
RF.BC.1
RF.CD.1
T.1BC
GW.D2.1
RG.1.2.S
RG.2.3.C
RG.3.4.N
Node D1
T.1DE
RF.DE.1
RF.DE.2
RF.DE.3
RF.DE.4
08/17/2011
09/14/2011
Panoramic view to NORTH
Structural Identification
T.1EF
RF.EF.1
JB.E2 & JB.E3

behind trailer
C11137.00
Node F1
RF.EF.2
RF.EF.3
RF.EF.4
Node G1
JB = JERSEY BARRIER
C = COLUMNS
T = TRUSS
RF = RAFTER TRUSS
RG = RIDGE TRUSS
= GRID LINE
KEY
T.1FG
S.FG
JB.E4
JB
.W33
JB.W
JB.W2
JB.W2
B3
WR.B3.JB.W2.E
WR.B3.JB.W2.E
B4
A1
NOTE:
JB.W1 and JB.W4 are

not included in the
sketch.
WR.B4.JB.W4.E
WR.B4.JB.W4.E
WR.B4.JB.W2.W
WR.B4.JB.W2.W
WR.A1.JB.W1.E
WR.A1.JB.W1.E
WR.B4.JB.NW1.S not
shown for clarity.
WR.B1.JB.W3.W
WR.B1.JB.W3.W
B1
B2
WR.B2.JB.W3.E
WR.B2.JB.W3.E
08/13/2011
09/06/2011
View to NORTHEAST
C11137.00
West Side GUY System Identification
CB4
CB4
G1
JB.E2
JB.E
T.B1.2 2
T.B1.2
JB.E3
T.1.AB.W
T.1.AB.W
JB.E2
RG.2.3
JBRG.2.3
.E3
RG.2.3
RG.2.3
JB.N
E2
JB.E4
WR.G1.JB.E1.W
WR.G1.JB.E1.W
E2
08/13/2011
09/06/2011
View to NORTHWEST
JB.E1
JB.E1
JB.E4
JB.NE1
T.1.DE
T.1.DE
JB.E4
C11137.00
East Side GUY System Identification
T.1.CD
T.1.CD
WR.G1.JB.E1.W
T.1.BC
T.1.BC
JB.E3
WR.F4.JB.E4.E
JB.E1
KEY
KEY
JB = JERSEY BARRIER
= JERSEY BARRIER
C =JB
COLUMNS
= COLUMNS
T =C
TRUSS
WR.F4.JB.NE1.S
T
=
TRUSSTRUSS
RF = RAFTER
= RAFTER
TRUSS
RG RF
= RIDGE
TRUSS
RG = RIDGE TRUSS
JB.N
WR.G1.JB.
E1.W
WR.G1.JB.
E1.W
WR.F4.JB.
E4.E
WR.F4.JB.
E4.E
WR.F4.JB.E2.E
JB.NE1
JB.NE1
pulled
into fence
WR.F3.JB.E2.W
pulled into fence
WR.F4.JB.
NE1.S
WR.F4.JB.
NE1.S
F4
RG.3.4
RG.3.4
WR.F4.JB.
E2.E
WR.F4.JB.
E2.E
F3
WR.F3.JB.
E2.W
WR.F3.JB.
E2.W
JB.NE2
JB.NE2
F2
S.AB
S.AB
CB3
CB3
WR.F1.JB.E3.E
Forklift
Forklift
supporting
supporting
node
A1
node A1
CB4
CB4
WR.F1.JB.
CB4
E3.E
WR.F1.JB.
CB4
E3.E
WR.F2.JB.
E3.W
WR.F2.JB.
E3.W
JB.NW1
pulled
into fence
F1 fence
pulled into
WR.F2.JB.E3.W
JB.NW1
NOTE:
B.W3
JB.W3
pulled
into
pulled
underpassinto
underpass
B.W2
JB.W2
JB.NW2
JB.NW2
PHOTO 2
Photo 6
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Photo 7
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Photo 8
09/26/2011
C11137.00
PHOTO 8
Photo 9
09/26/2011
C11137.00
PHOTO 9
09/26/2011
Photo 10
C11137.00
PHOTO 10
09/26/2011
Photo 11
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 12
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 13
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 14
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 15
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 16
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 17
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 18
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 19
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 20
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 21
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 22
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 23
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 24
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 25
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 26
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 27
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 28
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 29
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 30
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 31
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 32
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 33
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 34
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 35
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 36
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 37
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 38
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 39
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 40
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 41
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 42
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 43
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 44
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 45
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 46
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 47
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 48
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 49
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 50
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 51
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 52
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 53
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 54
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 55
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 56
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 57
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 58
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 59
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 60
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 61
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 62
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 63
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 64
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 65
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 66
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 67
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 68
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 69
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 70
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 71
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 72
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 73
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 74
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 75
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 76
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 77
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 78
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 79
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 80
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 81
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 82
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 83
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 84
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 85
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 86
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 87
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 88
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 89
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 90
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 91
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 92
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 93
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 94
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 95
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 96
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 97
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 98
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 99
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 100
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 101
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 102
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 103
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 104
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 105
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 106
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 107
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 108
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 109
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 110
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 111
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 112
C11137.00
LEGEND

INDICATES LIFE LINES
125
120
121
124 123122
114
115
116
117
119 118
131
130
129
127
128
126
132
09/26/2011
C11137.00
Photo Partial Plan Post-collapse
09/26/2011
Photo 114
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 115
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 116
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 117
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 118
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 119
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 120
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 121
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 122
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 123
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 124
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 125
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 126
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 127
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 128
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 129
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 130
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 131
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 132
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 133
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 134
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 135
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 136
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 137
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 138
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 139
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 140
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 141
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 142
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 143
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 144
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 145
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 146
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 147
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 148
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 150
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 151
C11137.00
09/26/2011
Photo 152
C11137.00

TT Indiana State Fair Commission Investigation Report

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

TT Indiana State Fair Commission Investigation Report

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Indiana State Fair Commission

August 13, 2011 Collapse Incident

Indiana State Fair Commission

Thornton Tomasetti Inc.

Scott G. Nacheman, MSc.Eng., AIA

Gary A. Storm, P.E.

[This page left blank intentionally]

Incident Description .................................................................................................................. 15

Location, Date and Timeline ................................................................................................... 15

Meteorological Information ...................................................................................................... 15

Relevant Parties ...................................................................................................................... 16

Information Sources ................................................................................................................. 19

Document Requests ................................................................................................................ 19

Sugarland Plot (Epic) .............................................................................................................. 19

Black and White Grid Layout................................................................................................... 19

Data in Band Contracts ........................................................................................................... 20

James Thomas Engineering Catalog ...................................................................................... 20

James Thomas Engineering Calculations by Jesse Mise ....................................................... 20

Indiana Department of Labor Interview Notes ........................................................................ 20

Data acquisition and Protocols ............................................................................................... 23

Site Protocols and Procedures................................................................................................ 27

Site and Structure Description ................................................................................................ 31

Site Description ....................................................................................................................... 31

Description of the ISF Structure .............................................................................................. 33

Codes and Standards ............................................................................................................... 49

Relevant Codes and Standards .............................................................................................. 49

Governing Codes and Standards ............................................................................................ 53

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

Guy Line Tensioning Forces ................................................................................................... 59

SAP Finite Element Model ...................................................................................................... 60

Linear Elastic Analysis ............................................................................................................ 86

Simplified Analysis (Reasonable Engineer) Study ............................................................... 88

Summary & Conclusions.......................................................................................................... 97

ISF Structure Component Deficiencies and Commentary ...................................................... 97

Roles of Relevant Parties........................................................................................................ 98

Recommendations .................................................................................................................. 107

Permit and Enforcement Process ......................................................................................... 107

Codes and Standards Requirements .................................................................................... 107

Lateral Systems..................................................................................................................... 109

Operations ............................................................................................................................. 109

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

Figure 1. Post-collapse image from video

ASSIGNMENT AND ROLE OF THORNTON TOMASETTI

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS

SUMMARY OF KEY RECOMMENDATIONS

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

[This page left blank intentionally]

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

[This page left blank intentionally]

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

Sound checks begin

Doors open for patrons

Sara Bareilles opening act

Crew call back

INDIANA STATE FAIR COMMISSION

Figure 2. Organization of relevant parties